Vol. 44 JANUARY T968 No. 1
THE
Pan-Pacific Entomologist
PARKER AND BOHART — Host-parasite associations in some twig-nesting
Hymenoptera from western North America. Part II 1
BEDARD — Additions to the knowledge of the biology of Conophthorus lam-
bertianae Hopkins (Coleoptera: Scolytidae) 7
DENNING — New and interesting North American Trichoptera 17
CHEMSAK AND LINSLEY — ^New species of Elaphidionini from Mexico
(Coleoptera: Cerambycidae) 26
CLEMENT AND GRISSELL — Observations of the nesting habits of Euparagia
scutellaris Cresson (Hymenoptera: Masaridae) 34
GRIGARICK AND SCHUSTER — A revision of the genus Cupila Casey (Cole-
optera: Pselaphidae) 38
THOMPSON — A new Australian Microdon with a name change (Diptera:
Syrphidae) 44
UESHIMA — New species of Paracimex (Cimicidae: Hemiptera) 47
MUCHMORE — Two new species of chthoniid pseudoscorpions from the west-
ern United States (Arachnida: Chelonethida : Chthoniidae) 51
MICHELBACHER AND HURD — Late season foraging activities of Xenoglossa
gahhii crawfordi Cockerell (Hymenoptera: Apoidea) 58
SCIENTIFIC NOTES 69
PROCEEDINGS OF THE PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
(1967) 76
ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE 57
RECENT LITERATURE 68, 83
BOOK REVIEWS 72
SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA • 1968
Published by the PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
in cooperation with THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
EDITORIAL BOARD
R. W. Thorp, Editor
E. G. Linsley R. 0. Schuster, Asst. Editor E. S. Ross
P. D. Hurd, Jr. D. L. Briggs, Editorial Assistant H. B. Leech
P. H. Arnaud, Jr., Treasurer W. H. Lange, Jr., Advertising
Published quarterly in January, April, July, and October with Society Proceed-
ings appearing in the January number. All communications regarding nonreceipt
of numbers, requests for sample copies, and financial communications should be
addressed to the Treasurer, Dr. Paul H. Arnaud, Jr., California Academy of
Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, California 94118.
Application for membership in the Society and changes of address should be
addressed to the Secretary, Dr. Marius S. Wasbauer, Bureau of Entomology, Cali-
fornia Department of Agriculture, 1220 N St., Sacramento, California 95814.
The annual dues, paid in advance, are $5.00 for regular members of the Society
or $6.00 for subscriptions only. Single copies are $1.50 each or $6.00 a volume.
Make checks payable to Pan-Pacific Entomologist.
The Pacific Coast Entomological Society
Officers for 1968
K. S. Hagen, Jr., President Paul H. Arnaud, Jr., Treasurer
H. L. McKenzie, President-elect Marius S. Wasbauer, Secretary
Statement of Ownership
Title of Publication: The Pan-Pacific Entomologist.
Frequency of Issue: Quarterly (January, April, July, October).
Location of Office of Publication, Business Office of Publisher, Publisher and Owner: Pacific Coast
Entomological Society, California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, California
94118.
Editor: Dr. Robbin W. Thorp, Department of Entomology, University of California, Davis, California
95616.
Managing Editor and Known Bondholders or other Security Holders: None.
This issue mailed 28 June 1968.
Second Class Postage Paid at Lawrence, Kansas, U. S. A. 66044,
ALLEN PRESS, INC. LAWRENCE, KANSAS
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Vol. 44 January 1968 No. 1
Host-Parasite Associations in some Twig-Nesting Hymenoptera
from Western North America. Part II
F. D. Parker and R. M. Bohart
Entomology Research Division, Agr. Res. Serv., USD A and
Department of Entomology, University of California, Davis
The records used in this paper were obtained from trap stems set out
in California, Idaho, Nevada, Arizona, and New Mexico during 1964
and 1965, Our trapping and rearing procedures were reported in an
earlier paper (Parker and Bohart, 1966). The present account supple-
ments but does not repeat our previous findings.
During this two-year study, we set out nearly 10,000 trap stems and
recovered 78%. Strong winds and flash floods destroyed some, range
cattle trampled others, but the majority were lost to the human factor
(for what purpose we have not yet determined). The rate of recovery
increased at localities that were isolated or from which the general pub-
lic was excluded.
Of the 7843 stems recovered, 4059 contained nests in the end hole
(52%). An additional 1145 nests were recovered from holes drilled at
random along the sides of all the stems. These side holes were more
attractive if they were placed on a scarred node than if they were placed
along the internode.
One of the difficulties encountered in utilizing Samhucus stems for
trap nests is that the pith remaining in the holes after drilling swells
and blocks the entrance during rainy weather. We were able to over-
come this problem by blowing the pith out of the hole with compressed
air. To get the air into the bottom of the hole, we attached a long nar-
row piece of copper tubing to the air hose. The resulting blast of air
blew out most of the loose pieces of pith.
Our study of insects nesting in twigs is still far from complete. Many
areas and ecological situations have not been sampled. However, some
appreciation of this fauna and the interrelationships of its components is
beginning to appear. In bare outline, we collected nearly 7000 nests
from 5 western States over a 7-year period. A total of 127 primary
nesting species was obtained, consisting entirely of aculeate wasps and
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 44: 1-6. January 1968
2
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 1
bees. These were Apoidea, 67; Eumenidae, 37; Sphecidae, 20; and
Pompilidae, 3. In addition, there were 68 secondary nesting species
(parasites in the broad sense) ; these were Chrysididae, 21; Chalcidoi-
dea, 11; Ichneumonidae, 8; Sapygidae, 4; Gasteruptiidae, 3; Mutillidae,
3; Trigonalidae, 1; Megachilidae, 3; Bombyliidae, 5; Sarcophagidae,
3; Meloidae, 3; Cleridae, 2; and Rhipiphoridae, 1.
Specialists not mentioned in our previous paper who identified speci-
mens are: L. M. Walkley, Entomology Research Division, ARS, USDA
(Gasteruptiidae) and W. R. Enns, University of Missouri (Meloidae).
Our thanks are due to the following persons who cooperated in setting
out and returning trap stems: M. A. Cazier, Arizona State University;
D, S. Horning, University of Idaho; and J. R. Zimmerman, University
of New Mexico.
Eumenidae
Ancistrocerus catskill (Saussure). Nevada: Nixon, Hazen. 39 nests. Parasites:
Toxophora virgata Osten Sacken; Anthrax irroratus Say (Bombyliidae) ; Mo-
nodontomerus anthidii (Ashmead) (Torymidae) ; Photopsis sp. (Mutillidae).
Ancistrocerus tuberculocephalus (Saussure). Arizona: Portal. 3 nests. No
parasites.
Euodynerus foraminatus scutellaris (Saussure). California: Banning, Carnelian
Bay (Placer Co.), Greenfield, Arroyo Seeo Camp (Monterey Co.), 15 nests.
Predator: Trichodes ornatus Say (Cleridae).
Euodynerus pratensis (Saussure). Arizona: Portal. 3 nests. No parasites.
Leptochilus chiricahua Parker. California: Brown Canyon (Inyo Co.), Palm
Canyon (Riverside Co.). 3 nests. Parasite: Macrosiagon cruentum (Germar)
(Rhipiphoridae).
Leptochilus erubescens (Bohart). California: San Felipe Cr. (San Diego Co.).
1 nest. No parasites.
Leptochilus menkei Parker. California: Panoche Pass (San Benito Co.). 1 nest.
No parasites.
Leptochilus periallis Parker. California: Banning, Brown Canyon. Nevada:
Wadsworth, Nixon, Patrick. 78 nests. Parasites: Anthrax irroratus Say (Bom-
byliidae) ; Aritranis notata sierrae Townes (Ichneumonidae) ; Monodontomerus
anthidii (Ashmead) (Torymidae) ; Ceratochrysis thysana Bohart (Chrysididae) ;
Leucospis ajfinis Say (Leucospididae) .
Leptochilus tosquineti (Cameron). Nevada: Patrick. 3 nests. Parasite: Chrysis
n. sp. (Chrysididae).
Leptochilus washo Parker. California: Westgard Pass (Inyo Co.). Nevada:
Geiger Grade (Washoe Co.), Reno Hot Springs (Washoe Co.) ; 28 nests. Para-
site: Phaenacra sp. (Pteromalidae) ; Anthrax irroratus Say (Bombyliidae) ;
Macrosiagon cruentum (Germar) (Rhipiphoridae) ; Chrysis pattoni Aaron
(Chrysididae); Sphaeropthalma sp. (Mutillidae).
Maricopodynerus sericifrons Bohart. California: 1000 Palms Canyon (River-
side Co.). 2 nests. No parasites.
JANUARY 1968] PARKER & BOHART HOST-PARASITE ASSOCIATIONS
3
Microdynerus bakerianus (Cameron). California: Brown Canyon, Banning,
Westgard Pass. Nevada: Patrick, Geiger Grade, Reno Hot Springs. 31 nests.
Predator: Trichodes ornatus Say (Cleridae). Parasite: Toxophora virgata
Osten Sacken; Anthrax irroratus Say (Bombyliidae) ; Chrysis pattoni Aaron
(Chrysididae) .
Microdynerus singulis (Bohart). California: Scissors Crossing (San Diego Co.).
4 nests. No parasites.
Odynerus erythrogaster Bohart. California: McKittrick, Brown Canyon, Ban-
ning, Palm Canyon, Whitewater Canyon (Riverside Co.). 34 nests. Predator:
Trichodes ornatus Say (Cleridae). Parasite: Photopsis sp. (Mutillidae) ; un-
determined sp. of Sarcophagidae.
Parancistrocerus rectangulis (Viereck). Arizona: Portal. New Mexico: Las
Cruces. 11 nests. Parasite: Toxophora virgata Osten Sacken.
Stenodynerus blandoides Bohart. Idaho: Craters of the Moon National Monu-
ment. 1 nest. No parasites.
Sphecidae
Pisonopsis birkmanni Rohwer. California: Brown Canyon, Westgard Pass,
Whitewater Canyon, Kramer Hills (Los Angeles Co.), Palm Canyon, San Felipe
Cr. Nevada: Geiger Grade, Reno Hot Springs. Arizona: Portal. New Mexico:
Las Cruces. 32 nests. Parasite: Photopsis sp. (Multillidae) .
Pisonopsis clypeata Fox. Nevada: Wadsworth, Stillwater. 7 nests. Parasite:
undetermined sp. of Sarcophagidae.
Solierella blaisdelli (Bridwell). Nevada: Reno, Geiger Grade, Patrick, Stillwater.
California: Borego (Coyote Creek), Scissors Crossing, McKittrick, Whitewater
Canyon, Carnelian Bay, Antioch, Arroyo Seco Camp, Kramer Hills. 41 nests.
Parasite: Hedychridium solierellae Bohart and Brumley; Hedychridium carril-
loi Bohart and Brumley (Chrysididae).
Megachilidae
Anthidium cockerelli Schwarz. California: Deep Canyon (Riverside Co.). 1 nest.
No parasites.
Anthidium mormonum Cresson. California: Carnelian Bay. 4 nests. Parasite:
undetermined sp. of Meloidae.
Anthocopa copelandica (Cockerell). California: Brown Canyon, Kramer Hills.
Idaho: Craters of the Moon National Monument. 41 nests. Parasites: Chrys-
ura sp. (Chrysididae) ; Sapyga pumila Cresson (Sapygidae) ; Epistenia sp.
(Pteromalidae) ; Leucospis affinis Say (Leucospididae) . Predator: Cymatodera
sp. (Cleridae).
Anthocopa hypostomalis Michener. California: Kramer Hills, Palm Canyon,
Whitewater Canyon, Deep Canyon, Borego (Coyote Creek), Glamis (Imperial
Co.). 65 nests. Parasites: Stelis sp. (Megachilidae); Photopsis sp. (Mutil-
lidae); Leucospis affinis Say (Leucospididae). Predator: Cymatodera sp.
(Cleridae) .
Ashmeadiella bigeloviae (Cocker e\l) . California: Brown Canyon, 1000 Palms
Canyon, Kramer Hills, 18 mi. W. Blythe, Borego, North Palm Desert, Palo
Verde, Scissors Crossing, Glamis. New Mexico: 5 mi. N. Las Cruces. 478 nests.
Parasite: Leucospis affinis Say (Leucospididae) ; Nemognatha nigripennis Le-
Conte (Meloidae) ; Anthrax irroratus Say (Bombyliidae) ; Monodontomerus
4
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 1
anthidii (Ashmead) (Torymidae) ; Stelis sp. (Megachilidae) ; Chrysura sonoren-
sis (Cameron) (Chrysididae) . Predator; Trichodes ornatus Say; Cymatodera
sp. (Cleridae).
Ashmeadiella bucconis denticulata (Cresson). California: Brown Canyon, 1000
Palms Canyon, Scissors Crossing. Nevada: Patrick, Reno Hot Springs, Nixon.
27 nests. Parasites: Leucospis af finis Say (Leucospididae) ; Nemognatha nigri-
pennis LeConte (Meloidae).
Ashmeadiella breviceps Michener. California: Brown Canyon, Kramer Hills,
1000 Palms Canyon, Whitewater Canyon, 18 mi. W. Blythe, Borego (Coyote
Creek) , North Palm Desert, Palo Verde, Scissors Crossing, Glamis. 92 nests.
Parasites: Stelis sp. (Megachilidae); Chrysura sp. (Chrysididae). Predator:
Trichodes ornatus Say; Cymatodera sp. (Cleridae).
Ashmeadiella cactorum (Cockerell). California: Westgard Pass. New Mexico:
5 mi. N. Las Cruces. 2 nests. No parasites.
Ashmeadiella californica (Ashmead). California: Carnelian Bay, Greenfield,
Arroyo Seco Camp. 20 nests. Parasites: Anthrax irroratus Say (Bomhyliidae) ;
Chrysura sp. (Chrysididae); Leucospis affinis Say (Leucospididae).
Ashmeadiella cazieri Michener. California: Westgard Pass, Whitewater Canyon,
Brown Canyon. 11 nests. Parasites: Nemognatha nigripennis LeConte (Meloi-
dae) ; Stelis sp. (Megachilidae).
Ashmeadiella cubiceps clypeata Michener. California: Brown Canyon, Kramer
Hills. 22 nests. Parasites: Chrysura sp. (Chrysididae) ; Leucospis affinis Say
(Leucospididae); Monodontomerus anthidii (Ashmead) (Torymidae).
Ashmeadiella eurynorhyncha Michener. California: Whitewater Canyon. 1 nest.
No parasites.
Ashmeadiella femorata Michner. California: 1000 Palms Canyon, Palm Canyon,
18 mi. W. Blythe. 3 nests. Predator: Cymatodera sp. (Cleridae).
Ashmeadiella gillettei Titus. California: Brown Canyon, Kramer Hills, North
Palm Desert, 18 mi. W. Blythe, Borego, Scissors Crossing, Glamis. Nevada:
Patrick, Wadsworth, Nixon, Hazen, Stillwater. 113 nests. Parasites: Leucospis
affinis Say (Leucospididae) ; Anthrax irroratus Say (Bomhyliidae) ; Stelis sp.
(Megachilidae); Chrysura sp. (Chrysididae). Predators: Cymatodera sp.
(Cleridae) .
Ashmeadiella meliloti Cockerell. California: Westgard Pass, Whitewater Canyon,
Deep Canyon, North Palm Desert, 1000 Palms Canyon. Nevada: Wadsworth,
Patrick, Reno Hot Springs, Nixon, Hazen. New Mexico: 5 mi. N. Las Cruces.
100 nests. Parasites: Stelis sp. (Megachillidae) ; Leucospis affinis Say
(Leucospididae) ; Anthrax irroratus Say (Bomhyliidae) ; Sapyga pumila Cresson
(Sapygidae) ; Chrysura sp. (Chrysididae) ; Nemognatha nigripennis LeConte
(Meloidae); Epistenia sp. (Pteromalidae) . Predator: Cymatodera sp. (Cler-
idae) .
Ashmeadiella occipitalis Michener. Arizona: Portal. 1 nest. No parasites.
Ashmeadiella opuntiae (Cockerell). California: North Palm Desert, Deep Can-
yon, 1000 Palms Canyon, Palm Canyon. 14 nests. Parasites: Anthrax irroratus
Say (Bomhyliidae) ; Leucospis affinis Say (Leucospididae) ; Chrysura sp.
(Chrysididae). Predator: Cymatodera sp. (Cleridae).
Ashmeadiella prosopidis (Cockerell). California: Borego, Palo Verde, 1000
Palms Canyon. 8 nests. No parasites.
JANUARY 1968] PARKER & BOHART HOST-PARASITE ASSOCIATIONS
5
Ashmeadiella rufipes Titus. California: Kramer Hills, 1000 Palms Canyon, 18
mi. W. Blythe, Glamis. Nevada: Nixon. 58 nests. Parasites: Monodontomerus
antliidii (Ashmead) (Torymidae) ; Stelis sp. (Megachilidae) .
Ashmeadiella salviae Michener. California: Westgard Pass, Arroyo Seco Camp.
2 nests. No parasites.
Ashmeadiella sonora Michener. California: Deep Canyon. 1 nest. No parasites.
Ashmeadiella timberlakei Michener. California: Banning, Kramer Hills, Warner
Springs (San Diego Co.). Idaho: Craters of the Moon National Monument. 55
nests. Parasites: Chrysura sp. (Chrysididae) ; Nemognatha nigripennis Le-
Conte (Meloidae) ; Rhydinofoenus sp. (Gasteruptiidae) ; Anthrax irroratus Say
(Bomhyliidae) ; Stelis sp. (Megachilidae) ; Leucospis ajfinis Say Leucospididae) .
Chalicodoma disorhina Cockerell. California: Bro^vn Canyon, Deep Canyon, Palo
Verde, 1000 Palms Canyon, Palm Canyon. 9 nests. Parasite: Leucospis af finis
Say (Leucospididae).
Chalicodoma spinotulata Mitchell. New Mexico: 5 mi. N. Las Cruces. 4 nests.
Parasite: Leucospis ajfinis Say (Leucospididae).
Hoplitis albifrons maura (Cresson). California: Arroyo Seco Camp. Idaho:
Craters of the Moon National Monument. 10' nests. Parasite: Stelis sp. (Mega-
chilidae) .
Hoplitis biscutellae (Cockerell). California: Brown Canyon, 1000 Palms, White-
water Canyon, Deep Canyon, Kramer Hills, 1000 Palms Canyon. New Mexico:
5 mi. N. Las Cruces. 175 nests. Parasites: Anthrax irroratus Say (Bomby-
liidae) ; Stelis sp. (Megachilidae). Predators: Trichodes ornatus Say;
Cymatodera sp. (Cleridae) ; Woodpeckers.
Hoplitis fulgida (Cresson). California: Banning, San Felipe Cr., McKittrick.
Idaho: Craters of the Moon National Monument. 42 nests. Parasites: Aritranis
imitator ruficauda Townes (Ichneumonidae) ; Tricrania stanshuryi (Haldeman)
(Meloidae); Stelis sp. (Megachilidae); Photopsis sp. (Mutillidae) . Predator:
Trichodes ornatus Say (Cleridae).
Hoplitis hypocrita (Cockerell). California: Banning. Idaho: Craters of the Moon
National Monument. 24 nests. Parasites: Tricrania stanshuryi (Haldeman)
(Meloidae); Sapyga aculeata Cresson (Sapygidae).
Hoplitis producta (Cresson). California: Westgard Pass. Idaho: Craters of the
Moon National Monument. 8 nests. Parasites: Anthrax irroratus Say (Bomhy-
liidae) ; Nemognatha nigripennis LeConte (Meloidae).
Hoplitis sambuci Titus. California: Banning, Whitewater Canyon, San Felipe Cr.
Idaho: Craters of the Moon National Monument. 20 nests. Parasites: Anthrax
irroratus Say (Bomhyliidae) ; Nemognatha nigripennis LeConte (Meloidae) ;
Photopsis sp. (Mutillidae) ; Stelis sp. (Megachilidae) ; Sapyga aculeata Cresson
(Sapygidae) .
Hoplitis uvulalis (Cockerell). California: Carnelian Bay. 3 nests. Parasite:
Nemognatha sp. (Meloidae).
Hoplitis viridimicans (Cockerell). Idaho: Craters of the Moon National Monu-
ment. 3 nests. No parasites.
Proteriades bidenticauda Timberlake and Michener. California: Brown Canyon.
1 nest. No parasites.
Proteriades bullifacies (Michener). California: 1000 Palms Canyon, Kramer
Hills. Nevada: Patrick, Nixon, Stillwater. 234 nests. Parasites: Photopsis sp.
6
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 1
(Mutillidae) ; Leucospis affinis Say (Leucospididae) . Predator: Trichodes
ornatus Say (Cleridae).
Proteriades cryptanthae Timberlake and Michener. California: Warner Springs.
2 nests. No parasites.
Proteriades howardi (Cockerell). California: San Felipe Cr. 1 nest. Parasite:
Stelis sp. (Megachilidae) .
Proteriades mazourka Michener. California: Brown Canyon. Nevada: Nixon
(from gall on T etradymia) . 2 nests. No parasites.
Proteriades palmarum (Cockerell). California: Glamis. 10 nests. No parasites.
Proteriades pygmaea Timberlake and Michener. California: Deep Canyon. 1
nest. No parasites.
Proteriades xerophila (Cockerell). California: 1000 Palms Canyon, Kramer
Hills, 18 mi. W. Blythe, Borego (Coyote Creek), Palo Verde, Glamis. 20 nests.
Parasite: Nemognatha scutellaris LeConte (Meloidae). Predator: Cymatodera
sp. (Cleridae).
Apidae
Ceratina pacifica Smith. California: Westgard Pass. 5 nests. Parasite: Rhydino-
foenus kaweahensis Bradley (Gasteruptiidae) .
Literature Cited
Parker, F. D. and R. M. Bohart. 1966. Host-parasite associations in some
twig-nesting Hymenoptera from Western North America. Pan-Pac.
Entomol., 42: 91-98.
JANUARY 1968] BEDARD — SUGAR-PINE CONE BEETLE
7
Additions to the Knowledge of the Biology of
Conophthorus lambertianae Hopkins
(Coleoptera ; Scolytidae)
William D. Bedard
Pacif. SW. Forest and Range Exp. Sta., Forest Serv,, USD A, Berkeley, Calif.
The sugar-pine cone beetle, Conophthorus lambertianae Hopkins,
attacks sugar pine {Pinus lamhertiana Dough) cones in California and
Oregon. Often it will kill all cones of some trees, and thus no seed is
produced. Miller (1915) and Ruckes (1963) have summarized infor-
mation on the biology of the sugar-pine cone beetle. Their reports taken
together provide a reasonably complete description of the habits of C.
lambertianae, including appearance of its stages, attack behavior, and
seasonal development of both the insect and its damage. But the two
accounts differ in several important areas and are incomplete in others.
This study was started to clarify the biology of C. lambertianae.
Much of the life cycle of the sugar-pine cone beetle takes place 100
to 200 feet above the ground. This characteristic makes direct obser-
vation difficult and forces the observer to use more accessible indirect
evidence of beetle activity, such as fallen beetle-killed cones. Both
Miller and Ruckes collected freshly attacked cones from logging opera-
tions, but also relied on indirect evidence.
My observations will be limited largely to: (1) those that clarify
differences between the two previous reports; (2) those that are in
partial disagreement with either of the previous reports; and (3) those
covering points not previously reported on, such as internal changes of
beetles.
Materials and Methods
The seasonal biology of the sugar-pine cone beetle was studied from
populations near Strawberry, Tuolumne County, Calif., at 4200 and
6200 feet elevation in 1962. Binoculars were used to observe fading
cones and twig tips on standing trees.
Fallen beetle-killed cones were collected weekly under the study trees.
They were measured, examined for parent adult emergence holes, and
randomly distributed to either a sunny or shaded site. Each week 18
cones were dissected from each site, before the current week’s cones
were added, to ascertain the developmental stages present. As brood
adults began to appear, ten were dissected weekly to observe the condi-
tion of flight muscles and gonads. To augment field observations of
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 44: 7-17. January 1968
8
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 1
Fig. 1. Lengths of beetle-killed cones from two different trees, 1962.
emergence dates, insects were reared from infested twig tips taken from
fallen limbs and limbs near the ground and from cones.
In 1964, periodic observations of cone and twig tip fades and fallen
cones were made near Fish Camp, Mariposa County, Calif., at three
elevations — 3500, 4800, and 6000 feet. Freshly attacked cones from
logging operations were put in rearing or dissected. Live parent adults
from such cones were dissected or allowed to attack fresh green cones.
In 1965 and 1966, in the higher study area near Fish Camp, the tip
mining and cone killing were observed periodically. An examination
was made of the internal organs of beetles found in twig tips and cones.
Results
Both males and females were found overwintering in fallen cones
and in twig tips on the tree and on the ground. Some tips still had
needles attached; others did not. No sperm was found in the sperma-
thecae of overwintering females. Beetles were not found in the duff
layer taken from under two piles of more than 300 cones each. This
search was made in late fall after many of the beetles had emerged
from the cones which were piled in summer.
Females were observed starting their attack in a head-down position
on the nearly vertical peduncle of pendant second-year cones; their
JANUARY 1968] BEDARD SUGAR-PINE CONE BEETLE
9
Fig. 2. Cumulative percent of beetle-killed cones fallen by given dates for
three different trees. Basis; tree No. 1, 455 cones; tree No. 2, 515 cones; tree No.
3, 630 cones.
longitudinal body axis was parallel to the long axis of the peduncle.
Once inside the peduncle, the female severed the xylem tissue by mak-
ing a circumferential gallery. Next, she excavated a longitudinal gal-
lery along the central axis of the cone through the bases of the cone
scales. After the initial circumferential gallery was formed, one or
more males or females or both entered the cone. One to nine adults
were found in freshly attacked cones. When as many as nine were pres-
ent not all had undergone the internal changes characteristic of the re-
productive phase. No more than three females were found ovipositing
in a single cone. Ovipositing females constructed individual or nearly
individual egg galleries.
Parent adult emergence from freshly attacked cones reared outside
was completed within 10 days. All of the emerged beetles that were dis-
sected were in flight condition. Females not dissected were observed
10
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 1
Table 1. Beetle-killed cones containing parent adult emergence
holes, by size classes, 1962.
Cone
size classes
(inches)
Number
of
cones
Percent of cones
with parent adult
emergence holes
3
20
66
4
154
46
5
197
44
6
151
47
7
86
38
8
52
35
9
67
21
10
59
22
11
40
27
12
48
19
13
24
7
to begin attacks, lay viable eggs, and reemerge in flight condition in 10
days, still with sperm in their spermathecae. Parent adults emerged
when cones had lost enough moisture to become slightly flaccid, just
before onset of hardening which characterizes advanced drying. No
live parent adults were found in hardened cones.
The internal changes associated with the activity change from flight
to reproduction and back to flight were similar to those described for
other scolytids (Atkins and Farris, 1962; Reid, 1962) and for other
Conophthorus (Henson, 1961; Schaefer, 1964). Males did not undergo
complete reduction of wing muscles, but females did.
The attacked cones fell to the ground a month or two after they were
killed (fig. 1). Between-tree variation, particularly in cone size, is seen
in the comparison of the two trees of fig. 1. This general picture was
representative of all study trees. All sizes of second-year cones were
killed; however, cones 4 to 6 inches long were the most common size
killed.
Parent adults emerged more often from smaller cones than larger
cones (Table 1).
In 1962 I found that the seasonal activity of the sugar-pine cone
beetle started 1 week later at 5200 feet elevation and 3 weeeks later at
6200 feet elevation than Miller had found. But by the end of August
1962, development in both study areas had reached about the same
point and was in agreement with Miller’s report. Half of the beetle-
killed cones had not fallen until 1 August under 1962 study trees (fig.
JANUARY 1968] BEDARD SUGAR-PINE CONE BEETLE
11
Fig. 3. Percent of cones with more than two brood emergence holes in various
cone size classes. Basis: 393 cones. Intermittent line connects points of 20
cones samples.
2), whereas Miller’s table shows most of his study cones fell before
mid- July.
Pupae transformed to adults from mid- July to mid-August. These
callow adults appeared fully pigmented 10 days after transforming
from pupae, but dissections and flight tests showed they could not fly
for another 3 weeks.
Emergence activity of brood adults was evidenced by the appearance
of perfectly round holes, some of which bore fine yellow frass, on the
surface of cones. These holes extended into the cone as a perfect cylin-
der. (Parent adult emergence holes do not have this perfect form be-
cause they become distorted in the process of cone drying.) The suc-
cess of broods, as indicated by brood emergence holes in cones, varied
in cones of different sizes (fig. 3).
12
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 1
Starting in mid-August some brood adults left cones and flew to and
mined individually in the current year’s growth of small-diameter sugar
pine twig tips. This pattern became more pronounced as fall ap-
proached. Many faded twig tips were seen in late October, but many
beetles still remained in the cones.
Freshly mined twig tips have been found abandoned as early as Sep-
tember. In midwinter more tips were found abandoned. And by early
April — presumably before cone attack — only about one-quarter of the
mined twig tips with needles still attached were occupied.
Both male and female brood adults in both twig tips and cones had
very reduced wing muscles, large fat bodies, mature sperm in one-third
to one-half of the testes, and no sperm in the spermathecae. Two excep-
tions to this are: (1) the brief period before emergence when the shift
to flight condition is occurring and (2) the 3 to 4 weeks of adult matu-
ration following transformation from pupae.
In spring 1965, in the highest study area near Fish Camp, virtually
no second-year cones were available for the large overwintering cone
beetle population. By then faded twig tips which had contained over-
wintering beetles were found vacant, but freshly mined twig tips were
found. These twigs faded during bud or needle elongation or both (fig.
4) . They contained pitch tubes at the entrance hole and were usually
occupied by live beetles. By fall many of these tips were abandoned,
and many fresh tips were being mined. In early spring 1966, cone
beetles were still alive in these fall-mined twig tips. All this activity
occurred in areas where virtually no 1965 broods were produced in
cones.
In 1962 studies, October observation revealed that fewer beetles
emerged from cones which fell before 4 September and remained in a
cool, sbady place than emerged from cones which stayed on the trees
longer and fell after 4 September. Both groups of cones had cones that
were attacked about the same time. Presumably the two groups of cones
experienced different environments. By 20 September 1964, virtually
all beetles had left the 1964 brood cones at the lower elevation, but
some brood was still present in the brood cones of the study area at
higher elevation.
Discussion
The sugar-pine cone beetle overwinters in two known places: fallen
cones and mined twig tips (which may be either on the tree or fallen).
The proportion of the population overwintering in these locations varies.
Miller found that in the first 2 years of his study the entire population
JANUARY 1968] BEDARD — SUGAR-PINE CONE BEETLE
13
Fig. 4. Pinus lambertiana twig tip mined by Conophthorus lamhertianae in
spring. Pitch tube at base of bud killed during the tip’s elongation.
overwintered in cones, and that in the third year all insects overwin-
tered elsewhere (presumably in twig tips, though he did not specify).
Limited observations indicate that more beetles leave cones in the
warmer locations than in cooler locations. The fact that beetles were
not found in duff samples is certainly not a very positive indication
that hibernation in the duff does not occur. But it seems fairly certain
that beetles which leave fallen cones leave the immediate vicinity.
Miller had suggested controlling beetles by destroying cones with
broods as late as November. The method would not be effective be-
cause, generally, enough beetles leave the cones during August and Sep-
14
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 1
tember. However, a high proportion of the local population could be
destroyed in cones on the ground in early August for early-falling cones,
and late August or early September for late-falling cones.
Individual beetles may mine more than one twig tip between Septem-
ber and late May. This conclusion is based on the number of recently
abandoned twig tips found during the overwintering period.
It is surprising and significant that sugar-pine cone beetle females
can change from flight condition to reproductive condition and back
again to flight in only 10 days. A single female possibly could kill as
many as five cones from late May to July. Figures for rate of internal
changes of other species under similar temperatures are not available.
However, under cooler conditions Dendroctonus pseudotsugae Hopkins
females took 10 days and males took 25 days to complete reduction of
flight muscles, and possibly 40 to 50 days to complete the cycle from
flight condition to reproductive condition and back to flight condition
(Atkins and Farris, 1962). If this duration and that of other scolytids
are considered, then the sugar-pine cone beetle’s shift from flight to
reproduction and back to flight appears remarkably rapid indeed.
Reid (1962) reported that internal changes of female mountain pine
beetle (Z). ponderosae Hopkins {= D. monticolae Hopkins) ) are in-
fluenced by host moisture content. He found drying of host tissues was
associated with the change from reproductive condition to flight con-
dition. An analagous relation may exist between the sugar-pine cone
beetle and the moisture levels in its host tissues.
My data strongly support Miller’s report that the sugar-pine cone
beetle has one generation yearly. Some brood adults are present in
cones during the last attacks on ripening cones. But, in the instances
studied, these adults were not in condition to emerge and did not start
to emerge until a month after final cone attack. These beetles attacked
twigs or remained in brood cones.
Further, the long attack period of this cone beetle can be appropri-
ately explained by the reemergence and reattack of parent adults. The
rate of elongation of second-year cones is roughly constant during the
period of beetle attack — late May to early July.^ Therefore, the hori-
zontal axis of fig. 1 and size classes of Table 1 are also a rough time
scale.
The reconstructed seasonal activity, based on the evidence offered by
these cones, is as follows; Early attacks were associated with a high
proportion of reemerging adults. But as the season progressed, both
^ Krugman, S. L. Unpublished data on file at Pacific SW. Forest and Range Exp. Sta., U. S.
Forest Serv., Berkeley, Calif. 1959.
JANUARY 1968] BEDARD SUGAR-PINE CONE BEETLE
15
the proportion of reemerging adults and the number of subsequently
attacked cones progressively decreased (Table 1). The parent adult
emergence holes — especially in cones > 7 inches long — demonstrate
that parent adult beetles were active when the last attacks of the season
were being made. Further, damage did not increase late in the attack
season. Such an increase would be expected if there were an increase
in the attacking population brought about by brood adults.
The internal condition of beetles in cones and twig tips suggests the
quiescency reported for C. radiatae Hopkins by Schaefer (1964). He
found reduced respiration associated with similar internal conditions
and with similar periods of feeding without reproducing.
This quiescency allows the beetles to survive when cones are not
available for insect reproduction. The period for C. lambertianae is
usually late summer, fall, and winter. But if the beetles fail to find
cones in which to reproduce, the period may extend through these three
seasons plus an additional year. This latter conclusion is based on evi-
dence provided by areas where 1964 brood adults appeared to survive
the 1965 summer without cones and without reproducing, and became
available in the spring of 1966.
Murdoch (1966) has reported that the carabid, Agonum fuliginosum
(Panzer), has similar habits. The beetles normally overwinter as young
adults which reproduce in the summer and rarely live a second winter.
But when food limits the reproductive activity of the beetles, many do
live through a second winter. Another example of adult longevity
brought about by a food-induced delay in reproduction is reported for
the coccinellid, Hippodamia convergens Guerin-Meneville (Hagen,
1962).
Quiescency in C. lambertianae is in agreement with similar mecha-
nisms of delayed development common in other insect species which
depend on variable cone crops. Many of these species have mechanisms
of synchronizing their seasonal development with that of their host.
And these same mechanisms may also provide a basis for synchronizing
them with the year-to-year fluctuations in food supply. For example,
Hedlin (1964) reports that populations of the cone pests Contarinia
oregonensis Foote and Barbara colfaxiana (Kearfott) vary in the pro-
portion which diapause more than 1 year. The variations are large
enough that they must be taken into account in predicting the amount
of insect damage to cone crops.
The yearly cone production in the host species of C. radiatae (Mon-
terey pine, Pinus radiata D. Don) is much more regular than in the
host species of C. lambertianae (compare Roy’s [1966] findings with
16
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 1
those of Fowells and Schubert [1956]). The biology of C. radiatae dif-
fers from the biology of C. lambertianae in three respects which could
be related to this regularity of the reproductive resource: Some C.
radiatae mate in brood cones; they do not emerge in fall to mine twig
tips; and, apparently, they therefore lack a means of surviving local
year-to-year cone crop failures. However, they do possess, as does C.
lambertianae, the capacity for quiescency. This capacity enables them
to survive the seasonal absence of the reproductive resource.
Until further information becomes available, the relative success of
broods in cones of different sizes cannot be explained. But eggs are not
laid in many of the smallest and largest cones. Premature mortality is
often associated with failure to oviposit in larger cones, whereas many
small cones are attacked, bored through, and emerged from apparently
without oviposition. This latter pattern is similar to that reported for
C. coniperda (Schwarz) (Godwin and Odell, 1965).
Literature Cited
Atkins, M. D. and S. H. Farris. 1962. A contribution to the knowledge of flight
muscle change in the Scolytidae (Coleoptera) . Can. Entomol., 94: 25-
32.
Fowells, H. A. and G. H. Schubert. 1956. Silvical characteristics of sugar pine.
U. S. Forest Serv., Calif. Forest and Range Exp. Sta. Tech. Pap., 14,
19 pp.
Godwin, P. A. and T. M. Odell. 1965. The life history of the white-pine cone
beetle, Conophthorus coniperda. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer., 58: 213-
219.
Hagen, K. S. 1962. Biology and ecology of predaceous Coccinellidae. Annu.
Rev. Entomol., 7 : 289-326.
Hedlin, a. F. 1964. Results of a six-year plot study on Douglas-fir cone insect
population fluctuations. Forest Sci., 10(1) : 124-128.
Henson, W. R. 1961. Laboratory studies on the adult behavior of Conophthorus
coniperda (Schwarz) (Coleoptera : Scolytidae) . I. Seasonal changes
in the internal anatomy of the adult. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer., 54:
698-701.
Miller, J. M. 1915. Cone beetles: injury to sugar pine and western yellow
pine. U. S. Dept. Agri. Bull., 243, 12 pp.
Murdoch, W. W. 1966. Aspects of the population dynamics of some marsh
Carabidae. J. Anim. EcoL, 35(1) : 127-156.
Reid, R. W. 1962. Biology of the mountain pine beetle, Dendroctonus monticolae
Hopkins, in the East Kootenay region of British Columbia. H. Be-
haviour in the host, fecundity, and internal changes in the female. Can.
Entomol., 94(6) : 605-613.
Roy, D. F. 1966. Silvical characteristics of Monterey pine. U. S. Forest Serv.,
Pacific SW. Forest and Range Exp. Sta. Res. Pap., PSW-31, 21 pp.
JANUARY 1968] DENNING NEW NORTH AMERICAN TRICHOPTERA
17
Ruckes, H., Jr. 1963. Cone beetles of the genus Conophthorus in California.
Pan-Pac. EntomoL, 39: 43-50.
Schaefer, C. H. 1964. Physical and physiological changes in the adult Monte-
rey-pine cone beetle, Conophthorus radiatae (Coleoptera : Scolytidae) .
Ann. EntomoL Soc. Amer., 57: 195-197.
New and Interesting North American Trichoptera
D. G. Denning
Moraga, California
The new species described herein represent very interesting additions
to the known species of Trichoptera. The new Atopsyche presents sev-
eral developments not yet described in other species. A new Cyrptochia,
the fifth species in this interesting and virtually unknown genus, is de-
scribed. A new genus is erected to accommodate a new member of the
Goeridae^ — a highly specialized family of which very little is known.
I would like to express my gratitude to Mr. J. S. Buckett, University
of California; Mr. Stanley Jewett, Portland, Oregon; Mr. Joe Schuh,
Klamath Falls, Oregon and Mr. J. D. Vertrees, Roseburg, Oregon, for
making collections available from which these new species were chosen.
Unless designated otherwise, types are in the author’s collection.
Atopsyche cordoba Denning, new species
This new species belongs to the bolivari group and of the described
species is probably closest to A. dampfi Ross. Distinguishing characters
are the dentate paracercus, the spinous processes of the aedeagal lobe,
and the large pocket of scales on the hind wing. The presence of scales
has not been reported from other species.
Male. — Length 8-9 mm. Forewings brownish, densely covered with dark brown
hairs especially heavy at pterastigma; hind wing with M bearing a few black
scales at branching of Mi + 2 and Ms, stem of Cui bearing a row of black scales,
Cu 2 about midway covered by a large elliptical-shaped pocket of densely packed
black scales ; intervenous membranous area of anal veins brownish and more
heavily sclerotized than remainder of wing, these veins bear dense, long silky
brownish hairs which, near the margin, are curled and curve upward against the
membrane. Palpi and legs yellowish, densely covered with short black hair.
Sternum of segment 6 bearing a long conical-shaped process with an acute spine
apically; sternum 7 bearing a shorter, slender, conical process, fig. IB. Genitalia
as in fig. 1. Paracercus reaching caudad almost to aedeagus, dorsal margin de-
veloped into three large, one short dentate processes (size, shape somewhat vari-
able), apex setiferous. Filacercus long, slender, capitate. Basal segment of clasper
large, bulky, apex indented to receive apical segment, mesal margin slightly shelf-
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 44: 17-26. January 1968
18
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 1
like; apical segment narrow, distally truncate, apex directed ventrad. Aedeagus
lobes lightly sclerotized, apex flared, serrate (somewhat variable in number, shape,
and size), near base a large sclerotized prong curves ventrad branching into a
short and a long accuminate spine; inner rod accuminate, long, curved ventro-
caudad, fig. lA.
Female. — General color, size, characteristics similar to the male. Sternum 6 and
7 each bear a prominent mesal process similar to the male. Sternum 8 with a
dense brush of long brownish hair. Genitalia as in fig. 2. Ninth tergum band-
like, sternum narrowed and curved caudad; a triangular-shaped flap located on
lateral aspect covering an internal sclerotized receptacle, margin of flap densely
covered with long setae. Tenth tergum trianguloid from lateral aspect, semi-mem-
branous apical portion bearing considerable long brownish setae.
Holotype male. — Cordoba, Veracruz, Mexico, 15 September 1966,
light trap, A. B. Lau. Allotype female. Same data as for holotype.
Paratype, three males, four females, same data as for holotype; two
males, same data as for holotype except 31 October 1966. (From J. S.
Buckett, University of California collection). Holotype, allotype to be
deposited. University of California at Davis, California.
Triplectides gracilis Burmeister
This species is known from southern South America to Guatemala.
The following is the first recorded Mexican record and the farthest
north the species has been taken. 1 male, Cordoba, Veracruz, Mexico,
22 October 1966, A. B. Lau (J. S. Buckett collection).
Cheumatopsyche pitella Denning, new species
This new species may be distinguished from other described Cheu-
matopsyche by the truncate apex of the ninth segmental lateral lobe, by
the coelescense of the basal part of the clasper to the ninth segment,
and by the large expanded apex of the aedeagus.
Male. — Length 7 mm. General color light brown. Wings concolorous, light
brown, legs and antennae trifle lighter in color. Spurs yellowish, large and promi-
nent. Genitalia as in fig. 3. Ninth segment with a large triangular lateral lobe,
apex blunt and directed dorsad; tergum narrowed and extended dorsad beyond
remainder; from dorsal aspect tergum divided into two triangular caudad directed
lobes. Tenth tergum lightly sclerotized, short, wide, ventral corner broadly
rounded; lateral process of tergal lobe prominent, long, slender. Clasper long;
basal segment expanded distally from a narrow base, basal third merged to a
slender sclerite attached to ninth segment, thus movement is restricted; apical
segment wide, about same width throughout, apex sub-acute; from caudal aspect,
fig. 3A, apicies convergent. Aedeagus, fig. 3B, stout, apex enlarged, ventral lobe
of apex massive, rounded, curved ventro-caudad.
Female. — Length 8 mm. General color and characteristics same as for male.
Ninth segment as in fig. 4. Lateral portion of ninth segment wide, narrowed dis-
JANUARY 1968] DENNING — NEW NORTH AMERICAN TRICHOPTERA
19
tally to an obtuse apex bearing a tuft of setae. Clasper receptacle opening large,
rounded, extending almost to apex.
Holotype male . — 20 miles east of Villa Union, Sinaloa, Mexico,
31 January 1964, at light, M. E. Irwin. Allotype female. Same data as
for holotype. Paratype, two females, same data as for holotype.
Limnephilus kalama Denning, new species
This species is closest to L. santanus Ross, from which it differs in
the quadrate-shaped cerci, in the long narrow tenth tergal lobes, in the
lateral arms of the aedeagus and other details.
Male. — Length 15 mm. General color dark brown. Palpi and legs yellowish;
spurs 1-3-4. Antennae dark brown, moderately setose. Wings irregularly irrorate
with brownish and luteus spots. Fore basitarsus almost twice length of second;
femur with a short line of black spinules along posteromesal margin. Eighth
tergum sclerotized much heavier than the other abdominal segments, no postero-
mesal modifications. Genitalia as in fig. 5. Ninth segment narrowed ventrally to
a narrow strap, expanded dorsally and curved caudad, distal corner bent strongly
mesad. Cerci large, quadrate from lateral aspect, directed caudad, distal margin
blackish and irregular; viewed dorsally, fig. 5A, cerei convex, not contiguous,
meso-distal corner curved ventrad; mesal surface concave, glabrous. Tenth ter-
gite stout, curved dorsad apically to a black acute apex; from dorsal aspect, fig.
5A, narrowed distally to a sub-acute blackish apex, setation sparse. Claspers nar-
row, about same width throughout, apex truncate; from ventral aspect apicies
curved mesad. Aedeagus, fig. 5B, with basal portion striated, apex curved dorsad
and not striated; lateral arms sinuate, apex divided into a long narrow acute dor-
sal branch and a shorter narrow acute ventral branch, each margin bearing a
dense row of long, flattened, appressed setae.
Holotype male . — Near head of Kalama River, Skamania County,
Washington, 11 September 1965, Stanley S. Jewett, Jr. Type will be
deposited in California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco, California.
Paratype, one male, two miles east of Elsie, Clatsop County, Oregon,
23 September 1967, Stanley S. Jewett, Jr.
Limnephilus sierrata Denning, new species
This species is a relative of L. tarsalis Banks. Diagnostic characters
exist in the triangular lobe of the clasper, in the longer than wide cerci,
in the apparent two long setae at the apex of the aedeagal lateral arm.
Male. — Length 10 mm. General color dark brown. Wings dark brown with
luteus speckling, heavily pilose. Macrochaetae of head large, dark. Fore femur
with a linear row of black spinules along mesal surface for about three-quarters
of length, basitarsus almost one-half length of second segment. Spurs 2-4-4. Eighth
tergum with mesal patch of dense black short setae. Genitalia as in fig. 6. Ninth
segment wide laterally, tergum reduced to a thin brownish strap, sternum reduced
to a narrow band. Cerci directed dorso-caudad, convex from dorsal or lateral
view, distal margin rounded; from dorsal aspect cerci widely separated, mesal
20
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
[vOL. 44 , NO. 1
Fig. 1. Atopsyche cordoba Denning, male genitalia, lateral view. lA, aedeagus,
lateral view. IB, sternum 6 and 7, lateral view. Fig. 2. Atopsyche cordoba Den-
ning, female genitalia, lateral aspect. Fig. 3. Cheumatopsyche pitella Denning,
male genitalia, lateral view. 3A, claspers, caudal aspect. 3B, aedeagus, lateral
view. Fig. 4. Cheumatopsyche pitella Denning, female ninth sternum, lateral
view. Fig. 5. Limnephilus kalama Denning, male genitalia, lateral view. 5A, tenth
JANUARY 1968] DENNING — NEW NORTH AMERICAN TRICHOPTERA
21
margin curved ventrad; from ventral aspect mesal surface concave. Tenth tergal
lobes thin, ventro-distal margin curved dorsad to an acute apex; from caudal as-
pect sclerites have developed a large obtuse ventral lobe located on caudal surface
of capsule. Clasper merged into posterior margin of ninth segment, dorsal portion
expanded into a large triangular lobe. Aedeagus, fig. 6A, long, central portion
lightly sclerotized; lateral arm long, cylindrical, sclerotized entire length, tapering
to an acute apex. Apex of aedeagus appears to bear two long-curved setae, how-
ever each is composed of several long, slender tightly appressed setae, which may
be separated as in fig. 6B.
Holotype male. — Nelson Creek, SW of Johnsville, Plumas
County, California, 1 September 1965, J. S. Buckett. Type will be
deposited in University of California collection, Davis, California.
Limnephilus alvatus Denning, new species
This new species is closest to L. tarsalis Banks, from which it differs
in the deeply emarginated cerci, in the quadrate-shaped tenth tergite,
and the apex of the lateral arm of the aedeagus.
Male. — Length 11 mm. General color light brown. Wings tan, veins dark brown
with considerable black setae. Femur of forelegs bearing an inner dense row of
black spinules, corresponding portion of tarsi also bearing a row of black spinules;
fore basitarsus half length of second. Eighth tergite simple, only a few scattered
setae. Genitalia as in fig. 7. Ninth segment narrowed ventrally to a narrow tergal
strap, meso-distal corner obtuse, curved mesad. Cerci distal margin with wide
arcuate indentation resulting in a prominent digitate dorsal lobe and a narrow
truncate ventral lobe whose mesal corner is developed into a black acute spine
directed mesad, almost confluent with tenth terga; from dorsal aspect cerci sepa-
rated, apicies obtuse, divergent. Tenth tergite heavily sclerotized, short, wide, dis-
tal margin truncate, dorso-distal corner produced dorsad into an acute apex, best
seen from ventro-lateral aspect, fig. 7A; from dorsal aspect lobes divergent, apicies
almost touching ventral lobe of cerci. Clasper a long narrow selerite merging with
posterior margin of ninth segment. Aedeagus long, eentral portion lightly sclero-
tized; lateral arms sclerotized, as long as central portion, slender, cylindrical, apex
bearing a dense brush of long, tightly appressed yellowish setae, fig. 7B.
Female. — Length 10 mm. General color, and characteristics of wings, appen-
dages, and body similar to male. Genitalia as in fig. 8. Eighth tergum, dorsal
view, fig. 8A, with mesal margin emarginate. Ninth segment generally wide
throughout except sternum which is reduced to a narrow strap. Tenth tergum
long, lateral portion produced caudad as a digitate lobe, apex acute, setose; from
dorsal aspect, fig. 8B, mesal lobe short, rounded. Tenth sternum trough-like, pro-
<-
tergite, dorsal view. 5B, aedeagus, lateral view. Fig. 6. Limnephilus sierrata
Denning, male genitalia, lateral aspect. 6A, aedeagus, lateral view. 6B, apex of
aedeagus. Fig. 7. Limnephilus alvatus Denning, male genitalia, lateral view. 7A,
tenth tergite, ventro-lateral view. 7B, apex of aedeagus. Fig. 8. Limnephilus
alvatus Denning, female genitalia, lateral view. 8A, eighth tergum, dorsal view.
8B, tenth tergum, dorsal view. 8C, tenth sternum, ventral view.
22
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 1
jected caudad beyond remainder, from ventral aspect, fig. 8C, distal margin bifur-
cate.
Holotype male . — Near Lethbridge, Alberta, 29 July 1965, light
trap (J. S. Buckett collection). Allotype female. Same data as for holo-
type.
Cryptochia califca Denning, new species
This, the fifth species in the genus, is the second species discovered
in California. This new species is closest to C. furcata Denning. Diag-
nostic characters are the short tenth terga, the long caudad curved ninth
tergum, the deeply furcated ventral portion of the aedeagus, and several
other details. In the 1964 Key to Species Based on Males, C. califca
keys to C. neosa Denning.
Male. — Length 9 mm. General color blackish. Wings dark, heavy black
pilosity; head, mesathorax, and metathorax black, prothorax golden; macrochaetae
of prothorax and head golden colored, legs tan. Spurs brown, 1-3-4. Antennae
dark brown. Eighth segment not modified. Genitalia as in fig. 9. Ninth segment
sternum narrowed, laterally tergal portion widely expanded, curved caudad; from
dorsal aspect a wide circular incision narrows tergum to a narrow band. Tenth
tergum short, stout, brownish pigmented, directed ventro-caudad, apex blunt; from
dorsal aspect, fig. 9A, cleft nearly to base, tapering slightly to an obtuse apex.
Cerci short, sub-triangular, inconspicuous. Ventrad to cercus is a complex struc-
ture, as follows: (1) a large stout horn -like dorsad curved spur reaching caudad
almost as far as tenth tergum and (2) a short heavily sclerotized digitate process,
which arises from basal portion of (1). Clasper is a long, slender lightly sclero-
tized sclerite attached to posterior margin of segment 9, filamentous process short,
slender, curved dorso-caudad; from caudal aspect sclerite is wide, flat, appressed
to caudad surface of segment 9, an apodeme connects mesal margin to ventral por-
tion of aedeagus. Aedeagus, fig. 9B, with a dorsal pair of heavily sclerotized
acuminate blades, apex acute and curved ventrad; ventral portion massive, heavily
sclerotized, furcate to base, dorso-distal portion semi-membranous.
Holotype male . — Two miles West of Sierra City, Sierra County,
California, 7 June 1965, S. G. Jewett, Jr.
Goeridae
This is a small family consisting of four genera and eight species
found from the Atlantic to the Pacific coastal areas. Four of the spe-
cies and two genera are confined to the eastern area, the known re-
mainder are found in the northwestern coastal region.
The new genus, Goeracea, is of interest because its two species possess
scales on the forewings, a phenomenon not recorded in the other genera
of the family. The possession of scales on the wings are found in very
few of the Trichoptera — as for example, in some Lepidostoma of the
Lepidostomatidae, in one known species of Atopsyche of the Rhyaco-
philidae and in this genus of this family.
JANUARY 1968] DENNING — NEW NORTH AMERICAN TRICHOPTERA
23
Fig. 9. Cryptochia califca Denning, male genitalia, lateral view. 9A, tenth ter-
gum, dorsal view. 9B, aedeagus. Fig. 10. Goera archaon Ross, maxillary palpus,
ventral view. lOA, aedeagus. Fig. 11. Goera archaon Ross, female genitalia, lat-
eral view. IIA, tenth tergum, dorsal view. IIB, bursa copulatrix. Fig. 12.
Goeracea genota (Ross), aedeagus, ventral aspect. 12A, tenth tergum, dorsal view.
Fig. 13. Goeracea genota (Ross), female genitalia, lateral view. 13A, tenth ter-
gum, dorsal view. 13B, bursa copulatrix. Fig. 14. Goeracea oregona Denning,
male genitalia, lateral view. 14A, tenth tergum and clasper, dorsal view. 14B,
clasper, ventral view. 14C, aedeagus, ventral view. Fig. 15. Goeracea oregona
Denning, female genitalia. 15A, tenth tergum, dorsal view. 15B, bursa copulatrix.
24
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 1
Goera archaon Ross
This species is currently known from scattered localities in western
Oregon. In addition to the description of the male by Ross (1947) a
few additional details may be added.
Male. — The maxillary palpus, fig. 10, consists of three segments; first segment
short, narrow, second segment quadrate, third segment long, tapering; all segments
setose especially the third which is densely covered with closely appressed scale-
like yellowish setae. First antennal segment longer than width of head, covered
with fine yellowish hairs. Spurs prominent, 2-4-4. Sixth sternum bearing 7 long
spines, the center 2 or 3 are long, flat, wide. Aedeagus, fig. lOA, cylindrical, long,
tapering toward center, apex blunt, dorso-distal portion semi-membranous.
Female. — Length 9 mm. General color and characteristics similar to male ex-
cept usual antigenetic differences. Abdominal segments have no modifications; a
fairly dense tuft of fine whitish hairs present on sternum 7. Genitalia as in fig.
11. Ninth sternum, lateral aspect, wide; narrowed distally. Tenth tergum elon-
gate, ovoid, apex sub-acute; from dorsal aspect, fig. 11 A, divided into two triangu-
lar caudad directed lobes, quite densely setose. Bursa copulatrix, fig. IIB, con-
stricted laterally, no dorsal arm, lateral lobes elliptical, aperture long and slender.
Description of female based on one specimen from seven miles north-
west of Roseburg, Oregon, 17 June 1964, J. D, Vertrees. Black light
trap.
Goeracea Denning, new genus
This genus differs from male Goera by the absence of abdominal or-
namentation; by the third segment of the maxillary palpus being only
a trifle longer than the second, none of the segments are modified; and
by the presence of scales on the forewings. It differs from female Goera
by the reduction of segment 9, by the blunt, declivous tenth tergum,
and by the long dorsal arm of the bursa copulatrix. The genus differs
from male Goerita, to which it is related, by the above mentioned char-
acters and in addition by the small eyes and resultant wide malar space
which is at least three times the length of the eye, by the first antennal
segment being longer than the length of the eyes and by the branching
of Ml + 2 in the forewing before crossvein rm rather than at the cross-
vein.
Type of the Genus; Goerita genota Ross
Goeracea genota (Ross)
In addition to the description of G. genota Ross (1941) additional
details may be given. In the males a fairly dense row of scales present
on Sc and a few scattered scales on R 2 and R 3 of the forewings. Tenth
tergite, dorsal aspect, fig. 12A, lightly sclerotized, distal margin with
ovate incision; cerci are large lateral expansions and arise from base of
JANUARY 1968] DENNING — NEW NORTH AMERICAN TRICHOPTERA
25
tergum. Aedeagus, ventral aspect, fig. 12, short, cylindrical; a pair of
short triangular sclerotized structures and a flat ovate process occur
internally.
Female. — Genitalia as in fig. 13. Ninth tergum reduced to a slender
elongate sclerite, sternum reduced to an elliptical sclerite ventrad to
tenth tergum. From lateral aspect, tenth tergum almost quadrate; from
dorsal aspect, fig. 13A, mesal portion with a clear non-pigmented area
margined hy hrown pigment. Bursa copulatrix, fig. 13B, with a long
slender dorsal arm, rounded lateral lobes, and a very slender median
aperture. Drawings from a collection of 7^, 1$ from Wood River
Spring, Klamath County, Oregon, 12 June 1964, Joe Schuh.
The species is known from scattered localities in southern and west-
ern Oregon to Vancouver, British Columbia (collected 6 April 1957,
H. B. Leach) .
Goeracea oregona Denning, new species
This new species differs from the male G. genota (Ross) in a lighter
brown color and less pilosity of wings and appendages. In the male
the meso-basal portion of the basal segment of the clasper is developed
into an acute spine-like prong instead of the massive sclerotized process
of G. genota-, ninth tergum more constricted; distal margin of tenth
tergum with a deep triangular incision. In the female the eighth tergum
is narrow, crescent-shaped not wide as in G. genota, the mesal non-pig-
mented area of the tenth tergum rounded and wide, the bursa copulatrix
is much more slender.
Male. — Length 7 mm. General color light brown. Wings, antennae, appen-
dages, about same color, thorax and head dark brown. Maxillary palpi, held in
front of face, three segmented and not modified. Forewings with row of small
dark scales along Sc for about half length of vein, a few scattered dark scales on
R 2 and Rs. Spurs 2-4-4. Eighth tergum sclerotized heavier than others, somewhat
crescent-shaped, bearing long setae. Genitalia as in fig. 14. Ninth segment
abruptly narrowed dorsally to a narrow strap ; sternum wide, lateral margin
rounded. Tenth tergum, dorsal aspect, fig. 14A, lightly sclerotized, distal margin
with deep mesal incision, apical lobes triangular; from lateral aspect dorsal mar-
gin irregular with a notch toward apex. Cerci, lateral aspect, large, consists of a
lateral basal expanded portion and a basal digitate lobe; from dorsal aspect, fig.
14A, cerci project beyond tenth tergum, bilobed, apices sub-acute. Clasper with
basal segment robust, meso-ventral corner produced caudad as a slender mesad
curved prong, apical segment long, slender; from ventral aspect, fig. 14B, mesal
margin of basal segment with a wide arcuate incision resulting in an acute mesad
spine. Aedeagus short, cylindrical; from ventral aspect, fig. 14C, a pair of inter-
nal short brownish triangular processes and a single very faintly pigmented process
are discernible.
26
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 1
Female. — General size, color, and characteristics similar to male. Length 7
mm. Maxillary palpi five segmented, third segment about equal in length to fifth.
No scales on wings. Genitalia as in fig. 15. Eighth tergum crescent-shaped, curved
ventrad further than others; sternum semi-circular lateral portions joined by a
narrow strap; entire mesal sternal area incised to form a large arcuate light sclero-
tized area. Ninth tergum reduced to a slender sclerite, ninth sternum an elongate
narrow sclerite ventrad to tenth. The tenth tergum declivous, truncate distally,
from dorsal aspect, fig. 15A, mesal area non-pigmented, the clear membranous area
appears as a narrow incised notch. Bursa copulatrix, fig. 15B, narrow, dorsal arm
long, narrow, rounded, lateral lobes triangular, median aperture narrow.
Holotype male. — 16 miles S. E. Ruch, Jackson County, Oregon,
French Gulch Road, 22 May 1961, Joe Schuh. Allotype female. Same
data as for holotype. Paratypes nine males, one female, same data as
for holotype.
New Species of Elaphidionini from Mexico
(Coleoptera : Cerambycidae)
John A. Chemsak and E. G. Linsley
University of California, Berkeley
The following new species of Mexican elaphidionine Cerambycidae
are described at this time to make their names available for other stud-
ies now in progress.
Support through National Science Foundation Grant GB-4944X is
gratefully acknowledged. Material was also collected during expedi-
tions sponsored by the Associates in Tropical Biogeography, Univer-
sity of California, Berkeley.
Aneflus (Protaneflus) sericatus Chemsak and Linsley,
new species
(Fig. 1)
Male. — Form large, subcylindrical; integument reddish brown, appendages
darker; pubescence white, uniformly fine, silky, appressed, obscuring surface.
Head almost impunctate on vertex, median channel extending to about posterior
margin of eyes; pubescence dense, appressed, ivory colored, erect hairs very sparse;
antennae 12-segmented, longer than body, segments three to five spined internally,
sixth dentate, segments from third expanded at apices, pubescence dense, very fine,
pale, appressed, also with very short, yellowish, erect pubescence on each segment,
apices of segments with a few long suberect hairs which diminish in length toward
apex, third segment subequal to scape in length, fourth slightly longer than third,
fifth longer than fourth, sixth to eleventh subequal to fifth, twelfth subequal to
fourth. Pronotum longer than broad, cylindrical, sides feebly rounded, apex with
a narrow, glabrous, impressed margin, base slightly constricted ; disc almost plane.
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 44: 26-34. January 1968
JANUARY 1968] CHEMSAK & LINSLEY — NEW ELAPHIDIONINI
27
finely, shallowly, transversely rugulose, center with a glabrous line and two vague
shallow calluses on each side at anterior end of median line forming a T ; pubes-
cence dense, appressed, fine erect hairs sparse; prosternum deeply impressed,
transversely rugose with several coarse, shallow punctures near base of prosternal
process, front coxal cavities widely open behind; pubescence dense, appressed;
meso- and metasternum densely clothed with appressed, silky pubescence. Elytra
over three times as long as broad, subparallel; basal punctures coarse, shallow,
irregular, each puncture bearing a suberect yellowish seta; pubescence uniformly
dense, silky, white, appressed, with yellowish suberect hairs sparsely interspersed;
each elytron vaguely bicostate; apices bispinose, outer spine longer. Legs stout,
densely pubescent. Abdomen densely clothed with pale appressed pubescence
which obscures the surface; apex of last sternite emarginate truncate. Length, 29
mm.
Holotype male (California Academy of Sciences) from 49 miles S.
Muna, Yucatan, Mexico, 14 July 1963 (W. A. Foster).
The combination of characters of this species make it difficult to
place into the key to Protaneflus (Chemsak & Linsley, 1965) . It is quite
distinctive by the fine silky pubescence which obscures the surface. In
quality this pubescence is similar to that of Aneflus prolixus prolixus
LeConte from Baja California.
Aneflus (Aneflus) maryannae Chemsak and Linsley,
new species
(Fig. 2)
Male. — Form stout, somewhat compressed; color dark reddish brown, shining;
pubescence moderately dense, consisting of an irregular layer of fine appressed
hairs with longer recurved, golden hairs numerously interspersed. Head coarsely,
shallowly, confluently punetate on vertex, fine depressed pubescence sparse ;
antennae longer than body, segments three to seven spinose at apex, carinae promi-
nent beginning with fifth segment, basal segments thinly white pubescent, outer
segments clothed with very short, appressed, golden pubescence, scape subcylindri-
cal, third segment slightly shorter than first, fourth suhequal to third, fifth longer
than fourth, sixth and seventh subequal, longer than fifth, eighth to tenth sub-
equal, shorter than seventh, eleventh longest, strongly appendiculate. Pronotum
slightly broader than long, sides sinuate, base feebly impressed; disc shining,
transversely, confluently rugose, sides coarsely punctate; pubescence fine, yellow-
ish white, depressed with long erect hairs interspersed, depressed pubescence
denser at sides; prosternum strongly impressed, irregularly, shallowly punctate,
moderately densely pubescent, coxal cavities open behind; meso- and metasternum
shallowly punctate, finely densely pubescent. Elytra about three times as long as
broad, subparallel; basal punctures coarse, subconfluent, becoming fine and shal-
low toward apex; each elytron vaguely costate; pubescence fine, dense, appressed,
irregular, not obscuring surface, with longer suberect hairs interspersed through-
out; apices prominently bispinose. Legs slender, moderately densely pubescent.
Abdomen finely punctate, moderately pubescent, shining; apex of last sternite
truncate. Length, 23-30 mm.
28
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 1
Fig. 1, left: Aneflus {Protaneflus) sericatus Cliemsak and Linsley, male; Fig.
2, right: Aneflus {Aneflus) maryannae Chemsak & Linsley, male.
Female. — Antennae extending a little beyond middle of elytra; abdomen with
last sternite truncate at apex. Length, 28 mm.
Holotype male (California Academy of Sciences) from 5 MILES N.
Mazatlan, Sinaloa, Mexico, 1 July 1965 (J. A. & M. A. Chemsak,
E. G. & J. M. Linsley) ; allotype, 5 miles N. Mazatlan, 27 June 1965
(J. A. & M. A. Chemsak, E. G. & J. M. Linsley) ; paratypes as follows:
15 males, 5 miles N. Mazatlan, 1 July 1965 (Chemsaks & Linsleys) ; 1
male, 10 miles S. Mazatlan, 3 July 1965 (Chemsaks & Linsleys) ; 1
male, 1 female, 6 miles E. Villa Union, Sinaloa, 30 June 1965 (Chem-
saks & Linsleys) ; 2 males, 5 miles N. Mazatlan, 24 July 1964, 27 July
1964 (J. A. Chemsak, J. A, Powell).
Structurally this species is near A. calvatus Horn but the fine ap-
pressed pubescence of A. maryannae will readily separate the two. In
the key to Anejlus (Chemsak & Linsley, 1963) A. maryannae comes out
in the couplet with A. paracalvatus Knull. However the non-callused
JANUARY 1968] CHEMSAK & LINSLEY NEW ELAPHIDIONINI
29
pronotal disc and more uniform pubescence of A. maryannae will serve
to separate the two species.
We dedicate this species to Mrs. J. A. Chemsak whose collecting ef-
forts are greatly appreciated.
Ironeus submetallicus Chemsak and Linsley, new species
(Fig. 3)
Male. — Form moderate sized to large, sides tapering posteriorly; integument
dark reddish brown to black with a submetallic violaceous to greenish luster,
femora reddish. Head with front sparsely punctate and pubescent; vertex plane,
sparsely, irregularly punctate, subglabrous; palpi unequal, apical segments not
dilated; eyes moderately finely faceted, upper lobes small; antennae slender, ex-
tending about 4 segments beyond elytra, third segment with a moderate sized spine
at apex, spines on segments 4 to 7 gradually decreasing in length, segments 3 to
10 carinate above and below, third segment much longer than scape, fourth shorter
than third, fifth subequal to third, eleventh slightly appendiculate, segments from
third moderately densely clothed with short pale appressed pubescence, long erect
internal hairs decreasing in length and number toward apex. Pronotum longer
than broad, widest at middle, sides rounded, apex and base slightly constricted;
disc transversely plicate with scattered punctures; sides closely, subopaquely punc-
tate; sides and base clothed with very fine appressed, pale pubescence, long erect
hairs numerous at sides over apical half; prosternum impressed, deeply punctate
over basal two-thirds, apical third glabrous, punctate area densely clothed with
fine appressed pubescence, intercoxal process barely expanded at apex, coxal cavi-
ties wide open behind; meso- and metasternum densely pubescent at sides, middle
of metasternum subglabrous. Scutellum densely white pubescent. Elytra about 3
times as long as broad, sides tapering; basal punctures well separated, becoming
closer toward middle but still separated by at least a puncture diameter; pubes-
cence rather sparse, fine, fairly short, suberect and recurved; apices obliquely
emarginate, outer angles spined, inner angles dentate. Legs slender, femora shal-
lowly punctate, tibae carinate. Abdomen subglabrous medially, densely clothed
with fine appressed pubescence at sides; apex of last sternite truncate. Length,
11-19 mm.
Female. — Form similar. Antennae shorter. Prosternum not deeply punctate.
Abdomen with apex of last sternite narrowly rounded. Length, 11-18 mm.
Holotype male, allotype (American Museum of Natural History) and
29 paratypes (15 males, 14 females) from Armeria, Colima, Mexico,
21 July 1953 (D. Rockefeller Mex. Exp. 1953, C. and P. Vaurie).
Additional paratypes as follows: 1 male, 2 females, 6 miles S. Culiacan, Sinaloa,
6 August 1964, at black and white lights (J. A. Chemsak, J. Powell) ; 1 female,
Escuinapa, Sinaloa (J. H. Batty) ; 1 female, 8 miles S. Elota, Sinaloa, 2 July 1963
(F. D. Parker, L. A. Stange) ; 1 male, Los Mayos, Sinaloa, 24 July 1952 (J. D.
Lattin) ; 1 male, Mazatlan, Sinaloa, 27 June 1956 (R. and K. Dreisbach) ; 1 fe-
male, 4 miles S. Villa Union, Sinaloa, 23 June 1963 (J. Doyen) ; 1 female, 27 miles
E. Villa Union, 26 July 1964 (H. F. Howden) ; 1 male, 4 females, Apatzingan,
Michoacan, 5 August 1940 (Hoogstraal Expd. 40) ; 1 male, Apatzingan, 5 August
30
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
[vOL. 44, NO. 1
JANUARY 1968] CHEMSAK & LINSLEY NEW ELAPHIDIONINI
31
1941, at light (R. Haag) ; 1 female, Acapulco, Guerrero, 21 June 1935 (M. A.
Embury) ; 1 female, Alpuyeca, Morelos, 3 July 1951 (P. D. Hurd) ; 1 female,
Tehuantepec, Oaxaca, 26 May 1951 (Ana Maria de Buen) ; 1 male, Tehuantepec,
24 June 1955; 2 females, Tehuantepec, 23 June 1965 (A. Raske) ; 1 female, El
Salto, Escuintla, Guatemala, 1934 (F. A. Bianchi),
The transversely wrinkled pronotum, submetallic luster of the in-
tegument, and apparently always reddish femora will distinguish this
species from the other known Ironeus.
Aneflomorpha rufipes Chemsak and Linsley, new species
(Fig. 4)
Male. — Form elongate, sides subparallel; integument dull black, femora red-
dish; pubescence short, pale, recurved. Head with front rather finely, densely
punctate except for glabrous median area, vertex confluently punctate, sparsely
pubescent; interantennal impression deep; palpi unequal, apical segments dilated;
eyes prominent, as broad across as width of pronotum; antennae extending about
2 segments beyond elytra, third segment with a short spine at apex, remaining
segments unarmed, segments from third carinate above, segments from third
opaque, densely clothed with minute appressed pubescence, basal segments with
a few long erect hairs internally, third segment longer than fourth or fifth, fifth
longer than fourth, eleventh appendiculate. Pronotum as long as broad, sides
broadly rounded; disc deeply, contiguously punctate except for glabrous median
callus and two vague calluses on each side of middle; pubescence sparse, very
short and appressed with a few long suberect hairs interspersed; prosternum im-
pressed, finely, scabrously punctate on basal half, pubescence fine, appressed,
intercoxal process barely expanded at apex, coxal cavities wide open behind; meso-
and metasternum finely, scabrously punctate, densely clothed with pale appressed
pubescence especially at sides. Elytra about 3 times as long as broad; surface
finely, densely but separately punctate; pubescence rather dense, short, recurved
and depressed, longer suberect hairs sparsely arranged in rows down suture and
middle of each elytron; apices obliquely emarginate. Fegs slender, femora reddish,
densely punctate; tibiae carinate. Abdomen finely, densely punctate, densely pu-
bescent; apex of last sternite shallowly emarginate. Length, 12-16 mm.
Female. — Form similar. Antennae about as long as body. Abdomen with apex
of last sternite truncate. Length, 15-17 mm.
Holotype male, allotype (Canadian National Collection, Ottawa)
from 5 MILES N. Mazatlan, Sinaloa, Mexico, 5-7 August 1964 (H. F.
Howden). Paratypes as follows: 1 female, 5 miles N. Mazatlan, Sinaloa,
9 August 1964 (Howden and Lindquist) ; 1 male, Mazatlan, 22 July
1954 (M. Cazier, W. Gertsch, Bradts) ; 1 male, “Venedio” (El Vene-
Fig. 3, upper left: Ironeus submetallicus Chemsak and Linsley, male; Fig. 4,
upper right: Aneflomorpha rufipes Chemsak & Linsley, male; Fig. 5, lower left:
Aneflomorpha martini Chemsak & Linsley, male; Fig. 6, lower right: Anelaphus
nitidipennis Chemsak & Linsley, male.
32
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 1
dillo, near Mazatlan), 10 July 1918; 1 male, 4 miles S. Villa Union,
Sinaloa, 23 June 1963 (J. Doyen) ; 1 female, 33 miles E. Villa Union,
9 August 1964 (Howden).
This is the most distinctive species of Aneflomorpha known. The
rather dull black integument, reddish femora, and short pubescence
make A. rufipes readily recognizable.
Also assignable to this species but possibly subspecifically distinct is
a population from the state of Oaxaca. These specimens are similar in
form and color but tend to have the elytral punctures more widely sepa-
rated, shorter, sparser elytral pubescence, and barely emarginate apices
of the elytra. Because of the lack of material from intermediate areas,
we do not choose to treat the Sinaloa and Oaxaca populations as dis-
tinct at this time. Material examined: Oaxaca; 1 male, Tehuantepec,
12 July 1955 (P. and C. Vaurie) ; 1 male, 1 female, Tehuantepec, 30
June, 2 July (Fredk. ICnab) ; 1 male, 1 female, 56 miles NW. Tehuan-
tepec, 27 July 1963 (J. Doyen) ; 3 females, 8 miles N. La Ventosa, 20
July 1963 (J. Doyen, W. A. Foster) ; 1 female, 23 miles S. Matias
Romero, 14 August 1963 (F. D. Parker, L. A. Stange) ; 1 male, 20 miles
E. El Cameron, 21 July 1956 (J. W. MacSwain).
Aneflomorpha martini Chemsak and Linsley, new species
(Fig. 5)
Male. — Form elongate, moderate sized, sides subparallel; integument shining,
dark reddish brown, antennae paler; pubescence moderately dense, depressed and
erect. Head with front irregularly punctate except for median glabrous impressed
area; vertex impressed, shallowly punctate; pubescence sparse, depressed, with
a few long erect hairs interspersed; palpi slightly unequal, apical segments broadly
dilated; upper lobes of eyes very small, widely separated dorsally; antennae stout,
extending about one segment beyond elytra, third segment with a stout spine at
apex, spines on segments 4 to 7 gradually decreasing in size, segments 3 to 10
carinate dorsally, third segment subequal to scape in length, fourth subequal to
third, fifth slightly longer, scape densely punctate, segments from third densely
clothed with short, yellowish, appressed pubescence, long erect hairs numerous
internally on basal segments. Pronotum longer than broad, sides rounded, base
shallowly constricted; disc coarsely, deeply punctate except for an elongate gla-
brous postmedian callus; sides finely rugosely punctate; pubescence rather sparse
on disc, long, erect, sides and basal margin densely clothed with fine appressed
pubescence, long erect hairs numerous at sides; prosternum impressed, densely
pubescent except apex, intercoxal process expanded at apex, coxal cavities nar-
rowly open behind; meso- and metasternum densely clothed with short appressed
pubescence except at middle. Scutellum densely clothed with white, silky, ap-
pressed pubescence. Elytra almost 3 times as long as broad; punctures behind
scutellum coarse, close; each elytron vaguely costate basally; pubescence rather
dense, short, recurved, with numerous long erect hairs interspersed; apices emar-
ginate, angles dentate. Legs moderate, femora densely punctate; tibiae carinate.
JANUARY 1968] CHEMSAK & LINSLEY NEW ELAPPIIDIONINI
33
Abdomen very finely, densely punctate at sides, densely clothed with short ap-
pressed pubescence; apex of last sternite shallowly emarginate truncate. Length,
16 mm.
Holotype male (Canadian National Collection) from 5 MILES N.
Mazatlan, Sinaloa, Mexico, 5-7 July 1964 (J. E. H. Martin).
This species superficially resembles A. tenuis (LeConte) but the fine
appressed pubescence of the pronotum, recurved hairs of the elytra, and
the antennal spines of A. martini will readily separate the two species.
We name this species in honor of J. E. Martin for his collecting ef-
forts.
Anelaphus nitidipennis Chemsak and Linsley, new species
(Fig. 6)
Male. — Form moderate sized, sides parallel; integument shining, dark reddish
brown, elytra paler down suture. Head coarsely, confluently punctate, antennal
tubercles obtusely elevated, vertex transversely impressed; palpi unequal, apical
segments dilated; eyes coarsely faceted, deeply emarginate, upper lobes small;
pubescence sparse, golden, short and depressed and long and erect; antennae stout,
11-segmented, extending about two segments beyond elytra, segments 3 to 7 spined
at apices, eighth segment dentate, segments 3 to 9 carinate above, scape cylindrical,
shorter than third segment, fourth shorter than third, fifth slightly longer than
fourth, eleventh segment flattened, appendiculate, segments 3 to 6 moderately
clothed with long erect hairs, short appressed pubescence sparse. Pronotum
broader than long, sides rounded; base moderately constricted and impressed; disc
convex, coarsely confluently punctate except for a vague glabrous callus behind
middle; each side of middle with two usually coalesced spots of very fine ap-
pressed pubescence, long erect hairs sparsely interspersed; prosternum impressed,
densely pubescent on apical half, basal half shining, front coxal cavities wide open
behind; meso- and metasternum deeply punctate, scabrous at sides, long suberect
hairs sparse at middle, sides densely clothed with fine appressed pubescence.
Elytra over 214 times as long as broad, sides subparallel; disc impressed behind
scutellum and on each side at basal one third; sutural pale area extending from
around scutellum usually to apical one third; punctures at base moderately coarse,
deep, well separated; pubescence sparse, consisting of short depressed, recurved
golden pubescence and long, whitish, erect hairs; apices rounded to sub truncate.
Legs stout; femora densely punctate; tibiae carinate. Abdomen shining, sparsely
punctate and pubescent; apex of last sternite truncate, very shallowly emarginate.
Length, 12-15 mm.
Female. — Form similar. Antennae shorter than body. Femora more slender.
Abdomen with apex of last sternite narrowly rounded. Length, 13 mm.
Holotype male, allotype (California Academy of Sciences) from 6
MILES S. CuLiACAN, SiNALOA, Mexico, 6 August 1964, at black and
white lights (J. A. Chemsak, J. Powell). Paratypes as follows; 1 male,
5 miles N. Mazatlan, Sinaloa, Mexico, 27 July 1964, at black and white
lights (Chemsak and Powell) ; 1 male, 10 miles W. Colima, Colima,
34
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 1
Mexico, 1 August 1954 (M. Cazier, W. Gertsch, Bradts) ; 1 male, 3
miles NW. Totalapan, Oaxaca, Mexico, 6 July 1958 (Univ. Kansas Mex.
Expedition) .
The confluently punctate, subopaque pronotum, shining elytra, and
dual type of pubescence will readily separate A. nitidipennis from other
known species of Anelaphus.
Literature Cited
Chemsak, J. a. and E. G. Linsley. 1963. Synopsis of the known Mexican spe-
cies of Aneflus. Bull. Brooklyn Entomol. Soc., 63: 80-96, 3 pis.
1965. The elaphidionine subgenus Protaneflus. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Washing-
ton, 67 : 24-28.
Observations of the Nesting Habits of
Euparagia scutellaris Cresson
(Hymenoptera : Masaridae)
S. L. Clement and E. E. Grissell
University of California, Davis
Discovery of a colony of the rare masarid wasp Euparagia scutellaris
Cresson in June 1966, at the University of California’s Sagehen Creek
Station, prompted a review of the published literature on this species.
We found that little is known about Euparagia life hisory except for E.
scutellaris which Williams (1927) first observed nesting in hard ground
in the vicinity of Lake Tahoe, California. The nest of each wasp was
“surmounted by a delicate and slender curved tube of clay.” These
nests were provisioned with curculionid larvae, questionably deter-
mined as Ceutorhynchus sp. This predatory habit is particularly inter-
esting since it is the only one known in the family Masaridae, all of the
other members collecting nectar and pollen.
Tbe genus Euparagia consists of seven described species and is con-
fined to the southwestern United States (California, New Mexico, Texas,
Arizona, Nevada) and northern Mexico (Richards, 1962). Bohart
(1948) referred to the plants visited by Euparagia. These included
Eriogonum trichopodum, E. trichopes, E. inflatum, E. reniforme. Eu-
phorbia, Croton, and Larrea. In personal communication with R. M.
Bohart, he mentioned collecting Euparagia on Oenothera and Calo-
chortis.
All known species of the genus are small and stout. They are dis-
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 44: 34-37. January 1968
JANUARY 1968] CLEMENT & GRISSELL — NESTING HABITS OF EUPARAGIA 35
tinguished from other Vespoidea by the position of their wings which
are not folded longitudinally when at rest, and by the presence of a
basal ring on the midfemur (absent in all other masarids) . In the fam-
ily Masaridae there are two submarginal cells in the forewing except in
the Gayellinae and Euparagiinae which have three cells. The dorsal
margin of the clypeus in Euparagiinae is nearly straight, whereas in
Gayellinae it is bisinuate.
The nesting site studied was located on a graded bank between two
dirt roads. Near one edge of the site was a well traveled footpath. The
soil was mainly hard packed loam of volcanic origin and was inter-
mingled with small rocks. A total of 24 nests were built within the nest-
ing site which was approximately five feet in diameter and twenty
square feet in area. The distance between most turrets ranged from two
to twelve inches, but, in one instance, three turrets were constructed
touching one another.
When excavating the nest a female wasp took most of the smaller
earth particles to the ground surface and deposited them outside the
entrance. Larger sand grains and small pebbles were taken out of the
burrow in the mandibles and deposited during a circular flight a few
feet from the entrance. No cementing material was utilized in the pri-
mary or secondary tubes, but the provisioning chambers were sealed
with moist soil particles.
In building a turret, material excavated from the burrow was used.
The female wasp apparently mixed small quantities of saliva with the
soil particles, which included fine grained clay as well as coarse sand.
Then, using her mandibles, legs, and the tip of the abdomen, these moist
particles were built up around the circumference of the opening by the
wasp. After completing a section of approximately 1—2 square mm the
wasp re-entered the burrow and the process was repeated.
A complete turret took approximately 30 minutes to build and was
constructed after the burrow was partially excavated. When an unfin-
ished turret was destroyed, the female immediately began a new one
which duplicated the original almost exactly. If a completed turret was
destroyed during the provisioning process, the wasp was somewhat slow
in initiating construction of a second turret. When finally started, the
new turret was only partially rebuilt.
The turret appeared to serve as a primary landmark. In one instance,
we detached an entire turret from its original site over a burrow and
moved it one-quarter inch to one side, making sure the turret was ori-
ented in its original direction. The returning female wasp immediately
entered the detached turret when there was, in fact, no burrow under-
36
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 1
Figs. 1-3. Burrow diagrams of Euparagia scutellaris Cresson (life size). Fig. 1.
Six day old burrow. Fig. 2. Fourteen day old burrow, a, sealed chamber: 12
weevil larvae, 1 wasp larva; b, recently initiated cell or burrow branch. Fig. 3.
Twenty-one (-{-) day old nest, c, sealed chamber: 32 weevil larvae, 1 wasp larva;
d, unsealed chamber: 9 weevil larvae (no wasp larva) ; e, sealed chamber: 21
weevil larvae, 1 wasp larva; /, sealed chamber: E. scutellaris prepupa.
neath. The wasp appeared confused for several minutes until she dis-
covered her burrow.
Several burrows of known ages were dug up and examined during
our observations. In general, the burrows consisted of a single, straight
tube from which provisioning chambers or other tubes radiated. The
nature of the soil appeared to dictate the direction of the branches as
well as the location of the provisioning chambers. Of the burrows ex-
amined, we did not find many nests which exceeded 60 mm in depth.
JANUARY 1968] CLEMENT & GRISSELL NESTING HABITS OF EUPARAGIA 37
Figs. 1, 2, and 3 illustrate 6, 14, and 21( + ) day old nests respec-
tively. The six day old nest (fig. 1) showed no signs of provisioning,
although a slight enlargement at the terminus suggested a possible
chamber under construction. A fourteen day old nest (fig. 2) had one
sealed chamber (a) which contained 12 weevil larvae and a wasp larva;
another cell or burrow branch (b) was apparently just being initiated.
Older nests of about twenty-one days or more consisted of a number of
chambers in various stages of development. In fig. 3, for example, two
sealed chambers (c and e) contained 32 and 21 weevil larvae respec-
tively (one wasp larva in each cell) ; another sealed chamber (f) held
a prepupa of E. scutellaris. An unsealed cell (d) contained 9 weevil
larvae but no wasp larva, suggesting that this chamber was still being
provisioned.
The provisioning chambers were only slightly larger in diameter than
the 3 mm primary tunnel and were randomly located. Prey collected
from these chambers consisted exclusively of curculionid larvae of the
genus Anthonomus (det. W. H. Anderson, USDA). These were brought
in one at a time and were carried primarily in the mandibles. A wasp
did not usually pause before alighting at the turret entrance with its
prey, and when entering the burrow, less than 30 seconds was generally
spent depositing the prey. As many as 30 or more curculionid larvae
were placed in some chambers. After a cell was provisioned, the wasp
laid her egg, sealed up the chamber, and then excavated and provi-
sioned another chamber.
Formica lasioides, F. fusca, and Mantica mutica (det. G. C. & J.
Wheeler, University of North Dakota), were frequent ant visitors
around the wasp nests; while none were observed entering any of the
burrows, M. mutica did construct several nests in the midst of the wasp
colony. A female chrysidid, Chrysis submontana Rohwer (det. R. M.
Bohart), was observed in elose proximity to the burrows. Whether it
successfully parasitized any of the Euparagia is unknown.
We would like to thank Dr. R. M. Bohart, University of California,
Davis, for suggesting this study and for reviewing the manuscript.
Literature Cited
Bohart, R. M. 1948. The genus Euparagia in North America. Pan-Pac. Ento-
moL, 24: 149-154.
Richards, O. W. 1962. A revisional study of the masarid wasps. William Clowes
and Sons, London, 294 pp.
Williams, F. X. 1927. Euparagia scutellaris Cresson, a masarid wasp that stores
its cells with the young of a curculionid beetle. Pan-Pac. Entomoh, 4:
38-39.
38
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 1
A Revision of the Genus Cupila Casey
(Coleoptera : Pselaphidae)
Albert A. Grigarick and Robert 0. Schuster
University of California, Davis
Cupila is a small genus belonging to the subtribe Trimiina of the
tribe Euplectini. The genus was erected by Casey in 1897 for the single
species Trimium clavicorne described by Maklin in 1852 from material
collected in Oregon. In 1945 Park described a second species, Cupila
mexicana, in a new subgenus, Cutrimia. Cutrimia was distinguished
from Cupila primarily by the absence of basal abdominal carinae, a
character that is now known to be variable within samples of Cupila s.
str. Since the subgenus was based on a unique male, its final status
should await the study of additional specimens. The second nearctic
species, Cupila excavata Park and Wagner, was described in 1961 from
specimens collected at Charleston, Oregon.
A third nearctic species is proposed in this revision, the descriptions
of C. clavicornis and C. excavata are emended, and a key is provided to
the males of the genus. The female of C. mexicana is unknown. Differ-
ences between females of the remaining species are slight but the minor
differences are noted in the species discussion. A key to the females is
omitted pending the collection of additional material.
Cupila is closely related to the genus Actium. Mature adults of both
sexes of Cupila are usually dark brown to black whereas most Actium
are light brown and the darker species are reddish-brown. More funda-
mental differences are found in the males and mainly reflect modifica-
tions of sternites VI and VII for the relatively small genitalic structure
of Cupila as compared to the larger genitalia of Actium (approx. 2.5 :
1.0) . Sternites III to V of Cupila are modified laterally, VI is weakly
emarginate and VII is visible only as a minute transverse closure for the
emargination of VI. For Actium, one or more of sternites II to IV are
modified laterally, sternite VI is strongly emarginate and VII is ex-
posed as a large oval plate.
The following characteristics aid in identifying the genus: Head with small,
paired, distinctly dorsal vertexal foveae; ventral surface of head bearing capitate
setae; antennal club composed of the last three segments (fig. 1) with segment X
asymmetrically triangular, deeper than wide; and more or less closely appressed
to XL Pronotum with a biarcuate antebasal sulcus that extends medianly almost
to base of pronotum. Elytron with sutural, discal, and subhumeral foveae, the
discal fovea associated with a shallow depression but disc not striate. First visible
tergite with basal carinae weak or absent. Profemur with weak ventral sulcus con-
taining a row of specialized setae; protibia with minute subapical spine, procoxal
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 44: 38-44. January 1968
JANUARY 1968] GRIGARICK & SCHUSTER REVISION OF CUPILA
39
cavities foveate at anterior margin (fig. 6). Tarsi terminate in large primary and
small secondary claws (fig. 2). Mesocoxal cavities broadly confluent; post meso-
coxal foveae present. Metasternum medianly depressed, the lateral margins of the
depression bordered by an irregular line of setae. Males have sternites III to V
modified (figs. 3, 4, 5), VI with shallow median emargination ; VII transverse, a
penial plate with only the distal % exposed (fig. 8). Aedeagus laterally com-
pressed (figs. 10, 11), the parameres slightly asymmetric. Six sternites of female
without special modifications, VI sinuate.
Key to Males of Cupila
Margins of sternite IV with cornute processes directed posteriorly, the
processes visible dorsally mexicana Park
Sternite IV with simple lateral margins 2
Sternite V with multiple foveae at each lateral margin; basolateral
margins of pronotum smooth multifossa new species
Sternite V with single fovea at each lateral margin; basolateral mar-
gins of pronotum tuberculate 3
Lateral depressions of sternite III distinctly carinate on median and
lateral margins; sternite IV with slight depression continuous with
that of III clavicornis (Maklin)
Lateral depressions of sternite III distinctly carinate on median mar-
gin only; sternite IV with deep depression continuous with that of
III excavata Park and Wagner
Cupila excavata Park and Wagner
(Figs. 4, 6-10)
Cupila excavata Park and Wagner, 1961, Univ. Washington Publ. Biol., 16: 18.
Male (slide). — Head 220 p long, 248 p wide; vertexal foveae 105 p between
centers; ventral surface with 14 capitate setae; eyes moderate. Antenna 270 p
long; segments I II 95 long, 38 p wide; III to VI inclusive, 75 long, 27 p
wide; VII 15 p long, 30 p wide; VIII 15 p long, 35 p wide; IX 15 p long, 45 p
wide; X 15 /v, long, 68 p wide, asymmetrical, XI 105 p long, 85 p wide; XI as long
as preceding 5 segments.
Pronotum 305 p long, 310 p wide. Elytron 435 p long. Wingless. Protrochanter
with short spine at inner posterior margin; profemur 97 p’, protibia with minute
subapical spine. Mesotrochanter simple; mesofemur 97 p wide; mesotibia simple.
Metafemur 90 p wide.
First visible tergite 302 p wide at base, without basal carinae on I or II. Ster-
nite II simple; III with prominent lateral depressions on each side of midline; IV
with deep depressions continuous with III, V with distal margin expanded, exten-
sion with circular depression; VI with shallow median emargination; VII a penial
plate 197 p long, 44 p wide. Aedeagus 155 p long, 87 p deep.
Geographic Distribution. — Oregon: Benton County: 12,4 miles S. Blodgett,
Douglas-fir litter, 26 March 1959, B. D. Ainscough. Coos County: 2$, 42,
Charleston, assorted litter including Polystichum and Tsuga, 1 October 1959, V. D.
Roth. 2 ^ , N. Bridge, 27 July 1957, V. D. Roth. Curry County: 2 2,5 miles N.
Brookings, 1 October 1959, V. D. Roth. Lane County: 4 , 5 2, nr. Florence, 21
1 .
2 ( 1 )
3(2)
40
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 1
5 multifossa
JANUARY 1968] GRIGARICK & SCHUSTER — REVISION OF CUPILA
41
August 1961, W. Suter. 1 ^ , nr. Belknap Springs, debris, 4 June 1957, H. S.
Dybas. Linn County: 3$, 1$, Clear Lake near Santiam Pass, log, and floor lit-
ter, 20 August 1961, W. Suter. Washington County: 1^,6 miles E. Buxton, 6
April 1965, V. D. Roth.
Discussion. — A specimen from Charleston, Oregon (type locality),
was used for the redescription of this species. The holotype is probably
in the collection of K. M. Fender. The males are easily recognized by
the modifications of sternite III. The basal abdominal carinae are not
present on specimens from Charleston, Oregon, but they are present on
a male and female from Clear Lake, Oregon, which are considered con-
specific. The sclerotized structures of the female genitalia (fig. 9) show
four pores present at the base for C. excavata, and 12 pores for C.
clavicornis.
CUPILA CLAVICORNIS (Maklin)
(Figs. 3, 11)
Trimium clavicorne Maklin, 1852, Bull. Moscou, 25: 371-372.
Cupila clavicornis (Maklin). Casey, 1897, Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., 9: 561.
Male (slide). — Head 200 /x long, 225 /x wide; vertexal foveae 100 /x between
centers; ventral surface with 16 capitate setae; eyes moderate. Antenna 335 p
long; segments I + II 85 /x long, 38 /x wide; III to VI inclusive, 70 /x long, 22 p
wide; VII 20 /ix long, 25 /x wide; VIII 20 long, 35 p wide; IX 25 /x long, 48 p
wide; X 27 /x long, 55 /x wide, asymmetrical; XI 92 yu long, 70 /x wide; XI as long
as preceding 5.
Pronotum 275 fi long, 272 yix wide. Elytron 385 p, long. Wingless. Protrochanter
with spine at inner posterior margin; profemur 75 p wide; protibia with minute
subapical spine. Mesotrochanter simple, mesofemur 75 /x wide; mesotibia simple.
Post mesocoxal foveae with apodemes directed obliquely forward. Metafemur 65 fx
wide.
First visible tergite 260 /x wide at base, with faint basal carinae 10 /x long, sepa-
rated by 77 yix. Sternite II unmodified; III (fig. 3) with deep longitudinal depres-
sion on each side of center and narrow setate carina laterally; IV with slight de-
pression continuous with III; V with narrow foveate depression near extended
posterolateral margin; VI transverse apically, with slight median emargination ;
VII a penial plate 105 /x long, 54 /x wide. Aedeagus (fig. 11) 190 /x long, 90 /x
deep.
Geographic Distribution. — Washington: Calallam County: 1^, 4$, 2 miles
E. Lapush Indian Reservation, coniferous litter, 9 July 1959, L. M. Smith, 3 , 1
Fig. 1. Cuplia multifossa new species, antennal club, dorsal (holotype) . Fig.
2. Cupila multifossa new species, primary and secondary metatarsal claws (holo-
type). Fig. 3. Cupila clavicornis (Maklin), sternite III, right side. Fig. 4. Cupila
excavata Park and Wagner, sternites III-V, right side. Fig. 5. Cupila multifossa
new species, sternites III-V, right side (paratype). Fig. 6. Cupila excavata Park
and Wagner, prosternum with precoxal foveae.
42
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 1
7 excavata
9 excavata
10 excavata
11 clavicornis
Fig. 7. Cupila excavata Park and Wagner, sternite II. Fig. 8. Capita excavata
Park and Wagner, penial plate. Fig. 9. Cupila excavata Park and Wagner, sclero-
tized structures of female genitalia. Fig. 10. Cupila excavata Park and Wagner,
male genitalia, right lateral (dorsal in situ). Fig. 11. Cupila clavicornis (Maklin),
male genitalia, eversible internal structures not shown, dorsal (left lateral in situ) .
JANUARY 1968] GRIGARICK & SCHUSTER REVISION OF CUPILA
43
$ , Olympic Hot Springs, bark chips and wet floor pocket, 16 August 1961, W.
Suter. Grays Harbor County: 2^,4 miles N. Amanda Park, 9 July 1959, L. M.
Smith. Mason County: 1^, Lake Cushman Dam, 7 July 1959, L. M. Smith. Pierce
County: Id, 12, Mt. Ranier National Park (at Carbon R.), litter on and near
log, 16 July 1957, H. S. Dybas; Id, 22, Longmire Campground, 17 August 1961,
W. Suter. Spokane County: 2 2, Mt. Spokane, Bald Knob, conifer duff, 4500 ft.
elev., 22 June 1957, H. S. Dybas.
Discussion. — ^The prominent carinae on either side of the excavation
of sternite III readily separate males of C. clavicornis from the closely
related males of C. excavata. All females observed have had basal ab-
dominal carinae. The holotype was not examined and the redescription
is based on a specimen identified by 0. Park.
Cupila multifossa Grigarick and Schuster, new species
(Figs. 1, 2, 5)
Male (slide). — Head 217 /x long, 255 ii wide; vertexal foveae 112 between
centers; ventral surface with 14 capitate setae; eyes moderate. Antenna 345 ix
long; segments I + H 90 /U. long, 40 /x wide; III to VI inclusive 75 fx long, 30 fx
wide, VH 18 fx long, 33 ^x wide; VHI 18 ix long, 35 jx wide; IX 18 jx long, 45 /x
wide; X 30 /x long, 63 fx wide, asymmetrical; XI 90 /x long, 77 fx wide; XI as long
as preceding 4 segments.
Pronotum 285 /x long, 318 fx wide. Elytron 390 [x long. Apterous. Protrochanter
with short, thick spine on median posterior margin; profemur 75 /x wide; protibia
with minute subapical spine. Mesotrochanter simple; mesofemur 75 /x wide; meso-
tibia simple; metafemur 80 /x wide.
First visible tergite 320 /x wide at base; basal carinae 23 /x long, separated by
77 fx. Sternite H unmodified; HI with large inner and smaller lateral setate pro-
jections; IV simple; V with distal margin expanded laterally and bearing numer-
ous foveate structures; VI weakly sinuate; VII a penial plate 73 fx long, 45 fx wide.
Aedeagus 170 /x long, 88 /x deep.
Geographic Distribution: The holotype male, 1 paratype male and two para-
type females were collected at Freshwater, Humboldt County, California, in
redwood litter, 13 August 1953 by Gordon A. Marsh and Robert 0. Schuster.
Both males (dissected) and both females (whole mounts) are mounted on slides
in Hoyer’s. The specimens are deposited in the collection of the Department of
Entomology, University of California, Davis.
Discussion. — ^The obliquely oriented carinae of sternite III, and the
lateral projections and numerous lateral fossae of sternite V distinguish
the males of this species. The basolateral margins of the pronotum of
both sexes are smooth, while these margins on C. clavicornis and C.
excavata are tuberculate.
Literature Cited
Casey, T. L. 1897. Coleopterological notices VII. Ann. New York Acad. Sci.,
9: 285-684.
44
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 1
Maklin, F. G. 1852. In Mannerheim, Zweiter Nachtrag zur Kaefer-Fauna der
Nord-Americanischen Laender des Russischen Reiches. Bull. Soc. Imp.
Moscou, 25: 283-372.
Park, 0. 1945. Further studies in Pselaphidae of Mexico and Guatemala. Bull.
Chicago Acad. Sci., 7(7): 331-443.
Park, 0. and J. Wagner. 1961. In Hatch, M. H., The beetles of the Pacific
Northwest, Part III. Univ. Washington Publ. Biol., 16: 1-380.
A New Australian Microdon with a Name Change
(Diptera : Syrphidae)
F. Christian Thompson
Wellesley Hills, Massachusetts
A new species and a new name are proposed for two Australian
Microdon flies. The new species of Microdon was noted while conduct-
ing an investigation into the generic classification of the Microdontinae.
The identification of this new form led to the discovery of a senior pri-
mary homonyn for another Australian species. Microdon modestus
Ferguson is preoccupied hy Microdon modestus Knab, described from
North America, thus I proposed the name M. fergusoni for this Aus-
tralian species.
Microdon fergusoni Thompson, new name
Microdon modestus Ferguson, 1927, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, 51: 170, not
Knah, 1917, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 30: 139.
Microdon browni Thompson, new species
Face yellow; cheeks brown; front, vertex, and occiput black. Antennae longer
than face; third segment more than twice as long as first, twisted longitudinally
and swollen basally. Thorax mostly dark brown, scutellum unarmed. Legs mostly
orange, femora brown except for the apices. Abdomen orange.
Male. — Head: (fig. 1) Face yellow with white pile; cheeks and edge of the
epistoma brown with white pile; front black except for a small orange spot above
the antennal bases, with golden and black pile intermixed; vertex black, with
golden and black pile intermixed; occiput black except for two large yellowish
white spots behind the cheeks, with white pile below becoming yellower above.
Face with slightly convergent sides, widest at oral margin; front short, about one-
sixth as long as face, narrowest at the constriction between the front and vertex,
about one-half the greatest width of the face at this point; vertex four times as
long as front, not produced and as wide as the face at the posterior margins of
the eyes; ocellar triangle roughly equadilateral, occupying about one-fourth the
width of the vertex. Antennal ratio: 5:1: 12.5. Antennae dark brown except for
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 44: 44^46. January 1968
JANUARY 1968] THOMPSON — A NEW AUSTRALIAN MICRODON
45
Figs. 1-3. Microdon browni Thompson. 1. Male genitalia in lateral view. 2.
Ejaculatory apodeme. 3. Head of male in lateral view.
a reddish brown spot at the aristal base, with dark pile, about one and one-half
times as long as the face; third antennal segment elongate, base swollen and
twisted medially, apex rounded and twisted laterally, with a small sensory pit near
the base of the arista; arista light brown. Thorax: dark brown except for yellow
on the humeri, propleurae, pteropleurae, postalar calli, and the upper edge of the
hypopleurae; with black pile except for yellow pile on the pleurae, scutellum, and
across the dorsum anteriorly at the humeri and posteriorly before the scutellum.
Scutellum simple and unarmed. Legs: orange except dark brown bases of the
anterior four coxae and the basal four-fifths of all the femora. Leg pile white
except with black pile intermixed on the dorsal surfaces of all the tarsi. Wings:
smoky, completely microtrichose except for the bare posterior margin of the second
basal cell. Third vein (R 4 + 6 ) with a downward produced spur in the first pos-
terior cell; apical cross vein squared, with a spur at the angle and slightly recur-
rent; and posterior cross vein slightly more curved than the apical, and with a
short spur at the angle also. Squamae and Halters: white, squanial fringe with a
brownish tinge. Abdomen: oval, orange except brown first segment. Pile of the
dorsum appressed and black except for white pile on the second segment, the
lateral margins and apical corners of the third segment, and the lateral margins
and in the form of short lunate spots extending in from the lateral margins on the
apical fourth of the fourth segment. Venter orange with white pile. Postabdomen:
dark brown with light pile. Genitalia similar in general structure to M. mutabilis
Linnaeus (genotype) ; cerci simple, roughly hemispherical on outer sides, flat on
inner sides; styles simple, dorsal portions upturned and rounded at the apex, ven-
tral portions slightly excavated on the posterior half, thus forming a shallow de-
46
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 1
pressed edge; penis sheath short, as long as hroad; ejaculatory hood short, dor-
sally recurved at hase, divided into tvro short processes posteriorly; chitinous box
small, spherical; and ejaculatory apodeme flat and triangularly flared on apical
portion (figs. 2 & 3). Length: 7.5 mm; antennae 2.5 mm.
Holotype male. — ^Aldgate, Lofty Ranges, South Australia, Aus-
tralia, 11 December 1950 (W. L. Brown). The type is deposited in
the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University (#31575).
Discussion. — M. hrowni does not appear to be closely related to any
known Australian species of Microdon. The yellow face, nonmetallic
color of the body, and the long and unusually shaped third antennal
segment will distinctly separate M. browni from the other native spe-
cies.
I take great pleasure in naming this species after its discoverer, Dr.
Brown, a noted myrmecologist. I have been fortunate enough to have
met Dr. Brown on a few occasions and thus would like to feel that I
am not only naming this species after Brown the collector but also after
a friend, whose encouraging words have done much to help stimulate
my interest and work on syrphids.
The nomenclature used in describing the postabdomen is that of Met-
calf (1921).
Acknowledgments
I would like to thank the staff, especially Drs. Darlington, Evans, and
Lawrence, of the Entomology Department of the Museum of Compara-
tive Zoology for providing the facilities and material for this study and
others.
Literature Cited
Ferguson, E. W. 1926. Revision of Australian Syrphidae, Part I. Proc. Linn.
Soc. N. S. Wales, 51: 137-163.
Knab, F. 1917. On some North American species of Microdon (Diptera : Syr-
phidae). Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 30: 133-143.
Metcalf, C. L. 1921. The Genitalia of Male Syrphidae. Ann. Entomol. Soc.
Amer., 14: 169-228.
JANUARY 1968] UESHIMA — NEW SPECIES OF PARACIMEX
47
New Species of Paracimex^
(Cimicidae : Hemiptera)
Norihiro Ueshima
University of California, Berkeley
The following species were discovered since the monograph of
Cimicidae (Usinger, 1966) was published. The types of new species
will he deposited in the U. S, National Museum.
The author wishes to express his sincere appreciation to Dr. R. L.
Usinger (Division of Entomology, University of California, Berkeley)
for his help in many ways. The author is also indebted to Drs. J. T.
Marshall and D. J. Gould (SEATO Medical Laboratory, Bangkok,
Thailand) and Mr. T. L. Fenner (Department of Agriculture, Stocks
and Fisheries, Port Moresby, Territory of Papua and New Guinea).
Paracimex chaeturus Ueshima, new species
(Fig. 1)
Female. — Head 1.0 mm wide, slightly wider than long; interocular space 6 times
as wide as an eye. Antennae 2.4 mm long, proportion of segments 8 : 31 : 33 ; 29.
Rostrum 1.0 mm long, proportion of segments 13 : 10 ; 10.
Pronotum 1.8 mm wide, about % as wide as long, 72 : 48; sides strongly lamel-
late in front of middle, concave behind middle; anterior lobes produced beyond
inner angles of anterior concavity by Vs of median length, the longest bristles at
sides about % as long as first antennal segment; relatively truncate and serrate;
number of prominent bristles on each side about 40.
Mesonotum-scutellum with bristles posteriorly.
Hemelytral pads about % as wide as long, 36 : 28, broadly rounded behind and
at sides, and broadly contiguous along inner margins; discal bristles a little shorter
than distance between bristles.
Legs with hind femora 3 times as long as wide; ctenidia of front and middle
femora strong, dilated from even curve of femur.
Abdominal tergites with fine bristles, those of lateral margins stouter and
serrate. Posterior margins of 4th and 5th ventrites bent forward at middle.
Ectospermalege arising from middle of a broad and deep concavity of hind margin
of 5th ventrite, membranous, oval-shape.
Male. — Bristles somewhat longer; genital segment slightly narrower than length
on left side, the paramere extending beyond middle of left side.
Size. — Male (slide-mounted), length 7.3 mm, width (pronotum) 1.6 mm,
(abdomen, 2.7 mm; female, length 7.5 mm, width (pronotum) 1.8 mm, (abdomen)
3.2 mm.
Holotype female, allotype male, Prachinburi, Thailand, 25 June
1965 (J. T. Marshall, #6317), off Chaetura gigantea (Temminck) shot
in flight. One male paratype, K. 116 on highway 23 NE Kanburi,
^ This study was supported by U. S. Public Health Service Grant GM-13197,
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 44: 47-50. January 1968
48
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 1
Fig. 1. Paracimex chaeturus Ueshima. Female holotype. Parachinburi, Thai-
land (Celeste Green, original).
Fig. 2. Paracimex inflatus Ueshima. Female holotype. Poronbus village, New
Ireland (Celeste Green, original).
JANUARY 1968] UESHIMA NEW SPECIES OF PARACIMEX
49
50
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 1
Prachinburi, Thailand, 25 June 1965 (J. T. Marshall, #6318), off
Chaetura gigantea shot in flight.
P. chaeturus is very close to P. lamellatus Ferris and Usinger but
differs by lesser bristles on the pronotum and abdomen, the shape of
hemelytral pads, and by the short rostrum.
Paracimex inflatus Ueshima, new species
(Fig. 2)
Female. — Head 0.9 mm, as long as wide, interocular space 8 times as wide as
an eye. Antennae 2.0 mm long, proportion of segments 8 : 22 : 22 : 20. Rostrum
1.0 mm long, proportion of segments 16 : 13 : 13.
Pronotum 1.45 mm wide; less than twice as wide as long 58 : 35; sides concave
behind middle; anterior lobes produced % as far forward as width at base;
bristles at lateral margins 0.2 mm, serrate at apical and on outer sides; number
of bristles on each side about 35.
Mesonotum-scutellum with a few fine bristles posteriorly.
Hemelytral pads % as long as wide 26 : 35; broadly rounded posteriorly and
at sides, contiguous only adjacent to apex of scutellum; disk with long, erect
bristles at sides.
Legs with hind femora 3.5 times as long as broad, 54 : 15; ctenidia of front
and middle femora scarcely dilated from the curve of femur.
Abdominal tergites with fine bristles, those of lateral margins longer. Ecto-
spermalege arising from a broad concavity of hind margin of 5th ventrite to right
of middle. Tubular ectospermalege inclined to the right then swollen a half to
apex, particularly right side.
Male. — Genital segment about as wide as long on left side; paramere reaching
about to middle of left side.
Size. — Male (slide mounted), length 6.7 mm, width (pronotum) 1.5 mm,
(abdomen) 2.65 mm; female, length 6.0 mm, width (pronotum) 1.45 mm,
(abdomen) 2.65 mm.
Holotype female, allotype male, and a series of paratypes, PoRONBUS
VILLAGE, New Ireland, October 1965 (B. McMillan), from nests of
Collocalia sp. Additional materials of the species are at hand as follows:
cave of Nemasalang, New Ireland, 25 July 1966 (N. Ueshima), from
nests of Collocalia esculenta esculenta Linnaeus; Lorengau, Manus
Island, 28 July 1966 (N. Ueshima), from nests of Collocalia esculenta
esculenta.
This species is very close to P. capitatus Usinger but differs by longer
bristles on hemelytral pads and abdomen, slender femur, and by the
ectospermalege.
Literature Cited
Usinger, R. L. 1966. Monograph of Cimicidae. Thomas Say Foundation Vol. 7,
Entomological Society of America, 585 pp.
JANUARY 1968] MUCHMORE NEW CHTHONIID PSEUDOSCORPIONS 51
Two New Species of Chthoniid Pseudoscorpions from the
Western United States^
(Arachnida : Chelonethida : Chthoniidae)
William B. Muchmore
University of Rochester, Rochester, New York
Among the collections of the American Museum of Natural History
have been found two new chthoniid pseudoscorpions which deserve to
be described and discussed at this time. I wish to thank Dr. W. J.
Gertsch for his courtesy in allowing me to examine these collections.
Family Chthoniidae Hansen
Tribe Chthoniini Chamberlin
Genus Chthonius C. Koch
Hesperochthonius Muchmore, new subgenus
J. C. Chamberlin described Chthonius californicus in 1929, and later
(1949) published an extensive emended diagnosis. The species was
placed in the subgenus Ephippiochthonius by Beier (1932), and this
assignment was followed by Chamberlin, on the basis of the apparent
depression in the dorsum of the chelal hand (see Chamberlin, 1949;
fig. lA, p. 3) . Chamberlin at this time also pointed out that the tactile
setae ib and isb appeared to be set in another smaller depression, but
noted that “the chela in question was treated with KOH and may
merely be slightly shrunken at this point.” (1949, p. 4). In addition,
Chamberlin indicated three characters in which C. californicus differs
from C. (E.) tetrachelatus (Preyssler), namely;
1) the possession of a row of small, rounded, contiguous teeth
proximal to the large, spaced teeth on both the fixed and movable
chelal fingers.
2) the hiatus in each row of internal, genital, guard setae so as to
form two groups of two setae on each side.
3 ) the isolated sub-distal tooth on the movable finger of the chelicera
(1949, fig. 1C, p. 3).
With the discovery of Chthonius oregonicus, n. sp., described below,
it becomes apparent that this species and C. californicus are not to be
included in the subgenus Ephippiochthonius, but should be assigned to
a new subgenus, Hesperochthonius, which differs from the other sub-
genera of Chthonius in the characters listed above and in the unique
chelal hand.
1 This work was supported in part by a grant, GB5299, from the National Science Foundation.
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 44: 51-57. January 1968
52
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
[vOL. 44, NO. 1
Figs. 1 and 2. Chthonius (Hesperochthonius) oregonicus, new species, holotype
male. 1. Dorsal view of right palp. 2. Lateral view of left chela.
In whole and mounted specimens of C. oregonicus it can be seen
clearly that the dorsum of the hand is only slightly and smoothly
rounded as in the subgenus Chthonius, but that in addition there is a
well-defined and moderate-sized conical elevation just about at the
middle. Setae ih and ish are inserted side by side on the proximal side
of the base of this elevation, in an “apparent depression” as noted by
Chamberlin. In some views of the chela the elevation may not be seen
in its entirety, and the impression is easily gained that the dorsum is
depressed distal to the middorsal setae. Examination of the holotype
and the allotype of C. calif ornicus (in the Cornell University Collection)
has confirmed that the chelal hand of this species is of the same con-
figuration as described for C. oregonicus.
Chthonius (Hesperochthonius) oregonicus Muchmore, new species
(Figs. 1 and 2)
Material. — Holotype male (WM646.01002) , allotype female (WM
646.01003) and paratype male from Coos Head, and two paratype
females from Charleston, Coos County, Oregon; all specimens col-
lected on 4 September 1947 by I. Newell.
JANUARY 1968] MUCHMORE NEW CHTHONIID PSEUDOSCORPIONS
53
Diagnosis. — Male: (based on holotype and paratype, the latter in parentheses).
General facies typical of the genus. Carapace about as long as broad; no epistome,
but the anterior margin serrated in the medial half; surface reticulated dorsally
and hecoming scaly on the sides. Four well-developed eyes, of which the anterior
pair are slightly larger than the posterior; the anterior eyes about one ocular
diameter from the anterior carapacal margin and about one-half diameter from
the posterior. Carapacal setae 4-6-4^2-2 = 18 (in the notation of Gabbutt and
Vachon, 1963, p. 77). Coxal area typical; chaetotaxy mmm-3-0 : 2-2-cs : 2-4-cs :
2-4; each coxa II with a group of eight spines and coxa III with two to four
spines; intercoxal tubercle with two small setae.
Abdomen typical. Tergal chaetotaxy 4:4:4:4:6:6:6:6:6:6:6:0. An-
terior genital operculum with a group of three setae anteriorly, followed on each
side by a group of two to four setae and with a row of four very small setae on
each side of the hind margin; four internal, genital, guard setae on each side,
but each row with a hiatus between the anterior pair and posterior pair (as
described by Chamberlin, 1929, for C. calif ornicus) ; posterior operculum with
eight to nine setae on either side of the median opening, with a row of 12 setae
along the hind margin and three guard setae associated with each stigma; fourth
sternite with a row of eight setae and two guard setae on each side; more posterior
sternites with seven to ten marginal setae, the lateral-most on segments 5, 6, and 7
being very small.
Chelicera noticeably shorter than carapace; palm with seven setae; fixed finger
with a row of nine to eleven teeth of varied size; movable finger with a row of
six to seven teeth of which the distal one is much the largest, and a conspicuous
isolated tooth midway between the end of the row and the finger tip; galea
represented by a prominent knob; serrula exterior with 14 plates; flagellum of
nine or ten finely pinnate setae.
Palp characteristic of the subgenus; proportions of podomeres as shown in
figure 1 ; tactile setae of chela shown in figure 2. The chela is generally similar
to that of C. tetrachelatus, but without the dorsal depression characteristic of the
subgenus Ephippiochthonius. Instead, the dorsal surface of the hand is smoothly
and gently rounded, with the exception of a prominent conical elevation lying
just distal to the tactile setae isb and ib. In lateral view, the curve of the distal
face of this elevation may give the impression of an ephippiochthonian depression,
but close examination of both lateral and dorsal aspects of the chela reveals that
this is a fundamentally different structure. Fixed finger with 13-14 large, well-
separated teeth distally, followed proximally by 12 small, rounded, contiguous
teeth; movable finger with five or six large, spaced teeth and 21 small, contiguous
teeth. Trochanter 1.8, femur 5.3 (5.5), tibia 2.1 (1.9), chela 4.4 (4.4), and hand
2.1 (2.1) times as long as broad; movable finger 1.23 (1.19) times as long as the
hand.
Legs typical of the genus. Leg IV with tactile setae on tibia 0.56, on metatarsus
0.36, and on telotarsus 0.31 the length of the segment from the proximal end.
Female: (based on allotype and two paratypes, the latter in parentheses) :
Similar to male, but slightly larger. Carapacal setae of allotype 4-6-3-2-2 = 17,
of paratypes 4-6-4^2-2 = 18. Coxal area as in male ; coxa II with five to ten
spines and coxa III with two to four spines.
Tergal chaetotaxy of abdomen as in male, with the exception that the first
tergites of the two paratypes bear two and three setae rather than four. Sternal
54
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 1
3
chaetotaxy of allotype “ : (3)11(3) : (2)8(2) : mTin : m6m : ni4m : 6 : 7 : 7 : 0 :
6
mm (paratypes similar) .
Chelicera and palp essentially as in male. Dorsal elevation on the chelal hand
of same shape and in same position as described above. Fixed finger of chela
with 12 (13-14) large, spaced teeth and 12 (11-14) small, contiguous teeth;
movable finger with 6 (5-6) large, spaced teeth and 19 (18-20) small, contiguous
teeth. Palpal trochanter 1.7 (1.5-1. 7), femur 5.1 (5.3-5.5), tibia 1.9 (1.7-1.9),
chela 4.0 (4.0) and hand 1.8 (1.8-1. 9) times as long as broad; movable finger 1.15
(1.12-1.17) times as long as hand.
Legs similar to those of male. Leg IV with tactile setae on tibia 0.52, on
metatarsus 0.34, and on telotarsus 0.32 the length of the segment from the proximal
end.
Measurements (in mm). — Male: Body length 1.48 (1.62); carapace 0.41 (0.43)
long, ocular breadth 0.36 (0.41) ; abdomen 1.06 (1.20) long and 0.53 (0.68) wide.
Chelicera 0.33 (0.33) long by 0.16 (0.16) broad; movable finger 0.18 (0.19) long.
Palpal trochanter 0.16 (0.16) by 0.09 (0.09) ; femur 0.53 (0.52) by 0.10 (0.095) ;
tibia 0.23 (0.23) by 0.11 (0.12) ; chela 0.75 (0.75) by 0.17 (0.17) ; hand 0.35
(0.36) by 0.17 (0.17) ; movable finger 0.43 (0.43) long; dorsal elevation on hand
about 0.07 in diameter and 0.02 in height. Leg I: basifemur 0.32 (0.31) by 0.07
(0.07) ; telofemur 0.16 (0.15) by 0.07 (0.06) ; tibia 0.20 (0.19) by 0.05 (0.05) ;
tarsus 0.33 (0.32) by 0.03 (0.04). Leg IV: entire femur 0.51 (0.50) long; basi-
femur 0.24 (0.24) by 0.21 (0.20) ; telofemur 0.33 (0.31) by 0.19 (0.19) ; tibia 0.33
(0.33) by 0.08 (0.08) ; metatarsus 0.19 (0.18) by 0.07 (0.07) ; telotarsus 0.35
(0.35) by 0.04 (0.04).
Female: Body length 2.13 (1.90-2.06) ; carapace (0.47-0.51) long, ocular
breadth (0.36-0.41); abdomen 1.33 (1.36-1.53) by 0.80 (0.80). Chelicera 0.41
(0.37-0.41) long by (0.19-0.20) wide; movable finger 0.21 (0.20) long. Palpal
trochanter 0.19 (0.17-0.20) by 0.11 (0.11-0.12) ; femur 0.61 (0.61-0.63) by 0.12
(0.11-0.12) ; tibia 0.25 (0.25) by 0.13 (0.13-0.15) ; chela 0.84 (0.84-0.88) by 0.21
(0.21-0.22); hand 0.41 (0.40-0.43) by 0.23 (0.22-0.23); movable finger 0.47
(0.47-0.48) long; dorsal elevation on hand about 0.07 in diameter and 0.02 in
height. Leg I: basifemur 0.36 (0.36) by 0.08 (0.08) ; telofemur 0.17 (0.17) by
0.07 (0.07) ; tibia 0.21 (0.20-0.21) by 0.05 (0.05) ; tarsus 0.36 (0.36-0.37) by
0.04 (0.04). Leg IV: entire femur 0.59 (0.56-0.59); basifemur 0.28 (0.27-0.28)
by 0.23 (0.23-0.24) ; telofemur 0.39 (0.36-0.37) by 0.20 (0.21-0.22) ; tibia 0.39
(0.37-0.40) by 0.09 (0.09) ; metatarsus 0.20 (0.20-0.21) by 0.07 ( 0.08) ; telotarsus
0.37 (0.39-0.40) by 0.04 (0.04).
Remarks. — Since there is a noticeable sexual dimorphism in both
Chthonius californicus and C. oregonicus, there is considerable overlap
in the measurements and ratios for the two species. Nevertheless, com-
paring males and females separately, it is obvious that specimens of
both sexes in C. oregonicus are significantly larger than those of the
corresponding sex in C. californicus (cf. Chamberlin, 1949; p. 2-3).
For instance, in C. oregonicus the carapace of the male is 0.41-0.43 mm
and of the female 0.47-0.51 mm long, while in C. californicus the
comparable measurements are 0.33-0.37 mm and 0.385-0.445 mm.
JANUARY 1968] MUCHMORE NEW CHTHONIID PSEUDOSCORPIONS
55
Figs. 3 and 4. Chthonius (Chthonms) pacificus, new species, holotype female.
3. Dorsal view of left palp. 4. Lateral view of right chela.
The two known species of the subgenus Hesperochthonius can be
separated by the following key:
Larger species — carapace of male more than 0.40 mm long, of female more
than 0.46 mm; palpal femur of male more than 0.52 mm long, of female
more than 0.60 mm C. (H.) oregonicus, new species
Smaller species — carapace of male less than 0.38 mm long, of female less
than 0.45 mm; palpal femur of male less than 0.48 mm long, of female
less than 0.58 mm C. (H.) calif ornicus Chamherlin
Subgenus Chthonius
Chthonius (Chthonius) pacificus Muchmore, new species
(Figs. 3 and 4)
Material. — Holotype female (WM620.01001) collected 20 March
1960 by W. J. Gertsch, et al. east of San Juan Hot Springs, Orange
County, California (W 117°30' : N 33°35') . No other specimens
known.
Diagnosis. — Female: With the general characteristics of the subgenus Chthonius.
Carapace a little longer than broad, with a small, serrate epistome; surface nearly
smooth dorsally but becoming finely reticulated on the sides. Four well-developed
eyes of equal size, the anterior pair being about one ocular diameter from the
anterior margin of the carapace, and the posterior pair about one-half diameter
56
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 1
behind the anterior. Carapacal setae 4-6-4-2-2 = 18. Coxal area typical ; chae-
totaxy mnim-3-0 : 2-3-cs : 2-3cs : 2-3(4) ; each coxa II with a group of seven or
eight spines and each coxa III with three or four spines; intercoxal tubercle with
two small setae.
Abdomen typical. Tergal chaetotaxy 4:4:4:4:6:6:6:6:6:6:6:0. Ster-
3
nal chaetotaxy “ : (4) 10(4) : (2)8(2) ; m7m : mSm : m4m : 6 : 6 : 8 : 0 : mm. Gen-
4
ital area typical.
Chelicera shorter than carapace; palm with seven setae; fixed finger with a row
of nine teeth; movable finger with a row of seven teeth and an isolated tooth
midway between the end of the row and the finger tip; galea represented by a
distinct knob; serrula exterior with 14 blades; flagellum of eight finely branched
setae.
Palp typical of the subgenus and quite similar to that of Chthonius ischnocheles,
as described by Gabbutt and Vachon (1963, fig. 13, p. 80 and p. 81) ; proportions
of podomeres as shown in fig. 3; tactile setae of chela as shown in fig. 4. Fixed
finger with a row of 36 teeth, which are triangular and somewhat inclined toward
the base and vary in size, with small close-set ones at the distal end, becoming
larger and more widely-spaced in the distal third and then smaller, lower and
contiguous toward the proximal end. Movable finger with 32 teeth, which in the
distal half of the row are triangular and spaced but in the basal half are smaller,
rounded and contiguous. Trochanter 1.6, femur 5.6, tibia 1.8, chela 5.0, and hand
2.1 times as long as broad; movable finger 1.40 times as long as hand.
Legs typical of the genus. Leg IV with tactile setae on tibia 0.53, on metatarsus
0.58, and on telotarsus 0.33 the length of the segment from the proximal end.
Male: Unknown.
Measurements (in mm). — Female (holotype) : Body length 1.66; carapace 0.40
long, ocular breadth 0.39; diameter of eyes 0.04. Abdomen 1.26 long and 0.67
wide. Chelicera 0.35 long by 0.17 broad; movable finger 0.17 long. Palpal
trochanter 0.15 by 0.09; femur 0.50 by 0.09; tibia 0.20 by 0.11; chela 0.75 by 0.15;
hand 0.32 by 0.15; movable finger 0.45 long. Leg I: basifemur 0.28 by 0.07;
telofemur 0.13 by 0.05; tibia 0.17 by 0.04; tarsus 0.28 by 0.03. Leg IV: entire
femur 0.44 long; basifemur 0.21 by 0.17; telofemur 0.28 by 0.16; tibia 0.28 by
0.07; metatarsus 0.16 by 0.05; telotarsus 0.27 by 0.03.
Remarks. — While specimens of Chthonius (C.) ischnocheles (Her-
mann) have been collected at several places along the east coast of
North America, the specimen described here is the first recorded
representative of the subgenus Chthonius from the west coast. Inasmuch
as C. (C.) ischnocheles and the other known members of the subgenus
are native to Europe it might be supposed that the present specimen
belongs to a population introduced in some manner into California.
This possibility certainly exists, but seems unlikely for the following
reasons: 1) the specimen does not conform closely to any known species
(cf. Beier, 1963), and 2) inasmuch as other, related, and apparently
indigenous, chthoniids occur on the west coast (i.e. Chthonius calif or-
JANUARY 1968] MUCHMORE — NEW CHTHONIID PSEUDOSCORPIONS
57
nicus, C. oregonicus, and three species of Kewochthonius) , it is not
unreasonable to expect this species as well to be indigenous.
Chthonius [C.) pacificus resembles other members of the subgenus
in most respects, but can be distinguished by the following combination
of characters:
1 ) eighteen carapacal setae, of which two are at the posterior margin,
2) epistome small but distinct.
3) eyes of equal size and about one-half ocular diameter apart;
anterior eyes little more than one diameter from the anterior margin.
4) movable finger of the chela 1.4 times as long as hand.
Literature Cited
Beier, M. 1932. Pseudoscorpionidea. I. Chthoniinea et Neobisiinea. Tierreich,
57: 1-258.
1963. Ordnung Pseudoscorpionidea. Bestimmungs-biicher zur Bodenfauna
Europas. Lief., I: 1-313.
Chamberlin, J. C. 1929. A synoptic classification of the false scorpions or chela-
spinners, with a report on a cosmopolitan collection of the same — Part I.
The Heterosphyronida. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 10, vol. 4: 50-80.
1949. New and little known false scorpions from various parts of the world,
with notes on structural abnormalities in two species. Amer. Mus.
Novitates, 1430: 1-57.
Gabbutt, P. D. and Vachon, M. 1963. The external morphology and life history
of the pseudoscorpion Chthonius ischnocheles (Hermann). Proc. Zool.
Soc. Lond., 140: 75-98.
ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE: Announcement A. (n. s.) 80
Required six-month’s notice is given on the possible use of plenary powers by the
International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature in connection with the
following names listed by case number:
(see, Bull. zool. Nomencl. 24, pt. 5, 7 December 1967) :
1801. Suppression of Argynnis chlorodippe Villers & Guenee, 1835 (Insecta,
Lepidoptera)
1815. Validation of P achyrhynchus Germar, 1824 (Insecta, Coleoptera)
1822, Type-species for Lasioptera Meigen, 1818 (Insecta, Diptera)
1829. Suppression of Polanisa Walker, 1875 (Insecta, Hymenoptera)
(see. Bull, zool. Nomencl. 24, pt. 6, 18 January 1968) :
1827. Type-species for Solenius Lepeletier & Brulle, 1834 (Insecta, Hymenoptera)
Comments should be sent in duplicate, citing case number, to the Secretary,
International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature, c/o British Museum
(Natural History), Cromwell Road, London S.W. 7, England. Those received
early enough will be published in the Bulletin of Zoological Nomenclature. — W. E.
China, Acting Secretary to the International Commission on Zoological Nomen-
clature.
58
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 1
Late Season Foraging Activities of Xenoglossa gabbii
crawfordi Cockerell
(Hymenoptera : Apoidea)
A. E. Michelbacher and Paul D. Hurd, Jr.
University of California, Berkeley
Although there is some information available on the nesting hahits
for two species of the genus Xenoglossa (Linsley, MacSwain and Smith,
1955; Bohart, 1964) virtually nothing is known about the foraging
activities of these squash and gourd bees (Hurd and Linsley, 1964,
1967). The discovery of a nesting site of Xenoglossa gabbii crawfordi
Cockerell in Nogales, Sonora, Mexico on 16 September 1965 furnished
information that proved helpful in explaining many field observations
that had been previously made elsewhere at the flowers concerning the
foraging activity of this squash bee. The nesting site (Fig. 1) consisted
of 17 burrows that were confined to a low mound formed between
permanent irrigation furrows in a large home garden. The greatest
diameter of the mound was about 3 to 4 feet and it was located some
2 to 3 feet from the nearest squash plant. The garden complex consisted
mostly of an orchard of a number of varieties of fruit trees, planted
closely together, and interspersed with corn, beans, and squash. The
area was surrounded by a high walled fence which on the east side
protected the garden from both intruders and dust from an adjacent
much travelled road.
The squash plantings were the most extensive we had encountered in
the Nogales area. Most of these were fall type squashes {Cucurbita
mixta) and had made excellent growth. The oldest and largest planting
was just passed its prime although excellent bloom was present on
15 September, the day the area was first visited. Some mildew and a
virus disease were affecting some of the plants. Apparently the orchard
was irrigated 2 to 3 times a week and the entrance to the lowest burrows
on the mound were just above the high water mark. With each irriga-
tion through capillary action the soil became moist well above the zone
of the burrows on the lower portion of the mound. The soil was not
cultivated and apparently weeds were controlled by hoeing. The surface
soil in the garden compound was of a fairly heavy type, containing
considerable clay and had been hauled in and deposited over a gravelly
decomposed granitic soil. The depth of the surface soil ranged to about
18 inches.
The squash bee population was fairly large and besides X. gabbii
crawfordi at least two species of Peponapis were present in the squash
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 44: 58-68. January 1968
JANUARY 1968] MICHELBACHER & HURD — FORAGING OF SQUASH BEE 59
Fig. 1. Diagrammatic representation of the nesting site of Xenoglossa gabbii
crawfordi indicating location of burrow entrances on soil mound described in text.
Oecupied burrows (solid circles) are numbered (^1-^4) and are shown in
relation to unoccupied burrows (open circles). Dotted line indicates approximate
height of flooding at time of irrigation.
flowers. Peponapis pruinosa (Say) occurred in fairly large numbers,
while P. utahensis (Cockerell) was relatively scarce. The squash plant-
ing was visited rather late (0730) on the morning of 15 September.
At this time all squash bees seen in the flowers were collected. On the
following day the patch was visited at 0650 and the nesting site was
discovered when a female bee with a full pollen load was seen to dis-
appear into her burrow. Collecting of bees was at once discontinued,
but by this time (about 0730) the number of females had been pretty
much depleted. A count showed that in the two mornings 39 females of
X. gabbii crawfordi had been taken. Although the mound contained 17
burrows collecting had inadvertently reduced the number of individuals
occupying the site to four. The burrows housing the four individuals
are indicated by number in Fig. 1. The squash patch was visited again
at 0720 on the morning of 17 September. There was a heavy wind and
the temperature had turned cooler (near 50° F). In fact this was the
beginning of an unusual cold spell. As the morning progressed it
became cloudy. At the start of the survey it was evident that bee #3
had been in and out of her burrow as pollen could be seen at the
periphery of her nest. At the nest entrance the bee had cut through
60
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 1
Table 1. Activity of Xenoglossa gabhii crawfordi Cockerell leaving,
returning and plugging burrows, 18 September 1965.
NEST NUMBER
1
2
Leaving
Returning
Plugging Leaving
Returning
Plugging
0655
0657
0658
0708
0703
0718
0710
0720
0722
0738
0725
0753
0739
plug
0742
started
a
0805
0835
plug
plug
completed
noted
0813
plug in-
creased
to slight
mound
NEST NUMBER
3 4
Leaving Returning Plugging Leaving Returning Plugging
0659
0716
0705
0744
0717
plugged
0723
0750
0801
activity
0815 further
plug increased
started
0850
still
not com-
pletely
closed
Entered without being detected.
Burrow angles at surface making it difficult to construct the plug.
JANUARY 1968] MICHELBACHER & HURD — FORAGING OF SQUASH BEE 61
some straw. The entrance was thus partially fringed with fiber which
scraped off pollen as she entered her burrow. Of the four bees, #3 was
the only one that exhibited activity. The other females did not unplug
their burrows. Bee #3 returned to her burrow for the last time at 0815
and at 0830 started to construct the plug. To do this, she backed up
pushing the soil towards the surface, and the operation was repeated
until she brought sufficient soil to close the burrow. The period between
loads ranged from 2 to several minutes. Just below the surface the
burrow angled for a fraction of an inch and this feature appeared to
interfere with the construction of the plug. After 50 minutes of effort
the female was unable to completely plug the hole. Observations made
the following day (18 September) showed that where the burrows
tended toward the vertical the bees encountered no difficulty in manip-
ulating and constructing the plug. A survey of the squash plants
revealed practically no activity by X. gahbii crawfordi, but a number of
Peponapis, especially P. pruinosa, were seen.
The squash patch was again visited on 18 September. During the
night it had rained rather heavily in the town but only a light shower
had occurred at the nesting site. The orchard had been irrigated the
previous day. The arrival time was 0650. It was cloudy, and there was
a slight wind but it was not cold (near 60° F). However, by 0725 a
strong wind developed. All the burrows were open and as observations
later proved, all the bees had not and were not gathering pollen. A
constant surveillance of the nesting site was maintained and the results
of these observations are presented in Table 1. It was during these
observations that the nesting bees and their nests were assigned num-
bers, which were in the order of the returning bees. The individual
females behaved differently. Bee #1 made the most trips. The length
of time she required to gather a pollen load ranged from 10 to 14
minutes, while only 2 to 5 minutes were required to deposit the pollen
in the nest. Bee #2 spent 15 to 16 minutes per trip gathering pollen
and 4 to 6 minutes to deposit it in the nest. On the last trip she was so
heavily loaded with pollen that she encountered difficulty in entering
her burrow. Bee #3 spent 12 to 37 minutes to obtain a pollen load and
5 to 6 minutes to unload. Bee #4 entered her nest at 0715 from
apparently a nectar quest; she did not leave her nest so no information
in gathering and unloading pollen was obtained from this individual.
Interestingly enough, foraging activity for Bees #1 and #3 was over
at approximately 0800. After the final return to the nest a period of
at least 14 to 15 minutes elapsed before evidence of plugging the
burrow became apparent. Some of the plugs were constructed just
[vOL. 44, NO. 1
62
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
a
cc
o
.M
o
CO
TJ
1=1
CO
e
'Ofi
«o
O
'~»a
!aJD
O
C
>1)
O
o
cO
fl
o
tc
cO
(U
tn
Cl
+j
cO
hJ
(N
I-]
PQ
<1
H
Ph
H
CQ
z
H
CA!
H
tiC
c
tj]
!=;
• ^
c
!-i
3
4-)
O)
pp
tj)
a
• rH
4_)
;h
03
P.
(V
Q
(U
o
!=l
^
00
bC
a
o
(Tt
Cs|
hc
El
o
cn
bX)
c
• ^
•M
cd
Ph
<v
Q
<u
o
El
I CO
I h
•M
C
U
bX
_C
+j
CO
a
a;
P
<u
ly
E
“5
CO sh
E
y
bC
_E
E
El
E
■E
y
PP
bxi
E
• ^
4^
cd
Ph
<v
p
bD
E
y
y
^ to ^
I -
E
CO y
ft
S p
y „
H °
y
a
• pH
H
r—
(N oo
o o
o
o
o
uo
o
CO
c—
o
On
UO
O
CO
uo
o
CO
(C<l
CO
o
uo
CO
o^
E
y
Si
E r-H CO uo
« o oq (M
S CO CO CO
^ o o o
y
CO
(cq
(M
ift\
uo
o
CO 1-H O CO t-
O CO CO rjl 4:^1 uo uo
t-- r-
o o o o o o o
a\
o
o
CO
o
CO
o
O<NI>C0C0C0i-HC0l:Er— l(N
COCOCOCO'^'^UOUOUOOO
tEC^C^t^tEt^C^f^f-COCO
ooooooooooo
OCDOOOOUOuoO
C^cS'^OCOUOO^PuO
TjiuouocOcOcOvOt^tE
OOOOOOOOO
I— ICOUOl— ICOUOCOUOl-H
t^t^C^COOOCOO^C^O
OOOOOOOOr— I
o
cq
t--
o
o ^
00
O O
'l^l
I— H
o
CO CO
(cq CO
o o
(oq
o
uo
MO
Cf\
E
y
.ft
y
E
ft
y
CO
(cq
CO
o
o
O <M uo Cn I— I
UO UO uO UO UO O
MOVftMO'vO'ftt'-
O O O O O O
O UO CD UO UO O
O (Cq UO On CO iD
UO UO UO UO vft MD
O O O O O O
UO I— I CO UO CN "Cji
MO tr^ r- r- CO CO
o o o o o o
u
Burrows opened at time of arrival. Survey concluded 0950. Bee 1 still out, and no activity ever detected in nests 2 and 3.
Survey concluded 1010. Bees 2 and 3 still out. ® Burrow closed between 0917 and 0925. Temperatures at 0900 — 72.5° ; 0920 — 75.5° ; and
No pollen detectable. 0940 — 78.0° F.
JANUARY 1968] MICHELBACHER & HURD — FORAGING OF SQUASH BEE 63
below the surface of the entrance. The bees generally went directly to
their burrows and entered without any hesitation. However, bee #3
on the 0717 return circled the mound before entering and on her last
return (0801) she came in with a light pollen load, flew about hesitantly
as if aware of our presence. Because of the light pollen load and the
fact that she spent 37 minutes away from the nest it might be assumed
that part of the period was utilized in taking nectar.
The nesting site was next visited two days later on 20 September at
1530. At this time Burrow #3 was open but Burrows #1, #2, and
#4 were plugged just below the entrance. The nesting site was revisited
on 21 September from 0640 to 1020. It was a clear and windless
morning, although the cool weather of the past week continued. The
temperature at sunrise was 41° F. All burrows were open at time of
arrival, and the bees were still in them. The bees appeared reluctant
to leave the burrow and from time to time they would move towards
the entrance as if testing the situation and then retreat into the burrow.
As they approached the entrance they could be detected by a tiny light,
probably a reflection from the anterior ocellus. It was definite and
produced a rather unusual effect and showed before any part of the
bee could be distinguished. The time between making appearances
tended to shorten as the period for the bee to leave the nest approached.
This characteristic appearance and disappearance at the nest entrance
was observed shortly after arrival at the nesting site.
Bee #1 left her burrow at 0737, bee #2 at 0807, bee #3 at 0830,
and bee #4 left the earliest of all, at 0720. At the time the observations
were concluded (1020) neither bees #1, #2, or #3 had returned to
their nests. Bee #4 returned at 0920 with a light pollen load, left again
at 0940 and returned at 1000 without pollen.
The cool weather that had prevailed apparently exerted an adverse
influence on the quality of the squash flowers, but this condition also
probably involved a virus disease. Flowers on young, apparently
healthy plants, were normal.
Before leaving the squash patch, a survey at 1015 showed one X.
gabhii crawfordi working on the flowers for nectar. The three bees
that did not return were probably also visiting flowers for nectar. Dur-
ing the morning temperatures were taken at 20-minute intervals and
the results are as follows:
Time
Temp. ° F.
Time
Temp. ° F.
Time
Temp. ° ’
0640
41
0800
54.5
0920
63.5
0700
43
0820
58.5
0940
66.0
0720
45
0840
61.0
1000
67.0
0740
50
0900
61.5
1020
68.5
64
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 1
The nest site was visited again at 1245. Burrows #1, #2, and #4
were plugged about % inch below the entrance. Many flowers never
completely opened, but the pollen supply was in excess of that whieh
the bees could utilize.
On 22 September the nesting site was kept under constant observation
from 0705 until 1010. All burrows were open on arrival. The weather
was clear, calm and it was somewhat warmer than on the preceding
day. The time of appearance in the burrows, leaving and returning
to the nest along with temperatures, are given in Table 2. The informa-
tion clearly shows that there was considerable variation in the individual
action of the four bees. Bee #4 was the first to leave her burrow.
Although she was the only one that foraged for pollen she made only
two trips and returned each time with only partially completed loads.
She left her nest at 0715 for the first time and returned at 0725. She
departed for the second load at 0731 and returned in 6 minutes at 0737.
At 0757 she showed and left her burrow at 0759. At 1000 she returned
to her burrow without a pollen load, and apparently spent the time
away from the nest seeking nectar. After a number of appearances at
the nest entrance, bee #1 left at 0803 and returned without detectable
pollen at 1009. During the period she was away from her nest the
orehard was irrigated and moisture had crept for a couple of inches
beyond the entrance to her burrow. This change in conditions ap-
parently caused her to fly repeatedly around and about the entrance
before entering. Apparently the time she spent out of her burrow was
in search of nectar. Bee #2 left her nest at 0759 and bee #3 at 0825.
Neither of these returned before the survey was completed. There
is little doubt that they were seeking neetar. Late in the season there
appears to be the tendeney for the squash and gourd bees [Peponapis
and Xenoglossa) to search for nectar late into the day. At the close of
the 22 September survey (1010) the squash patch was examined and
5 female X. gabbii crawfordi were found. None of these showed any
evidence of gathering pollen. At 1245 an examination of the nesting
site revealed that the burrows of bees #2 and #3 were unplugged.
On 23 September, the nesting site was visited at 1110. It was hot
and still. The entrance to nests #1 and #4 were plugged at least %
inch below the surface, while nests #2 and #3 were open with no
evidence of activity. No change noted when the site was again exam-
ined at 1140. A survey of the garden showed that the older squash
plants were in a state of rapid decline. The flowers were few and most
failed to open in a normal fashion, probably due to virus and mildew.
In the younger planting conditions were much better. There were m.any
JANUARY 1968] MICHELBACHER & HURD FORAGING OF SQUASH BEE 65
normal flowers and there were numerous Peponapis either resting or
getting nectar. Two X. gahhii crawfordi were seen, neither gathering
pollen. One of these was encountered at 1145 and in a brief period
she moved to 3 or 4 flowers, apparently in search of nectar.
The last extensive survey was conducted from 0645 to 0950 on
24 September. The day was clear and still and the entrances to the
burrows were open at time of arrival. No activity in nests #2 and #3
was detected throughout the survey and subsequent observations in-
dicated that the bees associated with these nests were finished for the
season. The activity encountered in nests #1 and #4 together with
temperatures is given in Table 2. Bee #1 appeared at her burrow
entrance a number of times and left at 0703. She had not returned at
the time the survey was concluded at 0950. Bee #4 appeared once at
0712 and left the burrow two minutes later. She brought in two loads
of pollen. The last one was at 0730. She left again at 0733 and returned
at 0855 without a pollen load. She plugged her burrow shortly after
this.
At 0955 a survey of the squash patch showed that there were two
X. gahhii crawfordi gathering nectar. Peponapis were not as abundant
as on the previous day, and bumble bees were present. During the
survey squash flowers were removed from the plants and were placed
about the nesting site. Both Peponapis and X. gahhii crawfordi visited
these flowers. Among the flowers weire some that were normal and
others that were not. It appeared that the squash bees showed a decided
preference for the normal flowers. The X. gahhii crawfordi visiting
these flowers apparently were in quest of nectar, although at 0828 one
with a pollen load looked at a flower and continued on.
The last observation of the nesting site before the burrows were
excavated on 2 October was made on 25 September. At the time of
arrival at 1030 Burrow #4 was plugged and at time of leaving at 1100
Burrow #1 was also plugged. Flowers in the younger squash planting
were in good condition. No X. gahhii crawfordi were seen visiting
the flowers but Peponapis and bumble bees in particular were numerous
and active.
It is regrettable that the nesting site was not discovered at an earlier
date. This would have afforded an opportunity to study the activity
of the bees during the height of the pollen gathering period. As it
turned out, observations covered the end of this period and the activity
of the bees at the close of the nesting season. The behavior exhibited
through this transition was most marked. During the active pollen
gathering period the females gather pollen and nectar during the early
66
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 1
Table 3. Latest period that females of Xenoglossa gabbii
crawfordi were taken in surveys conducted in
several localities in Mexico.
Locality
Date
Sunrise
Time
period
Number of
individuals
Pollen load
Mazatan
9/ 9 /64
0730
to
3
absence to light
8 mi. S. E.
Culiacan
9/14/64
0745
0600
to
11
light to heavy
15 mi. N.
Mazatlan
9/15/64
0615
0545
to
4
light to heavy
3 mi. N.
Las Cruces
9/27/64
0700
0600
0610
to
1
heavy
7% mi. E.
Colima
10/11/64
0625
0730
to
1
light
Colima
10/12/64
0700
0745
0750
to
1
heavy
12 mi. S. E.
Manzanillo
10/14/64
0715
0805
0745
to
1
light
Playa de Santiago
Manzanillo
10/15/64
0702
0800
0715
to
1
medium
13 mi. N. W.
Mazatlan
10/21/64
0717
0730
0645
to
1
heavy
15% mi. E.
Navajo a
10/23/64
0630
0700
0620
to
1
heavy
0635
JANUARY 1968] MICHELBACHER & HURD FORAGING OF SQUASH BEE 67
morning hours and usually retreat to their burrows and plug them at
an early hour. At the close of the principal pollen gathering season
the habits of the females undergo a profound change. They no longer
leave their nests at an early hour and they may or may not gather
pollen. If they do not gather pollen there is a tendency for them to
remain away from their nest for periods ranging up to more than two
hours. During this time they visit flowers, and probably are only
interested in taking nectar.
The unusual cold period that set in shortly after the nesting site was
discovered may have hastened the close of the season. At the time the
nesting site was excavated on 2 October all evidence pointed to the
fact that activity was rapidly drawing to an end. Of the four bees
under observation only one remained. Her last observed action was
most unusual for she came out of her burrow and immediately entered
another burrow, separated from hers by 7 mm.
Evidence supporting the fact that the present season may have been
an early one is found in observations made at Cibuta, Sonora, Mexico,
on 25 October 1964. Cibuta is about 30 miles south of Nogales. A
patch of zucchini type squash was examined from 0930 to 0945 and
X. gabbii crawfordi females were observed gathering pollen.
Based on observations made in Mexico, X. gabbii crawfordi activity
in the field during the active pollen gathering period starts about 20
minutes before it is light enough to capture the bees without the aid
of a light. Such observations were made in the vicinity of Mazatan,
Culiacan, Mazatlan, Colima and Manzanillo. Activity by the females
of this species also ceased at a relatively early hour. In a number of
fields squash bee activity was followed at 15-minute intervals and the
latest period in which female X. gabbii crawfordi were taken along
with other pertinent information is given in Table 3. The data clearly
shows that the females terminate their field activity at a rather early
hour and usually long before the flowers show any signs of closing.
Observations at the nesting site clearly illustrate why in midseason
female X. gabbii crawfordi are only likely to be collected in early
morning, while in late season early morning collecting would probably
yield nothing. However, during this latter period late morning collect-
ing is likely to be fruitful.
Acknowledgments
This study was made possible and carried out by a grant from the
National Science Foundation (NSF-GB, 1021, “Insect pollinators of
the Cucurbitaceae”) . Special appreciation is expressed to Mrs. Ruiz of
68
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 1
Nogales, Mexico who accorded us full cooperation during the period
of field investigations on her property.
Literature Cited
Bohart, G. E. 1964. Notes on the biology and larval morphology of Xenoglossa
strenua (Hymenoptera : Apoidea) . Pan-Pacific Entomol., 40 (3): 174-
182.
Hurd, P. D., Jr., and E. G. Linsley. 1964. The squash and gourd bees — genera
Peponapis Robertson and Xenoglossa Smith — inhabiting America North
of Mexico (Hymenoptera : Apoidea) . Hilgardia, 35 (15): 375-477.
1967. Squash and gourd bees of the genus Xenoglossa (Hymenoptera :
Apoidea). Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer., 60 (5): 988-1007.
Linsley, E. G., J. W. MacSwain, and Ray F. Smith. 1955. Biological observa-
tions on Xenoglossa fulva Smith with some generalizations on biological
characters of other eucerine bees (Hymenoptera : Anthophoridae) .
Bull. Southern Calif. Acad. Sci., 54 (3) : 128-141.
RECENT LITERATURE
A Classification of the Large Carpenter Bees (Xylocopini) (Hymenoptera :
Apoidea). By Paul D. Hurd, Jr., and J. S. Moure, C.M.F. University of
California Publications in Entomology, vol. 29: vi 365 pp., including a
frontispiece and 244 figs, in the text, most of them grouped terminally.
University of California Press, Berkeley and Los Angeles; Cambridge
University Press, London. 31 December 1963. $7.50.
This remarkable work results from years of study by the authors, both in-
dependently and together, and includes a detailed investigation of the world
literature. Starting with those of the head, structural characters proven useful
in the taxonomy were designated serial numbers, with lettered subdivisions.
These numbers and letters have been used in the descriptions (designed for
computer use), each as a separate paragraph. As a result, tracing or comparison
of characters in various taxa is simple and immediate, though the descriptions
are exhaustive.
In many subgenera keys to species are provided, chiefly adapted from recent
literature with comments on later studies. Of the many new species discovered,
only those used as type species for certain new subgenera are actually described.
The work includes a synoptic catalogue of all taxa, in parts, as appropriate to
the text. The list of names as applied in the genus Xylocopa Latreille contains
many new synonymies. — Hugh B. Leech, California Academy of Sciences, San
Francisco.
JANUARY 1968]
SCIENTIFIC NOTES
69
SCIENTIFIC NOTE
Further Observations on Trapping Male Pleocoma with Female-Baited
Traps (Coleoptera; Scarabaeidae).^ — Zwick and Peifer (1965, Pan-Pac. Ento-
moL, 41(2) : 118-120) reported the attraction of Pleocoma minor Linsley males to
traps baited with P. minor females. They suspected that a sex pheromone was
produced by the females. In view of their work, and the current entomological
interest in sex attractants, this brief paper reports two instances where other spe-
cies of male Pleocoma were drawn to traps baited with Pleocoma females.
In conjunction with a study of the distribution of Pleocoma in Oregon, traps
baited with live females were set in the soil at two locations in western Oregon in
1960 and 1961. Each trap was constructed as follows: The top was cut out of an
ordinary tin can about the size of a 2-pound coffee can. The female was placed
on an inch or two of soil in the bottom of the can. A funnel was placed on the
can in such a way that the funnel rim could be attached to the top of the can and
the funnel spout would be about 2 inches above the soil in the bottom of the can.
The trap was then set in the ground so that the funnel rim and the top of the can
were level with the surface of the soil.
On 31 October 1960, eight such traps were set out in McDonald Forest, 5 miles
north of Corvallis. Traps number 1-4 each were baited with a freshly dug female
of P. dubitalis duhitalis Davis, the species commonly found in this area. It is not
known whether the females were virgin or inseminated. No females were placed
in traps number 5-8. During the next II days, four males were attracted to two
of the baited traps; one male entered trap number 2 and three males entered trap
number 4. No males entered traps number 5-8. Something, probably a skunk or
other predator, had ripped the funnels from traps number 1 and 3 and devoured
all but the elytra of the females which had been placed therein.
It is of interest that three males were attracted to a single female in trap num-
ber 4. In soil burrows, Ritcher and Beer (1956, Pan-Pac. EntomoL, 32(4) : 181-
184) observed two or three P. duhitalis duhitalis males attraeted to a single fe-
male. Ellertson (1956, J. Econ. Entomok, 49(3) : 431) found as many as seven to
nine P. oregonensis males burrowing down to a single female with two or more
males being crushed in the process. Ellertson and Ritcher (1959, Oregon Agr.
Exp. Sta. Tech. Bull., No. 44, 42 pp.) found females of P. minor, P. crinita, and
P. oregonensis to copulate with more than one male in the laboratory. These data
may indicate that the attractant produced by female Pleocoma, be it a sex phero-
mone or some other mechanism, is secreted even after the arrival of the first male.
On the other hand, the attractant may be secreted only once but deposited, par-
tially at least, on the substrate. In this case it could remain attractive for some
time.
In late October 1961, three traps, each baited with one P. duhitalis duhitalis fe-
male, were placed in the soil along Highway No. 99 near Stage Road Pass at an
elevation of 1,830 feet, about 3 miles north of Wolf Creek in Josephine County.
This area is within the general distribution occupied by P. simi although the
closest known P. simi site is about 25 miles to the south near Grants Pass.
The traps were examined in late November 1961. All three traps were still in-
tact, but something had entered the traps and eaten all but the elytra of the fe-
^ Supported by the Oregon Agricultural Experiment Station and National Science Foundation Grant
No. G-17935.
70
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 1
males. In trap number 3, however, in addition to the elytra of the P. dubitalis
dubitalis female, the elytra and metathoracic wings of a P. simi adult male were
found. In this case, then, the male probably was attracted by the female prior to
the entry of the predator which then devoured both beetles.
In view of the observations reported here, it may be noted that if the attractive
mechanism drawing P. minor males to P. minor females is the production of a fe-
male sex pheromone, as speculated by Zwick and Peifer (1965), such a pheromone
probably is produced also by P. dubitalis dubitalis females. Moreover, since in at
least one case a P. simi male was attracted to a P. dubitalis female, the attractant
may not be species-specific. — David G. Fellin,® Department of Entomology, Oregon
State University, Corvallis.
^ Presently Research Forest Entomologist, Intermountain Forest and Range Experiment Station,
Forestry Sciences Laboratory, Missoula, Montana.
Tyrophagus putrescentiae and Megaselia scalaris Infesting Laboratory
Cultures of Sciomyzid Flies^ (Acari: Acaridae; Diptera: Phoridae and Scio-
myzidae) . — The rearings of Sciomyzidae with terrestrial larvae at the limnological
laboratory of the Department of Entomology, Cornell University, Ithaca, N. Y.
were infested by the acarid mite Tyrophagus putrescentiae (Schrank) and by the
phorid fly Megaselia {Megaselia) scalaris (Loew) on several occasions.
The seiomyzid flies were kept in breeding jars constructed by placing a bottom-
less jar about 7 cm high and 5 cm in diameter in a plastic Petri dish of slightly
larger diameter, containing a layer of compressed, slightly moistened, peat moss.
The jar was covered with nylon cloth fixed with two rubber bands. A narrow
margin of the peat moss layer was thus exposed to organisms outside the breeding
jar. The food for adult flies, i.e. a mixture of honey, brewer’s yeast, and dried
milk, and also both crushed and living aquatic snails were put into each breeding
jar.
Tyrophagus putrescentiae probably penetrated into the breeding jars both
through the nylon cloth and the exposed peat moss, but there is no positive evi-
dence of either of these two modes of entry. The mites were feeding on dry snail
tissue, on an organic layer covering snail shells (remnants of organic deposits,
microorganisms living in and on these deposits, and perhaps also periostracum) ,
on dry fly food, and particularly on sciomyzid eggs. Because of the latter habit,
they are not only a nuisance but serious pests in laboratory cultures.
The infestation of Megaselia scalaris was initiated by females penetrating into
the jar through the cloth and laying eggs inside the jar, and very probably also
by oviposition into that peat moss exposed outside which was soaked with fly food.
The larvae were feeding both on dead snails (either previously killed by sciomyzid
larvae or having died of drought) and fly food resting on, or mixed with, peat
moss. No killing of snails by phorid larvae was positively ascertained. Occasion-
ally, phorid larvae were observed to feed on sciomyzid adults that had died re-
cently. The damage caused by Phoridae, if any, was only indirect. The phorid
and sciomyzid larvae perhaps had to compete for food or space.
^ A by-product of studies supported by research grants AI-05923, from the National Institute of
Allergy and Infectious Diseases, U. S. Public Health Service, and GE-5452, from the Program of
Environmental Biology, National Science Foundation.
JANUARY 1968]
SCIENTIFIC NOTES
71
The control of phorid flies was easily accomplished by using double nylon cloth
to cover the jars, which kept ovipositing females out, and by consistent destruction
of any phorid larva or puparium found when jars were checked. The mites, on
the other hand, were very difficult to control. Whenever an infestation was found,
it was necessary to transfer sciomyzid flies into a new breeding jar immediately,
and to treat the whole old jar, including peat moss, with alcohol. Large glass con-
tainers with tight glass lids were used for this purpose. Whenever it was necessary
to keep infested jars untouched for some time, they were placed on a separate ta-
ble far from current rearings.
The help of Dr. D. E. Johnston (Columbus, Ohio), Mr. C. A. Lanciani (Ithaca,
N. Y.), and Mr. W. H. Robinson (Ames, Iowa) in the identification of infesting
species, and valuable suggestions of Dr. C. 0. Berg (Ithaca, N. Y.) are appreci-
ated. — Jan Zuska,^ Cornell University, Ithaca, New York.
^Resident address: Central Research Institute of Food Industry, Department of Entomology, Na
belidle 21, Prague 5, Czechoslovakia.
The Rediscovery of Manica parasitica (Hymenoptera : Formicidae) . —
In 1932 Dr. W. S. Creighton collected a new species of Manica on the summit of
Polly Dome in Yosemite National Park, California at an elevation of about 8,600
feet. He found 13 workers in a nest of Manica bradleyi W. M. Wheeler con-
sequently he named them Manica parasitica Creighton (1934, Psyche, 41; 185).
In the intervening 35 years other American myrmecolo gists have made pilgrimages
to Yosemite, especially to Polly Dome, in vain efforts to collect more of this
species. For several years, in the course of our study of the genus Manica, we
have examined many nests of M. bradleyi in many localities always hoping that
we would find M. parasitica. Finally on 7 September 1967 our efforts were
meagerly rewarded (one worker) , but not on Polly Dome, nor even in Yosemite.
Our specimen was taken from a typical nest of M. bradleyi in an opening in a
coniferous forest in sandy loam on a rather steep slope. A cluster of ants under
a small stone was bagged with soil without close examination. We had despaired
so long of finding M. parasitica that the sample was aspirated, preserved in alcohol
and pinned several days later before we realized that we had something unusual.
We returned to the site with Mr. Oscar Stark, Laboratory of Desert Biology,
on 17 September. Further extensive excavation uncovered one more all-black
worker. The total M. bradleyi population collected was 379 workers, 1 winged
female, 53 males, 1 larva and 40 worker pupae.
We sent the first specimen to Dr. Creighton, who reported on it by letter: “I
think that there is no doubt that you have rediscovered Manica parasitica and I
congratulate you on the discovery. The specimen that you sent me is somewhat
more heavily sculptured than any member of the type series but, as there was
notable variation in the sculpture of the thirteen types, all that this means is that
the type series did not show the full range of sculpture which marks the worker
of parasitica.”
The second worker of M. parasitica, which was very similar to the first, was
kept in an observation nest with 91 workers and 22 males of M. bradleyi. It was
quite able to feed itself. It was very easy to distinguish from the M. bradleyi
workers by its quicker response to disturbances, by its faster gait and by the
bouncing of the anterior end as it walked. We thought at first that this might
72
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 1
be due to injury, but the individual outlived all of the host sample and died from
unknown causes on 6 December.
Another comment in Dr. Creighton’s letter: “I have always felt that the type
nest of parasitica was abnormally situated.” After several years of studying the
genus Manica, we heartily concur: a shallow pocket of coarse gravel and sand on
a treeless dome of solid rock is far from a typical nest site for M. bradleyi. To be
sure, we have never been able to determine the full extent of a typical nest in
a typical site, hut it would certainly ramify through several cubic meters.
Field Data: Three miles northeast of Clark Fork Campground, Stanislaus
National Forest, Alpine County, California. 7 and 17 September 1967. Elevation
6,100 feet. Opening in a coniferous forest: lodgepole pine (Pinus contorta latifolia
Engelm.), Jeffrey pine (Pinus jeffreyi Grev. & Balf.), white fir (Abies concolor
Lindl.), incense cedar (Libocedrus decurrens Torr.). — George C. Wheeler and
Jeanette Wheeler, University of Nevada, Reno.
BOOK REVIEW
The Crane Flies of California. By Charles P. Alexander. Bulletin of the
California Insect Survey, Volume 8, 269 pages, 524 figures, frontispiece. 1967.
16.00.
The Tipulidae, commonly known as Crane Flies, comprise the largest family
group within the order Diptera, numbering approximately 13,000 described species.
The recent (1965) Catalog of the Diptera of America North of Mexico reports
1458 species for the Nearctic Region. In January 1966 when the final revision of
manuscript was submitted by the author, 432 species, approximately 29 per cent
of the Nearctic fauna, were known to occur in California. Three additional
published records may be called to the attention of the reader. These additions
are: Tipula (Lunatipula) macrotrichia Alexander and Dicranota (Dicranota)
bernardiensis Alexander, both described in Great Basin Naturalist, vol. 26, pp. 2-4;
1966. The former was from Kings Canyon, Fresno Co., the latter from Thurman
Flats, Mill River, San Bernardino Co. The third addition to the state list is
Dactylolabis (Eudactylolabis) vestigipennis Alexander, as recorded hy Rentz and
Gagne in Entomological News, vol. 78, pp. 261-262; 1967. The latter, a sub-
apterous Crane Fly was taken at two localities, the first in Los Angeles County
(22 miles west of the junction of highways 138 and 14), the second in San
Bernardino County (3 miles north of Cajon Pass on Interstate highway 15).
I would like to add my voice to the chorus of praise that most certainly will
rise in response to Dr. Alexander’s significant contribution to our knowledge of
the Crane Fly fauna of California. Dr. Alexander has not limited himself to the
family Tipulidae alone hut treats as well the families: Tanyderidae, Ptychop-
teridae, Trichoceridae, Anisopodidae, and Pachyneuridae. All species known to
occur in California are considered and there are numerous instances where
extralimital species e.g. Dactylolabis vestigipennis Alexander, which was originally
known only from Arizona, find a place in the keys. This feature certainly augments
the usefulness of the keys. I have already drawn attention to the fact that this
species is presently known from California.
JANUARY 1968]
BOOK REVIEWS
73
Of significance to students of the Crane Flies will be the fact that with this
text and the Guide to the insects of Connecticut. Part VI, Conn. State Geol. and
Nat. Hist. Survey Bull., 64, published in 1942, Dr. Alexander has furnished us
with keys and figures to probably 60-70 per cent of the entire fauna; additional
species not treated in these two texts are to be found in the southeast and in
the Rocky Mountain area. Numerous illustrations of hypopygial characters and
wings, indispensable for the proper determination of species, accompany the text
and, particularly in connection with extralimital species, citations to figures in
other texts are given.
The introductory passages are both interesting and valuable to the student and
he will find the references to the literature carefully chosen.
In the course of preparing this brief review, I have attempted to test the keys
on some species. It is here that one may savor the fruits of some fifty-seven years
of diligent pursuit. The keys proved to be accurate in all instances, but that is
not to say that they will be easy to use. One will need to apply himself assiduously
and with patience in order to achieve competence. The Tipulidae offer an excep-
tionally good number of hypopygial characters, and these are difficult to
describe in words; it is here that difficulty is encountered. The numerous figures
accompanying the text will certainly be of much value. I believe these could have
been improved by additional indicators which could unequivocally draw the
reader’s attention to specific details needed for comparison,
I have not noticed any errors in the text. It seems that the generic names
Cryptolabis and Rhabdomastix were placed out of order in the arrangement of
genera on page 119. Naturally I have not had the time as yet to thoroughly
evaluate the figures of the text. Where I have made comparisons the illustrations
have for the most part been quite accurate. I should call attention to figure 220
(p. 221) of Tipula {Trichotipula) macrophallus (Dietz) where it seems that the
outer basal lobe of the dististyle has been illustrated in reverse to its natural
position with relation to the bilobed body of the style.
All students of the Diptera will want to have this text in their library and I
would urge all those vitally interested to secure a copy before it goes out of general
circulation. — Saul I. Frommer, University of California, Riverside.
Ectoparasites of Panama. By Rupert L. Wenzel and Vernon J. Tipton (editors).
Field Museum of Natural History, Chicago, Illinois, pp. xii -|- 861, illus.
22 November 1966. Price $25.00.
This handsome volume of 861 pages is a result of many years’ work starting
with scientific investigations in connection with building of the Panama Canal
by such pioneers as Lawrence H. Dunn. More intensive work started with the
opening of the Barro Colorado Field Laboratory in 1924 and the Corgas Memorial
Laboratory in 1929. More particularly, the present work resulted from a systematic
survey of the ectoparasites of Panama started in 1956 and carried out by Lt. Col.
Robert M. Altman, Drs. Conrad E. Yunker, James M. Brennan, Lt. Col. Vernon J.
Tipton, Phyllis T. Johnson, Craham B. Fairchild, and Mr. Eustorgio Mendez. The
Office of Research and Development of the Office of the Surgeon General, U. S.
Army provided financial aid both for the field work and publication of the book.
Great assistance was rendered by the field work of Dr. Alexander Wetmore on
the birds of Panama and Dr. Charles 0. Handley on the mammals and by the field
74
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 1
work on arthropod-borne virus diseases carried out by Mr. Pedro Galindo, Gorgas
Laboratory. The impetus for the book was supplied by Dr. Rupert L. Wenzel of
the Field Museum of Natural History and Lt. Col. Vernon J. Tipton and it is
through their efforts that it was brought to completion and published.
The subject matter is organized into chapters including an excellent introduction
by Graham B. Fairchild, a gazetteer of collecting localities by Fairchild and
Handley and a series of essentially taxonomic monographs of particular groups
of ectoparasites as follows: Mites of the Subfamily Laelaptinae by Tipton, Altman
and Keenan; Dermanyssid Mites by Yunker and Radovsky; The Genus Hirstio-
nyssus by Strandtmann and Yunker; Spinturnicid Mites by Furman; The Ticks
by Fairchild, Kohls and Tipton; The Chiggers by Brennan and Yunker; The
Mallophaga by Emerson; The Sucking Lice by Wenzel and Johnson; The Genus
Amblyopinus by Barrera; The Fleas by Tipton and Mendez; The Hippoboscidae
by Fairchild; The Nycteribiid Bat Flies by Guimaraes; and the Streblid Bat Flies
by Wenzel, Tipton, and Kiewlicz. Finally, there is a general chapter on “Some
Relationships between Mammals and their Ectoparasites” by Wenzel and Tipton
and a zoogeographic chapter “Mice, Land Bridges and Latin American Faunal
Interchange” by Hershkovitz. There is a checklist of the mammals of Panama by
Charles 0. Handley, Jr. and an appendix giving a classified list of hosts and
parasites and a very useful index.
It is difficult to generalize on such a massive work as this. Certainly it provides
the most detailed information and most useful taxonomic treatment of ectoparasites
available for any region in the tropics though the authors correctly point out that
this is only a beginning and that much remains to be done even at the exploratory
level. Furthermore, it is pointed out that more refined methods must be
used in the future for sampling ectoparasites so that the results are amenable to
statistical analysis. Host-parasite studies here as elsewhere have suffered from
failure to obtain quantitative data but the present volume eliminates some of the
worst sources of error found elsewhere in the literature. Host identifications in
the Panama work were made consistently by specialists and collections in most
cases were kept separate even while collecting in the field so that errors are likely
to be minimal. The most conspicuous gaps in this work were in collecting at high
elevations and in collections on birds and reptiles. Also, the nests and resting
places did not receive the attention that they deserve.
To the general reader the most interesting chapter will be that of Wenzel and
Tipton in which generalizations on hosts and their ectoparasites are given. Here
attention is called to such interesting complementary distributions as the relative
absence of Streblidae and Nycteribiidae on Mollossidae which are parasitized by
Polyctenidae. Also the absence of Dermanyssid mites on Oryzomyine rodent hosts
is noted. The latter are normally heavily parasitized by Laelaptid mites of the
genus Gigantolaelaps. Another interesting point in discussing Nycteribiidae
concerns the genus Basilia which occurs in both the Old and New Worlds, chiefly
on Vespertilionidae. It is remarked that “since the principal host genus, Myotis,
occurs in both hemispheres, one is tempted to conclude that the entire dispersal
is recent.” However, as pointed out by Guimaraes and D’Andretta (1956), “there
are distinctive, endemic elements of the genus in middle and South America whose
distribution suggests that there was an earlier dispersal, too. This is also suggested
by the occurrence on Myotis of Streblidae of the Trichobius major group and of
the genera Joblingia and Anatrichobius. These appear to have evolved on Myotis,
JANUARY 1968]
BOOK REVIEWS
75
yet have no Old World relatives.” I might add that the Cimicid genus Bucimix
occurs on Myotis in southern South America and is so distinctive that it could
best be explained by the earlier dispersal referred to above. It is further mentioned
in connection with bat fleas that “three species of Myodopsylla have been described
from South America” and one species has been taken as far south as Chocoyos in
Guatemala in the Montane zone but none have been reported between Guatemala
and Colombia. It is postulated that this genus may be found in the highlands of
Panama but the fact is that it has not been found and this same gap between
Chocoyos in Guatemala and Colombia exists for the entire family Cimicidae except
the human bed bugs.
An interesting theory is advanced as to the evolution of host specificity. Wenzel
and Tipton state that “It seems to us that such a high degree of specialization
and host specificity would usually require that throughout its life cycle (or nearly
so) the ectoparasite be closely associated with the host. The hazards of host
finding are thus greatly reduced. It hardly seems accidental that the groups which
exhibit the highest degree of host specificity are those which are host-limited or
nearly so; that is, those whose life cycle is spent on the host or whose free-living
immature stages are shortened or eliminated through ovoviviparity. This latter
condition exists in nearly all ectoparasites of bats.” It is interesting to note that
this theory does not hold for the Cimicidae which are definitely not permanently
attached to their host but which show a high degree of host specificity in many
parts of the world.
In summary, it may be said that this book provides the most elegant and
exhaustive treatment of ectoparasites of any tropical region. It will be of great
practical value to field workers for this important area and parts of it provide an
intellectual challenge to those concerned with the theoretical aspects of evolu-
tion of ectoparasites. The editors are to be congratulated for their exceptional
dedication to this project without which the book would never have been brought
to completion. — Robert L. Usinger, University of California, Berkeley.
76
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44 , NO. 1
PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
W. H. Lange, Jr. K. S. Hagen R. W. Thorp P. H. Arnaud, Jr.
President President-elect Secretary Treasurer
Proceedings
Three Hundred and Eighth Meeting
The 308th meeting was held Friday, 13 January 1967 at 7:45 p.m. in the Morrison
Auditorium of the California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Fran-
cisco with President Lange presiding.
Members present (46) : R. L. Adlakha, J. R. Anderson, P. H. Amaud, Jr., G.
Brady, D. E. Bragg, T. S. Briggs, J. S. Buckett, G. R. Buckingham, D. J. Burdick,
J. A. Chemsak, T. W. Davies, B. J. Donovan, R. L. Doutt, J. G. Edwards, W. E.
Ferguson, W. C. Gagne, M. R. Gardner, G. A. Goerlick, J. D. Haddock, K. S.
Hagen, R. E. Hall, K. Horn, D. S. Horning, Jr., P. D. Hurd, Jr., A. Jung, C.
Kovacic, W. H. Lange, Jr., V. Lee, H. B. Leech, D. D. Linsdale, P. Lum, C. D.
MacNeill, C. W. O’Brien, Lois O’Brien, P. A. Opler, J. A. Powell, H. G. Real,
D. C. Rentz, R. E. Stecker, A. R. Stephen, R. L. Tassan, R. W. Thorp, P. E.
Turner, Jr., M. S. Wasbauer, S. P. Welles, Jr., R. S. Wielgus.
Visitors present (17) : Mr. and Mrs. C. Cushman, Laura Donovan, S. R. Dutky,
Alice and Janie Edwards, Diane Harrold, Carol Homing, A. D. Keuter, Marie
Korpita, 0. C. LaFrance, Mr. and Mrs. R. E. Love, W. Olksenski, Kathi Rentz,
Kaye Stage.
The minutes of the meeting held 9 December 1966 were summarized.
Four new members were elected: R. D. Akre, C. Dailey, A. D. Keuter, T. A.
Sears.
President Lange called for introduction of guests. Dr. K. S. Hagen introduced
Dr. S. R. Dutky of the U. S. Department of Agriculture, Beltsville, Maryland.
Dr. Dutky is a microbiologist who is probably best known for his work on milky
disease.
President Lange called for announcements. Dr. J. W. Tilden announced with
deep regret the death of Dr. Carl D. Duncan, an Honored Member and past
President of the Society, on 21 December 1966. He also mentioned that a memorial
service was to be held on Saturday, 14 January 1967 at San Jose State College.
Dr. Lois O’Brien extended the thanks of the California Academy in appreciation
for the free time donated by W. Gagne, G. Rotramel, and R. Brown in working
on the insect collections. She also mentioned that any such volunteer services are
always welcome at the Academy.
The principal speaker of the evening was Dr. Gerald I. Stage of the U. S.
National Museum. His illustrated lecture was entitled “Biosystematics of the Bee
Genus Hesperapis with Emphasis on the Relationship Between a Phenetic and a
Phyletic Classification and the Biological Data.”
A social hour was held in the entomology rooms following the meeting. — R. W.
Thorp, Secretary.
Three Hundred and Ninth Meeting
The 309th meeting was held Friday, 24 February 1967 at 7:45 p.m. in the
Morrison Auditorium of the California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park,
San Francisco, with President Lange presiding.
JANUARY 1968]
PROCEEDINGS
77
Members present (41) : P. H. Arnaud, Jr., E. Bergmark, G. Brady, D. E. Bragg,
T. S. Briggs, Nancy Twomey Brownfield, J. S. Buckett, J. S. Cope, T. W. Davies,
D. G. Denning, B. J. Donovan, G. J. Edwards, J. S. Fisher, M. R. Gardner, J. F.
Gustafson, T. F. Halstead, K. Horn, Kathleen Kamiya, A. D. Keuter, V. Lee, H. B.
Leech, K. Lorenzen, P. Lum, C. D. MacNeill, J. W. MacSwain, R. E. Main, A. E.
Michelbacher, W. W. Middlekauff, Lois O’Brien, H. G. Real, D. C. Rentz, E. S.
Ross, F. J. Santana, R. E. Stecker, R. W. Thorp, J. W. Tilden, W. H. Tyson,
S. P. Welles, Jr., R. H. Whitsel, R. S. Wielgus, Anita Yamamoto.
Visitors present (14) : J. W. Arnold, H. Bianconi, Sharee Cope, Loretta Denning,
Laura Donovan, Mrs. T. Halstead, Pauline S. Lange, Martha Michelbacher, W.
Olkowski, J. H. Peck, Pam Strong, B. Tilden, H. V. Weems, Jr., B. Whitsel.
The minutes of the meeting held 13 January 1967 were summarized.
Five new members were elected: J. S. Fisher, R. B. Hutt, Kathleen Kamiya,
A. G. Raske, N. C. Toscano.
President Lange called for introduction of guests. Dr. W. W. Middlekauff
introduced Dr. H. V. Weems, Jr., of the University of Florida and the Florida
Department of Agriculture.
President Lange called for announcements. Mr. J. S. Buckett, Program Chair-
man, mentioned that the annual spring picnic is being planned and suggested that
it might be held in April at Russelmann Park near Mount Diablo. He then asked
the members for any further suggestions as to time or place. President Lange
suggested that a future meeting could be held at San Jose State College and that
a collecting trip be considered as another type of Society function. Dr. Lois
O’Brien expressed the gratitude of the California Academy for volunteer work,
on the insect collections, contributed by the following: J. G. Edwards, W. Gagne,
T. Halstead, H. G. Real, B. Tilden, and Anita Yamamoto.
The principal speaker of the evening was Lt. Fred J. Santana, Naval Disease
Control Center, Naval Air Station, Alameda. His illustrated lecture was entitled
“Vector Control in Viet Nam.”
A social hour was held in the entomology rooms following the meeting. — R. W.
Thorp, Secretary.
Three Hundred and Tenth Meeting
The 310th meeting was held Friday, 31 March 1967 at 7 :45 p.m. in the Morrison
Auditorium of the California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Fran-
cisco, with President-elect Hagen presiding.
Members present (56) : J. R. Anderson, P. H. Arnaud, Jr., C. L. Armin, Mary
F. Benson, R. M. Bohart, D. E. Bragg, J. S. Buckett, G. R. Buckingham, D. J.
Burdick, L. E. Caltagirone, Carol L. Collins, C. Dailey, H. V. Daly, D. G. Denning,
R. L. Doutt, J. G. Edwards, W. K. Fox, M. R. Gardner, N. E. Gary, R. H. Gonzalez,
A. A. Grigarick, Jr., Hilary Hacker, K. S. Hagen, R. E. Hall, R. Hennessey, K.
Horn, D. S. Horning, Jr., A. Jung, Kathleen Kamiya, A. D. Keuter, C. Kovacic,
R. L. Langston, V. Lee, D. D. Linsdale, K. Lorenzen, P. Lum, J. W. MacSwain,
A. E. Michelbacher, W. W. Middlekauff, C. W. and Lois R. O’Brien, P. A. Opler,
J. A. Powell, Iris E. Savage, R. F. Schoeppner, F. E. Skinner, C. Slobodchicoff,
E. L. Smith, R. E. Stecker, A. Stephen, D. J. Sullivan, R. W. Thorp, W. H. Tyson,
S. P. Welles, Jr., R. W. Wielgus, Anita Yamamoto.
Visitors (69) : Mrs. J. R. Anderson, Barbara Barr, Margaret Bohart, R. and
Alkemene Brandar, Ana Caltagirone, Carolyn Dailey, Barbara and Diane Daly,
78
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 1
R. S. Doty, Lucinda Doutt, Viola Drescher, L. Duba, Mrs. J. G. Edwards, Dr. and
Mrs. F. A. Ellis, Marie Essig, Verda L. Fletcher, Mrs. W. Fox, J. Frazer, R. C.
Gardner, Carolyn George, Barbara Grigarick, B. and Rena Hagen, Carol Horning,
Mr. and Mrs. R. M. Jackson, Julian Jenson, M. M. Judy, Pauline S. Lange, J. Lee,
G. E. Lindsay, Valerie V. Linsdale, Roberta Long, R. MacGregor, Mr. and Mrs. J.
MacKenzie, Sr., J. B. MacKenzie, Mr. and Mrs. M. Marquis, D. and Joanne
McLean, Sharon Meuth, Martha Michelbacher, Frances Morgan, W. Olkowski,
Mr. and Mrs. J. Peck, R. and Eugenia M. Pipa, B. P. and Winnifred Randall,
Roberta Savage, Mr. and Mrs. C. Schmidt, E. Show, Jean, Roger, and Susan
Skinner, Phyllis Stecker, Leslie Supaw, H. A. Sweet, Betty Swift, C. J. and Carol
L. Weinman, Alyn Wielgus, A. Whitehead, Mary E. Zimmerman.
The minutes of the meeting held 24 February 1967 were summarized.
Two new members were elected: G. Rotramel, M. K. Schiffman.
President-elect Hagen called for announcements. Dr. H. V. Daly, Editor, Pan-
Pacific Entomologist, announced the following changes in the editorial staff of the
Pan-Pacific Entomologist: “Dr. Lois O’Brien retired after serving as Editorial
Assistant from July 1962 to October 1966. The Society owes a heavy debt to Dr.
O’Brien for her help in reviewing manuscripts and for her preparation of the
annual index and table of contents. Mr. George Rotramel has been appointed as
her replacement for one year. Also retiring is Dr. John Anderson who has served
as Assistant Editor from January 1964 to October 1966. Dr. Anderson’s special
contributions to the quality of the journal have been through his conscientious and
critical review of manuscripts. Dr. Robbin Thorp has been appointed as his
replacement for one year.”
Dr. Lois O’Brien expressed the gratitude of the California Academy for volunteer
work, on the insect collections, contributed by the following: R. Brown, W. Gagne,
and H. Real.
The following note was presented:
Discovery of Esperia sulphurella (F.) in California.- — ^This peculiar orange
and black moth, which is a widespread European species of Oecophoridae has
not heretofore been recorded in North America. The first specimen, a female, was
collected by C. D. MacNeill in his yard at El Cerrito, Contra Costa County, on
10 April 1966. Then, in February of this year, Powell found larvae feeding
beneath bark of a fallen Quercus agrifolia in the Berkeley Hills, Alameda County,
back of The California School for the Deaf. A series of adults was reared between
21 February and 6 March 1967. The two sites are about 5.25 airline miles apart.
— J. A. Powell, University of California, Berkeley.
The principal speaker of the evening was Dr. E. S. Ross, California Academy of
Sciences. His illustrated lecture was entitled: “An entomologist’s view of western
Africa. Pictorial highlights of an Embioptera survey from the Sahara to Cape-
town.”
A social hour was held in the entomology rooms following the meeting. — R. W.
Thorp, Secretary.
Three Hundred and Eleventh Meeting
The 311th meeting, the annual picnic and field day, was held Saturday, 20 May
1967 at Russelmann Park near Mt. Diablo.
Members present (19) : D. E. Bragg, D. L. Dahlsten, H. V. Daly, W. E. Fer-
guson, A. P. Gutierrez, K. S. Hagen, J. E. Laing, W. H. Lange, Jr., E. G. Linsley,
JANUARY 1968]
PROCEEDINGS
79
W. W. Middlekauff, P. A. Opler, J. A. Powell, D. C. Rentz, E. S. Ross, G. Rot-
ramel, R. E. Stacker, R. E. Stinner, R. W. Thorp, R. L. Usinger.
Visitors present (48) : Lynne Ausmann, W. Batiste and family, D. Calvert,
W., June, Kris and Mindy Copper, C. and Jeanie Cushner, Barbara and Diane
Daly, H. V. Davis, Pat Felche, Mavis B. Fitch, A. Gutierrez family, K. and Maxine
D. Hagen, B. Jordan, Mr. and Mrs. C. F. Kelly, Ruth Laing, Pauline S. Lange,
Nellie B. Lee, Peter Linsley, B., Diana and M. Messenger, Frances Powell and
children, Kathleen Rentz, Anne Rotramel, J. Soholomachia, Phyllis Stecker, Judy
Stinner, H. A. Sweet, J. W., Kay, Kelly and Katy Thorp, B. and B. Tilden, Martha
Usinger, Linda Vargas, and John Wenz.
Facilities at the park which were available to the members and their guests
included a swimming pool, picnic areas and a grassy slope for the softball game.
Insect collecting sites included meadow, chaparral, and stream habitats. — R. W.
Thorp, Secretary.
Three Hundred and Twelfth Meeting
The 312th meeting was held Friday, 18 August 1967 at 7 :45 p.m. in the Morrison
Auditorium of the California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Fran-
cisco, with President Lange presiding.
Members present (23) : P. H. Amaud, Jr., G. Brady, R. M. Brown, J. S. Buckett,
G. R. Buckingham, D. J. Burdick, T. W. Davies, R. L. Doutt, W. C. Gagne, M. R.
Gardner, J. Guggolz, K. S. Hagen, W. H. Lange, Jr., D. D. Linsdale, P. A. Opler,
J. E. Prine, H. G. Real, D. C. Rentz, R. F. Schoeppner, E. L. Smith, D. J. Sullivan,
R. W. Thorp, J. W. Tilden.
Visitors present (13) : J. W. Armstrong, Jan Bonssy, D. L. Briggs, P. P. Bur-
butis, D. Calvert, L. R. Ellis, R. W. Harper, Pauline S. Lange, Anita Real, D.
Sanders, R. E. Somerby, B. Tilden, Tina Vargas.
The minutes of the meeting held 31 March were summarized.
Four new members were elected: H. V. Davis, W. G. Evans, M. D. Jha, and
H. I. Scudder.
President Lange called for introductions. Dr. Hagen introduced Dr. Paul
Burbutis from the University of Delaware who is working in the area of biological
control and visiting the Division of Biological Control at Albany. Dr. Arnaud
introduced Mr. Ronald Somerby from U. C. Riverside who is working with
tenehrionids.
The following note was presented:
Myrmecophily reported for Icaricia acmon and Philotes enoptes bayensis
(Lycaenidae, Lepidoptera) . — Larvae of Icaricia acmon (Doubleday & Hewitson)
were found on flower clusters of Eiogonum latifolium var. nudum in Tilden Park,
Contra Costa County, California on 8 August 1967. These larvae were being visited
by workers of Iridomyrmex humilis Mayr. This is the first known ant-lycaenid
relationship for either species despite their widespread occurrence and abundance.
On 11 August 7. acmon larvae found near Lafayette, Contra Costa County on
Eriogonum flowers were being closely attended by workers of Crematogaster
coarctata Mayr. These ants were seen straddling the larvae and were observed
pumping their abdomens up and down while soliciting from a larva. Ants of the
genus Crematogaster have been found in symbiotic relationships with many species
of Lycaenidae.
80
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 1
On 15 August larvae of I. acmon and Philotes enoptes bayensis Langston were
discovered on flowers of Eriogonum latifolium at Point Richmond, Contra Costa
County. The Philotes larvae were being visited by Iridomyrmex humilis workers.
The ant workers were usually out of sight between the florets, hence their behav-
ioral charactristics near the lycaenid larvae were not observed. It is possible that
the relationship of Iridomyrmex to the lycaenid larvae is fortuitous.
Determination of the ants was provided by Mr. George L. Rotramel, University
of California, Berkeley. — Paul A. Opler, University of California, Berkeley.
The principal speaker of the evening was Mr. R. W. Harper, Chief, Bureau of
Entomology, California State Department of Agriculture, Sacramento. His illus-
trated lecture was entitled. “The Pink Bollworm in California — its probable origin,
spread, present control measures and possible severity of losses in our major cotton
growing areas.”
A social hour was held in the entomology rooms following the meeting. — R. W.
Thorp, Secretary.
Three Hundred and Thirteenth Meeting
The 313th meeting was held, Friday, 20 October 1967 at 7:45 p.m. in the Mor-
rison Auditorium of the California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San
Francisco, with President-elect Hagen presiding.
Members present (32) : R. L. Adlakha, P. H. Arnaud, Jr., G. Brady, T. S.
Briggs, R. M. Brown, J. S. Buckett, L. E. Caltagirone, H. V. Daly, B. J. Donovan,
R. L. Doutt, W. C. Gagne, M. R. Gardner, G. A. Gorelick, J. F. Gustafson, K. S.
Hagen, P. A. Harvey, K. Horn, D. S. Horning, Jr., R. L. Langston, V. Lee, H. B.
Leech, K. Lorenzen, P. Lum, P. A. Opler, H. G. Real, D. C. Rentz, C. Slobod-
chikoff, L. W. Swan, R. W. Thorp, P. E. Turner, Jr., S. P. Welles, Jr.
Visitors present (18) : P. P. Burbutis, Laura Donovan, R. Gardner, E. Huffman,
P. Jump, G. Leung, W. Lum, A. Muldenky, J. L. Nayar, R. P. Papp, Anita Real,
Kathi Rentz, T. A. Sears, Arlene Stern, Joyce Thorp, J. Tom, S. C. Williams, M.
Wong.
The minutes of the meeting held 18 August were summarized.
Three new members were elected: D. L. Briggs, E. Huffman, R. I. Lanse.
President-elect Hagen called for introductions. Dr. Daly introduced Dr. J. L.
Nayar, a syrphid specialist from India visiting the Berkeley campus. Other guest
introductions included: Dr. Stan Williams of San Francisco State College intro-
duced by Dr. Hagen; Mr. Richard Papp introduced by Dr. Arnaud; and Mr.
Andrew Muldenky introduced by Mr. Leech.
Mr. H. B. Leech announced the death of Father Edward F. Guedet, retired
pastor of Holy Cross Church of San Francisco, which occurred in this city on
4 September 1967. Father Guedet had been associated with the California Acad-
emy of Sciences for many years, and donated much time to curating the Lepi-
doptera collection, including a rearrangement on the basis of the McDunnough
checklist. He gave his collection of over 6,000 moths in 1944; it is strong in his
favorite group, the Geometridae. Father Guedet joined the Pacific Coast Ento-
mological Society in 1945.
Mr. Leech also noted that Dr. F. X. Williams, an Honored Member of the
Society, is quite ill and bedridden at home. The Secretary was directed to send
a card to Dr. Williams in the name of the Society.
JANUARY 1968]
PROCEEDINGS
81
The following notes were presented:
Distributional information on Hydrometra martini Kirkaldy. — A specimen
of Hydrometra martini Kirkaldy was collected on 8 April 1967 by Dave Quick and
Angelo Casaburri at White’s Bridge Slough, 33 miles southwest of Fresno. The
known distribution of this species is the Colorado River drainage, Yuma to
Needles, Death Valley, and a disjunct record from Corvallis, Oregon. The Fresno
County record helps fill the gap since it occurs about midway between the extreme
localities. — Donald J. Burdick, Fresno State College, Fresno.
Rearing of Er gates spiculatus spiculatus (LeConte) from a house beam
at Saratoga, California (Coleoptera ;Cerambycidae) . — A large cerambycid
was sent for identification to the California Academy of Sciences at the beginning
of August 1967, by Mr. Ross L. Campbell, Jr., of 19808 Oakhaven Drive, Saratoga,
Santa Clara County, California. The specimen, a male of Ergates spiculatus
spiculatus (LeConte) (determined by John A. Chemsak and Hugh B. Leech;
C. A. S. collection), emerged from a beam of the Campbell’s new home, on or
about 24 July 1967. The house was built in March and April of 1967. The
emergence hole in the beam made by the beetle was reported to be about one and
one-half inches aeross and elliptical in shape. The tunnel was at an angle to the
outer surface of the beam. The origin of the beam and the species of tree from
which it came is unknown to the writer. E. spiculatus spiculatus has a recorded
distribution along the Pacific Coast from British Columbia to southern California,
and the northern Rocky Mountains.
The elytra of this male appear to be shorter than usual for specimens of this
species. Only one male, collected in nearby Campbell, on 4 July 1925, collected
by Mrs. G. L. Marsh, deposited in the Academy Collection, has similar short
elytra. — Paul H. Arnaud, Jr., California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco.
Notes on the crepuscular nature of the species of Celaenorrhinus group
(Lepidoptera : Hesperiidae) . — Members of the Celaenorrhinus group are rare in
collections. Prior to 1963, the California Academy of Sciences, for example, had
only 17 specimens of the group from the neotropics. Half of these were collected in
Peru by E. S. Ross and E. 1. Schlinger in 1954.
In 1963 David Cavagnaro collected 64 specimens at the research station on
Barro Colorado Island in only five days. Based on the observations and reports
made by Cavagnaro, C. D. MacNeill suspected that the species of the group may
be early morning fliers. While collecting in Panama and Costa Rica during the
summer of 1965, I was able to make further observations which confirmed Mac-
Neill’s suspicions.
On Barro Colorado Island almost 30 specimens were taken in a few days. Most
of them were collected at about 5:30-5:45 a.m. They came to a flowering bush
near the main building when it was still very dark. It was, therefore, necessary
to listen for their flight sounds and estimate their location on the bush. At the
Interamerican Institute of Agriculture (1. 1. C. A.) in Turrialba, Costa Rica, I was
able to take several specimens on acacia blossoms in the late afternoon (about
5 :45 p.m.) .
Under both collecting conditions, the skippers remained at the flowers for only
12 to 15 minutes. In the morning collecting, they left immediately when there was
just light enough for color perception; and in the afternoon collecting, it was the
opposite: they immediately left when color perception became impossible.
82
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 1
Also at Barro Colorado Island, several specimens were taken at a mercury vapor
lamp during the evening hours of 7 to 9.
From these observations, I would conclude that the species of the group Celae-
norrhinus are crepuscular. — Herman G. Real, San Jose State College, San Jose.
The principal speaker of the evening was Dr. J. A. Powell, Chairman of the
California Insect Survey, Department of Entomology, University of California,
Berkeley. His illustrated discussion was entitled: “The Lepidopterous Fauna of
the Channel Islands.”
A social hour was held in the entomology rooms following the meeting. — R. W.
Thorp, Secretary.
Three Hundred and Fourteenth Meeting
The 314th meeting was held Friday, 17 November 1967 at 7:45 p.m. in room 159
Mulford Hall at the University of California, Berkeley, with President Lange
presiding.
Members present (42) : R. L. Adlakha, P. H. Arnaud, Jr., T. S. Briggs, G. J.
Bringuel, R. M. Brown, J. S. Buckett, L. E. Caltagirone, J. A. Chemsak, D. L.
Dahlsten, H. V. Daly, T. W. Davies, B. J. Donovan, J. G. Edwards, W. E, Ferguson,
W. C. Gagne, M. R. Gardner, Anita Gillogly, J. Guggolz, K. S. Hagen, J. B.
Heppner, K. Horn, A. Jung, C. Kovacic, W. H. Lange, Jr., H. B. Leech, D. D.
Linsdale, K. Lorenzen, P. Lum, C. D. MacNeill, J. W. MacSwain, R. E. Main,
A. E. Michelbacher, P. A. Opler, J. A. Powell, J. E. Prine, D. C. Rentz, F. J.
Santana, R. E. Stecker, R. W. Thorp, P. E. Turner, Jr., M. S. Wasbauer, S. P.
Welles, Jr.
Visitors present (22) : J. E. Ball, Barbara Barr, D. L. Briggs, E. A. Cameron,
Laura Donovan, Alice Edwards, G. Frankie, K. Graham, A. R. Gillogly, Pauline
S. Lange, H. S. Marenstein, D. Merritt, Martha Michelbacher, R. T. Miller, Sandra
Opler, R. R. Pinger, Jr., S. B. Ruth, D. Sanders, F. M. Stephen, Joyce Thorp,
J. M. Wenz, D. L. Wilson.
The minutes of the meeting held 20 October 1967 were summarized.
Seven new members were elected: L. N. Bell, G. L. Challet, R. G. Dearborn,
A. R. Gillogly, W. G. Lehmann, H. S. Marenstein, D. L. Wilson.
President Lange called for introduction of guests. Dr. H. V. Daly introduced
Mr. Stephen Ruth. Dr. W. E. Ferguson introduced Mr. David Wilson. Dr. D. L.
Dahlsten introduced several forest entomology students from Berkeley including:
Miss Barbara Barr, and Messrs. D. Sanders, D. Merritt, E. A. Cameron, and J. M.
Wenz.
President Lange appointed two new temporary committees which are to report
at the December meeting: a nominating committee with R. M. Bohart as chairman,
J. G. Edwards, and W. W. Middlekauff; and an auditing committee with Paul
Opler as chairman, Tom Briggs, and Constantine Slobodchikoff.
The following notes were presented:
Large Costa Rican Ephemeridae. — A huge naiad of the mayfly family
Ephemeridae, with anterior tusks several millimeters long and abundant lateral
tufts of purple filamentous gills was collected in a small stream (3 feet wide) in
the jungles of Costa Rica about 15 miles from the Panama border in March 1967.
Several others were collected, ranging in length from 25 mm to 63 mm. The
specimens were taken while participating in the Tropical Entomology field school
JANUARY 1968]
PROCEEDINGS
83
of the Organization for Tropical Studies in March, 1967. — J. Gordon Edwards,
San Jose State College, San Jose.
Unusual numbers of Hepialus sequoiolus Behrens in Sonoma County. —
An infestation of larvae of Hepialus sequoiolus Behrens was found at Bodega Head,
Sonoma County, California. This represents a new county record for the species,
and more significantly, the highest density of larvae yet discovered.
Williams (Ent. News, 16: 285. 1905) and Powell (Pan-Pac. Entomol., 36: 45.
1960) have reported finding larvae of this species at San Francisco, San Francisco
County, California and Pt. Reyes, Marin County, California, respectively. Both
found larvae in Lupinus arboreus Sims., a yellow-flowered, perennial lupine found
along the coast from Ventura County to Del Norte County in California (Munz &
Keck, Cal. Flora, p. 823. 1959). Williams reported as many as 12 larvae per trunk,
while I found upwards of 30 per plant. Although the majority of the larvae were
found in the crown and main trunk of plants, some larvae were found more than
two feet above the ground in lateral stems no more than twice the diameter of the
larvae. Evidence of infestation was discovered to be the presence of recently killed
foliage and fresh frass deposited at the base of the plants. Infested plants were
found over an area of at least twenty acres, and quite a few plants appeared to
have died recently under the stress of such high larval densities.
A number of larvae have been preserved and will be placed in the teaching
collction at UC Berkeley. Several infested plants have been placed in an outdoor
rearing cage. These investigations are connected with an NSF sponsored project
(GB-6813) under the guidance of Dr. J. A. Powell. — Paul A. Opler, University of
California, Berkeley.
Discovery of the genus Thaumalea in central California (Diptera:
Thaumaleidae). — In May, 1967 while collecting in Mill Valley, Marin County,
California, a single specimen of a peculiar fly was found while sweeping along a
very small creek. The identification of this first specimen as belonging to the
family Thaumaleidae spurred further collecting on subsequent days. A total of 21
additional specimens were colleeted on 15, 17, and 22 May. The fly has been
determined as belonging to the genus Thaumalea, and it is believed to represent
an undescribed species.
The genus Thaumalea has been previously reported from northern California
only from Humboldt County (Wiith & Stone, in Usinger, 1956:438) on the basis
of female specimens. As determinations are based primarily on male characters,
the identity of their females could not be established. There are two species of
Thaumalea known from western North America. One of these T. fusca Garrett
1925 is known to occur in British Columbia and Idaho, and the second species,
T. elnora Dyar and Shannon 1924 is known only from Idaho.
The adults of these small flies can hold their wings rooflike over the body, in
the characteristic manner of psychodids. The larvae are found on algae covered
rocks in very shallow water where they feed on organic matter. There are about
60 species of Thaumaleidae known, distributed on all major land masses of the
world. Probably many more populations in California will be discovered. — Paul
H. Arnaud, Jr., California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco.
A Grylloblattid locality in Oregon. — Adults and nymphs of an undetermined
Grylloblattid were collected at 1 mi. east of McKenzie Pass, 5,324 ft., and in a
forested area in the lava beds just west of the pass, on Highway 242, Deschutes
County, Oregon. The specimens were collected on 25 October 1967 in rotting logs
84
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 1
by Mr. R. L. Rotramel and myself. Air temperatures were near freezing with
intermittent snow showers and gusting winds. About 30 specimens of all stages
excepting eggs were found individually foraging in the rotting logs; but for the
harshness of the weather, many more specimens could likely have been obtained.
The presence of the various stages might suggest that the species has an extended
life cycle. It is thought that they estivate deep in the soil (a porous volcanic ash
there) and become active as fall approaches. This is suggested because Oregon
experienced the hottest, driest summer on record in 1967, and this would seem to
preclude their estivating in logs or under rocks. It is also suggested that they are
active predators on hibernating insect larvae in the logs since individuals are
cannibalistic when confined together, they forage singly and they have been
maintained (at 40-45° F) on dog food and freshly killed Tenebrio larvae for 23
days at this writing. — ^Wayne C. Gagne, University of California, Berkeley.
The principal speakers of the evening were Drs. Kenneth Graham, University
of British Columbia and Donald Dahlsten, University of California, Berkeley,
who shared the topic “Recent Developments in Forest Entomology.”
A social hour was held in the new museum of the Department of Entomology
following the meeting. — R. W. Thorp, Secretary.
Three Hundred and Fifteenth Meeting
The 315th meeting was held Friday, 15 December 1967 at 7:45 p.m. in the
Morrison Auditorium of the California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park,
San Francisco, with President Lange presiding.
Members present (36) : P. H. Arnaud, Jr., R. M. Bohart, T, S. Briggs, R. M.
Brown, R. G. Brownlee, J. S. Buckett, G. R. Buckingham, D. J. Burdick, L. E.
Caltagirone, C. Dailey, H. V. Daly, D. G. Denning, R. L. Doutt, J. G. Edwards,
W. C. Gagne, E. E. Grissell, J. Guggolz, J. F. Gustafson, K. S. Hagen, P. A. Har-
vey, K. Horn, A. Jung, W. H. Lange, Jr., D. D. Linsdale, C. D. MacNeill, G. A. H.
McClelland, P. A. Opler, J. A. Powell, G. Rotramel, R. F. Schoeppner, C. Slobod-
chikoff, R. E. Stecker, A. R. Stephen, R. W. Thorp, J. W. Tilden, R. H. Whitsel.
Visitors present (16) : Margaret Bohart, Carolyn Dailey, Alice and Janie Ed-
wards, Dee Grissell, Vivian Gustafson, P. Jump, G. Leunz, S. Lewis, R. P. Papp,
H. Potter, Joyce Thorp, B. Tilden, S. C. and C. F. Williams.
The minutes of the meeting held 17 November 1967 were summarized.
One new member was elected: G. B. Wrinkle.
President Lange revised the appointments to the committee concerned with
studies of the salt marsh habitat. Dr. J. F. Gustafson was appointed chairman
and asked to appoint additional members to his committee. Dr. Gustafson sug-
gested that a section of the Society’s journal, the Pan-Pacific Entomologist, be
devoted to notes on salt marsh arthropods other than Crustacea and that these
notes be published without page charges. A motion was made and seconded that
this matter be referred to the Executive Board for consideration. The motion
carried.
President Lange called for the 1967 committee reports from the chairman of
standing committees. The report of the auditing committee was then given by
Mr. Paul A. Opler; and Dr. P. H. Arnaud, Jr., read the financial report of the
Treasurer. The financial records for 1967 are in good order, and both reports
were accepted by the Society.
JANUARY 1968]
PROCEEDINGS
85
Dr. R. M. Bohart, as chairman of the nominating committee, presented the
names of the nominees. Two names were proposed for the office of Secretary,
Drs. D. J. Burdick and M. S. Washauer. The vote on these candidates was con-
ducted first and Dr. Washauer won the nomination. The following slate of
nominees were then unanimously elected to office for 1968: President, K. S.
Hagen; President-elect, H. L. McKenzie; Secretary, M. S. Washauer; Treasurer,
P. H. Arnaud, Jr.
President Lange announced with regret the retirement of Dr. H. V. Daly from
the office of Editor of the Pan-Pacific Entomologist. Dr. Daly was thanked for
the excellent joh he has done as editor of the journal for the past four years.
Dr. R. W. Thorp was appointed as the new Editor and Mr. R. 0. Schuster as
the new Assistant Editor.
President Lange thanked all the committees for their work during the year and
also thanked his wife Pauline Lange for her work in providing refreshments for
the social hours following the meetings.
The meeting was then turned over to President Hagen.
The following notes were presented:
A record of Zeiraphera hesperiana Mutuura & Freeman in California. —
Three specimens of this tortricid moth were taken in a light trap at Walnut Creek,
Contra Costa County, on 3 and 5 August 1965. This species was recently described
(1967, J. Res. Lepid., 5: 174 [‘T966”]) from British Columbia, where it has been
reared from Pseudotsuga at several localities. This is the first recorded Zeiraphera
from California; and although a more or less continuous light trapping program
was conducted at the Walnut Creek site for more than five years, 1961-1966,
Z. hesperiana was taken only during the one three-day period. This, togethei with
the absence of native Pseudotsuga in this area of central California, suggests that
the present collection was the result of an introduction. — J. A. Powell, University
of California, Berkeley.
Occurrence of Parade jeania rutilioides nigrescens (Diptera:Tachiniae)
in San Francisco, California. — Paradefeania rutilioides nigrescens Arnaud is
one of California’s largest Tachinidae. The host of this parasitic fly is unknown,
but it is suspected to be the larva of some Heteroceran. It is a fall flying species
and may at times be collected in relative abundance. It is most commonly seen
while feeding at flowers of Compositae. It is known to occur in most of the
counties surrounding San Francisco Bay, but specimens have not previously been
reported from San Francisco. It was with great surprise (not only from the view-
point of locality, but also the lateness of season) that two female specimens were
collected in San Francisco by the writer in the winter of last year. The first female
was collected on 30 December 1966, and the second on the following day of 31
December, in Golden Gate Park, while in close association with foliage of Quercus
agrifolia Nee. The locality is a small oak and eucalyptus covered knoll located
between Kennedy Drive and Middle Drive, in the vicinity of 6th Avenue, and east
of the California Academy of Sciences buildings. The specimens in each instance
were collected around 1300 hours, in the same area of the same tree, on foliage
approximately six or seven feet above the ground. These two nigrescens were
collected on warmish sunny days. It is not known whether nigrescens should be
considered a resident, or if it is a migrant to San Francisco. The female collected
on 31 December was dissected and the uterus was found to contain many dozens
of small active larvae. There is the possibility that this female may have been
86
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 1
attaching maggots to the leaves of the oak at the time of its collection. — Paul H,
Arnaud, Jr., California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco.
Distribution of the cerambycid beetle Ergates pauper Linsley. — Linsley
described E. pauper from three specimens in 1957 (Amer. Mus. Novitates, No.
1828: 5-6) : the types from Tulare County, the paratype from Ojai, Ventura
County, California. The species has been taken by several persons since then, but
only Tinsley’s generalization of 1962, “Southern Sierra Nevada and Coast Range
mountains of California,” has been cited for distribution (Univ. California Publ.
Entomol. 19: 29). Tyson (1967. Pan-Pacific EntomoL, 43 (2) : 124-125) described
the larva and pupa in keys, and figured some parts, but did not give his additional
localities.
On 19 November 1967 Mr. David Levin, student at San Francisco State College,
found a female dead on the ground under an oak log, two miles northwest of
Cloverdale along the road to Fort Bragg; this is on the northern border of Sonoma
County. On 19 August 1962 I took a recently dead but damaged female from a
pool in Jackass creek, 4.2 miles southeast of Priest, Tuolumne County; this is at
an altitude of 2,100 feet beside the Coulterville road. Only the elytra were sal-
vaged. — H. B. Leech, California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco.
The principal speaker for the evening was Dr. W. H. Lange, Jr., Department
of Entomology, University of California, Davis, and out-going President of the
Society. His illustrated discussion was entitled “Mysteries of the Aquatic Lepi-
doptera.”
A social hour was held in the entomology rooms following the meeting. — R. W.
Thorp, Secretary.
RECENT LITERATURE
Comparative Behaviour of Bees on Onagraceae. I. Oenothera Bees of the
Colorado Desert. II. Oenothera Bees of the Great Basin. By E. G.
Linsley, J. W. MacSwain, and P. H. Raven. University of California Publica-
tions in Entomology, vol. 33, No. 1: iv + 58 pp., inch 6 pis., 6 figs, in text.
12 December 1963. Price $1.50.
III. Oenothera Bees of the Mohave Desert, California. Ihid., vol. 33, No. 2,
pp. 59-98, pis. 1-3. 24 April 1964. Price $1.00.
A fruitful study, resulting from the cooperation of two seasoned hymenopterists
and a specialist on the species of Oenothera.
The Genus Baris Germar in California (Coleoptera, Curculionidae) .
By Edward E. Gilbert. Ibid., vol. 34: iv + 153 pp., 12 figs., 8 maps. 31
January 1964. Price $3.50.
One new species is described, and many new synonymies, chiefly of Casey’s
species, are announced. Biological data are stressed. The taxonomic treatment
is conservative, since the material available in collections did not enable the
author to solve some of the many problems (including hybridization) to which
attention is drawn. — Hugh B. Leech, California Academy of Sciences, San
Francisco.
PATRONIZE
OUR
ADVERTISERS
Advertisers Index
Name
Colloidal Products Corporation
American Cyanamid Company
Shell Chemical Company
Mountain Copper Company, Ltd.
Trojan Laboratories
Hercules Powder Company
Stauffer Chemical Company
Insect Pins
D-Vac Company
Insect Museum Supply
Combined Scientific Supplies
Velsicol
1
What is a spray
adjuvant?
A substance added to a spray
formula to improve the
performance of the active
ingredient.
Your Agricultural Chemical
Distributor will be happy
to supply literature and
recommendations as to
the proper Multi- Film
Spray Adjuvant for your
specific application, or write
direct to :
Colloidal Products Corporation
100 Gate 5 Road, Sausalito, California
11
We pledge ourselves
to your future
250 scientists are engaged in vital projects at this
vast agricultural research center. Their goal is to find
new chemicals and techniques that will help farmers
to produce more, higher quality crops and livestock
at lower cost. / New products, new ideas— re-
nowned names like Malathion insecticide...
Aureomycin® anti biotic... Cabvac® canine vaccine...
Aero® fertilizers. These, and many more developed
by our research workers have made Cyanamid what
it is today... one of the largest and most highly re-
spected agricultural chemical producers in the
world. / Our staff is proud to dedicate its future en-
deavors to you, the men and women who are con-
stantly looking for new “tools” to use in increasing
and improving our farm productivity. For, truly,
Cyanamid serves those who make a business of
agriculture.
VA TV A TVy T ri
AMERICAN CYANAMID COMPANY
PRINCETON NEW JERSEY
a
Ill
Don’t be surprised to
see the Shell brand
on everything...
from swine wormers
Atgard® (dichlorvos) Swine Wormer
is the most advanced pig wormer
available. Its unique effectiveness
stems from slow, steady release of di-
chlorvos as ATGARD pellets pass
through a pig. Easy to use. Easy on
pigs. Controls all three major gastro-
intestinal worm problems— not just 1
or 2. Also gets the fourth-stage larvae.
to weed killers
Planavin® Herbicide for cotton and
soybeans proved an immediate success
its first year on the market. Control of
most annual grasses and many broad-
leaf weeds was outstanding, in spite
of weather. No other preemergence
herbicide adapts to so many different
application methods and management
practices. Another plus: no need for
immediate incorporation.
S hell scientists are probing every
area where pests threaten agricul-
ture. Internal and external pests of
animals. Pests that strangle and com-
pete with crops. Pests that work below
the soil surface, as well as those above.
As a result, the list of Shell branded
products grows each year. Promising
experiments turn into new and better
farm chemicals— products researched
to overcome problems, to work with
the environment, and to widen the
profit margin for farmers.
Azodrin® Insecticide • Bidrin® In-
secticide • D-D® Fumigant • Nema-
gon® Soil Fumigant • Vapona® Insecti-
cide • Ciodrin® Insecticide • Gardona®
Insecticide • Cio-Vap® Insecticide •
Planavin® Herbicide • ATGARD® Swine
Wormer • Phosdrin® Insecticide •
Task® dichlorvos dog anthelmintic •
No-Pest® Insecticide Strip.
For complete information on any of
the Shell products for agriculture
write Shell Chemical Com-
pany, Agricultural Chemi-
cals Division, 110 West 51st
St., New York, N. Y 10020.
Mountain Products
BLUESTONE (Copper Sulphate)
Briks • Granular Crystal
Large Crystal * Hi-Sol Crystal
Small Crystal • Snow Crystal
• Powdered
Monohydrated Copper Sulphate
Basic Copper Sulphate
Copper Hydroxide
Copper Carbonate
Cuprous Oxide
Copper Pigment
Zinc Sulphate 36%-Mono
Zinc Sulphate 27%-Cubes
Zinc Oxide (Ag. Grade)
Basic Zinc Sulphate
Ferric 27 (Ferric Sulphate)
Industrial Iron Oxide
THE MOUNTAIN COPPER CO., LTD.
1 00 Mococo Road, Martinez, California 94553
A Service for the Field
Testing & Evaluation
of
Agricultural Chemicals
Under Western Conditions
Entomology
Chemistry
Floriculture
Engineering
Plant Pathology
Trojan Laboratories
Box 518
Montebello, California 90640
(213) 721-9574
V
nmtcuuas
PKSTICWKS
PROTECT
iUGH VIEWS
HERCULES TOXAPHENE
(insecticide-toxicant)
Controls more than 200 harmful
insects . . . Protects cotton, lettuce,
seed alfalfa, tomatoes, lima beans
and many other western crops.
HERCULES DELNAV®
(insecticide-miticide)
Controls citrus red mites and thrips
. . . Kills grape leafhoppers.
FAST ■ EFFICIENT ■ ECONOMICAL
Write for technical information and recommendations.
HERCULES INCORPORATED
THE ALCOA BUILDING • ONE MARITIME PLAZA • GOLDEN
GATEWAY CENTER • SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94111
Worms? Not a one!
Don’t worry about them
even up to harvest...
just useTHURICIDE®90TS*!
Not a chemical, Thuri-
CIDE 90TS is a microbial
insecticide which singles
out and destroys only the
leaf-chewing larvae of
certain lepidopterous in-
sects (caterpillars, loop-
ers and hornworms, in-
cluding imported cabbage
worm and cabbage loop-
ers). Thuricide 90TS is
harmless to just about
everything else, including
man!
Use Thuricide 90TS right up to harvest to control
worms on lettuce and many cole crops such as cabbage,
cauliflower and broccoli. It is also used on tomatoes,
potatoes and melons. It is used extensively on forest
trees and ornamentals for the control of gypsy moth,
cankerworm and linden looper.
Stop imported cabbage worms and loopers in your
cole crops the safe way— use Thuricide 90TS ! If your
dealer doesn’t stock Thuricide 90TS, he will get it for
you. Write for literature.
Stauffer Chemical Company, Agricultural Chemical
Division, San Francisco, Los Angeles, Fresno, Bakers-
field, California; North Portland, Oregon.
*THURICIDE is a trademark of Bioferm Division,
International Minerals & Chemical Corp.
READTHE LABEL, HEED THE LABEL AND
CROW WITH STAUFFER CHEMICALS
Staufll^r
Vll
INSECT PINS
$4. / 1000 (10 Pkgs.)
(Plus Postage)
PROMPT DELIVERY
CLAIR ARMIN
191 W PALM AVE.
LOWEST PRICES IN U.S. REEDLEY, CALIF. 93654
COMMERCIAL AND RESEARCH
ENTOMOLOGISTS
Obtain more accurate population counts
with a light-weight motor-fan unit
which sucks insects into nets
D-VAC
MOTOR-FAN VACUUM INSECT NETS
BACK-PACKS AND HAND MODELS
-also-
BENEFICIAL INSECTS
INSECTARY GROWN AND FIELD COLLECTED
Trichogramma sp. and Green Lacewings
Write for Brochures
D-VAC CO.
P. O. Box 2095
RIVERSIDE, CALIFORNIA
Vlll
INSECT MUSEUM SUPPLY
Jewell Ave., Lake City, Minnesota— Wm. 0. Powers and
Lawrence Hoffman
LOCATION FOR:
Insect Museum Supply Schmitt-type Field Box $4.25
Insect Museum Supply Schmitt-type Field Box WITH WHITE POLY-
ETHYLENE FOAM PINNING BOTTOM $5.00
Insect Museum Supply Spreading Board $1.50
Insect Museum Supply Cornell-type glass-topped drawer $7.50
Insect Museum Supply Cornell-type glass-topped drawer WITH WHITE
POLYETHYLENE FOAM PINNING BOTTOM $8.75
Insect Museum Supply California Academy-type glass-topped drawer $7.50
Insect Museum Supply U.S.N.M.-type glass-topped drawer $8.00
Insect Museum Supply Philadelphia Academy-type glass-topped drawer $7.50
Insect Museum Supply Cabinet to hold 12 of above types of drawers $85.00
SPECIAL SIZED DRAWERS, BOXES, CABINETS CUSTOM MADE
TO YOUR LIKING. Write for information and prices.
1021 8th Ave. So., Moorhead, Minnesota— Jack R. Powers
LOCATION FOR:
CUSTOM PRINTED PIN LABELS — printed with 4 pt. type on 100% cotton fiber
ledger paper (colored papers and PRICE CARD on request)
Elephant brand INSECT PINS — Excellent quality — Sizes 00, 0, 1,2, 3, 5 —
$3.95 per 1000
Minutien nadein — $1 .00 per 500 pkg.
Custom Printed GUMMED MICROSCOPE SLIDE LABELS— $3.85 per 1000
GLASS TOPPED INSECT DISPLAYS FOR TEACHING
DRAWER LABELS, MAMMAL TAGS, ALCOHOL LABELS, Printed to your
specifications
IX
INSECTS
Economic and Non-Economic Foreign and Domestic
Collecting Data and Scientific Names
Write tor catalogue listing — 25 orders, over 1600 items — Special Collections
Combined
Scientific
Supplies
Rosemead, California
91770
Tel. (213) 573-1680
PUBLICATIONS
OF THE
PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
PROCEEDINGS OF THE PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL
SOCIETY.
Vol. 1 (16 numbers, 179 pages) and Vol. 2 (numbers 1-9, 131
pages) . 1921-1930. Price $2.50 per volume.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST.
Vol. 1 (1924) to present. Price $6.00 per volume of 4 numbers, or
$1.50 per single issue.
MEMOIR SERIES.
Volume 1. The Sucking Lice by G. F. Ferris. A 320-page book which
summarizes the knowledge of the Anoplura of the world. Published
October 1951. Price $6.00.
Volume 2. The Spider Mite Family T etranychidae by A. Earl
Pritchard and Edward W. Baker. This worldwide treatment deals
with the systematics, identification, and economics of the “Red
Spiders” and includes descriptions of 33 new species. 472 pages.
Published July 1955. Price $10.00.
Send orders to:
Pacific Coast Entomological Society
c/o California Academy of Sciences
Golden Gate Park
San Francisco, California 94118
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Information for Contributors
Papers on the systematic and biological phases of entomology are favored, including
articles up to ten printed pages on insect taxonomy, morphology, behavior, life history,
and distribution. Excess pagination must be approved and may be charged to the author.
Papers are published in approximately the order that they are received. Immediate publi-
cation may be arranged after acceptance by paying publication costs. Papers of less than
a printed page may he published as space is available, in Scientific Notes.
Manuscripts for publication, proof, and all editorial matters should be addressed to the
Editor, Robbin W. Thorp, Department of Entomology, University of California, Davis,
California 95616.
Typing. — All parts of manuscripts must be typed on bond paper with double-spacing and
ample margins. Carbon copies or copies on paper larger than 814 X H inches are not
accepted. Do not use all capitals for any purpose. Underscore only where italics are
intended in the body of the text, not in headings. Number all pages consecutively and
put author’s name at the top right-hand corner of each sheet. References to footnotes
in text should be numbered consecutively. Footnotes should be typed on a separate
sheet.
First page. — The page preceding the text of the manuscript should include (1) the
complete title, (2) the order and family in parentheses, (3) the author’s name or
names, (4) the institution with city and state or the author’s home city and state if
not affiliated, (5) the shortened title (running headline) not to exceed 38 letters and
spaces when combined with the author’s last name or names, (6) the complete name
and address to which proof is to be sent.
Names and descriptions of organisms. — The first mention of a plant or animal should
include the full scientific name with the author of a zoological name not abbreviated.
Do not alibreviate generic names. Descriptions of taxa should be in telegraphic style.
References. — All citations in text, e.g., Essig (1926) or (Essig, 1958), should be listed
alphabetically under Literature Cited in the following format:
Essig, E. 0. 1926. A butterfly migration. Pan-Pac. Entomol.,
2 : 211 - 212 .
1958. Insects and mites of western North America. Rev.
ed. The Macmillan Co., New York. 1050 pp.
Abbreviations for titles of journals should follow the list of Biological Abstracts, 1966,
47(21) : 8585-8601.
Tables. — Tables are expensive and should he kept to a minimum. Each table should be
prepared as a line drawing or typed on a separate page with heading at top and foot-
notes below. Number tables with Arabic numerals. Number footnotes consecutively
for each table. Use only horizontal rules.
Illustrations. — No extra charge is made for the line drawings or halftones. Submit only
photographs on glossy paper and original drawings (no photographs of drawings).
Authors must plan their illustrations for reduction to the dimensions of the printed
page (4% X 6% inches). If possible, allowance should be made for the legend to be
placed beneath the illustration. Photographs should not be less than the width of the
printed page. Drawings should be in India Ink and at least twice as large as the
printed illustration. Excessively large illustrations are awkward to handle and may
be damaged in transit. Include a metric scale on the drawing or state magnification
of the printed illustration in the legend. Arrange figures to use space efficiently.
Lettering should reduce to no less than 1 mm. On the back of each illustration should
be stated (1) the title of the paper, (2) the author’s complete name and address, and
(3) whether he wishes the illustration and/or cut returned to him at his expense.
Cuts and illustrations not specifically requested will be destroyed.
Figure legends. — Legends should he typewritten double-spaced on separate pages headed
Explanation of Figures and placed following Literature Cited. Do not attach
legends to illustrations.
Proofs, reprints, and abstract. — Proofs and forms for the abstract and reprint order
will be sent to authors. Major changes in proof will be charged to the author. Proof
returned to the editor without the abstract will not be published.
Page charges. — All regular papers of one to ten printed pages are charged at the rate of
$13.00 per page. This is in addition to the charge for reprints and does not include the
possible charges for extra pagination or the costs for immediate publication. Private
investigators or authors without institutional or grant funds to cover this charge may
apply to the Society for a grant to cover the page charges. A mark in the appropriate
box (society grant desired) on the reprint order form will suffice as an application.
All articles are accepted for publication only on the basis of scientific merit
and without regard to the financial support of the author.
for low cost residual
larvae control
If you are interested in residual mosquito larvae con>
trol at low cost, we would like to send you information
about Heptachlor. Heptachlor granules have proved
effective and low in cost for residual control in irriga-
tion ditches, log ponds, fields that required flooding,
and other problem areas. Heptachlor has remained
effective for as long as 13 weeks, in tests. Best results
are obtained if Heptachlor is applied before flooding
occurs. For technical literature, we invite you to mail
the coupon.
Another product from
THE GROWING WORLD OF
aVELSICOL
FOR MOSQUITO ABATEMENT USE
CHLORDANE— Chlordane is highly effective for
control of mosquito larvae and adults in residential
areas and parks. For complete information, please fill
out and mail the coupon.
© COPYRIGHT VCt-SICOL CHEMICAL CORP.« 1967
p ,
I Velsicol Chemical Corporation I
I 341 E. Ohio Street, Chicago, Illinois GOGH |
I Gentlemen; Please send me literature and |
I technical information on: I
j □ Heptachlor lor low cost residual mos- ■
I Quito larvae control. !
I □ Chlordane lor mosquito abatement. |
I NAME I
J AFFILIATION |
I ADDRESS I
I CITY STATE ZIP I
Vol. 44 APRIL T968 No. 2
THE
Pan-Pacefic Entomologist
AKRE — The behavior of Euxenister and Pulvinister, histerid beetles associated
with Army ants (Coleoptera: Histeridae; Hymenoptera : Formicidae:
Dorylinae) 87
SMITH — The Arctopsychinae of Idaho (Trichoptera: Hy dropsy chidae) 102
SCHUSTER AND GRIGARICK — A new genus of pselaphid beetle from south-
east United States (Coleoptera: Pselaphidae) 112
NAYAR — Two new species of Eristalis from India (Diptera: Syrphidae) 119
ALLEN AND COLLINS^ — A new species of Ephemerella (Serratella) from
California (Ephemeroptera: Ephemerellidae) 122
NAYAR — ^Abdominal band-variations in Eristalis tenax (Linnaeus) (Diptera:
Syrphidae) 125
LEHMKUHL — Observations on the life histories of four species of Epeorus in
western Oregon (Ephemeroptera: Heptageniidae) 129
SCHUSTER — The identity of Roncus pacificus Banks (Arachnida: Chelo-
nethida) 137
TYSON — New California Cerambycidae (Coleoptera) 140
LINSLEY AND MacSWAIN — A new species of Onagrandrena associated with
Camissonia campestris (Hymenoptera: Andrenidae) 144
UESHIMA — Cytology and bionomics of Primicimex cavernis Barber (Cimic-
idae: Hemiptera) 145
NAYAR — Male genitalia of Eristalinae from California (Syrphidae: Diptera) 153
SCIENTIFIC NOTES 168
SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA • 1968
Published by the PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
tuc r'Ai lE/^DkllA AA'Arvci.iv c^icai/^ec
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
EDITORIAL BOARD
R. W. Thorp, Editor
E. G. Linsley R. 0. Schuster, Asst. Editor E. S. Ross
P. D. Hurd, Jr. D. L. Briggs, Editorial Assistant H. B. Leech
P. H. Arnaud, Jr., Treasurer W. H. Lange, Jr., Advertising
Published quarterly in January, April, July, and October with Society Proceed-
ings appearing in the January number. All communications regarding nonreceipt
of numbers, requests for sample copies, and financial communications should be
addressed to the Treasurer, Dr. Paul H. Arnaud, Jr., California Academy of
Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, California 94118.
Application for membership in the Society and changes of address should be
addressed to the Secretary, Dr. Marius S. Wasbauer, Bureau of Entomology, Cali-
fornia Department of Agriculture, 1220 N St., Sacramento, California 95814.
The annual dues, paid in advance, are $5.00 for regular members of the Society
or $6.00 for subscriptions only. Single copies are $1.50 each or $6.00 a volume.
Make checks payable to Pan-Pacific Entomologist.
The Pacific Coast Entomological Society
Officers for 1968
K. S. Hagen, Jr., President Paul H. Arnaud, Jr., Treasurer
H. L. McKenzie, President-elect Marius S. Wasbauer, Secretary
Statement of Ownership
Title of Publication : The Pan-Pacific Entomologist.
Frequency of Issue: Quarterly (January, April, July, October).
Location of Office of Publication, Business Office of Publisher, Publisher and Owner: Pacific Coast
Entomological Society, California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, California
94118.
Editor: Dr. Bobbin W. Thorp, Department of Entomology, University of California, Davis, California
95616.
Managing Editor and Known Bondholders or other Security Holders: None.
This issue mailed 12 July 1968.
Second Class Postage Paid at Lawrence, Kansas, U. S. A. 66044.
ALUEN PRESS, INC. LAWRENCE, KANSAS
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Vol. 44
April 1968
No. 2
The Behavior of Euxenister and Pulvinister^ Histerid
Beetles Associated with Army Ants
(Coleoptera : Histeridae; Hymenoptera : Formicidae : Dorylinae)^
Roger D. Akre^
Washington State University, Pullman
Most ecitophilous beetles belong to the families Histeridae, Limulodi-
dae, and Staphylinidae, with the latter two being by far the most
abundant. However, about 20 species of distinctly myrmecophilous
histerids have been collected with army ants (Rettenmeyer, 1961).
This excludes histerids found only in refuse deposits, and those listed
in primarily taxonomic papers with little more than host data given,
making the histerids affinity with the ants somewhat uncertain. Dis-
cussion in this paper will be limited to the two most common and
conspicuous genera, Euxenister and Pulvinister, since both field and
laboratory data were collected on their behavior.
All literature on ecitophilous histerids is taxonomic with the excep-
tion of Rettenmeyer (1961) who includes excellent field and laboratory
observations on Euxenister, Pulvinister, and several other genera.
Methods of collecting and studying army ants and their guests, keeping
guests alive in laboratory nests, and designation of colonies by number
have been elaborated in a previous paper (Akre and Rettenmeyer,
1966).
All histerids in this study were collected during 1 March-9 May 1963
and 6 February-3 June 1967 at the Smithsonian Tropical Research
Institute (Barro Colorado Island), Canal Zone. Although primarily a
field study, considerable data were gathered on these histerids in
laboratory nests.
Euxenister caroli Reichensperger
Euxenister caroli is a robust histerid with several structural modifica-
^ Scientific Paper No. 3042, College of Agriculture, Washington State University. Work done under
Project 1802.
^ To Dr. Carl W. Rettenmeyer is extended grateful acknowledgment for valuable assistance in the
ideas and execution of this problem. Tlie help of Ricliard L. Torgerson and Jack Jennings as field
assistants was invaluable. Tlie ciitical reading of the manuscript by Drs. Robert F. Harwood and
Horace Telford is appreciated. This study supported in part by National Science T-'oundation Grant
GB-52 to Kansas State University and in part by National Science Foundation Giant GB-5220 to
Washington State University.
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 44: 87-101. April 1968
88 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 2
tions for living with army ants (Reichensperger, 1924). The most
conspicuous is the long hind legs that allow it to keep pace with army
ants when they emigrate during their nomadic phase. The legs are
further adapted in that the tibia are grooved distally and the tarsi can
be folded into this groove when danger threatens, thereby preventing-
removal. The head can he retracted into the pronotum and the antennae
are then covered by the lateral carinae of the pronotum. The entire
surface of the body is heavily sclerotized and with all appendages drawn
flush to the body surface, the beetle is nearly immune to damage by
ants. In addition, the pronotum and the elytra have lateral carinae
making them quite rigid.
Euxenister caroli has been found only with Eciton bujchelli (West-
wood) . Fifty E. caroli were collected from emigration columns of 11
colonies while several more were seen but not collected. The number
in any one colony varied from 1—9, the average being 4.5. Twenty-six
E. caroli were seen running in columns, the rest were riding army ants
or larvae or booty. In one instance, a Euxenister running in the column
had a minor worker of Eciton grasping its mandibles to the right lateral
Carina of the beetle. The worker being small, its legs frequently did
not touch the substrate, leaving the impression it was riding the histerid.
The remaining histerids rode in a number of different positions, but
the most frequent was on the posterior end of a larva or piece of booty
that extended beyond the gaster of the worker carrying it. Eighteen
Euxenister were collected riding in this position. One histerid rode
under the thorax and head of a minor worker which consequently had
great difficulty walking along the column. The remaining 5 histerids
were riding under the thorax and anterior to the first coxae of workers.
Three were on intermediate workers and 2 on submajors. All 4 of these
ants were carrying several small larvae, and the histerids may have
been holding to these larvae; but apparently they were holding directly
to the thorax of the ants. In all cases except where E. caroli was riding
on very large larvae or booty, the histerids rode upside down facing
forward.
The characteristic behavior of E. caroli in laboratory nests was a
frequent “grooming” of the workers. This was usually confined to
major workers, but the histerid also groomed submajors and large
intermediates (Rettenmeyer, 1961:496). I observed similar behavior
in nests supplied with workers of all sizes including 5-10 majors. If
the major workers died, histerids started grooming intermediates and
even groomed minor workers smaller than themselves when few or no
APRIL 1968] AKRE — BEHAVIOR OF HISTERIDS WITH ARMY ANTS
89
larger workers were present. Occasionally histerids groomed minor
workers when at least 5 majors were present.
While grooming a worker, E. caroli most frequently climbed on top
of the thorax of the worker and faeed forward (fig. 1). The histerid’s
prothoracic legs rested on the ant’s head; the mesothoracic legs were
placed in front of the anterior coxae of the worker ; and the metathoracic
legs were placed along the sides of the ant’s thorax with the tarsi resting
on the ant’s meso- and metathoracic legs. In this position the histerid
licked the ant’s head and antennae with its maxillae and simultaneously
rubbed the ant’s body with its legs.
Euxenister caroli has dense long hairs on the inner surface of the distal
one-fourth to one-third of each tibia. These “tibial brushes” were the
principal parts of the legs rubbed against the worker’s body. The
mesothoracic legs rubbed most vigorously and most frequently rubbed
the area in front of the worker’s front coxae. The prothoracic legs
rubbed slowly and alternately on top of the worker’s head; and the
metathoracic legs were used mostly for grasping, or for slowly rubbing
the sides of the ant’s thorax.
The tarsi were usually retracted into grooves in the tibiae when the
histerid was rubbing. Since a histerid sometimes used all legs to rub
an ant, it frequently beeame unbalanced. In this case the prothoracic
tarsi were extended, and the tarsal claws grabbed the surface of the
ant’s head. The histerid frequently left its tarsi extended for a minute
or more even after it started rubbing the ant’s head again with its front
legs.
At frequent and irregular intervals the histerid stopped rubbing the
ant and rubbed its legs on its own body for 2 or 3 strokes. The meso-
thoracic legs were rubbed on trichomes of the dorsolateral carinae of
the elytra, and the metathoracic legs were rubbed on the numerous
triehomes on the end of the abdomen. The tibiae, including the tibial
brushes, were the main parts rubbed against the histerid’s body. The
front legs were occasionally rubbed only on the histerid’s head and
pronotum.
Reichensperger (1924:130-131) reported masses of glands plus large
individual glands in the prothorax of E. caroli diseharge through
secretory ducts that open through pores to the surface. He suggested
these glands secrete an “agreeable” fatty substance. In an earlier paper
Reichensperger (1923:335-336) considered hairs on the elytra and
prothorax of E. caroli to be trichomes which are highly attractive to
the ants. Seyfried (1928:26—27) found that the socket of eaeh hair of
Chrysetaerius iheringi Reichensperger had an opening of a duct from
90
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 2
a modified hypodermal gland. Chrysetaerius iheringi has “special
thick combs” of these glandular hairs (trichomes) on the inner surfaces
of the tibiae of the middle and hind legs. Although Seyfried made no
histological study of E. caroli, he assumed that all long hairs of myrme-
cophilous histerids are symphilic trichomes. He also suggested (op.
cit., p. 57) the trichomes were covered with a fatty substance that
“charmed” the ants while they carried a histerid.
Rettenmeyer (1961:497-498) suggested that the fatty substance on
the tibial brushes of E. caroli may transfer colony odor from the ant
to the body of the histerid, and that this may be one reason why the
histerid rubs both the ant and itself with its legs. This odor may
prevent ants from attacking a histerid. He also suggested that trichomes
along the dorsolateral carinae may rub this chemical odor off the
histerid’s legs.
Workers of E. burchelli did groom E. caroli’, but at no time did I
observe any particular attraction of the ants to trichomes on the legs,
prothorax, or abdomen. If the tibial brushes were an adaptation to
“charm” the ants they would be on the outer rather than the inner
edge of the tibiae (Rettenmeyer, 1961:498). For these reasons it seems
more likely these hairs on E. caroli transfer colony odor from the ants
to the body of the histerid rather than being trichomes. In addition,
if these “trichomes” were really highly attractive to E. burchelli, they
possibly would also have been, but were not, attractive to Eciton
hamatum Fabricius.
The rate of rubbing of the worker by E. caroli seemed related to the
degree of excitation of the ants. Rettenmeyer (1961:499) reported
some inconculsive evidence that rubbing by the histerid decreased the
vigor of the ant’s attack. I observed that when the ants were excited,
the histerid rubbed a worker very rapidly which seemed to calm it.
Many times workers that E. caroli was grooming started moving as if
trying to escape, but the histerid then rubbed more vigorously until
the ant became still. Often the ant being rubbed appeared paralyzed
or incapable of movement, even when the weight of the histerid caused
the ant to fall over backwards or sideways. The ant remained in that
position while the histerid groomed it. Once an E. caroli was rubbing
a small intermediate worker and licking its antennae when they fell
over. The worker lay on its back on top of the histerid while the beetle
continued to rub the ant’s prosternum with its mesothoracic legs. As
the histerid licked the ant’s antennae, the ant remained immobilized
with legs slightly curled and twitching spasmodically. After about 30
seconds the Euxenister shifted its position slightly and licked the man-
APRIL 1968] AKRE BEHAVIOR OF HISTERIDS WITH ARMY ANTS
91
dibles of the worker; but the worker turned over and ran away causing
the histerid to fall.
Similar behavior was frequently observed when the worker tipped
over backwards on its petiole as the histerid was grooming. The head
and thorax of the ant were nearly perpendicular to the floor, with the
gaster doubled under nearly parallel to the thorax. The E. caroli stayed
on the ant and continued to rub and groom it. Except for slight twitch-
ing of the legs, these ants remained motionless for up to several minutes.
Whenever a histerid maintained its position on an ant’s thorax, it
cleaned or licked the ant’s antennae. Licking was restricted primarily
to the scape, perhaps because the Euxeiiister could not reach farther
without falling off. However, several times a histerid managing to
bend back the ant’s antennae with its front legs cleaned the flagellum
also. The maxillae moved rapidly over the surface of an antenna lying
between its mandibles. The mandibles moved slightly but were always
open enough to not clamp the antenna. The labial mouth parts some-
times moved, but it was difficult to see whether they also cleaned the
antennae. After antennae were licked, the histerid usually licked around
the mandibles and top of the ant’s head.
In addition to cleaning the worker’s antennae and head, E. caroli
licked the thorax, gaster, and legs less frequently. It rubbed the ants
while licking these parts also. Euxenister caroli sometimes licked the
mandibles of a major worker, and then walked down the mandibles
until it was upside down facing backwards under the major’s head.
The histerid’s legs were hooked over the top of the major’s head, and in
this position the beetle rubbed more slowly than when on top of the
ant. Although E. caroli crawled all over an ant’s head and between
its mandibles, even to the point of sticking its legs on the ant’s maxillae ;
no ant was seen to bite the histerid.
Euxenister caroli spent nearly all its time in the nests grooming the
ants for periods averaging 3 minutes per worker for 61 observations.
The 4 longest times observed grooming a worker were 13 minutes 25
seconds, 7 minutes, 5 minutes, and 4 minutes 35 seconds. The histerid
never seemed to rest but continuously moved from worker to worker.
Euxenister caroli was seen several times in mouth-to-mouth trophal-
laxis with army ant workers. One E. caroli, collected on 24 March,
was placed in a laboratory nest containing 20 workers from its host
colony on 26 March. The histerid went straight into the cluster of
ants. One worker was chewing on a piece of booty (nondoryline ant
larva) and the histerid started chewing on the free end. It stopped
after a few seconds and puts its mouth parts against the mouth parts
92
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 2
of an intermediate worker. This contact was broken within a few
seconds. After drinking water from the moist dirt in the nest, the
histerid grabbed the maxillae or labium of a submajor worker and
started pulling. I was unable to determine what mouth parts the histerid
was using except it was not mandibles. The submajor reared back on
its gaster, pushed, and struck the beetle with its front legs, but did not
dislodge it. A drop formed between the ant’s mandibles, and the histerid
drank this fluid. When the beetle released the ant after about 10
seconds, the area between the ant’s mandibles was still covered with fluid.
The histerid climbed on the head of another submajor and tried to get
to its mouth parts; but the ant became excited and shook off the beetle.
Later, another E. caroli and a worker were seen with their mouth parts
touching. The histerid seemed to be pulling vigorously on the labium
of the worker. After a few seconds, the histerid moved to another
worker. The ant and histerid had their mouth parts together, but there
was no pulling; and no exchange of fluid could be seen. This same
E. caroli and an intermediate worker were observed 2 days later with
mouth parts together and moving rapidly, but no exchange of fluid was
seen. Although workers licked the mandibles of E. caroli on numerous
occasions, no further observations were made on mouth-to-mouth
trophallaxis. Since the histerids were observed for more than 50 hours
trophallaxis must have been infrequent.
Euxenister caroli frequently ate army ant brood and booty (fig. 2).
It has very efficient mandibles and was more effective than ants in
cutting open larvae and booty. When some E. burchelli brood was put
in one of the nests, the histerid immediately cut a hole in a larva causing
liquid to ooze. The E. burchelli workers pushed one another out of the
way to get at the juices. The ants became so numerous that the beetle
was pushed completely away from the larva. The mouth parts of the
beetle were still wet, and 3 minor workers successively licked them.
Two E. caroli in another nest cut holes in an ant pupa (booty), and
the ants immediately crowded in from both sides to lick the oozing
fluid. By pushing the beetles out of the way, the ants caused them to
cut holes in many more army ant larvae or pieces of booty than the
beetles could eat. Euxenister caroli may be detrimental to the army
ants by eating both brood and booty. Rettenmeyer (1961:502) sug-
gested cannibalism of army ant broods by the workers may be initiated
by histerids or other myrmecophiles.
Euxenister caroli was not licked or cleaned frequently by the ants.
Grooming took place immediately after the histerid was introduced into
the nest or after the beetle had fed. For example one Euxenister, follow-
APRIL 1968] AKRE^ — ^BEHAVIOR OF HISTERIDS WITH ARMY ANTS
93
ing its introduction into a nest, began to groom a submajor while a
minor worker licked the histerid’s elytra between the dorsolateral cari-
nae; and 3 other workers cleaned the beetle’s legs. Workers were
observed grooming specimens of E. caroli only 4 more times; three
times workers licked the histerid’s mandibles, pronota, and between
the dorsolateral carinae, and the last time a minor worker licked the
head and next the histerids’ abdomen. Ants at no time concentrated
their grooming on the “trichomes.”
Since E. caroli is host specific to E. burchelli, it was usually placed
in laboratory nests with workers of its host. After observations had
been made the E. hurchelli workers were replaced with 5 majors and 20
other workers of E. hamatum per nest. When the E. caroli that had
been in this nest with E. burchelli workers was put back in the nest,
an intermediate E. hamatum worker grabbed the beetle’s hind leg.
Another intermediate seized the dorsolateral carina of the pronotum.
The histerid walked and dragged workers whenever the ants let its legs
touch the ground. Although the histerid was continuously attacked
and often dragged around the nest for 30 minutes, at no time did it
retract its legs. After this treatment, a careful examination revealed
no injuries; and the histerid was returned to the nest on 6 April. On
8 April the histerid was seen eating some E. hamatum brood that had
been placed in the nest for food. A few minutes later an intermediate
worker picked up the histerid by one carina of the pronotum and
dropped the beetle in a refuse deposit in one corner of the nest. Up
to this time the Euxenister had stayed along the outer edges of the nest
and seemed to avoid the ants. On 14 April this histerid was seen groom-
ing workers, concentrating its efforts on the 5 majors in the nest. When
the histerid was first seen it was upside down, facing posteriorly on
the gaster of a major. It was furiously rubbing the top of the major’s
gaster with all 3 pairs of legs. The mesothoracic legs rubbed most
actively, followed by the prothoracic legs. The metathoracic legs rubbed
only occasionally while clinging to the worker. The histerid left this
major, crawled up on the thorax of another and licked the top of its
abdomen while facing posteriorly. When the histerid dismounted, a
minor worker bit the beetle’s leg but released it in less than % minute.
During the next 5 days, the histerid intermittently groomed majors
and was attacked from time to time by smaller workers. It was un-
injured when examined on 19 April.
In summary, one specimen of E. caroli was still attacked by E.
hamatum workers after being in a laboratory nest with them for 13
days. During much of this time it was grooming and rubbing E.
94
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 2
hamatum workers and should have acquired some of the odor of this
species. The strong odor of the Euxenister caroli itself or of the Ecilon
hurchelli may have caused the attacks. The E. hamatum workers were
never seen grooming the E. caroli and were not attracted to the histerid’s
“trichomes.”
Euxenister wheeleri Mann
Euxenister wheeleri is very similar to E. caroli in having long hind
legs, retractable head and antennae, and grooves on the tibia for the
tarsi. However, the lateral carinae are not so pronounced and the
histerid is somewhat less sturdy (fig. 4).
Seventy-five Euxenister wheeleri were collected, all from emigration
columns of 13 colonies of Eciton hamatum Avith which it is host specific.
The number of histerids per colony A^aried 1-16, the average 5.77.
Fifty-three were running in columns (fig. 3), one was collected in a
sample of ants from the bivouac, and the remainder were riding on
brood or booty in the manner of E. caroli. Nine rode in an undeter-
mined position on the posterior ends of booty; 9 rode upside down
facing forward on posterior ends of larvae, one rode facing forward
on the side of a larva; one rode facing forward on a large membranous
wing carried as booty; and one rode on the gaster of a male E.
hamatum.
When an Euxenister wheeleri, previously in an E. burchelli laboratory
nest for 16 hours, was released at the edge of a raid column the beetle
was briefly attacked as it ran 10 cm toward the bivouac. Then the
beetle turned to face the oncoming ants and grasped the body of a
wolf spider being carried as booty. Rettenmeyer (1963) observed
similar reversals of running in Trichatelura manni (Caudell) apparently
trying to catch rides on booty or brood.
The behavior of E. wheeleri closely paralleled that of E. caroli, but
in several aspects was either totally different or less intense and this
discussion is concentrated on these differences. Euxenister wheeleri
was similarly attracted to and groomed major and large intermediate
workers. Although it varied its position while grooming, one position
was assumed by the histerid slightly more frequently than any other.
The histerid crawled under, and hooked its legs over, the major’s head.
It usually faced posteriorly and crawled gradually down the entire
underside of the ant licking and cleaning as it progressed. The coxae,
and infrequently the proximal ends of the femora, were licked. This
anterior to posterior pattern was observed 15 times and 6 times the
histerid was faced anteriorly.
APRIL 1968] AKRE — BEHAVIOR OF HISTERIDS WITH ARMY ANTS
95
FIG. 1
FIG. 2
FIG. 5 FIG. 6
Fig. 1. Euxenister caroli in typical grooming position on major of Eciton
burchelli. Fig. 2. E. caroli feeding on a lai"\'a of E. hurchelli. Fig. 3. Euxenister
wheeleri running in an emigration column of Eciton hamatum. The exceptionally
long legs enable it to keep pace with the ants. Fig. 4. E. wheeleri grooming an
E. hamatum major. Fig. 5. Pulvinister nevermanni riding between the mandibles
of an E. hamatum major. Fig. 6. A P. nevermanni riding on an E. hamatum major
attached only by its front legs.
96
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 2
Euxenister wheeleri has brushes on all tibiae similar to those of E.
caroli. These brushes were rubbed on the ant’s body much more slowly
than E. caroli. The meso- and metathoracic legs were used about equally
in rubbing and seemed to rub alternately one leg at a time, rather than
simultaneously. The middle and hind legs, but never the front legs,
were rubbed on its own body in the same places as E. caroli. This
histerid rubbed the ant before it rubbed itself.
In contrast with E. caroli, the rubbing by E. wheeleri did not tran-
quilize or paralyze their ant hosts. This is probably not necessary as
E. hamatum is not normally as excitable as E. burchelli. Sometimes
the histerid completely licked a major worker without rubbing it. The
histerid frequently rubbed so slowly that it was impossible to distinguish
between rubbing and shifting of body position. E. wheeleri never in-
creased its rate of rubbing when the ant started to move.
Both species of Euxenister licked and rubbed workers while on top
of them, but E. wheeleri more frequently hung underneath the ant.
Euxenister wheeleri spent less time than E. caroli on the heads of major
workers, and was observed about 5 times on the top of the head of an
E. hamatum major licking its head and antennae. Euxenister wheeleri
seemed to have a greater preference than E. caroli for major workers,
sometimes grooming submajors and large intermediates but never
smaller workers.
Euxenister wheeleri was observed with mouth parts against those of a
worker only 4 times (one minor and 3 intermediate workers). Twice
this may have been ants cleaning the beetle’s mouth parts since the
histerid had just fed. The other 2 times the histerid and worker stayed
together for 20-25 seconds. No fluid was seen to suggest trophallaxis,
but possibly trophallaxis occurred.
The histerids fed on large amounts of E. hamatum and E. burchelli
larvae and booty in the nests. One Euxenister devoured 3 live E. hama-
tum larvae about 5 mm long and next began to feed on a large ant
pupa (booty). E. wheeleri also chewed holes in more brood and booty
than necessary for food since the ants always pushed the histerid away
from its feeding site. One E. wheeleri chewed 5 holes in the gaster of
a polybiine wasp pupa because the workers pushed it away to get
at the juices. Although 4 other pieces of booty were in the nest, the
workers fed on the pupa the histerid had cut open.
Euxenister wheeleri was observed being licked by workers only 5
times, including once when 4 workers simultaneously groomed one
histerid. The workers licked the head, prothorax, elytra, legs, and
abdomen, showing no preference for trichomes. In some of the nests
APRIL 1968] AKRE — BEHAVIOR OF HISTERIDS WITH ARMY ANTS
97
with as many as 6 E. wheeleri, the histerids licked the sides and end
of the abdomen of each other.
Only once was an E. wheeleri attacked by the workers of E. hamatum.
A histerid from one colony placed in a laboratory nest with workers
of another was immediately attacked by a minor worker and soon
pinned down by others. Then an intermediate worker picked the histerid
up by the dorsolateral carina of the pronotum, carried it to a corner
of the nest and dropped it. The histerid was attacked for a few seconds
several more times. Within 14 minutes after its introduction into the
nest, the histerid was busy grooming a major and was not attacked
again.
PuLViNiSTER NEVERMANNI Reichensperger
Pulvinister nevermanni is smaller than Euxenister but has similar
pronotal carinae and grooves on the tibia to receive the tarsi.
Forty-three Pulvinister, host specific to E. hamatum, were taken
riding on ants or larvae in emigrations. Twenty were on the posterior
ends of larvae, 19 rode at the bases of mandibles of majors (fig. 5),
one was carried between the mandibles of an intermediate worker, and
one walked in the column. Ten additional P. nevermanni were collected
among large samples of E. hamatum workers, brood, and booty in
bivouacs.
Pulvinister nevermanni always rode under the heads of major
workers during emigrations and in laboratory nests (Rettenmeyer,
1961:512). I observed the histerid climb up the major’s mandibles,
front legs, or over the top of its head to get to this position. The ants
never picked up the histerid and a Pulvinister was seen being carried
only once during an emigration. When 10 majors were placed in a
laboratory nest with 5 P. nevermanni, the majors ran excitedly about
the nest. Several histerids fastened onto the abdomens of majors and
rode, but while the others constantly tried, they did not succeed. While
the histerid could mount the abdomen of a major that was running
at full speed, apparently a major must be still for a histerid to get under
its head. After 1.5 hours, when 40 smaller workers were placed in the
nest, the majors stood still while the workers groomed them and the
histerids got into position under the majors’ heads by crawling up the
majors’ mandibles. In this position the histerid usually held on only
by front tarsal claws clasped onto hairs on the undersurface of the
ant’s head. The middle and hind legs were retracted tightly against
the histerid’s body. The histerid was always close to the base of the
major’s mandibles, appearing sometimes as though a major carried
98
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 2
the histerid (see Rettenmeyer, 1961:512). The histerid nearly always
rode hanging onto the major with only the front legs, hut the beetle
sometimes grabbed hairs with mesothoracic tarsal claws, especially
when other workers bumped into the histerid in grooming the major.
While in this characteristic position, P. nevermanni usually remained
quiet but several times was seen licking and cleaning the bases of the
major’s mandibles. Majors were also observed to often lick the under-
surface of the histerids. I thought a gland might have an opening in
the base of the major’s mandible, but no pore was seen in a mandible
cleared in potassium hydroxide.
When under an ant’s head, P. nevermanni irritated the ant, judging
from majors’ frequently kicking at the beetles with their front legs and
bending the gaster forward attempting to sting the beetles. However,
only when the beetle had not yet settled in position could it be dis-
lodged. It also irritated intermediate and smaller workers which were
successful in dislodging the histerid from any position on their bodies.
This is probably why Pulvinister most frequently rides between the
mandibles of majors. The histerid also seemed to interfere with the
ant’s feeding. One major spread its mandibles over a piece of booty
and tried to feed but could not because the histerid was in the way.
The major immediately reared its body upward and back on its gaster
and kicked at the histerid with its front legs. After about one minute
the major stopped kicking, but the histerid had moved only slightly.
The ant then spread its mandibles and pushed its mouth parts down
hard on the booty. The histerid was pressed between the ant’s head
and the booty and finally moved out of the way, allowing the major
to feed.
Pulvinister nevermanni usually folded its legs against its body and
pulled its head back into the prothorax whenever bumped by a worker.
Unlike Euxenister spp., it did not stand up with its front legs out-
stretched. Although the histerid was not attacked by the ants in the
laboratory nests, it frequently assumed this essentially invulnerable
position when “jostled” by the ants.
In addition to the typical position under the heads of majors, Pul-
vinister nevermanni also rode on ants in laboratory nests in various
other positions on majors such as the top of heads, the distal ends of
crossed mandibles, and on various positions on the ant’s gaster. Most
frequently the histerid was found on top of the gaster clinging only
by its front tarsal claws while the other legs were folded tightly against
its body. The histerid protruded very conspicuously in this position
(fig. 6), and rode for as long as 4 hours.
APRIL 1968] AKRE— BEHAVIOR OF HISTERIDS WITH ARMY ANTS
99
Unlike Euxenister spp., P. nevermanni groomed ants at infrequent
intervals. The histerid was seen licking the thorax of an intermediate
worker once, the legs of a major once, and the head and antennae of
a major several times. However, when Pulvinister did groom workers,
its behavior was similar to Euxenister. It rubbed its middle and hind
legs slowly on the surface of the ant and then the mesothoracic legs
alternated in rubbing on the outside of the hind legs; the hind legs
in turn alternated in rubbing on the end of the histerid’s abdomen.
Pulvinister has tibial brushes, similar to but not as dense as those of
Euxenister, which it rubs against the body. However, Pulvinister has
no hairs on the end of its abdomen to receive any odor that may be
transferred in this manner. Other than this infrequent grooming
behavior, Pulvinister nevermanni spent all of its time in nests riding
on majors, feeding, buried in booty or brood, or buried under soil.
Sometimes it remained buried for two or three days.
Trophallaxis may occur when P. nevermanni rides under a major’s
head, but this position prevented observation. Excluding the riding
histerids, P. nevermanni and a major were observed in mouth-to-mouth
contact only once. The major was dying and was over on its back
though still able to move. When the histerid placed its mouth parts
against those of the ant both insects moved their mouth parts rapidly
but no exchange of fluid was seen.
Pulvinister nevermanni fed like the Euxenister spp. on army ant
brood and booty. When 100 small Eciton hamatum larvae were added
to a nest with 5 Pulvinister and approximately 40 ants, the histerids
immediately chewed holes in the larvae. As the beetles were pushed
out of the way by workers competing for the oozing juices, the histerids
attacked additional larvae until about half were dead or dying within
an hour. The ants and histerids had not been fed for 2 days and
probably were more voracious than usual. The histerids were aided
in this destruction by the ants. Similar behavior in a natural bivouac
could initiate or encourage considerable cannibalism.
Pulvinister nevermanni seemed to be groomed by ants more fre-
quently than the Euxenister spp. The workers licked this histerid when
it was hanging under the head or over the gaster of an ant, frequently
licked so vigorously that the beetles were dislodged. Licking was
concentrated on the pronotum and elytra and was most vigorous after
the beetles emerged following a period buried in the dirt.
Pulvinister nevermanni flew more readily than Euxenister spp., many
times hitting the glass covers of nests. The histerid usually took flight
when first introduced into the nests, never after settling with the ants.
100
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 2
On one occasion, the glass cover was accidently knocked off a nest
containing 4 Pulvinister partially buried in a small pile of brood in
the center of the nest. As the glass moved, the ants became excited,
picked up the brood, and began to run in a circle. Two histerids
immediately rode on larvae, one rode on the gaster of an intermediate
worker; and one rode on a minor’s head. As long as the ants did not
move their brood, the histerids did not fasten themselves to the ants
or brood. This behavior probably prevents Pulvinister nevermanni
from being left behind when the ants emigrate, but it is not known
whether an alarm substance from the ants, mechanical disturbance, or
the visual stimulus of the movement triggers the response.
Pulvinister nevermanni is associated only with E. hamatum and it was
thought that the histerid would be attracted to the odor of its host.
Five majors of both E. burchelli and E. hamatum were placed in several
nests with 2 Pulvinister each but the histerids rode equally on both
species of army ants. In other similar tests I was unable to discern
any preference by Pulvinister for its specific host ants in the laboratory.
Discussion and Summary
Euxenister and Pulvinister are closely associated with specific ant
hosts. All histerids collected from emigration columns were taken when
brood was being carried and ant traffic was heaviest. None were
collected in raid columns or in refuse deposits. Euxenister rode on
booty and large army ant larvae, or walked in columns. Although
histerids were rarely carried in the mandibles of ants, Pulvinister
sometimes rode in a position between the mandibles of major workers,
giving the appearance of being carried. Pulvinister rode on the army
ant brood when larvae were large.
Histerids were less abundant as compared to some myrmecophiles
such as Staphylinidae, but most colonies had at least one. Euxenister
wheeleri was the most abundant histerid.
All three histerids are host specific and seem closely integrated with
their host ant. In laboratory nests the histerids can survive up to 2 y 2
months with non-host ants, never being accepted, but living on tbe
fringe. The histerids can follow the trail pheromone of their host and
probably also use other pheromones secreted by the ants. Probably
dependence upon chemical communication systems of their host makes
these histerids host specific.
No one knows where immature stages of these histerids develop.
Most probably their life cycle is synchronized with the nomadic-statary
phases of army ants. One histerid larva found in a laboratory nest
APRIL 1968] AKRE — ^BEHAVIOR OF HISTERIDS WITH ARMY ANTS 101
containing both Euxenister wheeleri and Pulvinister could not be deter-
mined to genus. Several attempts to find the immatures by digging
up statary colonies and sorting the ants yielded no immatures. If
immature growth can be completed in the statary phase, the newly-
emerged histerids could leave with the ants when they emigrate. In
the event the developing histerids emerge after the ants have gone, the
histerid might follow the ants’ chemical trail to the bivouac. However,
when marked histerids were released on emigration trails from one to
three days old the histerids had great difficulty in following the route
and it took them several hours to go 3 meters. They were never
collected in the colony when it was watched on subsequent nights.
Since the histerids seem unable to use trails to find their host, it appears
more likely the histerids locate their host by odor and fly to the bivouac.
Euxenister and Pulvinister are predators on army ant brood, all three
species groom the ants to varying degrees, and all rub the ants and
then themselves; probably to transfer the odor of the ants to their
own bodies in order to integrate into the colony more easily. All will
ride on army ant brood when it is large or on large pieces of booty.
When the ants do not have booty and the brood is small, Euxenister
usually walks in the columns, but Pulvinister ordinarily rides between
the mandibles of majors. None of the histerids has true trichomes.
Literature Cited
Akre, R. D. and C. W. Rettenmeyer. 1966. Behavior of Staphylinidae asso-
ciated vv^ith army ants (Formicidae : Ecitonini) . J. Kansas Ent. Soc.,
39: 745-782.
Reichensperger, a. 1923. Neue sudamerikanische Histeriden als Gaste von
Wanderameisen und Termiten, Mitt. Schweiz. Ent. Ges., 13: 313-336,
pi. 13.
1924. Neue sudamerikanische Histeriden als Gaste von Wanderameisen und
Termiten. II Teil, Rev. Suisse Zook, 31: 117-152, pi. 14.
Rettenmeyer, C. W. 1961. Arthropods associated with Neotropical army ants
with a review of the behavior of these ants (Arthropoda : Formicidae :
Dorylinae). Ph.D. Dissertation. Univ. of Kansas, 605 pp. 77 figs.
1963. The behavior of Thysanura found with army ants. Ann. Ent. Soc.
Amer., 56: 170-174.
Seyfried, a. P. 1928. An anatomical-histological study of the myrmecophilous
histerid Chrysetaerius iheringi Reichensperger. Contributions to Myrme-
cophily No. 2. (Thesis, Univ. Fribourg, Switz.), 64 pp.
102
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 2
The Arctopsychinae of Idaho^
(Trichoptera : Hy dropsy chidae)
Stamford D. Smith^
University of Idaho, Moscoiv
While surveying the caddisflies of Idaho, several significant observa-
tions and conclusions were made regarding the Arctopsychinae (Hydro-
psy chidae) of the state. The heretofore undescribed larval and pupal
stages of Parapsyche almota and P. elsis were found as well as the
immature stages of Arctopsyche grandis. Anatomical features of the
larva and pupa of Parapsyche elsis have necessitated redefinition of the
generic diagnosis for the immature stages of Parapsyche. Examination
of adults, pupae, and larvae of Arctopsyche grandis and A. inermis has
revealed that the two species are synonyms. Finally, the distribution
of the known arctopsychine species within Idaho is discussed.
The subfamily Arctopsychinae contains 10 described North American
species. Six of these species {almota, apicalis, cardis, elsis, extensa, and
spinata) are placed in the genus Parapsyche, and four species {calif or-
nica, grandis, irrorata, and ladogensis) are placed in the genus Arcto-
psyche. Flint (1961) described the larvae of the eastern members of
the subfamily including P. apicalis Banks, P. cardis Ross, A. ladogensis
(Kolenati), and A. irrorata Banks. The larva and pupa of the western
species A. grandis (Banks) was described by Milne and Milne (1938).
Most collections cited were made by S. D. Smith (SDS), W. F. Barr
(WFB), and E. Richard Logan (ERL). If collections were made by
other individuals their names are given after each collection.
Key to Larvae of Idaho Arctopsychinae
1. Lateral line gills commence on abdominal segment III or IV and com-
posed of one to four filaments (figs. 4 and 5) ; abdomen with tufts of
long scale-like setae dorsally; anal brush composed of 15 or fewer
setae Parapsyche 2
Lateral line gills commence on abdominal segment II and composed of
10 to 15 filaments (fig. 6) ; abdomen without tufts of long scale-like
setae; anal brush composed of 20 to 50 setae
Arctopsyche {Arctopsyche grandis)
2. Gula rectangular; abdomen with distinct setal tufts; lateral line gills
commence on abdominal segment III (fig. 4) P. almota
Gula narrowed posteriorly (fig. 2A) ; abdomen usually with indistinct
^ Sections of this paper were adapted from a portion of a thesis submitted in partial fulfillment of
the requirements for the Doctor of Philosophy degree in Entomology to The Graduate School,
University of Idaho.
^Present address: Department of Biology, Kansas State College of Pittsburg, Pittsburg, Kansas
66762.
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 44: 102-112. April 1968
APRIL 1968] SMITH — -THE ARCTOPSYCHINAE OF IDAHO
103
setal tufts; lateral line gills commence on abdominal segment IV
(fig. 5) P. elsis
Key to Pupae of Idaho Arctopsychinae
1. Abdominal hook plates present anteriorly on segments III through VII,
posteriorly on segments III and V ; apical processes recurved to an
angle of nearly or more than 90° to the axis of the body Parapsyche 2
Abdominal hook plates present anteriorly on segments III through VIII,
posteriorly on segments III, IV and V (hook plate IVp extremely small
or occasionally absent) ; apical processes only slightly recurved, not to
an angle approaching 90° to the axis of the body
Arctopsyche {Arctopsyche grandis)
2. Mandibles tubular, abruptly expanded at base, teeth near apex; apical
processes without long yellow setae P. almota
Mandibles gradually widened from apex to base, with teeth over half
length of inner margin (fig. 2B) ; apical processes with four to six long
yellow setae on posterior surface P. elsis
Genus Parapsyche
Anatomical features of the larva and pupa of Parapsyche elsis in-
dicate that redefining some of the generally accepted features that have
characterized immature stages of Parapsyche is necessary. Flint (1961)
described the larva and pupa as follows:
“Larva — smaller [than Arctopsyche^, rarely reaching 20 mm. in length. Gular
sclerite nearly parallel-sided. Abdomen with many scattered scale-like setae; tufts
of these setae on posterior dorsal margins of the segments.”
“Pupa — mandibles rather tubular, widening suddenly at bases; teeth borne
apically. Apical processes recurving to an angle of 90° or more to axis of body;
with short scabrous setae posteriorly and short setae basally.”
Ross (1959) separated Arctopsyche from Parapsyche by the gula
being narrowed posteriorly in Arctopsyche and rectangular in Para-
psyche.
Previously undescribed immature specimens found during the course
of this study show that P. elsis does not conform to the generic charac-
terizations of Flint and Ross. The larva of P. elsis has the gula nar-
rowed posteriorly (fig. 2A), the setal tufts indistinct or absent on the
anterior abdominal segments, and a length of more than 20 mm. The
pupa has the apical abdominal processes recurving at an angle approach-
ing 90 degrees and bearing long setae, and the mandible is gradually
broadened basally and teeth are present on the apical half (fig. 2B ) .
In spite of these differences, P. elsis should be retained in the genus
Parapsyche because of adult features and beeause the larva has setal
tufts, even though indistinct, and simple lateral line gills.
A phylogenetic discussion of the immature stages of Parapsyche is
not possible at this time. Before this can be done the immature and
104
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
[voL. 44 , NO. 2
\}l
; g'*'\
1
• 1(1 1 mil III »
,f:i -v; <■■/< -i.*. '• iV ‘ J’l'Vi '•■)•'■.' i ’ V n i ■ • 1 i r ?,• L •■
/
, i ■!'V'.;i
■^'■i !:'•', '';,'''''.i,-*i;
'j’.Vi I'lVi'i'i!
i.fM'i’’
I |,||||(||||||lll|'''"""''‘"‘‘‘“^'■"MM•|liA
•A' •, .
Fig. 1. Parapsyche almota larval head and nota, dorsal view. Fig. 2. Para-
psyche elsis larval head and nota, dorsal view. 2A larval gular sclerite. 2B pupal
mandibles. FiG. 3. Arctopsyche grandis larval head and nota, dorsal view.
APRIL 1968] SMITH — THE ARCTOPSYCHINAE OF IDAHO
105
adult stages of all of the described species should be available for study.
For the present, however, a broadened concept of the nature of the
immature stages of the genus is necessary.
Parapsyche almota Ross
Parapsyche almota Ross, 1938, Proc. Entomol. Soc. Washington, 40 (5) : 119 (fig.
5); Denning, 1949, Amer. Midi. Natur., 42 (1): 116 (distribution).
Arctopsyche oregonensis Ling, 1938, Pan-Pac. Entomol., 14 (2) : 65; Ross, 1944,
Illinois Natur. Hist. Surv. Bull., 23: 293 (synonym).
The larva of P. almota is quite similar to the larva of P. apicalis as
described by Flint (1961). Consistent anatomical features that will
serve to distinguish the larvae of these two species are not now known.
The pupa of P. almota likewise is very similar to the pupa of P. apicalis.
However, minor differences in the shape of the hook plates and number
of hooks per hook plate will serve to separate the pupae of these two
species.
These two closely related species are allopatric. P. almota is restricted
to the western montane regions of North America whereas P. apicalis
is found in similar areas of eastern North America.
Larva. — Head brown, slightly paler around eyes, posteriorly and ventrally, with
dark muscle scars; fronto-clypeus widened medially extending nearly to pale
areas around eyes, anterior margin black, gula rectangular. Thoracic nota, pleura,
and legs brown, each slightly paler than on the preceding segment; prosternum
brown with antero-lateral and midposterior margins black; notal muscle scars
distinctly darkened on some individuals; mesosternum with a gill at coxal base;
metasternum with a pair of gills at coxal base. Abdominal segments I through
VII with two pairs of setal tufts, VHI with one pair; setal tufts composed of
three to ten setae with the greatest number usually found on posterior segments;
abdominal gills as in Fig. 4, lateral line gills with two to four filaments, commenc-
ing on segment HI; anal brush consisting of six to ten setae. Length of mature
larvae 17 mm to 20 mm.
Pupa. — Hook plate Hla roughly oval with 6 to 12 hooks, posterior half glabrous;
hook plate Vp with 12 to 15 hooks. Abdominal apical processes with a small tuft
of black setae basally, bifid apically with sparse setae antero-laterally and apically
and with many short spicules on posterior surface. Length of male 8.5 mm;
females ranged from 11 mm to 13 mm.
Distribution. — P. almota is known from western North America
where it is most commonly collected in the coastal ranges. It has been
recorded from British Columbia, California, Oregon, Utah, and Wash-
ington. Additional records are now available for Colorado and Nevada.
In Idaho this species has been collected in the mountainous areas of
the Palouse River, Clearwater River, Salmon River and Payette River
drainages. The following records are available from Idaho^:
® L = larva, PP = prepupa, P = pupa, cf — adult male, $ = adult female.
106
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 2
2
3
2
2
3
4
3
4
s
D
D
D
D
D
3(D)
5
S
S
S
S
S
1
II
III
IV
V
VI
VII
VIII
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
s
D
D
D
D
D
D
s
s
S
S
S
S
1
II
III
IV
V
VI
VII
VIII
5
s
s
S
S
s
s
s
S
S
s
S
D
D
D
D
D
D
5
S
s
S
S
5
I
II
III
IV
V
VI
VII
VIII
6
APRIL 1968] SMITH THE ARCTOPSYCHINAE OF IDAHO
107
Boise Co.: 2L, 1 mi. S. Banks, 13 April 1964 (SDS), and 3L, IPP, liJP, 2 2P,
31 May 1964 (R. Portman) ; 1^, 8 mi. N. Banks, 13 April 1964 (SDS). Idaho
Co.: $ S, $ Ferdinand, 8 June 1959 (WFB) ; 2L, Lightning Cr., 2 mi. N.
Riggins, 4 June 1964 (SDS) ; IL, small creek near Slate Creek Ranger Station,
11 September 1964 (SDS and WFB) ; IL, McKenzie Cr., 9 mi. S. White Bird,
4 June 1964 (SDS), and 1 $ , 25 May 1965 (SDS). Latah Co.: 1$, Palouse R.
at Laird Park, 14 October 1961 (SDS) (at ultra-violet light) ; IL, Palouse River
at White Pine Gulch, 8 May 1964 (SDS). Lemhi Co.: IL, 1^, Pine Cr., 2 mi.
W. Shoup, 14 July 1964 (SDS), and 7L, 10 April 1965 (SDS and ERL), and
IL, 1 June 1966 (SDS and ERL) ; 5L, Flume Cr., 9 mi. E. Tendoy, 1 June 1966
(SDS and ERL). Nez Perce Co.: $ $ $, Coyote Grade, 15 May 1952
(WFB); 1^, Central Grade, 4 May 1961 (R. Stecker), and 1 ^ , 27 April 1963
(SDS).
Bionomics. — Adults were not commonly collected, but were found
between April and October. Medium to mature larvae constituted the
overwintering stages in the Salmon River drainage.
Larvae were most commonly collected on the small and medium
rubhle of small, clear creeks and streams. Adults were very secretive.
They are evidently crepuscular and have been attracted to ultra-violet
light.
Parapsyche elsis Milne
Parapsyche elsis Milne, 1936, Cambridge, Mass., p. 66; Milne and Milne, 1938,
Brooklyn Entomol. Soc. Bull., 33 (3): 106, Plate V (male).
Arctopsyche brevipennis Ling, 1938, Pan-Pacific Entomol., 14 (2) : 64; Ross, 1944,
Illinois Natur. Hist. Surv. Bull., 23: 293 (synonym).
As stated previously, the immature stages of P. elsis are unique. In
many respects they seem more closely allied to Arctopsyche grandis
than any of the described Parapsyche. Anatomically P. elsis larvae are
distinct from the known Parapsyche larvae by their nearly triangular
gula, a single gill at the base of the metacoxa and indistinct setal tufts
on the abdomen. The pupa of P. elsis is likewise distinct. The pupa
may be recognized by the gradually tappered mandibles with teeth over
the apical half of the inner surface, long yellow setae arising from the
base of the apical processes, and other features.
Larva. — Head dark brown, black on some individuals, slightly paler around
eyes and at posterior margin with dark muscle scars that are indistinct anteriorly
Fig. 4. Parapsyche almota larva, schematic gill diagram. Fig. 5. Parapsyche
elsis larva, schematic gill diagram. Fig. 6. Arctopsyche grandis larva, schematic
gill diagram. FiGS. 4, 5, and 6. Schematic gill diagrams. I to VIII abdominal seg-
ments 1-8; 1, 2, 3, or 4, number of apical filaments on a stalk; S, five or more
filaments on a stalk; D, two S-type gills arising contiguously (except on P. almota
VII with only 3 terminal filaments) .
108
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 2
and distinct posteriorly; fronto-clypeus not greatly expanded medially; gula sub-
triangular, at least 2.5 to 3 times wider anteriorly than posteriorly. Thoracic nota,
pleura, legs and prosternum similar to those of P. almota; meso- and metasternum
with a gill at each coxal base. Abdominal segments generally with indistinct setal
tufts, segments II and III with dorsal pair composed of one or two setae, lateral
pair composed of two to four setae; segments IV through VII each with two pairs
composed of two to eight setae, segment VIII with one pair containing four or
five setae; abdominal gills as in Fig. 5; abdominal lateral line gills generally
single and commencing on segment IV ; anal brush consisting of 10 to 15 setae.
Length of mature larvae 25 mm to 30 mm.
Pupa. — Hook plate Ilia suboval with 13 or 14 hooks; hook plate IIIp with 20
or more hooks in three somewhat irregular rows; hook plate Vp with 10 to 15
hooks in two rows. Ninth abdominal segment scabrous with many black setae on
lateral margins ; apical process recurved at an angle of slightly less than 90 degrees
to axis of body, baso-lateral areas scabrous with patches of black setae, subapically
toothed, apices acute, bifid, anterior surface with a few black setae apically, inner
surface with four to six long yellow setae that extend beyond apex, posterior
surface with many short spicules. Length of males ranged from 8 mm to 9 mm;
females from 14 mm to 15 mm.
Distribution. — This western species has been recorded from Alberta,
British Columbia, California, and Oregon. Additional records are now
available from Montana, Utah, Washington, and Wyoming. The record
from North Carolina by Milne and Milne (1938) is undoubtedly a
misdetermination of the closely related P. cardis Ross (Flint, 1961).
In Idaho P. elsis has been collected only in the Palouse River, Salmon
River, and Malad River drainages. It was both common and widely
distributed in the Salmon River drainage. The following records are
available from Idaho:
Adams Co.: 31L, Goose Cr. at summit, 20 July 1965 (SDS and ERL), and 2L,
24 March 1966 (SDS and WFB). Blaine Co.: 7L, IPP, 4^P, 45P, ld,4$$.
Headwaters Big Wood R., 16 July 1964 (SDS); 2L, 1^, Salmon R., 26 mi. S.
Stanley, 23 July 1965 (SDS and ERL). Custer Co.: Id, 10 mi. N. Leslie, 10
July 1956 (WFB); Id, 19, Bear Creek Camp, 27 July 1957 (WFB); 5L, 8P,
Bear Cr., above Pass Creek Gorge, 21 July 1964 (R. Westcott) ; 3L, Garden Cr.,
7 mi. W. Challis, 11 October 1964 (SDS and WFB) ; 4L, Baker Cr., 20 mi. S.
Clayton, 11 April 1965 (SDS and ERL). Latah Co.: 2L, Palouse R. at White
Pine Gulch, 1 May 1964 (SDS), and IL, 8 May 1964 (SDS), Lemhi Co.: 14L,
3 9 P, Spring Cr., 2 mi. NW. Shoup, 14 July 1964 (SDS) ; 2L, 7P, Cow Cr., 34
mi. S. Salmon, 15 July 1964 (SDS) ; 2L, Scjuaw Cr. at Indianola Ranger Station,
29 July 1964 (SDS and ERL) ; 2L, 2 d P, Carmen Cr., 7 mi. E. Carmen, 30 July
1964 (SDS) ; IL, Texas Cr., 3.6 mi. S. Leadore, 10 October 1964 (SDS), and 4L,
9 April 1965 (SDS and ERL) ; IL, 9 mi. N. Gibbonsville, 21 May 1965 (SDS and
ERL), and 1 d P, 25 June 1965 (SDS and ERL). Valley Co.: 9L, Lunch Cr.,
2 mi. N. Landmark, 3 August 1964 (SDS), and 13L, 9 September 1964 (SDS and
WFB) ; 8L, Ditch Cr., 10 mi. N. Landmark, 3 August 1964 (SDS), and 1 d , 22
July 1965 (SDS and ERL); 2L, Lick Cr. near summit, 4 August 1964 (SDS),
and IL, 3P, 21 July 1965 (SDS and ERL),
APRIL 1968] SMITH THE ARCTOPSYCHINAE OF IDAHO
109
Bionomics. — Adults of P. elsis were rare. Larvae on the otherhand
were common and were found to overwinter as young or nearly mature
individuals. Pupation was evident in June and July. Larval collections
suggest a two-year life cycle for this species.
Larvae were found on rubble of various sizes in the riffles of small
and medium-sized clear streams. In some habitats they were found
intermixed with Arclopsyche graridis while in other, often adjacent,
habitats this was not evident.
The adults were collected on streamside vegetation and from under
concrete bridges during the day. Elsewhere they have been attracted
to light.
Genus Arctopsyche
Arctopsyche grandis (Banks)
Hydropsyche grandis Banks, 1900, Amer. Entomol. Soc. Trans., 25: 253.
Arctopsyche grandis Banks, 1907, Amer. Entomol. Soc., Phila., p. 48; Ross,
1938, Psyche, 45 (1) : 14 (lectotype) ; Milne and Milne, 1938, Brooklyn
Entomol. Soc. Bull., 33 (3) : 100 (larva, pupa, adult) ; Denning, 1943, Entomol.
Amer. NS, 23 (2): 106 (female).
Arctopsyche phryganoides Banks, 1918, Harvard Univ. Mus. Comp. Zool. Bull.,
62: 21; Milne, 1936, Cambridge, Mass., p. 66 (synonym).
Arctopsyche inermis Banks, 1943, Harvard Univ. Mus. Comp. Zool. Bull., 92: 368;
Denning, 1950, Bull. Brooklyn Entomol. Soc., 45 (4) : 98 (distribution, male).
(New synonym).
Heretofore A. grandis and A. inermis have been separated primarily
on the structure of the prongs of the tenth abdominal tergum of the
adult male genitalia. Minor differences also occur in the claspers and
over-all size. In the spring of 1966 I had the opportunity to study the
types of A. grandis and A. inermis and series of specimens referred to
these two species in several collections. The specimens I studied re-
vealed that the two species actually comprise one variable species. The
prongs of the tenth abdominal tergum range in structure from those
that are narrow and sharply acuminate as in the type of A. inermis to
some on Idaho specimens that are generally widened and greatly
expanded just before the apex with small dorsal spines along their
length. Further, the larval sclerites of male pupae representing the
extremes of these conditions exhibited no discernable differences.
The larva of A. grandis is quite similar to the larva of A. ladogensis.
Mature larvae of the two species are the same size, have the same
arrangement and number of thoracic and abdominal gills, and so forth.
They are easily separated, however, by the color pattern on the head.
A. grandis has a pale center stripe whieh is widest near the anterior
110
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 2
margin and just behind the middle; it is keyhole-shaped on some
individuals. A. ladogensis has a pale Y-shaped mark roughly following
the frontal sutures. Populations of A. grandis are found in western
North America whereas A. ladogensis is most commonly collected in
eastern North America. There is evidence, however, that ladogensis
may have a northern transcontinental distribution in North America.
Larva. — ^Head usually dark brown witli a pale mid-dorsal stripe which is widest
near anterior margin and behind middle, in some individuals the stripe is absent;
in others it is reduced to elongate markings, and with distinct dark muscle scars
posteriorly; gena and ventral surface paler with indistinct muscle scars ven-
trally. Thoracic nota dark brown with a pale median stripe which is most
distinct on pro- and mesonota with dark muscle scars laterally, anterior and
posterior margins black; prostemum light brown with a broad median black
maculation on posterior margin; mesosternum with a gill at coxal hase; meta-
sternum with a pair of gills at coxal base; thoracic gills with bases single and
consisting of 10 to 15 filaments. Abdominal gills as in Fig. 6; dorsal lateral line
gills with 10 to 15 filaments, commencing on segment III; anal brush consisting
of 20 to 35 setae. Length of mature larvae 20 mm to 25 mm.
Pupa. — Hook plate IIIp with 18 to 20 hooks in two irregular rows; hook plate
Vp with 12 to 15 hooks. Abdomen with apical process having a midventral hump
that gives rise to four to eight long yellow setae, two to four of which are hooked
apically and extend well heyond apex of process, small black setae basally and
middorsally, hind surface with many small spicules. Length of males ranged
from 13 mm to 15 mm; females from 17 mm to 18 mm.
Distribution. — This species is found over much of western North
America. It has been recorded from Alberta, British Columbia, Califor-
nia, Colorado, Idaho, Montana, New Mexico, Oregon, Utah, and Wash-
ington. An additional record is now available from Wyoming.
A. grandis is very common in the mountainous sections of Idaho. It
has been collected in the Spokane River, the Palouse River, the Clear-
water River, the Salmon River, and the Malad River drainages. It was
one of the most common and widely distributed species of Trichoptera
in the Salmon River drainage and occurred in all of the areas collected.
The following records are available from Idaho:
Adams Co.: 2 2P, Boulder Cr., 18 mi. S. Riggins, 30 June 1965 (SDS and
ERL), and 8L, 24 March 1966 (SDS and WFB). Blaine Co.: ^ ^ , 5 mi.
NW. Ketchum, 21 July 1961 (WFB and R. Stecker) (at ultra-violet light); 1^,
15 mi. NW. Ketchum, 22 July 1961 (A. Gittins) ; IL, 1 (5 P, 1 ^ , 1 $ , Frenchman
Cr., approx. 26 mi. S. Stanley, 16 July 1964 (SDS). Clearwater Co.: $ 2 2,
60 mi. NE. Pierce, 26 July 1950 (K. Christiansen). Custer Co.: 5L, 2^P, 5^ $ ,
Basin Cr., 6 mi. E. Stanley, 15 July 1%4 (SDS); 15L, 35^ and 2 P, Yankee
Fork, 1 mi. N. Sunbeam, 15 July 1964 (SDS), and 7L, $ and 2P, 24 July 1965
(SDS and ERL) ; 18L, 3^P, 72P, 2^^,12, Morgan Cr., 7 mi. E. Hiway. 93, 30
July 1964 (SDS) ; IL, Stanley, 8 September 1964 (WFB) ; 7L, East Fork Salmon
R. at Herd Creek bridge, 11 April 1965 (SDS and ERL) ; 9L, East Fork Salmon R.
APRIL 1968] SMITH — THE ARCTOPSYCHINAE OF IDAHO
111
at mouth, 11 April 1965 (SDS and ERL) ; IL, Garden Cr., 7 mi. W. Challis, 11
April 1965 (SDS and ERL) ; 1^, Salmon R., 7 mi. S. Stanley, 28 June 1%5 (SDS
and ERL). Idaho Co.; 2$ 2 mi. S. Slate Cr., 27 June 1963 (SDS); $ $,
$ 2, Slate Cr. Ranger Station, 27 June 1963 (SDS) (at ultra-violet light), and
2L, 11 September 1964 (SDS and WEB); 2^ Lochsa R., 47 mi. NE. Lowell,
21 July 1963 (SDS); IL, 12?, 2^ John Day Cr., 17 July 1964 (SDS), and
2$ $, 30 June 1965 (SDS and ERL) ; 3L, Rapid R., 4 mi. S. Riggins, 8 Sep-
tember 1964 (SDS). Latah Co.: 2L, Palouse R. at White Pine Gulch, 1 May
1964 (SDS), and IL, 8 May 1964 (SDS). Lemhi Co.: 2$ $, Flume Cr., 9 mi.
E. Tendoy, 19 July 1963 (SDS) (at light), and 5P, 1 ^ , 31 July 1964 (SDS) ; IL,
IPP, Carmen Cr., 5 mi. E. Carmen, 14 July 1964 (SDS); 5^P, 42 P, TS $,
North Fork, 14 July 1964 (SDS), and 3 2 2, 26 July 1965 (SDS and ERL), and
5L, 9 October 1964 (SDS and WEB) ; IP, 5 mi. N. Gibbonsville, 14 July 1964
(SDS), and 2$ $, 12, 21 July 1963 (SDS) ; 4L, Pahsimeroi R. at Dowton Ln.,
30 July 1964 (SDS), 6L, 2P, 10 April 1965 (SDS), and 8L, 4P, 25 July 1965
(SDS and ERL) ; IP, Pine Cr., 2 mi. W. Shoup, 14 July 1964 (SDS) ; 5 L, Texas
Cr., 3.6 mi. S. Leadore, 10 October 1964 (SDS), and 5L, 9 April 1965 (SDS and
ERL); 22L, Wimpey Cr., 1 mi. E. Baker, 10 October 1964 (SDS), and 14L, 9
April 1965 (SDS); 2L, Ellis, 11 October 1964 (SDS), and IL, 10 April 1965
(SDS) ; 6L, 10 mi. N. Leadore, 9 April 1965 (SDS and ERL) ; 2$ $, 5 mi. N.
Tendoy, 25 July 1965 (SDS and ERL). Shoshone Co.: IL, 2$F, 4^$ $, Jet.
Boulder Cr. and Marble Cr., 12 mi. E. Calder, 4 July 1964 (SDS). Valley Co.:
6L, 1 P, 1^, Lunch Cr., 2 mi. N. Landmark, 3 August 1964 (SDS), and IL,
9 September 1964 (SDS and WFB) ; 3L, IPP, 2$ $, 12, Yellow Pine, 3 August
1964 (SDS) (adults at ultra-violet light) ; 2L, 1^, Zena Cr., 23 mi. NW. Yellow
Pine, 4 August 1964 (SDS).
Bionomics. — Adults were collected during the summer. The most
common overwintering stages were mature larvae. First and second
instar larvae were rarely found during winter months. Pupation started
in April and May and continued through July. This species requires
two years to complete its life cycle.
Larvae were found on rubble in the riffles of all but the smallest
of clear streams. Since this species is so widely distributed it is likely
that it is adapted to a wide range of ecological conditions.
The adults were secretive. Most commonly they were found resting
on streamside vegetation or under concrete bridges during the day.
However, they were occasionally found in flight in the afternoon, but
normal activity usually commenced at night. Many specimens were
collected at white light and ultra-violet light sources.
Acknowledgments
I wish to express my appreciation to Dr. W. F. Barr of the Depart-
ment of Entomology, University of Idaho, and Dr. G. B. Wiggins of
the Royal Ontario Museum for guidance and critical review of the
manuscript. Dr. H. H. Ross of the Illinois Natural History Survey,
112
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 2
Dr. 0. S. Flint, Jr. of the United States National Museum, and others
made records and collections available and had many fine suggestions
which are greatly appreciated. My thanks also to Mr. E. Richard Logan
for assistance in the field and his fine drawings. A portion of this
study was supported by National Institutes of Health Predoctoral
Fellowship F-51-WP-26,026-03. Publication and reprint costs were
paid by the Department of Biology, Kansas State College of Pittsburg.
Literature Cited
Flint, 0. S., Jr. 1961. The immature stages of the Arctopsychinae occurring in
eastern North America (Trichoptera : Hydropsychidae) . Ann. Entomol.
Soc. Amer., 54 (1) : 5-11.
Milne, L. J. and M. J. Milne. 1938. The Arctopsychidae of continental Amer-
ica north of Mexico (Trichoptera). Brooklyn Entomol. Soc. Bull., 33
(3) : 97-110.
Ross, H. H. 1959. Trichoptera, p. 1024^1049. In W. T. Edmondson, ed.. Ward
and Whipple’s Fresh-water Biology. John Wiley and Sons, New York.
A New Genus of Pselaphid Beetle from Southeast United States
(Coleoptera : Pselaphidae)
R. 0. Schuster and A. A. Grigarick
University of California, Davis
Pygmactium Schuster and Grigarick belongs in the pselaphid tribe
Euplectini and is closely related to those genera assigned to the subtribe
Trimiini. Members of the genus are small, one millimeter or less in
length. Specimens were obtained by Berlese funnel extraction from
forest litter. Two species are assigned to the genus.
Pygmactium Schuster and Grigarick, new genus
Type of genus: Pygmactium steevesi Schuster and Grigarick, new species.
Euplectini with the following combination of characters: Either sex: 1) Ven-
tral surface of head bearing capitate setae (fig. 2). 2) Antennal club of three
segments (fig. 1), with segment X symmetrical, conically produced, and not
appressed to XI. 3) Pronotum with transverse antebasal sulcus, posterior margin
broadly and shallowly impressed, with sulcus shaped as a “V” rather than a “Y.”
4) Each elytron with sutural, discal, and subhumeral foveae (disc not striate).
5) First visible tergite with basal carinae (fig. 10) . 6) Profemur grooved ven-
trally, groove containing a row of specialized setae (fig. 4). 7) Prosternum
foveate at anterior margin of coxal cavities (fig. 5). 8) Mesocoxal cavities broadly
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 44: 112-118. April 1968
APRIL 1968] SCHUSTER & GRIGARICK — NEW PSELAPHID GENUS
113
confluent; metasternum foveate near posterior margins of mesocoxal cavities. 9)
Tarsi with long primary and short, thin, secondary claws (fig. 3). Males. 10)
Abdominal sternite II with pair of large median basal carinae and pair of smaller
lateral carinae (fig. 11). 11) Sternite III with lateral modifications. 12) Sternite
VI broadly but shallowly emarginate. 13) VII a transverse penial plate of
moderate size. 14) Aedeagus dorsoventrally compressed, with right and left para-
meres of similar size (figs. 13, 14). Females. 15) With only 6 abdominal ster-
nites. 16) Sternite III not modified. 17) VI with transverse posterior margin
(fig. 12).
Pygmactium will proceed to Actium in Park’s key (1953) but it
differs from that genus by the absence of discal striae, the presence
of carinae on the second sternite, the shape of the carinae on the first
visible tergite, and the form and orientation of the aedeagus.
Pygmactium steevesi Schuster and Grigarick, new species
(Figs. 1-7, 10-12, 14-15)
Male.— (slide) Head 165 jx long, 165 (x wide; vertexal foveae 70 ix between
centers; right mandible with 4 teeth, left with 5 teeth; ventral surface with 16
capitate setae (fig. 2) ; eyes small, about 15 facets. Antenna 285 jx long; segments
I plus II 75 fx long, 30 ix wide; III to VIII inclusive 75 fx long, 20 (x wide; antennal
club (fig. 1) as follows: IX 22 fx long, 25 fx wide; X 23 /« long, 37 /x wide; XI
90 fx long, 60 fx wide, nearly as long as preceding 5 segments.
Pronotum 180 /x long, 187 fx wide. Elytron 255 ix long. Brachypterous, wings
335 fx long. Profemur (fig. 4) 52 ix wide; protibia simple. Mesotrochanter simple:
mesofemur 47 ix wide. Mesotibia simple. Post mesocoxal foveae large, with
apodemes directed obliquely forward. Metafemur 45 fx wide.
Fii'st visible abdominal tergite (fig. 10) 202 tx wide at base; basal carinae 30 fx
long, separated by 60 ^a; II without basal carinae. Sternite II (fig. 11) with
basolateral carinae 30 ^x long, 170 /x apart; with a longitudinal depression lateral
to each carina; III with paired lateral carinae (fig. 6), inner carina with 10
laterally directed lamellate setae extending over outer carina which bears simple
setae; IV simple; V densely setate laterally; VI with broad median emargination ;
penial plate nearly rectangular, 40 fx long, 40 ix wide. Aedeagus (fig. 14) 105 fx
long, 40 /X wide.
Female. — Similar to the male except: abdominal sternite III simple; alate,
with wings 940 /x long, or brachypterous. Abdomen with only 6 sternites; IX as
in fig. 15 (apex with position of segment IX indicated in fig. 12 ventral).
Geographic Distribution. — Florida. Highlands County: Highlands Hammocks
State Park, 55 $ , 121 $ , 5-6 April 1966, fern rhizomes and forest floor debris in
palmetto and pine swamp, H. R. Steeves, Jr.; Lake Placid, 1 mi. N. Archbold
Biol. Station at intersection of State Highways 17 and 70, 68 $ , 121 $ , 5-6 April
1966, palmetto and pine litter, H. R. Steeves, Jr.; east side of Lake Placid, 49 ,
104 2 , 3 April 1966, grass hummocks and buttress debris in dry pine woods, H. R.
Steeves, Jr.; Avon Park, 161$, 3 April 1966, palmetto and pine forest debris,
H. R. Steeves, Jr. Hernando County: 7 mi. NW. Brooksville, 46 $ , 6 April 1966,
base of white oak, H. R. Steeves, Jr.
114
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 2
1 steevesi
2 mollyae
6 steevesi
3 steevesi
4 steevesi
7 steevesi
8 mollyae
APRIL 1968] SCHUSTER & GRIGARICK NEW PSELAPHID GENUS
115
The holotype is a small-eyed male from Highlands Hammocks State
Park and is deposited with the Chicago Natural History Museum. The
remaining specimens listed above are paratypes. The following speci-
mens from Florida are considered conspecific but are not designated as
paratypes.
Alachua County. Gainesville, 14^, 16$, 22 August 1965, pine buttress, H. R.
Steeves, Jr. ; Island Grove, Orange Lake, 4 $ , 22 August 1965, forest floor debris,
H. R. Steeves, Jr.; 5 mi. E. Micenopy, 3 $ , 22 August 1965, sawdust pile, H. R.
Steeves, Jr. Orange County: S. Orlando, 27$, 22 August 1965, buttress and
stump debris, H. R. Steeves, Jr. Seminole County: 2 mi. N. Longwood, 94$, 23
August 1965, palmetto and rotten log debris, H. R. Steeves, Jr. Volusia County:
2 mi. S. Enterprise, 10 $ , 23 August 1965, palmetto axils and forest floor debris,
H. R. Steeves, Jr.
Discussion. — The males of this species are easily distinguished from
those of P. mollyae by the lateral modifications of sternite HI. These
structures for P. steevesi consist of an inner carina bearing about 10
lamellate setae and a smaller outer carina with about 8 setae equally
spaced along it. A rounded tubercle is present near the lateral margin,
and its surface is uniformly setate. The inner carina of P. mollyae
bears 6 or 7 slender setae. The outer carina bears 2 long setae on the
anterior margin and about 6 smaller setae on a distinct posterior
projection. The lateral tubercle of P. mollyae is elongate with a long
apical seta and a few minute subapical setae. The genitalia of the males
differ particularly with respect to the distribution of pores (compare
figs. 13 and 14) and the development of setae at the apex of the
parameres. The small size of these structures make their preparation
difficult, and details of the apices of the parameres, as figured, required
some interpretation.
The sex ratio for the total paratypic series is approximately 1 : 3 9 .
The actual numbers ( ^ : $ ) from separate localities are: 0 : 161, 0 : 47,
49 : 104, 55 : 121, and 68 ; 121. Within these samples, the numbers of
eye facets for males varied from about 15 to 35. All of the dissected
specimens were brachypterous. Winged and brachypterous males were
Fig. 1. Pygmactium steevesi $, antennal club. Fig. 2. Pygmactium mollyae,
capitate seta of ventral surface of head. Fig. 3. Pygmactium steevesi $ paratype,
primary and secondary metatarsal claws. Fig. 4. Pygmactium steevesi $ para-
type, profemur. Fig. 5. Pygmactium steevesi $ , prosternum with procoxal foveae.
Fig. 6. Pygmactium steevesi $ paratype, detail of structures on sternite III. Fig.
7. Pygmactium steevesi $ paratype, abdomen, lateral. Fig. 8. Pygmactium
mollyae $ holotype, abdomen, lateral. Fig. 9. Pygmactium mollyae $, detail of
structures on sternite III.
116
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
[voL. 44, NO. 2
11 steevesi
13 mollyae
APRIL 1968] SCHUSTER & GRIGARICK — NEW PSELAPHID GENUS 117
Fig. 15. Pygmactium steevesi $ paratype, abdominal segment IX. Fig. 16.
Pygmactium mollyae 2 , abdominal segment IX.
present in a population from Gainesville in which the sex ratio was 1 : 1
( 14 : 16 ? ) . The significance of wing development to seix ratio is
unknown. Variation in eye and wing size for the females is similar
to that noted for the males.
Pygmactium mollyae (Park), (new combination)
(Figs. 8, 9, 13, 16)
Actium mollyae Park, 1956, Jour. Tenn. Acad. Sci., 31: 56.
The description of P. mollyae is emended to facilitate comparison
with P. steevesi and to add information obtained from dissected speci-
mens.
Male. — (slide) Head 157 g long, 165 g wide; vertexal foveae 70 g between
centers; right mandible with 5 teeth, left with 5 teeth; ventral surface with 14
capitate setae; eyes small, of 8 facets (holotype) . Antenna 275 g long; segments
I plus II 60 g long, 28 g wide; III to VIII inclusive 95 g long, 20 g wide; IX
20 g long, 25 g wide; X 25 long, 37 g wide, symmetrical; XI 80 g long, 60 g
wide, as long as preceding 4 segments.
Pronotum 185 g long, 205 g wide. Elytron 250 g long. Brachypterous. Pro-
trochanter simple; profemur 54 g wide; protibia simple. Meso trochanter simple;
mesofemur 54 g wide; mesotibia simple. Post mesocoxal foveae with apodemes
directed slightly forward. Metafemur 47 g wide, metasternum unmodified.
First visible tergite 210 g wide at base; basal carinae 25 g long, separated by
70 g. Sternite II with basal carinae 35 g long, 195 g apart; III with oblique
«-
Fig. 10. Pygmactium steevesi 2 , first visible tergite. Fig. 11. Pygmactium
steevesi S paratype, sternite II. Fig. 12. Pygmactium steevesi 2 , apex of
abdomen, ventral. Fig. 13. Pygmactium mollyae $, genitalia, dorsal. Fig. 14.
Pygmactium steevesi $ holotype, genitalia, dorsal.
118
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 2
lateral carina, right carina with 7 setae, left with 6 setae; 2 setate structures
occur laterad to each carina; IV with slight depression; V simple; VI with hroad
median emargination ; penial plate 44 long, 45 jx wide. Aedeagus 130 ix long,
45 fx wide.
Female. — Similar to the male except: sternite III simple; abdomen of 6 ster-
nites; brachypterous (1 example dissected); segment IX as illustrated (fig. 16).
Geographic Distribution. — -The type male and 2 paratype females
in the collection of Dr. Orlando Park were collected at Cooks Springs,
St. Clair County, Alabama on 5 March 1950. Specimens from the
following localities have been examined.
Alabama. Blount Co.: near Wildcat Cave, 2$ ,\1 May 1959, rotten tree stump,
H. R. Steeves, Jr. Pike Co. : The Pocosin, nr. Troy, 1 ^ , 3 $ , 6 August 1961, oak
tree hole and forest litter, H. R. Steeves, Jr., and J. D. Patrick. Shelby Co.: The
Penitentiary, 4)$ , 4$, 3 September 1966, forest duff, H. R. Steeves, Jr.; Oak Mt.
State Park, 1 ^ , 2 $ , 26 March 1961, forest floor debris, H. R. Steeves, Jr. North
Carolina. Duplin Co.: near Calypso, 7 2, 2 January 1965, oak and pine litter,
J. F. Cornell. Polk Co.: near Tryon, 12 (paratype), 27 November 1949, stump
mold of yellow pine, L. M. Eisenach. Randolph Co.: 1 ^ , 18 June 1963, oak log
litter, J. F. Cornell and J. F. Cornell, Sr. JFa/ce Co.: N. C. State College, Raleigh,
12,8 September 1964, oak and pine litter, J. F. Cornell. Tennessee. Fentress
Co.: Jamestown, 1 2 , 16 June 1962, forest floor debris, H. R. Steeves, Jr.
Discussion. — The differences in the lateral modifications of sternite
III (figs. 6-9) and the male genitalia (figs. 13, 14) as discussed under
P. steevesi, will distinguish the males of P. mollyae. The females of P.
mollyae are very similar to those of P. steevesi but they appear to be
slightly larger. Abdominal segment IX differs slightly in respect to
sclerotization, proportion, and pore distribution (compare figs. 15, 16).
Segment IX of a small series of dissected females of P. steevesi was
quite constant. A comparative series of P. mollyae is not now available
for dissection.
From the few small samples examined, the sex ratio appears to be
1 ^ : 2 or 3 2 . The number of eye facets for males was between 8 and
28, and for females 4 and 12. Populations with differing sex ratios, eye
sizes, and degrees of wing development probably occur within the
geographic range of this species.
Literature Cited
Park, 0. 1953. Discrimination of genera of pselaphid beetles of the United
States. Chicago Acad. Sci. Bull., 9 (16) : 229-331.
1956. New or little known species of pselaphid beetles from southeastern
United States. Jour. Tenn. Acad. Sci., 31 (1) : 54-100.
APRIL 1968]
NAYAR — NEW SPECIES OF ERISTALIS
119
Two New Species of Eristalis from India
(Diptera : Syrphidae)
J. L. Nayar
University of California, Berkeley
Nayar and Nayar (1965) reported two new species of Eristalis
Latreille in a record of syrphids from Agra. This paper deals with
the descriptions of Eristalis [Lathyrophthalmus) lalitai n. sp. and
Eristalis {Lathyrophthalmus) haileyburyi n. sp. The types will be
deposited in the National Collections of India. I wish to thank Prof.
Ray F. Smith, Chairman of the Department of Entomology and Para-
sitology, University of California, Berkeley, for providing me with
facilities for work. I am highly indebted to Dr. F. R. Cole, Dipterol-
ogist, for generous advice, encouragement, and checking of the manu-
script. My thanks are also due to Prof. R. L. Usinger for help in many
ways.
Eristalis (Lathyrophthalmus) lalitai Nayar, new species
(Figs. 1, 3 and 5)
A medium-sized blackish-gray species; wings hyaline; antennae brownish-black;
eyes spotted; thorax with four black vittae and abdomen with whitish bands on
2nd, 3rd, 4th, and 5th segments. Length, 11.45 mm.
Female. — Eyes bare, yellowish with black spots. Ocellar triangle black with
brownish ocelli; short black pubescence. Frons black, narrow from vertex to the
antennae, dusted grayish-yellow with concolorous pubescence, distinct black pile
along upper median one-half of frons. Face about one and one-half times as wide
as frons at vertex, slightly grooved below the antennae with bare, black, narrow
central bump above mouth edge; silvery yellow pile. Cheeks and mouth border
blackish, cheeks with long grayish pile and mouth border dusted gray. Antennal
prominence shining black; bare. First and second segments of antennae brownish,
flagellum and arista dark brown, arista bare.
Thorax grayish-yellow, brownish along the borders; dorsum with four black
vittae; pile yellowish; pro-epimeron and mesepisternum grayish-black with con-
colorous pubescence; metapleuron, mesepimeron and areas around thoracic
spiracles shining black; bare. Scutellum blackisb-yellow at base but pale towards
apical half, pubescence yellowish. Legs black; extreme tips of the femora, two-
thirds of the fore-tibiae, basal one-third of hind tibiae and mid-metatarsus yel-
lowish-brown; pile greyish on black parts and yellowish on yellow-brown regions.
Wings hyaline; stigma yellowish with dark brown basally; squammae silvery-
yellow with concolorous long fringe; halteres brownish-yellow.
Abdomen black; 1st segment grayish with brownish vertical band running about
the median one-third width of segment; upper anterolateral areas of 2nd segment
yellowish-gray; 2nd, 3rd, 4th, and 5th segments with whitish cross-band surrounded
on either side by dull black band, posterior borders of segments shining black;
sixth to tenth segments dull brown; pubescence whitish.
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 44: 119-122. April 1968
120
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL, 44, NO. 2
Fig. 1. Eristalis {Lathy rophthalmus) lalitai new species, profile of head of
female. Fig. 2. Eristalis (Lathyrophthalmus) haileyburyi new species, profile of
head of female. Fig. 3. Eristalis {Lathyrophthalmus) lalitai, abdomen, female.
Fig. 4. Eristalis {Lathyrophthalmus) haileyburyi, abdomen, female. Fig. 5. Eris-
talis {Lathyrophthalmus) lalitai, antenna. Fig. 6. Eristalis {Lathyrophthalmus)
haileyburyi, antenna.
APRIL 1968]
NAYAR — NEW SPECIES OF ERISTALIS
121
Holotype female, St. John’s College, Agra, India, 10 December
1962 (Lalita Taneja).
The species is related to Eristalis tahanoides Jaenn., but differs in
frons with distinct black pubescence in the median one-third, a shining
black central bump, face slightly grooved below the antennae, antennal
prominence shining black, coloration of the pleurae, the scutellum, the
legs and the abdomen.
Eristalis (Lathyrophthalnius) haileyburyi Nayar, new species
(Figs. 2, 4, and 6)
A large brownish-yellow species, wings clear; antennae orange; eyes spotted;
abdomen conical with yellowish bands and spots; legs orange. Length, 12.43 mm.
Female. — Eyes bare, brownish-yellow, spotted black, black spots more numerous
and coalescent on the upper half; ocellar triangle slightly raised, shining black
with dark brown ocelli, black pubescence. Frons blackish for about four-fifths
from vertex to bases of antennae, yellowish above the antennae, gradually widen-
ing from top to the bottom; covered with small black pubescence; face sharply
widening below antennae, about one-fourth the width of head at level of antennae,
forming lounded yellow central bump; tomentum dense yellow with short yellow
pubescence. Cheeks and border of mouth yellowish, cheeks with long yellow
silvery pile and mouth border with extremely minute pubescence. Antennal
prominence yellowish-black with black pubescence and yellow pile apically.
Antennae orange; outer half of third segment brownish-yellow; arista brown,
bare.
Thorax yellowish with four distinct shining black vittae running from anterior
to posterior end, lateral stripes narrowing towards ends; dorsum with scarce
yellow pile but rather dense yellow pubescence along the anterolateral borders,
posterolateral borders brownish. Pleurae shining yellow with concolorous pubes-
cence but the lower parts of mesepisternum and mesepimeron blackish with
grayish pile. Scutellum blackish-yellow at base and centrally with black pubes-
cence and brownish-yellow along lateral borders with concolorous long pile. Legs
entirely brownish yellow; lower two-thirds of fore femur, apical one-third of
hind femur and apical half of fore tibia witb black pubescence; all the femora
with small rounded patch of small black denticles at base, hind femur with
additional 2-4 rows of dark, stiff, small spines along lower one-fourth on inner
side.
Abdomen brownish-yellow, conical; 1st segment yellow with median narrow
brown band not reaching the hind border; second brownish-yellow with pair of
long, lobe-like yellow spots, narrowly separated medially, not reaching extreme
side margins; third and fourth segments with thick yellow band about middle of
segments, band on 4th segment more basally placed; fifth segment with pair of
small anterolateral yellow spots; sixth segment heavily dusted yellow; posterior
borders of the second, third, fourth and fifth segments brownish; pubescence
sparse, yellow, with patch of black pile along medio-posterior border of second
segment.
Holotype female, Haileybury house, St. John’s College, Agra,
India, 3 March 1960 (J. L. Nayar).
122
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 2
The species is related to Eristalis arvorum (Fabr.) but differs in face
being narrow, the lower parts of mesepipleuron blackish; scutellum
blackish-yellow; coloration of the legs, presence of denticles on the
bases of femora and the pattern of the abdominal markings.
Literature Cited
Nayar, J. L. and L. Nayar. 1965. Some interesting Syrphids of Agra. Indian
J. Ent., 27 (2) : 240-241.
A New Species of Ephemerella (Serratella) from California^
(Ephemeroptera : Ephemerellidae)
Richard K. Allen and Donald L. Collins
California State College at Los Angeles
The North American species of the subgenus Serratella was revised
in 1963 (Allen and Edmunds) and included lour species from western
North America. A recent collection of mayflies from Sequoia National
Forest in California included an additional undescribed species of this
subgenus.
Ephemerella sequoia Allen and Collins, new species
Mature Nymph. — Length: body 6-7 mm; caudal filaments 6-7 mm.
Head brown with a large pale macula on Irons between compound
eyes; without occipital tubercles, but top of head often with fine
spicules; maxillary palpi two-segmented (figs, 1-2). Thorax brown;
thoracic nota without tubercles, but often with fine spicules; legs uni-
colorous tan to white; foreleg as in fig. 3; tarsal claws with 6-7 denticles
(fig. 4). Abdominal terga brown with pale lateral margins, and with
pale median stripe on terga 1-10, stripe often indistinct on terga 1-2;
terga 4-8 with short, blunt paired submedian tubercles, tergum 3 often
with small tubercles (fig. 5) ; abdominal sterna brown, with pale lateral
margins, dark brown sublateral longitudinal dashes, and dark brown
median longitudinal stripe (fig. 6). Caudal filaments brown, often
with irregular pale bands, and without setae.
Types. — Holotype : Nearly mature female nymph, Salmon Creek at
Horse Meadow Campground, Sequoia Natl. Forest, Tulare Co.,
California, l-VHl-65, W. P. Vann, in collection California Academy
of Sciences, San Francisco. Paratopotypes : 6 female nymphs, 1 nymph
^ The research upon which this report is based was supported by a grant from tJie National Science
Foundation (NSF GB-.'ITOS).
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 44: 122-124. April 1968
APRIL 1968]
ALLEN & COLLINS — NEW SERRATELLA
123
Figs. 1-6. Ephemerella sequoia, female nymph, paratype: 1. maxilla; 2. max-
illary palp; 3. right foreleg; 4. tarsal claw; 5. abdominal terga; 6. abdominal
sterna 4-6.
124
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 2
each in collections of California Academy of Sciences, and University
of Utah, Salt Lake City, remainder in collection of California State
College at Los Angeles.
Remarks. — Ephemerella sequoia is most closely related to E. velmae
Allen and Edmunds. Both species are nearly identical in body size, and
in the degree of development of the paired, dorsal abdominal tubercles.
The nymphs of E. sequoia are readily distinguished from those of E.
velmae, and all other western North American Serratella, by the follow-
ing combination of characters: (1) they possess blunt, paired, dorsal
abdominal tubercles on segments 4-8; (2) they bear relatively short
tarsal claws with 6-7 denticles; (3) their abdominal terga and sterna
have pale lateral margins, and (4) their body and caudal filament
lengths are subequal.
In the key to the nymphs of the subgenus Serratella (Allen and
Edmunds, 1963:587) E. sequoia would come to an impasse in couplet 2.
The second half of the couplet reads “Paired submedian tubercles on
abdominal terga 2-8 . . . .” which then refers to couplet 4, and the
ensuing couplets which separate E. tibialis, E. velmae, and E. micheiieri.
Ephemerella sequoia will key out before the above mentioned species
if the first alternative of the second half of couplet 3 is rewritten, and
couplet 3A is inserted between couplets 3 and 4 as follows:
3 (2), Paired, submedian tubercles on abdominal terga 4 to 7 only;
legs unicolorous brown; maxillary palpi very small; tarsal
claws with 9 or 10 denticles teresa
-Paired, submedian tubercles on abdominal terga 4-8, some-
times small on tergum 3, or terga 2-8, sometimes small on
segments 2 and 8; maxillary palpi moderately long; legs and
tarsal claws variable 3A
3A (3). Paired submedian tubercles on abdominal terga 4^8, some-
times small on tergum 3; femora tan or white; abdominal
terga with pale lateral margins sequoia
-Paired submedian tubercles on abdominal terga 2-8, some-
times small on segments 2 and 8; femora dark, or dark with
pale markings; abdominal terga without pale lateral margins 4
Biology. — The nymphs of E. sequoia were collected in a small,
moderately flowing stream among rubble, small rocks, and sand. The
summer daytime stream temperature varied from 54° F at 9:00 a.m.
to 66° F at 4:30 p.m.
Literature Cited
Allen, R. K. and G. F. Edmunds, Jr. 1963. A revision of the genus Ephemerella
(Ephemeroptera : Ephemerellidae) . VI. The subgenus Serratella in
North America. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer., 56: 583-600, 68 figs.
APRIL 1968] NAYAR — VARIATIONS IN ERISTALIS TENAX
125
Abdominal band-variations in Eristalis tenax (Linnaeus)
(Diptera : Syrphidae)
J. L. Nayar
University of California, Berkeley
In the California Insect Survey Collection of Syrphidae, University
of California, Berkeley, are fifteen peculiar specimens of Eristalis tenax
(Linn.) showing extreme variations in the abdominal markings. It is
rather strange that in hundreds of specimens examined in the collection
only fifteen were found to show marked variations from the normal
pattern, though extremely minute variations were a common feature
in the huge collection. Cockayne (1929) and Smith (1955) have
described abdominal variations in Diptera and in the genus Chry-
sotoxum (Syrphidae), respectively. Williston (1886), Verrall (1901),
Brunetti (1923), and Sack (1932) differ a good deal in their descrip-
tion of the abdominal markings in this species, so for the sake of clarity
in regard to the normal pattern, the following brief description may
well serve the purpose.
Male abdomen. — (Fig. 1) first tergite black, somewhat long shining, grayish
pile over dorsum except lateral borders; second and third mainly brownish yellow;
basal black band on second tergite narrows towards sides, almost reaching extreme
ends of segment, median black band with inner margins brownish, narrow in
middle with diverging arms at basal and distal ends, joins basal band basally and
hinder black band distally leaving extreme margin yellowish, hinder band runs
only about one-third of segmental width, extreme margin of segment pale; basal
band on 3rd segment extremely reduced, median black band of almost uniform
width joins hinder broader, black band narrowing laterally, anterior, lateral and
posterior borders yellowish; rest of abdomen black; pile yellow.
Female abdomen. — (Fig. 10) first segment dull black with extreme lateral
borders yellowish, long grayish pile from hinder border extends over basal band
of 2nd segment; second segment more yellowish than third, hinder black band
extends more than two-thirds its width, rest like that of male; basal band on 3rd
segment not reaching extreme side margins, median band approximately four
times thicker than long and hinder black band extremely thick, anterior border
and narrow, lateral, linear areas yellow; rest of abdomen black; pubescence yellow.
The fifteen specimens of Eristalis tenax (Linn.) showing marked
variations from the above normal pattern are described below.
(i) . Male, Berkeley, California, 26 January 1923, A. J. Basinger (Fig. 2).
Lateral borders of median black band on 2nd segment diverging basally and
converging distally, hinder band extremely small with minute, posterior, median
knob-like projection. Basal band on 3rd segment absent and width of median
band narrower than normal.
(ii) . Male, Ontario, California, 29 June 1950, J. D. Paschke (Fig. 3). Lateral
borders of median black band on 2nd segment equally diverging at both ends.
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 44: 125-129. April 1968
126
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 2
Figs. 1-9. Eristalis tenax (Linn.), male abdomens. (See text.)
hinder band running more than half of segmental width, leaving extreme margins
pale. Prominent basal band on 3rd segment extending up to about half the width
of segment.
(iii) . Male, Alum Rock Pk., Santa Clara Co., California, 25 May 1950, E. G.
Linsley (Fig. 4). Distinct lobe-like yellow lateral spots on 2nd segment. Hinder
band on 2nd segment nearly runs the width of segment, leaving extreme margins
yellow. Basal band on 3rd segment almost complete, median band extremely short.
Pair of lateral, narrow, linear, yellow spots a little above middle of segment.
(iv) . Male, Viola, Shasta Co., California, 19 May 1941, E. G. Linsley (Fig. 5).
Hinder band on second segment running about half the width of segment leaving
sides yellow. Third segment with rectangular extension of yellow spot on left
hand side.
(v) . Male, Tanbark Flat, Los Angeles Co., California, 21 May 1950, M. J.
Stebbins (Fig. 6). Hinder band on 2nd segment very faintly marked, about half
APRIL 1968] NAYAR — VARIATIONS IN ERISTALIS TENAX
127
Figs. 10-17. Eristalis tenax (Linn.), female abdomens. (See text.)
the width of segment. Left half of 3rd segment black, but a distinct yellow spot
on right side, which runs about two-thirds its length from anterior to posterior
border.
(vi) . Male, Hood River, Ore., 20 June 1917, F. R. Cole (Fig. 7). Median hand
on 2nd segment rather short and thick, while hinder hand running distinctly along
entire length of segment. Lateral yellow spots narrow with blackish hue. Third
segment entirely black.
(vii) . Male, Lakeside, San Diego Co., California, 18 April 1953, Wild Mustard,
J. Powell (Fig. 8). Median band on 2nd segment somewhat swollen medially and
ending in knob-like projection posteriorly, hinder band entirely lacking. Third
segment black except for yellowish extreme anterior margin.
(viii). Male, Ontario, California, 1 June 1950, J. D. Paschke (Fig. 9). Hinder
black band on 2nd segment prominently marked about half the width of segment.
128
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 2
becoming indistinct laterally. Somewhat less marked basal black band runs
medially on 3rd segment. Anterior margin pale with pair of small yellow spots
on sides of median black stripe. Small triangular yellow mark present on anterior-
left hand side.
(ix) . Female, Berkeley, California, 1 June 1940, Miller (Fig. 11). First segment
entirely dull black. Hinder band on 2nd segment running entire width of segment;
basal band on 3rd segment reaches extreme side margins. Lateral linear areas
less distinctly marked.
(x) . Female, Shingletown, Shasta Co., California, 2 June 1941, C. D. Michener
(Fig. 12). First segment shining black; hinder band on 2nd segment entire; third
segment black with extremely reduced mediolateral yellow spots.
(xi) . Female, Hopland Field Station, Mendecino Co., California, 13 June 1955,
M. Wasbauer (Fig. 13). Posterior border and lateral spots on 2nd segment
distinctly brownish-yellow. Third segment with brownish, narrow, lateral stripes.
(xii) . Female, Berkeley, California, 2 June 1952, J. J. Menn (Fig. 14). Basal
band on 2nd segment extremely thick and complete, median band almost reduced
in length. Lateral spots brownish, tapering towards extreme ends. Third segment
black.
(xiii). Female, Antioch, Contra Costa Co., California, 19 October 1947, C. C.
Danham (Fig. 15). Basal band on 2nd segment complete; yellow spot of irregular
shape on right side somewhat bigger than one on left side. Somewhat indistinct,
narrow, linear, lateral yellow markings present on 3rd segment.
(xiv) . Female, Clear Creek, Iowa, 15 September 1957, J. R. Powers (Fig. 16).
First and third segments entirely black. Pair of slantingly placed brownish yellow
spots, with their extremely narrow cone-like upper ends, touching basally the
anterolateral borders of 2nd segment. Right side spot rather more conical than
one on left side. Extreme distal border of 2nd segment somewhat brownish-yellow.
(xv) . Female, Berkeley, California, 31 March 1952, R. E. Wagner (Fig. 17).
Abdomen almost entirely black. Extremely small triangular brownish spot on
right side and fairly large yellow mark on left side of 2nd segment.
The present findings suggest in no small measure that the individuals
of Eristalis tenax (Linn.) are especially prone to such abnormalities.
Acknowledgments
I wish to thank Prof. Ray F. Smith, Chairman, Dept, of Entomology
and Parasitology, University of California, Berkeley, for providing me
with facilities for work. I am most indebted to Dr. F. R. Cole, dip-
terologist, for generous advice, encouragement and checking of the
manuscript. My thanks are also due to Prof. R. L. Usinger for help in
many ways. And last but not least, I thank the U. S. State Dept, of
Education, Washington, for the award of a scholarship, which enabled
me to undertake this work. I appreciate the help by Mrs. Celeste Green
in arranging the plates which accompany this study.
Literature Cited
Brunetti, E. 1923. The fauna of British India. Diptera, 3: 173-174.
APRIL 1968]
LEHMKUHL — EPEORUS LIFE HISTORIES
129
Cockayne, E. A. 1929. Spiral and other anomalous forms of segmentation.
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 77 : 177-184.
Sack, P. 1932. Lindner Fliegen, family Syrphidae, 31:266.
Smith, K. G. V. 1955. Abdominal teratology in the genus Chrysotoxum (Dipt.,
Syrphidae). Ent. Mon. Mag., 91: 224-226.
Verrall, G. H. 1901. British flies, 8: 505-508.
WiLLiSTON, S. W. 1886. Synopsis of the North American Syrphidae. U. S. Natl.
Mus. Bull., 31: 160-161.
Observations on the Life Histories of Four Species of Epeorus
in western Oregon
(Ephemeroptera : Heptageniidae)
D. M. Lehmkuhl
Oregon State University, Corvallis
A lack of basic biological information is a serious impediment to
the study of aquatic insect ecology. A large percentage of the immature
stages of Ephemeroptera cannot be identified to species and the life
histories of most have not been studied (Berner, 1959). Except for
notes in taxonomic treatments (Edmunds and Allen, 1964; Jensen,
1966) the biologies of the northwestern species of Epeorus Eaton are
unknown.
Four of the eight species of Epeorus reported to oceur in Oregon
(Allen and Edmunds, 1956) are found in Oak Creek, 5 miles northwest
of Corvallis, Benton County; Epeorus {Iron) longimanus (Eaton),
E. (Ironodes) nitidus (Eaton), F. {Iron) albertae (McDunnough) , and
E. {Iron) deceptivus (McDunnough). I have reared the nymphs of the
first three to the adult stage in the laboratory, but adults of E. deceptivus
have not been reared from the study area. The nymph of the fourth
has been determined to species by referring to the keys and descriptions
provided by Edmunds and Allen (1964), and by comparing the nymph
with material in the Oregon State University collection which was
identified tentatively as E. deceptivus by R. K. Allen.
Oak Creek is a small woodland stream located in the eastern foothills
of the Coast Range at an elevation of approximately 400 feet. The
stream flow ranges from a minimum of 0. 1-0.2 cfs during the dry
summer and fall to over 20 cfs during winter freshets. The width ranges
from 2 to 8 feet and may reach 15 feet during severe floods. In the
study area, the substrate consists of gravel with many scattered 4-6-inch
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 44: 129-137. April 1968
130
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
[vOL. 44, NO. 2
SEPr.
OCT.
NOV.
DEC.
JAN.
FEB.
MAR.
APR.
MAY
JUNE
JULY
AUG.
APRIL 1968]
LEHMKUHL — EPEORUS LIFE HISTORIES
131
stones. Little organic matter is present except at the time of leaf fall
in October and November, and periphyton is sparse. The stream has
a dense canopy of trees, and has sharp banks 3 to 4 feet high.
Monthly square-foot bottom samples were taken between October
1965 and September 1966. A modified Hess-type sampler was used
(Lattin, 1963), which enclosed the area to be sampled. The collecting
net had a mesh size of 0.116 mm. Air and water temperatures were
monitored with a continuous recorder for one week during each month
of the study. Water temperature data are summarized in Table 1.
Additional field and laboratory observations on the period of adult
emergence were made during the 1966-67 season. A representative
collection of specimens has been deposited in the Oregon State Univer-
sity collection.
Life Cycles
Epeorus longimanus (Eaton)
Keys and descriptions of the adults and nymphs of E. longimanus
were given by Edmunds and Allen (1964). They recorded the species
in every western state. Figure 1 shows the seasonal development of E.
longimanus in Oak Creek. The nymphs, even those under 1 mm in
length, may be recognized by the following combination of characters:
two caudal cerci (a character common to all Epeorus) , a fuscous macula
on each femur, and abdominal gills which extend anteriorly and meet
beneath the body on segment one. Early instar nymphs were first found
in the samples in September. The low number of specimens and the
irregularity of the presence of size classes between October and January
probably is due to the disturbing effects of the floods and freshets
which occurred in the stream during this time (Anderson and Lehm-
kuhl, in press) .
Adults were collected at the Oak Creek station from April to June.
An emergence trap, covering an area of 4 fU, was placed over a riffle
from March to July 1967. Based on trap records the peak of emergence
occurred during the last 3 weeks of April. No other Epeorus were
collected in the emergence trap even though the nymphs of other species
were numerous in the stream.
4 -
Fig. 1. Size-class distribution of Epeorus longimanus in monthly bottom samples
from Oak Creek, Benton Co., Oregon. Bars represent per cent of total in each
size class: body length in mm. Total number in samples in column at right (A
indicates adults) .
132 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 2
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
E
E
6
5
4
3
2
1
Fig. 2. Seasonal occurrence and size ranges of Epeorus deceptivus and E. nitidus
in Oak Creek, Benton Co., Oregon. The <C 2 mm group was not identified to
species and has been repeated for each.
E. nitidus
S 0 N D J F MA M J J A
E. deceptivus
SAdults
M Undet. Nymphs
^ Det. Nymphs
SONDJFMAMJJA
Based on the occurrence of the 0—1 mm size group, the hatching
period extends from September to May. The last adults were collected
in June but no nymphs were present until September, suggesting that
the eggs require several months to hatch.
Epeorus deceptivus (McDunnough) and E. nitidus (Eaton)
Figure 2 shows the size range for the E. deceptivus and E. nitidus
nymphs collected in each month. Although the two species are in
separate subgenera, nymphs under 2 mm long are difficult to separate
to species. In figure 2, nymphs under 2 mm may be either species, and
the < 2 mm size group has been repeated for each. Only size ranges
are shown because the number of specimens in each sample was not
APRIL 1968]
LEHMKUHL — EPEORUS LIFE HISTORIES
133
large (totals for year: Undet. — 119; E. nitidus — 23; E. deceptivus —
34). Disturbing effects from flooding may be responsible for the lack
of nymphs in the samples in December and January.
The adults and nymphs of Epeorus deceptivus are included in keys
by Edmunds and Allen (1964). They report that the nymphs inhabit
small- to medium-sized streams between 6500 and 10,000 feet in eleva-
tion in the Rocky Mountain region. Although adults of this species have
not been collected from Oak Creek, nymphs from the samples agree
closely with the description for E. deceptivus given by Edmunds and
Allen (1964).
Nymphs over 2 mm were taken in the samples in February (fig. 2)
and E. deceptivus may have been present in the small undetermined
specimens in October and November. Nymphs over 4 mm were present
from April to June but no nymphs were present in July. Based on the
data, this species hatches in fall and winter, and the adults emerge
before July.
Epeorus nitidus was described from adults taken in Oregon, and Day
(1963) reported the species from California. Traver (1935), Day
(1963) and Jensen (1966) include the species in keys to the nymphs
but they are not, as yet, formally described.
Kraft (1963) reported the species from Berry Creek, near Corvallis,
Oregon, where the adults emerged from March to July. He found that
the nymphs fed mainly on detritus (97% of the gut contents) and that
the adults emerged from water whose average velocity was 0.8 ft/sec.
In Oak Creek, the first recognizable nymphs (as determined by the
tubercules on the dorsum of the abdominal segments) were over 3 mm
in December (fig. 2). E. nitidus is comparatively large in size, the
nymphs reaching 10 mm by February. Mature nymphs collected from
Oak Creek transformed into adults in the laboratory from April to July.
The cast nymphal skins of specimens that emerged in the laboratory
were found floating free in the water. Since an object was provided
for them to climb on, tbis suggests that the nymphs rise to the surface
to emerge rather than climb out of the water. The subimaginal stage
lasted from 3-4 days at outside temperatures (5-15° C).
This species follows the seasonal pattern of the previous two, with
eggs hatching in fall and winter and the adults emerging in the spring
and early summer.
Epeorus albertae (McDunnough)
Adults and nymphs of E. albertae are included in descriptions and
keys given by Edmunds and Allen (1964). Epeorus albertae occurs at
134
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 2
Table 1. Maximum and minimum water temperatures (Degrees C)
at sample station in Oak Creek, Benton Co., Oregon. Recording ther-
mometer operated for one week in each month. Thermometer probe
placed on bottom in midstream.
Oct.
Nov. Dec.
Jan.
Feb. Mar.
Apr.
May
June
July
Aug.
Sept.
Maximum
15
11 8
9
7 9
13
15
15
16
19
18
Minimum
10
7 6
5
2 5
7
10
8
9
14
13
elevations of 4000 to 7000 feet throughout the mountainous regions of
the western United States and the nymphs usually are found under
large rocks in rivers (Edmunds and Allen, 1964). Jensen (1966)
reported that adults were collected in direct sunlight swarming 2 to 3
feet above riffles in July and August.
E. albertae was not found in the bottom samples, but a large number
of nymphs were collected in Oak Creek in July in a wide sunlit riffle
100 feet upstream from the sample area (no other Epeorus were present
in the stream at this time). Nymphs collected at the Berry Creek
Fisheries Laboratory, 9 miles north of Corvallis, emerged as adults
from 15-20 July 1967 and an adult was collected from Berry Creek
on 7 August 1963 (Oregon State University collection). This species
emerges several months later than the other Epeorus of Oak Creek.
Discussion
The life cycles of the species of Epeorus in Oak Creek are similar
in several respects. The data indicate that Epeorus longimanus, E.
nitidus, and E. deceptivus are univoltine, but the information is insuf-
ficient to show this for E. albertae. Except for E. albertae, neither
adults nor nymphs of Epeorus were present at the Oak Creek station
in July and August. This indicates that the eggs require several months
to hatch.
The results of the Oak Creek study are compared in Table 2 with
data reported by Edmunds and Allen (1964) and Jensen (1966) for
the Rocky Mountain populations of 3 of the 4 species discussed here.
E. nitidus has not been reported from the Rocky Mountains. The life
cycle of E. albertae is similar in both areas, with adult emergence
occurring in July and August. The nymphs occur in water with tem-
peratures up to 17-18° C.
Epeorus deceptivus and E. longimanus are found in approximately
the same temperature ranges in the Rocky Mountains and in Oak Creek
APRIL 1968]
LEHMKUHL — EPEORUS LIFE HISTORIES
135
OJ
0 )
!h
u
CC5
o
'-d
c
cB
VO
Cv
a
- OJ
•2 I
bJ3 ^
H)
S !=!
3
§ ^
o VO
Cv
O iij
O
Di <
1 ^
a
c ^
cfi
C/J '~0
c
3
a
o
< 1 ) w
Bh ^
ttj W
<V
O
!h
^ c
^ .S
<u
4 — >
. . . G
^ .2
cfi
"o
o
OJ
lu
pO
bC
a;
cB
•1-^
a
G
o
o
o
a;i
rO
■M
;h
o
M-H
cB
• 4—1
CB
fN Q
w
^ G
M o
blD
H V
>H
O
G
O
(n
• ^
cd
s'
o
CJ
CJ
0)
(D
IH
CJ
CJ
o
o
o
<v
o
CO
i/B
im
nH
1—4
rH
bJ)
C5
03
1
O-
1
LO
1
LO
CO
Pi
o
a:*
Sh
13
4-^
CO
u
Cl.
!tl
u
CJ
U
S
CU
H
_c
o
o
o
«
UB
LO
t'c
LO
b
u 5
1
rH
1
nH
j
o o
pc;;?
o\
LO
LO
a^
pi^
OJ
a;
fH
4-^
4pi
4-^
Hh
"-M
HH
CJ
o
o
O
p3C|
03
o
O
o
o
a?
bX)
'^4
CO
Pi
(u
4-)
H-h
4-^
cc
_G
M
4-J
<-M
o
o
o
o
o
lO
o'
p^ 2
o
rH
« B
o
43
1
O O
o
>■
o
4
o
-Q
03
o
LO
•o
4-»
pM
0)
03
3
bX
43
a
"9
4 h
C3
U
<
1 — s
1
<v
c«
.3iJ
o3
o
1
• rH
U
a
H
O
HH
a:i
OJ
4-^
5
<
riC
CO
Q
V
o
<v
H
tS)
V
<v
r^
s
B
H
cc
a
•
CO
4-4
C/2
bX)
53
4-H
Cfi
13
bj}
p
M
OJ
4-H
a
u
in
1
p^S
^ 5
o ®
<
1
<
1
V
c
4<H
C«
13
bJ}
pgS
"9
3
PC
PC
C2
■*H
b3
rH
* rH
4-i
:::
* ?>H
9,
V}
*3
Q.)
&JD
C
O
PD
CJ
a;
Oh
PC
PC
PC
a
;:^
k.
in.
O
O
o
'i)
Cl,
Ci.
a.
1^
136
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 2
(5-15° C), but adult emergence is completed several months earlier
in Oak Creek (Table 2). These two may be cold water species which
have been able to invade a region of high summer water temperatures
by adjusting the life cycle to take advantage of the cooler winter and
spring water temperatures. The life cycles of E. deceptivus and E.
longimanus in Oak Creek are similar to that reported for E. pleuralis
(Banks) in Kentucky (Minshall, 1964). E. pleuralis nymphs hatch
from September to May and adults emerge from February to June.
Minshall concludes that this is primarily a cold water species, and that
temperatures of 17—18° C may be lethal to the nymphs.
One might surmise from Table 2 that temperatures of 15-16° C
limit the occurrence of the nymphs of E. longimanus and E. deceptivus
since in both the Rocky Mountains and in Oak Creek the nymphs do
not occur above this temperature. The limitation of the period of adult
emergence by water temperatures that kill the nymphs has been sug-
gested by Macan (1960a, 1960b). E. longimanus nymphs ranging from
2.1-6 mm occurred in Oak Creek in June, while in July no nymphs
were present (fig. 1). The rising water temperature in June or July
could explain the rather sudden disappearance of the nymphs. How-
ever, this explanation is not supported by data presented by Hartland-
Rowe (1964). Although he did not discuss the signifieance of the fact,
he reported nymphs of E. longimanus in Alberta ranging from 2-10
mm during the last month of adult emergence. Temperatures in the
stream did not exceed 12° C, and this appears to be well below the
“lethal” temperature of the species. There is apparently some factor
in addition to temperature which regulates the period of adult emer-
gence. Since the “lethal” temperature hypothesis is not entirely satis-
factory, other possibilities such as photoperiod or extremely rapid
growth and development of the nymphs near the end of the emergence
period should be investigated.
Acknowledgments
I should like to thank Dr. N. H. Anderson and Dr. John D. Lattin
of Oregon State University for critically reviewing the manuscript. Dr.
Anderson kindly allowed me to use data taken in connection with
investigations of downstream drift. This research was in part supported
by NSF Grant GB 3643.
Literature Cited
Allen, R. K., and G. F. Edmunds, Jr. 1956. A list of the mayflies of Oregon.
Utah Acad. Proc., 33: 85-87.
APRIL 1968]
SCHUSTER RONCUS PACIFICUS IDENTITY
137
Anderson, N. H., and D. M. Leiimkuiil. Catastrophic drift of insects in a wood-
land stream. Ecology (in press).
Berner, Lewis. 1959. A tabular summary of the biology of North American
mayfly nymphs (Ephemeroptera) . Bull. Florida State Museum, 4: 1-58.
Day, W. C. 1963. Ephemeroptera. In Usinger, R. L. (ed.) Aquatic Insects oj
California. Second printing. Univ. California Press, Berkeley.
Edmunds, G. F., Jr., and R. K. Allen. 1964. The Rocky Mountain species of
Epeorus {Iron) Eaton (Ephemeroptera : Heptageniidae) . Jour. Kan.
Ent. Soc., 37: 275-288.
Hartland-Rowe, R. 1964. Factors influencing the life-histories of some stream
insects in Alberta. Verb. Internat. Verein. LimnoL, 15: 917-925.
Jensen, S. L. 1966. The mayflies of Idaho (Ephemeroptera). M. S. Thesis.
Univ. of Utah, Salt Lake City, 367 pp.
Kraft, G. F. 1963. Seasonal occurrence and distribution of aquatic insects in
Berry Creek. Ph.D. Thesis. Oregon State Univ., Corvallis, 122 pp.
Lattin, J. D. 1963. Equipment and Technique. In Usinger, R. L. (ed.) Aquatic
Insects of California. Second printing. Univ. California Press, Berkeley.
Macan, T. T. 1960a. The effect of temperature on Rhithrogena semicolorata
l Ephem. ). Int. Rev. ges. Hydrohioh, 45: 197-201.
1960b. The occurrence of Heptagenia lateralis (Ephem.) in streams in the
English Lake District. Wetter u. Leben., 12: 231-234.
Minshall, J. N. 1964. An ecological life history of Epeorus pleuralis (Banks)
in Morgan’s Creek, Meade County, Kentucky. M. S. Thesis. Univ. of
Louisville, 79 pp.
Traver, j. R. 1935. Systematic, Part II, in J. G. Needham, J. R. Traver, and
Yin-Chi Jsu, The Biology oj Mayflies. Ithaca: Comstock Publishing Co.,
759 pp.
The Identity of Roncus pacificus Banks
(, Arachnida : Chelonethida)
Robert 0. Schuster
University of California, Davis
Four syntypes of Roncus pacificus Banks belonging to the Museum
of Comparative Zoology, Harvard, were kindly loaned to me by Dr.
Herbert W. Levi. Permission was granted to prepare slides from the
type series. In alcohol, observed with a dissecting microscope, the
types appeared to consist of one male, one female, and two immature
specimens of the heterosphyronid genus Mundochthonius. The male
and one of the nymphs were cleared, lightly stained with lignin pink,
and mounted in Piccolyte. The male is herein designated as the lecto-
type, and the following emended description and illustrations pertain
to that specimen.
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 44: 137-139. April 1968
[voL. 44, NO. 2
APRIL 1968] SCHUSTER — RONCUS PACIFICUS IDENTITY
139
Mundochthonius PACIFICUS (Banks) new combination
Roncus pacificus Banks, 1893, Canadian Ent., 25: 66.
Lechytia pacifica, Banks, 1895, J. New York Entomol. Soc., 3: 13.
Male. — Median length of carapace 550 fi; epistome moderately large (fig. 4) ;
anterior margin of carapace with 6 setae, posterior margin with 2 setae, with a
total of 18 setae. Tergites I and II with 4 marginal setae, tergites III to X with
6 marginal setae, and tergite XI probably with 6 setae. Chelicera with 8 flagellar
setae; fixed finger with 11 teeth (fig. 3). Palpal femur 525 p long, 134 p wide;
tibia 292 p long, 168 p wide. Chela (figs. 1, 2) 823 p long, 202 p wide, 202 p deep;
movable finger 515 p long; fixed finger with about 54 teeth, movable finger with
58 teeth. Coxal spines wide, single, but with 2 deep incisions (fig. 5). Structure
of genitalia, and number and placement of opercular setae as indicated in figure 6;
sternites following the posterior operculum with 16 : 14 : 10 : 10 : marginal setae,
the numbers for remaining sternites uncertain.
In addition to the type specimens from Olympia, Washington, I have
seen specimens from California and Idaho. Mundochthonius pacificus
is probably very closely related to M. rossi Hoff (1949) differing from
(the description of) that species mainly in being larger.
All previous records of Lechytia pacifica from North America, except
those for Washington, probably pertain to specimens of one or more
undetermined species of the genus Lechytia.
Literature Cited
Banks, N. 1893. New Chernetidae from the United States. Canadian Entomol.,
25: 64^67.
1895. Notes on the Pseudoscorpionida. J. New York Entomol. Soc., 3: 1-13.
Hoff, C. C. 1949. The pseudoscorpions of Illinois. Bull. Illinois Nat. Hist. Surv.,
24: 413-498.
<-
Mundochthonius pacificus (Banks), lectotype male. Figs. 1, 2, chela dorsal and
lateral, showing positions of setal soekets of duplex and taetile setae. Fig. 3, fixed
cheliceral finger. FiG. 4, epistome. Fig. 5, spine of coxa H. Fig. 6, genital area,
lateral guard and opercular setae omitted from right side, internal setae omitted
from left side.
140
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 2
New California Cerambycidae
(Coleoptera)
W. H. Tyson
San Jose State College, California
The following new forms were discovered during a study of the
California Cerambycidae. They have been confirmed by Dr. J. A.
Chemsak of the University of California at Berkeley.
Poliaenus abietis Tyson, new species
(Fig. 1)
Female. — Form cylindrical, subdepressed; integument eolor dark brown to
piceus; pubeseence light-gray and blaek. Head transverse, densely clothed with
recumbent light-gray pubescence and long, erect, light-gray hairs; occiput with a
shallow groove. Antennae slightly longer than body, all segments annulated, pale
basally. All antennal segments clothed with recumbent pubescence and long light-
gray hairs on the ventral side; scape with long hairs on entire surfaee. Pronotum
wider than long, cylindrical, with a prominent, acute tubercle at each side clothed
with dense light-gray pubescence; pronotal dise with three obtuse tubercles,
glabrous at apex. Recumbent puljescence of pronotum mottled black and light-
gray, erect hairs on disc black and those laterally light-gray. Elytra with humeri
broadly rounded, blaek. Elytral apices obliquely truncate. Elytral disc with two
large, prominent tubercles on basal fifth, each covered with dense, erect black
hairs. Antemedian pale band of elytra composed of dense, recumbent, light-gray
pubescenee; postmedian dark band broad, even broader near suture; preapical
band mottled with black and gray pubescence. Several ereet, black hairs along
costae of disc. Costae distinct, those of disc with small tufts of black hair on
apical half. Erect hairs of elytra black on disc, light-gray laterally. Legs dark
and mostly clothed with both recumbent and erect light-gray hairs, but with
glabrous areas near femoral apex and with femoral base rufescent. Tarsi annulated
above, clothed with dense yellow hair below. Underside of body densely clothed
with light-gray recumbent pubescence. Last abdominal sternum with transverse
declivity near apex. Length, 9 mm.
Male. — Unknown.
Material Examined. — Holotype female and one paratype female
from Cone Peak, Santa Lucia Mountains, Monterey County, Cali-
fornia (W. H. Tyson). Holotype speeimen deposited in the entomo-
logical collection of the California Academy of Sciences.
The type specimens were reared from Santa Lucia Fir {Abies
venusta) . The larvae mine the cambium layer of small limbs (2.5 to
6.5 cm in diameter). They etch both the bark and the wood, with the
mature larvae leaving deep, heavily reticulated galleries filled with
course light and dark frass. The mature larvae enter the heart wood
and construct pupal chambers at the end of a short gallery. The cham-
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 44: 140-143. April 1968
APRIL 1968]
TYSON — NEW CALIFORNIA CERAMBYCIDAE
141
Fig. 1. Poliaenus abietis Tyson, female.
142
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 2
bers were located one-fourth inch below the outer surface of the bark.
Perhaps the adults overwinter in these pupal chambers; wood collected
in April 1965 and kept in indoor rearing cages yielded the type speci-
mens in the fall of 1967. They were removed from their pupal chambers
in late November.
Members of this species differ from other North American Poliaenus
by having prominent acute lateral pronotal tubercles, by the wide post-
median dark band, by the obliquely truncate elytral apices, and by the
enlarged tufts or brushes of erect black hairs on the basal fifth of the
elytra. In Linsley (1935) this species keys to Poliaenus californicus
(Schaeffer) .
Aneflus protensis pallidus Tyson, new subspecies
(Fig. 2)
Integument testaceous to light reddish hrown; pubescence of head dense,
obscuring most of the surface. Pronotum with surface obscured by pale pubes-
cence except for “T”-shaped demuded area on disc. Scutellum densely covered
with pale pubescence. Spines at apices of elytra moderately long in male, smaller
in female. Females with the outer angle of each elytron variable, being either
rounded, dentate, or with a short spine. Length, 22-35 mm.
APRIL 1968] TYSON— NEW CALIFORNIA CERAMBYCIDAE
143
Material Examined. — Holotype male, allotype female, and one male
paratype from Blythe, Riverside County, California, 12 July 1948,
at lights (E. G. Linsley). Eight male and eight female paratypes from
Blythe, California, as follows: One male and one female, 10 July 1947
(J. W. MacSwain) ; two males, light trap, 18 July 1948 (collectors
unknown) ; two males and one female, attracted to ultra-violet light,
17 July 1966 (W. H. Tyson) ; one male and one female, 30 July 1967
(J. W. Tilden and B. A. Tilden). Additional material examined: Three
females from 3 miles south of Parker, Yuma County, Arizona, on
Prosopis pubescens, 9 July 1966 (J. M. Davidson, M. A. Cazier) ; one
female from Borrego Valley, San Diego County, California, 6 June 1940
(N. Reynolds) ; one female from Borrego, San Diego County, Califor-
nia, 9 June 1962 (G. R. Noonan) ; two males from Blythe, Riverside
County, California, 10 and 22 July 1949 (collectors unknown).
The testaceous integument and dense pubescence of the head and
pronotum separates this subspecies from Aneflus protensis protensis
(LeConte), which ranges from west-central Arizona east to Texas and
south into Mexico. In unrubbed specimens a bicolored appearance is
noticed due to the dense pubescence of the head and pronotum, this
area being much lighter than the elytra. Adults have been attracted
to both white and ultra-violet lights. Linsley (1963) failed to recognize
this distinct subspecies in his coverage of the genus.
The holotype, allotype, and one paratype are deposited in the ento-
mological collection of the California Academy of Sciences, the remain-
ing paratypes are in the collections of W. H. Tyson, J. W. and B. A.
Tilden, and the California Insect Survey at Berkeley.
My thanks to H. B. Leech (California Academy of Sciences), J. A.
Chemsak (California Insect Survey), and J. W. Tilden (San Jose State
College) for the loan of specimens, and to Dr. J. G. Edwards for his
encouragement and constructive criticism during the preparation of
this article.
Literature Cited
Linsley, E. G. 1935. A revision of the Pogonocherini of North America. Ann.
Entomol. Soc. Amer., 28 (1) : 73-103, 1 pi.
1963. The Cerambycidae of North America. Part IV. Taxonomy and Clas-
sification of the Subfamily Cerambycinae, Tribes Elaphidionini through
Rhinotragini. Univ. Calif. Publ. Entomol., 21: 1-165, figs. 1-52.
144
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 2
A New Species of Onagrandrena Associated with
Camissonia campestris
(Hymenopteia : Andrenidae)
E. G. Linsley and J. W. MacSwain^
University of California, Berkeley
The following species of Andrena {Onagrandrena) is described at
this time in order to make the name available for use in another study.
Andrena (Onagrandrena) camissoniae Linsley and MacSwain,
new species
Female. — Head and mesosoma dull black; metasoma shining black, posterior
impressed tergal margins castaneous; pubescence pale ocbraceous. Head with
clypeus slightly shining, conA'ex, densely punctate, without indication of a median
longitudinal smooth line; labrum with process broad, about one-half length of
first flagellar segment, as broad as long, distinctly elevated, apex subtruncate,
broadly rounded at sides, without an apical notch; antennae with flagellum black,
first segment, measured along anterior margin, as long as second and third com-
bined. Mesosoma with mesoscutum dullish, finely and closely punctured, punctures
subcontiguous, less than one diameter apart, interspaces finely almost coarsely
reticulate; mesoscutellum and mesopleura more closely punctate than mesoscutum,
punctures contiguous; propodeum coarsely subcontiguously, reticulate-punctate,
basal enclosure finely, longitudinally, and only slightly obliquely rugose, with a
single fine well defined straight median ridge; wings lightly tinted dark brown;
legs with scopae of posterior tibiae long, one and one-half times width of tibiae,
and moderately dense. Metasoma moderately slender, shining, second tergum with
most anterior hairs long, minutely but distinctly plumose, surface finely punctate,
most punctures separated by from three to five diameters, terga two to four with
apical impression broad and distinct, finely, sparsely punctate, impunctate margin
very narrow but distinct, shining. Body length approximately 11 mm, anterior
wing 9 mm.
Male. — Unknown.
Holotype female (California Academy of Sciences, Entomology),
from 28 miles northwest of New Cuyama, Santa Barbara County,
California, 8 June 1963, at flowers of Oenothera dentata (= Camis-
sonia campestris) between 7:20 and 7:30 a.m. (G. I. Stage) and 3
paratypes (California Insect Survey, University of California, Berkeley)
all from the same locality and flowers as follows: one between 6:50
and 7:00 a.m., one between 7:10 and 7:20 a.m., and one between 7:20
and 7 :30 a.m.
This distinctive species is tentatively assigned to the A. (0.) oenothe-
rae complex (Linsley and MacSwain, 1963) but differs from other
^ The authors express appreciation to the National Science Foundation for support of research on
bees associated with Onagraceae through NSF Grant G-7193. We are indebted to Peter H. Raven,
Department of Biological Science, Stanford University, for identifying the species of Camissonia.
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 44: 144-145. April 1968
APRIL 1968]
UESHIMA — BIOLOGY OF PRIMICIMEX
145
known species not only in the ochraceous pubescence but the short,
blunt labral process and the sculpturing of the propodeal enclosure.
Literature Cited
Linsley, E. G., and J. W. MacSwain. 1963. Descriptions of new species and
subspecies of Onagrandrena, principally of the Andrena oenotherae
complex (Hymenoptera : Andrenidae) . Pan-Pacific Ent., 39: 189-198.
Cytology and bionomics of Primicimex cavernis Barber^
(Cimicidae : Hemiptera)
Norihiro Ueshima
University of California, Berkeley
Primicimex cavernis Barber is considered to be a primitive member
of the Cimicidae and exhibits unique characters, such as the absence
of a spermalege and the much larger size. The species has been reported
only from bat caves in Texas and Guatemala. Practically no biology
of this particular species is known, because of rareness and difficulty
in keeping specimens alive in the laboratory. Furthermore, the popula-
tion of Ney Cave in Texas may have been wiped out, since no collection
has been made for the last 10 years although several careful surveys
were conducted. More knowledge of this particular species is badly
needed in order to understand the evolutionary relationships of the
Cimicidae. I have been fortunate in finding new localities for the
species and have succeeded in maintaining the bugs in the laboratory.
The purpose of this paper is to report some biological and cytological
information concerning this unique species.
The author wishes to express his grateful appreciation to Dr. R. L.
Usinger (Division of Entomology, University of California, Berkeley)
for his help in many ways. Also the author is indebted to Dr. P. Leitner
(St. Mary’s College) for regularly providing me with host bats for
laboratory rearing, and to Mr. J. D. Haddock (Division of Entomology,
University of California, Berkeley) for his field assistance.
Materials and Methods
The bugs used in this study were collected in the Cave of Janitzio
Island, Mexico, and were maintained in the laboratory on Tadarida
brasiliensis mexieana (Saussure). The laboratory colony has been
^ This study was supported by U. S. Public Health Service Grant GM-13197.
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 44: 145-152. April 1968
146
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 2
maintained in a cabinet at 27° C ± 2 and about 70% relative humidity.
Colony members were exposed to room temperature during feeding.
For cytological study, testes or ovaries were fixed in Carnoy. All
observations were made from squash preparations stained with aceto-
carmine. For electrophoresis, adult haemolymph was taken from
females and males by micropipet. Polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis
was employed.
New Localities
The known distribution of Primicimex, prior to this study, consisted
only of Ney Cave, Texas, and Chocoyos, Chimaltenango, Guatemala.
The bugs may have been exterminated from Ney Cave by an unknown
agency (Usinger, 1966). Recently Mr. Haddock and I made a special
trip to Guatemala and Mexico to collect live Primicimex. At Chocoyos,
Guatemala, although we found the exact cave where the bugs had been
collected, we failed to find the hugs. There were neither dead bugs
nor skins. However, the following new locations in Mexico were added
to the distribution of Primicimex:
1. Valladolid Cave, Yucatan, Mexico; 21 March 1967, by J. D.
Haddock and N. Ueshima.
We collected complete cast skins and dead adults of Primicimex
from this locality. The bats were roosting in a fissure of an overhang-
ing cliff outside the main entrance of the cave. Dead specimens and
skins were collected at the base of this cliff. We were unable to reach
the roosting site itself, since the cliff extended over a deep pool and
the face of the cliff was sheer. However, we assume that there is a
population of the bugs around the bat roosting site in the cave. We
are certain that some of the bats at this locality were Tadarida hrasil-
iensis mexicana, because of a unique odor.
2. Cave, Janitzio Island, Patzcuaro Lake, Patzcuaro, Michoacan,
Mexico; 23 March 1967, by J. D. Haddock and N. Ueshima. The bug-
population in the cave was quite dense.^
The cave is located about 500 yds. SE of a statue which stands in
ths center of the island. The cave consists of a single chamber about
50 ft. deep and 30 ft. high. The opening of the cave is about 10 ft.
high and 7 ft. wide. The cave contained thousands of Mexican free-
tailed bats, Tadarida brasiliensis mexicana. Primicimex was easily
found and collected on walls, especially in crevices of the walls. All
^ Dr. Denny Constantine first noticed “large cimicids” in this cave some years ago and suggested
that the cave be searched on the chance that Primicimex might be found.
APRIL 1968]
UESHIMA — BIOLOGY OF PRIMICIMEX
147
Fig. 1 (left). Primicimex cavernis Barber, hiding in a crevice of the wall at the
cave, Janitzio Island, Patzcuaro, Michoacan, Mexico. Fig. 2 (right). Primicimex
cavernis eggs laid on the wall of the cave, Janitzio Island, Patzcuaro, Michoacan,
Mexico.
stages of Primicimex, from eggs to adults, were readily collected (figs.
1 and 2) .
Host Specificity
It has been considered that the host of Primicimex is the Mexican
free-tailed bat, Tadarida hrasiliensis mexicana. In order to prove this
host relationship, an experiment was conducted in the laboratory.
Starved adult and nymphal bugs from Janitzio Island were used for
the test with the following potential hosts provided for the bugs.
Bat: Myotis yumanensis (H. Allen)
Antrozous pallidus (LeConte)
Tadarida hrasiliensis mexicana (Saussure)
Rabbit
White mouse
Chicken
In the experiment, the bugs never attempted to feed on any of these
animals, except Tadarida hrasiliensis mexicana. This indicates that the
bugs are host specific to the Mexican free-tailed bat.
The bat has a strong and unique odor. This odor may play a part
in attracting the bugs. Even when Antrozous or Myotis were presented
to the bugs together with Tadarida, the bugs always attempted to feed
on Tadarida and never on Antrozous or Myotis.
Feeding Behavior
Generally cimicids in the laboratory feed readily on the host through
nylon net (see Usinger, 1966, for feeding methods) ; Primicimex, how-
148
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 2
ever, requires direct contact with the host. This difference may be
due to the larger size and difference in feeding behavior. The feeding
behavior of Primicimex is rather unusual in comparison to other cimi-
cids. The feeding behavior of other species of cimicids was described
by Usinger (1966). Ryckman (1956) briefly observed the feeding of
Primicimex at Ney Cave, Texas. The following are some details of the
feeding of the bugs observed by me in the laboratory.
The bug approaches its host with its antennae outstretched. When
the bug comes within about % inch of the host, it momentarily stops
moving toward the host, and raises and points its beak toward the
host. Immediately after this, the bug jumps onto the host, so that
the tip of the beak taps the surface of the bat’s wing and tail membranes.
Then the bug jumps back about % inch and quickly lunges toward
the host again. This activity seems to test for prospective feeding
surfaces. Such activities are repeated several times until the bat shows
no twitching. If on the first trial of tapping the host the bug hits an
unsuitable place, it moves away and starts again to approach from a
different direction. After a suitable feeding surface is found, the
forelegs of the bug are brought into action to grasp the membrane
of the host and the beak is introduced into the membrane and blood
is sucked in. The bug grasps the host with considerable force and
continues the feeding even if the host moves or the experimenter
disturbs the situation. During feeding the mid- and hindlegs are almost
free from the host. The feeding time to engorgement is 10-15 minutes
for 1st instar nymphs and 30-90 minutes for adults.
Occasionally, the bug approaehes and probes the lips of the bat.
When this happens, the lips twitch strongly. However, the bat does
not reject or bite the probing bug. After being probed several times
on the lips by the bug, the bat ceases to respond. The bug then feeds
on the lip without disturbance. However, when the bat was probed
lightly on the lips with a fine needle, the bat reacted immediately by
biting the needle.
After engorgement, the bug withdraws its beak from the host, releases
the grip by its forelegs and leaves the host.
Life History
Fifty-four eggs were placed individually into small vials. The same
vial was used to hold each bug from egg to adult. Since, as described
previously, Primicimex requires direct contact with the host, each
specimen was taken out of the vial during feeding. The bug was
allowed to feed on the host once every ten days. The average size of
APRIL 1968]
UESHIMA — BIOLOGY OF PRIMICIMEX
149
Table 1. Summary of life history of Primicimex in days.
Stage
Female
Male
Duration
Average
Duration
Average
Rcrcr
13-17
15.2
13-18
15.4
1st instar
9-41
18.2
10-30
15.4
2nd instar
9-24
12.1
9-27
15.0
3rd instar
10-26
13.9
9-26
16.2
4th instar
12-36
22.9
12-36
18.5
5th instar
16-33
21.9
16-45
25.8
1st to adult
70-115
89.1
72-117
91.5
egg to adult
83-132
104.3
85-135
106.9
egg was 2.5 mm in length and 1.05 mm at maximum width and 0.5 mm
at the egg cap.
The eggs used were known to have been 24 hrs. old or less and eggs
or nymphs were checked for hatching or moulting every day after the
eggs were placed in the vials.
All 54 eggs hatched. The average time to hatching was 15.3 days
with 13 days minimum and 18 days maximum. The average number
of days required to become adult was 104.3 days for the females and
106.9 days for the males. The longest instar was the 4th for females
and the 5th for males. Out of 54 eggs hatched, 24 died during develop-
ment, mostly in the 1st and 2nd instars, and 30 became adults. Out
of 30 adults, 13 were females and 17 were males. The sex ratio of
males to females was 56.7 : 43.3, this ratio, of course, would change
if a large number were scored. The summary of the life history of
Primicimex is shown in Table 1.
The life history of Primicimex is rather longer than the other species
of cimicids. Under our rearing conditions (72° C ±: 2 and about 70%
R. H.), most species of cimicids so far studied develop at the rate of
about one generation per month. Also Omori (1941) reported that
the duration of the life cycle at 27° C was 31.3 days for Cimex lec-
tularius Linn., and 30.8 days for C. hemipterus (Fabr.). The duration
of the life cycle for Hesperocimex sonorensis Ryckman was 40.1 days
at 27° C (Ryckman, 1958) and for Haemato siphon inodorus (Duges)
37.1 days at 25-29° C (Lee, 1955), However, the life history for
Bucimex chilensis Usinger, which is considered the most closely related
species to Primicimex, was 123.2 days at 28° C (Usinger, 1966). These
two genera are strikingly larger in size than other cimicids. Thus, the
150
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 2
8 9 10
. JUl . ... .
Figs. 3-10. Meiosis of Primicimex cavernis. Magnification is indicated by 10-g
scale. Fig. 3. Spermatogonial metaphase with 30 chromosomes. Fig. 4. Female
somatic metaphase with 30 chromosomes. Figs. 5-10. Male meiosis. Fig. 5. Early
diakinesis, the X and Y are associated with nucleolar organizer. Fig. 6. Diakinesis
with 16 chromosome entities. Fig. 7. First metaphase. Fig. 8. First telophase.
Fig. 9. Second metaphase, the X and Y are located in the center of a hollow
spindle formed by autosomes. Fig. 10. Second metaphase, side view. The X and
Y are preceding.
longer life history of these two genera may be due to the difference
in body size.
Cytology
The chromosome number of Primicimex was briefly observed by
Ueshima (1966) from Ney Cave material preserved in alcohol for
several years and, therefore, not fixed properly. Using fresh specimens
APRIL 1968]
UESHIMA — BIOLOGY OF PRIMICIMEX
151
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 H
tmmmmm Strong
.wvwx Weak
Medium
Trace
Fig. 11. Haemolymph protein patterns of Primicimex cavernis. A, female; B,
male.
from Janitzio Island, additional observations were made showing that
the previous results were inaccurate.
The diploid chromosome complement of the species is 28 + XY in
the male and 28 + XX in the female (not 8 + XY and 8 + XX as
previously reported) (figs. 3 and 4). All chromosomes are very much
alike in size.
As is usually the case in the cimicids (Ueshima, 1963, 1966 and
1967), it was not possible to analyze the details of early prophase of
meiosis. At the diffuse stage, there are two heteropycnotic elements,
the X and Y. In diakinesis the chromosomes become evident, the two
members of each bivalent lie parallel, and bivalents usually each have
one chiasma. In diakinesis there are 16 chromosome entities (figs. 5
and 6) .
As the first metaphase is formed, 14 autosomal tetrads and the X
and Y dyads arrange themselves on the equatorial plate (fig. 7). The
sex chromosomes are usually distinguished from the autosomes because
they are composed of two chromatids instead of four as in autosomes.
The first division is reductional for the autosomes and equational for
the sex chromosomes (fig. 8).
At the second metaphase which directly follows the first without
any resting stage, 14 autosomes form a hollow spindle, while the X
and Y always lie in the center of the hollow spindle (fig. 9) . At the
second division, the X goes to one pole with autosome halves and the
Y moves to the other pole (fig. 10).
The nearly related Bucimex chilensis Usinger has 26 + XY in the
male and 26 + XX in the female (Ueshima, 1966).
152
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 2
Electrophoresis
Figure 11 shows haemolymph protein patterns of the female (A)
and male (B) Primicimex. The proteins are numbered according to
their mobilities. The degree of intensity of the fractions is recorded
under 4 categories: strong, medium, weak, and trace.
As seen in Figure 11, the protein patterns of the female and male
are strikingly different. The female shows 10 fractions, while the male
exhibits 11. The female lacks fraction 1. Fraction 10 is strong in the
female and medium in the male. Also, there are some differences in
fractions 3, 6, 7, and 11 between the male and female protein patterns.
The most significant differences in protein patterns between the male
and female are fractions 1, 5, and 10.
Literature Cited
Lee, R. D. 1955. The biology of the Mexican chicken bug, Haemato siphon
inodorus (Duges) (Hemiptera : Cimicidae) . Pan-Pacific Entomol., 31
(2) : 47-61.
Omori, N. 1941. Comparative studies on the ecology and physiology of common
and tropical bed bugs, with special references to the reactions to tem-
perature and moisture. Jour. Med. Ass. Formosa, 60 (4) no. 433:
555-729.
Ryckman, R. E. 1956. Parasitic and some nonparasitic arthropods from hat
caves in Texas and Mexico. Amer. Midland Nat., 56: 186-190.
1958. Descriptions and biology of Hesperocimex sonorensis, new species, an
ectoparasite of the purple martin (Hemiptera : Cimicidae) . Ann.
Entom. Soc. Amer., 51 (1) : 33-47.
Ueshima, N. 1963. Chromosome behavior of the Cimex pilosellus complex
(Cimicidae : Hemiptera) . Chromosoma, 14: 511-521.
1966. Cytology and cytogenetics. In R. L. Usinger, Monograph of Cimicidae
(Hemiptera — Heteroptera) . Thomas Say Foundation, Entom. Soc.
Amer., pp. 183-239.
1967. Supernumerary chromosomes in the human bedbug, Cimex lectularius
Linn. (Cimicidae : Hemiptera) . Chromosoma, 20: 311-331.
Usinger, R. L. 1966. Monograph of Cimicidae (Hemiptera — Heteroptera).
Thomas Say Foundation, Entom. Soc. Amer., pp. 585.
APRIL 1968] NAYAR — MALE GENITALIA OF ERISTALINAE
153
Male Genitalia of Eristalinae from California
(Syrphidae : Diptera)
J. L. Nayar
University of California, Berkeley
There are a few published papers on studies of the genitalia of
Eristalinae. Cole (1927) and Crampton (1944) have contributed
substantially on the comparative study of male terminalia of Diptera
with references to Eristalis and Helophilus species. Bean (1949) made
good use of male hypopygia in determining the species of Tubifera
(m Eristalis). Zumpt and Heinz (1949) studied the morphology and
homology of male terminalia of Eristalis tenax (Linn.). The present
study was undertaken in an attempt to establish a dependable basis
for generic and specific definition in Eristalinae and to supplement the
existing literature with fairly constant characters of male terminalia
in the taxonomy of this group. A number of characters have been
found in the hypopygium, which show marked generic and interspecific
variations.
Due to the large number of species present in the Eristalinae and
the difficulty in obtaining all of them, the present studies were restricted
to those species which are known to occur in California. It is, however,
regretted that Eristalis duncani Curran and E. texanus Hull, although
recorded from California, could not be studied due to the inability to
secure the material. However, the representatives of genera (Arcto-
syrphus, Mallota and Meromacrus) of the subfamily Eristalinae not
occurring in California were studied in an effort to present a complete
working key of all the genera.
Metcalfs (1921) terminology adopted by Fluke (1951), Stuckenberg
(1954), Sedman (1959), and Weisman (1965) has been followed in
the present work but the author has preferred to call the trough-shaped
sclerite bearing the style and the cerci as the “epandrium,” a term
proposed by Zumpt and Heinz (1949).
For the preparation of the genitalia studies, the dried and pinned
specimens were relaxed in a moist chamber containing water and
phenol for 24-48 hours. The postabdomen or genitalia were removed
and boiled in 10 per cent KOH for half an hour to two hours, depend-
ing upon the degree of chitinisation. Later the structures were neutral-
ized in acetic acid, upgraded and dissected in Canada balsam under
a binocular microscope. The diagrams were drawn with the help of
1 Researcli work carried on Fulbright Scholarship for 1967-1968.
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 44 : 153 - 167 . April 1968
154
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 2
camera lucida under M5 stereomicroscope. The material was stored in
a small vial containing glycerine after study. The vial was then attached
to the pin holding the insect from which the genitalia was removed.
Acknowledgments
I wish to thank Prof. Ray F. Smith, Chairman of the Department of
Entomology and Parasitology, University of California, Berkeley, for
encouragement and providing me with facilities for work. I am highly
indebted to Dr. F. R. Cole, Dipterologist, for generous advice, assistance,
helpful suggestions and checking of the manuscript. The author wishes
to express his sincere appreciation and thanks to Drs. Pedro Wygodzin-
sky, American Museum of Natural History; Willis W. White, United
States Department of Agriculture; Karl V. Krombein, United States
National Museum; and Paul H. Arnaud, Jr., California Academy of
Sciences, for their generous loan of several specimens without which
this study would not have been possible. My thanks are also due to
Prof. R. L. Usinger, Dr. John A. Chemsak, and Dr. Howard V. Weems,
Jr., for help in many ways. I appreciate the help by Mrs. Celeste Green
in arranging the plates which accompany this study.
Definitions
The following are the various terms used in the course of this paper
(figs. 1 and llA).
(a) Cerci (C) — a pair of variously shaped structures lying in the membranous
area posterior to the epandrium. These are called acrocerci (Berlese, 1909) , appen-
dage IV (Newell, 1918), lamellae (Lundbeck, 1916), epiproct (Crampton, 1923),
and foreceps superiores (Wesche, 1906),.
(b) Styles (S) — a pair of appendages of the ninth segment which are artic-
ulated to the caudo-lateral corners of the epandrium. These are also known as
mesostyle (Berlese, 1909), appendage I (Newell, 1918), claws (Lundbeck, 1916),
foreceps interiores (Wesche, 1906), and surstyli (Fluke, 1951).
(c) Penis sheath (PS)- — formed by the ninth sternite and encloses the phallic
organs.
(d) Superior lobes (SL)- — a pair of more posterior of two pairs of lobes arising
from the penis sheath. Stuckenberg (1954) and Nayar (1965) have called these
superior claspers and harpagones respectively in Syrphidae.
(e) Epandrium (E) — the modified ninth tergum.
(f) Inferior lobes (IL) — the anterior pair of two pairs of lobes arising from
the penis sheath. These may be absent in some cases. Stuckenberg (1954)
preferred to call these inferior claspers.
(g) Chitinous box (CB, fig. 65) — penis proper of Fluke (1951) or the more
commonly called aedeagus or the phallus bearing the membranous ejaculatory
hood (EH) at its distal end.
For a better understanding of the homologies of male genitalia.
APRIL 1968] NAYAR — MALE GENITALIA OF ERISTALINAE
155
students of morphology are referred to the splendid works of Crampton
(1923 and 1944) and Cole (1927).
Key to the Genera of Eristalinae based on Genitalia of Males
1. Styles short and broad 2
Styles long and tubular 5
2. Inferior lobes present 3
Inferior lobes absent 4
3. Superior lobes long, tubular, with hood of bristles near apex (fig. 61)
— - Merodon Meigen
Superior lobes long, flask-like, apex somewhat bifid (fig. 59)
Asemosyrphus Bigot
4. Styles bifid at apex; superior lobes broadly capitate terminally (figs.
56 and 57) Meromacrus Rondani
Styles not bifid at apex, terminally with extremely sharp conical projec-
tion; superior lobes flask-like at base, apical part cylindrical and chitin-
ized (figs. 62, 63, and 64) Polydontomyia Williston
5. Cerci nearly kidney-shaped 6
Cerci kidney-shaped or triangular 7
6. Inferior lobes long, narrow and tubular (fig. 1) (except Eristalis lati-
frons, E. alhamhra, E. meigeni, and E. testaceicornis) Eristalis Latreille
Inferior lobes short and broad (fig. 67) Arctosyrphus Frey
7. Styles about twice the depth of the epandrium (figs. 52 and 54)
Mallota Meigen
Styles about the depth of epandrium (figs. 42, 45, 47, and 50)
Helophilus Meigen
Descriptions of Male Genitalia
Eristalis tenax (Linn.) (figs. 3, 4, and 5). — Epandrium horseshoe-shaped, about
twice as wide as long with lower corners rounded. Styles lobe-like, nearly half as
wide at apex as at base with an inner median notch; apical part and inner half
beset with small bristles. Cerci kidney-shaped with long bristles. Superior lobes
linear in basal two-thirds and curved outwards apically. Inferior lobes of uniform
width.
Eristalis obsoletus Wied. (figs. 6 and 7). — Epandrium about one and a half
times as broad as long with lower corners produced and acute. Styles as broad
as long except apical triangular part; outer border sharply convex, inner concave;
long setae present along the upper outer margin of broad basal part of style. Cerci
kidney-shaped. Superior lobes broad in middle, narrowing both at base and apex
with few small bristles at rounded apical end. Inferior lobes long, linear.
Eristalis triangularis Giglio-Tos (figs. 8 and 9). — Epandrium about one and a
half times as wide as long with lower corners slightly produced and acute. Styles
almost as long as depth of epandrium, broad at base, narrowing in middle and
extremely broad towards apex; long bristles present along outer margin and
pubescent all over. Cerci kidney-shaped, slightly broad at base and gradually
narrowing apically. Superior lobes mango-shaped, narrow at base and pointed
apically. Inferior lobes long, tubular in basal two-thirds and conical apically.
Eristalis alhambra Hull (figs. 10 and 11). — Epandrium about twice as wide as
long with lower corners slightly produced and acute. Styles long, about one and
156
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 2
APRIL 1968] NAYAR — MALE GENITALIA OF ERISTALINAE
157
a half times the depth of epandrium, rounded at apex with minute pubescence
in apical part. Cerci kidney-shaped, nearly as long as epandrium with small
bristles along borders. Superior lobes small, broad at base, produced apically into
chitinized horn-like structures. Inferior lobes small, tubular. Chitinous box oval
with two elongated sclerotized pieces.
Eristalis dimidiatus Wied. (figs. 12 and 13). — Epandrium about one and a half
limes as wide as long with lower corners slightly produced and acute. Styles
long, rounded at apex, apical part partially constricted from lower tubular stalk.
Outer border and rounded part of styles beset with bristles, bristles more dense
on inner margin. Cerci kidney-shaped. Superior lobes apically ending in conical
chitinized structure. Inferior lobes sharply curved outwards with apices like
superior lobes.
Eristalis temporalis Thomson (figs. 1 and 2). — Epandrium slightly longer than
wide with rounded cephalic margin. Styles typically like those of E. dimidiatus
but curved more deeply on the inside. Cerci typical for group but slightly project-
ing above apices of styles. Superior lobes have their upper posterior corners
produced into conical projections. Inferior lobes long, tubular, projecting down-
wards and outward.
Eristalis occidentalis Williston (figs. 14 and 15).^ — ^Epandrium a little less than
one and a half times as wide as long with cephalic corners rounded. Styles like
that of E. temporalis. Cerci somewhat kidney-shaped, projecting a little above
bases of styles. Superior lobes broad in middle and narrowed basally and apically;
conical apices highly chitinized. Inferior lobes more like those in E. temporalis
but slightly broadening from base to tip. Chitinous box oval.
Eristalis bastardii (Macquart) (figs. 16 and 17). — Epandrium about twice as
wide as long with median depression on cephalie margin, lower corners acute.
Styles somewhat like E. dimidiatus but distinctly bulging into knob-like projections
subapically on inner borders. Cerci kidney-shaped, broad apically and narrow
4 -
Fig. 1. Eristalis temporalis Tliomson (male genitalia in situ) ventral view. (See
text for explanation of characters.) Fig. 2. E. temporalis Thomson, penis sheath
(ventral view). Fig. 3. E. tenax (Linn.), epandrium (dorsal view). Fig. 4. E.
tenax (Linn.), male genitalia (lateral view). Fig. 5. E. tenax (Linn.), penis
sheath (ventral view). Fig. 6. E. obsoletus Wied., epandrium (dorsal view).
Fig. 7. E. obsoletus Wied., penis sheath (ventral view). Fig. 8. E. triangularis
G. T., epandrium (dorsal view). Fig. 9. E. triangularis G. T., penis sheath (ven-
tral view). Fig. 10. E. alhambra Hull, epandrium (dorsal view) Fig. 11. E.
alhambra Hull, penis sheath (ventral view) . Fig. 11a. E. alhambra Hull, male
genitalia (lateral view). (See text for explanation of characters.) Fig. 12. E.
dimidiatus Wied., epandrium (dorsal view). Fig. 13. E. dimidiatus Wied., penis
sheath (ventral view). Fig. 14. E. occidentalis Will., epandrium (dorsal view).
Fig. 15. E. occidentalis Will., penis sheath (ventral view). Fig. 16. E. bastardii
Macq., epandrium (dorsal view). Fig. 17. E. bastardii Macq., penis sheath
(ventral view). Fig. 18. F. latifrons Loew, epandrium (dorsal view). Fig. 19.
E. latifrons Loew, penis sheath (ventral view). Fig. 20. E. arvorum (Fab.),
epandrium (dorsal view). Fig. 21. E. arvorum (Fab.), male genitalia (lateral
view). Fig. 22. E. arvorum (Fab.), penis sheath (ventral view). Fig. 23. E.
anthophorinus (Fallen), epandrium (dorsal view) .
158
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 2
basally. Superior lobes long, tubular (rocket-shaped), sharply pointed apically.
Inferior lobes long, tubular, directed downwards and outwards.
Eristalis latifrons Loew (figs. 18 and 19). — Epandrium a little more than about
one and a half times as wide as long with rounded cephalic margin. Styles almost
as long as depth of epandrium, broad both basally and apically but sharply narrow
medially. Styles cuiwe inwards, densely covered dorso apically by coarse bristles
along inner half. Cerci somewhat kidney-shaped, broad basally and narrowing
towards apex. Superior lobes characteristically knife-like in shape as described
by Bean (1949) ; apical part highly chitinized, tapering into sharp point. Inferior
lobes long, tubular, directed upwards and outwards. Chitinous box quadrangular.
Eristalis arvorum (Fab.) (figs. 20, 21, and 22). — Epandrium about one and a
half times as wide as long with cephalic margin rounded. Styles nearly rounded
at apex, sharply flexed medially on inner borders, curving inwards; small bristles
present along apical inner surface. Cerci small, narrow, linear, lobed. Superior
lobes flask-like at basal two-thirds, apical part narrow, tips blunt; appearing bifid
in lateral view. Inferior lobes small, lobe-like. Penis sheath about as long as
epandrium. Ejaculatory hood somewhat rounded.
Eristalis anthophorinus (Fallen) (figs. 23 and 24). — Epandrium about twice
as wide as long with lower corners sharply produced and acute. Styles about half
as long as depth of epandrium, broad basally, narrowing in middle and rounded
apically; with long bristles along outer margin, short pubescence on inner rounded
part and few medium sized bristles on lower inner border. Cerci somewhat broad
medially and narrow at ends. Superior lobes tubular, narrowing towards apex.
Inferior lobes long, curving outwards and downwards.
Eristalis hardus (Say) (figs. 25, 26, and 27). — Epandrium about one and a half
times as wide as long with lower corners produced and acute. Styles long, about
two-thirds the depth of epandrium, rounded at apex; beset with prominently large
bristles along inner half. Cerci long, kidney-shaped with long bristles along the
borders. Superior lobes extremely long, uniformly tubular, ending in conical
point. Inferior lobes about half as long as the superior lobes, tubular, pointing
downwards and outwards. Penis sheath cylindrical, about as long as depth of
epandrium. Chitinous box oval.
Eristalis arbustorum (Linn.) (figs. 28 and 29). — Epandrium about three times
as wide as long with lower corners highly produced and acute. Styles long, tubular,
nearly of uniform width throughout, apices converging over cerci; inner margin
with long bristles. Cerci kidney-shaped, about as long as styles with pubescence
along borders. Bean (1949), however, reported styles as being lobed. Superior
lobes long, narrowed from base to apex and slightly curved outwards apically.
Inferior lobes moderately long, surrounding tip of chitinous box.
Eristalis hirtus Loew (figs. 30, 31, and 32). — Epandrium about one and a half
times as wide as long with lower corners slightly produced and rounded. Styles
lobe-like, nearly twice as wide at base as at apex, apical end rounded; small
bristles present along dorsoapical and inner borders. Cerci about four times as
broad at base as at apex. Superior lobes with convex outer and inner borders,
produced into sharp point apically. Inferior lobes like those in E. bastardii but
narrower at base. Penis sheath slightly longer than epandrium.
Eristalis meigenii Wied. (figs. 33, 34, and 35). — Epandrium slightly less than
one and a half times as wide as long with the lower corners produced and rounded.
Styles long, tubular, very much like those of E. arbustorum with bristles along
APRIL 1968] NAYAR — MALE GENITALIA OF ERISTALINAE
159
inner margin. Cerci kidney-shaped, nearly as long as styles with 5 distinct mark-
ings (probably sensillae) on basal part. Superior lobes extremely long, blade-like,
produced into sharp conical point apically. Inferior lobes small, almost oval in
lateral view. Ejaculatory hood dome-shaped.
Eristalis testaceicornis Macquart (figs. 36, 37, and 38). — Epandrium about one
and a half times as wide as long with lower corners slightly produced and acute.
Styles long, tubular, nearly as long as depth of epandrium, broad basally and
narrowly converging apically. Cerci somewhat kidney-shaped, long, broad basally
and cone-like apically. Superior lobes long, narrow and cylindrical in basal half
and flask-like apically. Inferior lobes rather small and lobe-like. Ejaculatory
hood quadrangular.
Eristalis {Lathrophthalmus) aeneus (Scopoli) (figs. 39, 40, and 41) . — Epandrium
about as long as wide with cephalic margin circular. Styles long, tubular, apical
part rounded in lateral view; apex about one-third as wide as base. Inner borders
of styles with numerous small black hairs. Cerci slightly broad at base and narrow
apically.
Discussion of Male Genitalia in Eristalis Latreille and Groupings
Seventeen species have been examined showing marked variations
from the standpoint of evolution, but certain distinct similarities suggest
that they belong to the same genus. The long styles, kidney-shaped
cerci and long linear inferior lobes are somewhat fairly constant features
of the genus, but minor variations even in these are not ruled out. Three
groups, (i) Tenax group, (ii) Dimidiatus group, and (iii) Arbustorum
group, are suggested. The Tenax group [E. tenax (Linn.), E. ohsoletus
Wied. and E. triangularis G. T.] is characterized by the long and broad
styles; the Dimidiatus group \E. dimidiatus Wied., E. temporalis Thom-
son, E. occidentalis Williston, E. hastardii Macq., E. latifrons Loew,
E. arvorum Fab., E. anthophorinus (Fall.), E. alhambra Hull, and E.
bardus (Say)] has long styles, rounded at apex; while the Arbustorum
group [F. arbustorum Linn., E. hirtus Loew, E. meigenii Wied., and
E. testaceicornis Macquart] bear long and tubular styles.
(i) The Tenax group. The commonly occurring species E. tenax
(figs. 3, 4, and 5) can be easily distinguished in the group by the
epandrium being twice as wide as long; superior lobes linear, curved
at the apex and inferior lobes linear and narrow. The species E.
obsoletus (figs. 6 and 7) and E. triangularis (figs. 8 and 9) present
similarities in the form of epandrium, styles and inferior lobes but are
distinct from one another by the structure of superior lobes.
(ii) The Dimidiatus group. There is a wide range of variation of
various structures in the species of this group. The species E. temporalis
(fig. 2), E. bastardii (fig. 17), E. oecidentalis (fig. 15), and E. bardus
(fig. 26) have long, tubular, inferior lobes, projecting downwards and
outwards, while E. dimidiatus (fig. 13), E. latifrons (fig. 19), and E.
160
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 2
APRIL 1968] NAYAR^ — MALE GENITALIA OF ERISTALINAE
161
anthophorinus (fig. 24) show these projecting upwards and outwards.
The species E. arvorum (fig. 22) and E. alhambra (fig. 11) are excep-
tions with small, narrow, lobe-like inferior lobes. The species E. tem-
poralis (figs. 1 and 2) and E. occidentalis (figs. 14 and 15) are closely
related in having rounded cephalic margin of the epandrium, but the
long, lobe-like superior lobes of the former are in sharp contrast to the
long, medially broad superior lobes of the latter. Eristalis bastardii
(figs. 16 and 17) and E. bardus (figs. 25 and 26) are distinguishable
by the structure of the epandrium, styles and the superior lobes. The
superior lobes are long, tubular and sharply pointed in E. bastardii and
long and uniformly tubular in E. bardus. The styles are about one and
a half times as long as the epandrium in the former and about two-
thirds the depth of the epandrium in the latter. On the other hand,
the species E. dimidiatus (figs. 12 and 13) and E. latifrons (figs. 18
and 19) are easily distinguished by the produced lower corners of the
epandrium and the acute and long conical superior lobes in E. dim-
idiatus. The latter species has the cephalic margin of the epandrium
rounded and the superior lobes are knife-like. The species E. antho-
phorinus (fig. 24) is unique in the group by having small, tubular,
superior lobes. Eristalis alhambra (fig. 11) and E. arvorum (fig. 22)
differ in that the former has small superior lobes, produced into horn-
like structures apically while the latter has long, superior lobes which
are flask-like at the basal two-thirds and narrowed apically.
Fig. 24. Eristalis anthophorinus (Fallen), penis sheath (ventral view). Fig. 25.
E. bardus (Say), epandrium (dorsal view). Fig. 26. E. bardus (Say), penis
sheath (ventral view). Fig. 27. E. bardus (Say), male genitalia (lateral view).
Fig. 28. E. arbustorum (Linn.), epandrium (ventral view). Fig. 29. E. arbus-
torum (Linn.), penis sheath (ventral view). Fig. 30. E. hirtus Loew, epandrium
(dorsal view). Fig. 31. E. hirtus Loew, male genitalia (lateral view). Fig. 32.
E. hirtus Loew, penis sheath (ventral view). Fig. 33. E. meigenii Wied., epan-
drium (dorsal view). Fig. 34. E. meigenii Wied., male genitalia (lateral view).
Fig. 35. E. meigenii Wied., penis sheath (ventral view). Fig. 36. E. testaceicor-
nis Macq., epandrium (dorsal view). Fig. 37. E. testaceicornis Macq., epandrium
(lateral view) . Fig. 38. E. testaceicornis Macq., penis sheath (ventral view) .
Fig. 39. E. (Lathrophthalmus) aeneus (Scopoli), epandrium (dorsal view) . Fig.
40. E. (Lathrophthalmus) aeneus (Scopoli), male genitalia (lateral view). Fig.
41. E. (Lathrophthalmus) aeneus (Scopoli), penis sheath (ventral view). Fig.
42. Helophilus (Helophilus) latifrons Loew, epandrium (dorsal view). Fig. 43.
Helophilus (Helophilus) latifrons Loew, penis sheath (ventral view) . Fig. 44.
Helophilus (Helophilus) latifrons Loew, male genitalia (lateral view). Fig. 45.
Helophilus (Helophilus) fasciatus Walker, epandrium (dorsal view). Fig. 46.
Helophilus (Helophilus) fasciatus Walker, penis sheath (ventral view).
162
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 2
(iii) The Arbustorum group. There is still more diversity of form
and structures in the members of this group. The species E. hirtus (fig.
30) and E. meigenii (fig. 33) are closely related by the similar form
of the epandrium; E. meigenii (fig. 35) and E. testaceicornis (fig. 38)
by the similar, small lobe-like inferior lobes, and E. arbustorum (fig.
28) and E. meigenii (fig. 33) by similar styles. All of these are well
marked by the distinct form of the superior lobes. The long, tubular
inferior lobes pointing downward and outward and flask-shaped superior
lobes of E. hirtus (fig. 32) will easily distinguish it from E. arbustorum
(fig. 29). In E. arbustorum the inferior lobes are long, straight and
tubular and the superior lobes are long, narrow and outwardly curved.
The species E. meigenii (fig. 35) with long bladelike superior lobes is
distinct from E. testaceicornis (fig. 38), which has the superior lobes
long, narrow, and cylindrical at the basal half and flask-like at the
apical part. The species E. (Lathrophthalmus) aeneus (Scopoli) (figs.
39 and 41) shows marked similarity in the structures of styles and
inferior lobes with the members of the E. arbustorum group but is
unique in having the epandrium about as wide as long and the superior
lobes long and tubular.
There are, however, certain points of similarity in structure of various
parts amongst these groups. The species E. obsoletus (fig. 7) of the
Tenax group has similar superior lobes to E. occidentalis (fig. 15) of
the Dimidiatus group, whereas E. arvorum (fig. 22) of the Dimidiatus
group bears identical inferior lobes to those of E. meigenii (fig. 35)
and E. testaceicornis (fig. 38) of the Arbustorum group. Additionally,
E. hirtus (fig. 32) of the Arbustorum group too has similar inferior
lobes to E. temporalis (fig. 2), E. bastardii (fig. 17) and E. occidentalis
(fig. 15) of the Dimidiatus group. In view of the similarities and
differences of species within a group and of intergroup relationships,
it is obvious that the various groups proposed are not firmly established.
Key to the Species of Eristalis based upon Male Genitalia
1. Styles long, broad lobed 2
Styles long, narrow, and tubular 4
2. Epandrium twice as wide as long; styles half as wide at apex as at base
(fig. 3) tenax (Linn.)
Epandrium one and a half times as wide as long 3
3. Superior lobes broad in middle and narrow at both ends; styles as broad
as long exeept apical part (fig. 7) obsoletus Wied.
Superior lobes mango-shaped; styles as long as depth of epandrium
(figs. 8 and 9) triangularis G. T.
4. Styles rounded at apex 5
Styles not rounded at apex 13
APRIL 1968] NAYAR MALE GENITALIA OF ERISTALINAE
163
5.
6 .
7.
8 .
9.
10 .
11 .
12 .
13.
14.
15.
16.
Inferior lobes small, narrow, and lobe-like 6
Inferior lobes long, narrow and tubular 7
Superior lobes small, produced into horn-like structures apically (fig.
11) cdhambra Hull
Superior lobes long, flask-like in basal two-thirds and cylindrical apically
(fig. 22) arvorum (Fab.)
Inferior lobes projecting downwards and outwards 8
Inferior lobes projecting upward and outwards 11
Epandrium with cephalic margin rounded 9
Epandrium with lower corners of cephalic margin produced and acute 10
Superior lobes long, broad and lobe-like (fig. 2) temporalis Thomson
Superior lobes long, broad in middle and narrowed at both ends (fig.
15) occidentalis Will.
Epandrium twice as wide as long with median depression on cephalic
border. Styles about one and a half times the depth of epandrium and
superior lobes sharply pointed apically (figs. 16 and 17) bastardii Macq.
Epandrium about one and a half times as wide as long with no median
depression on cephalic border and superior lobes long, uniformly tubular
(figs. 25 and 26) bardus (Say)
Styles about half the depth of epandrium 12
Styles as long as depth of epandrium; superior lobes knife-like (figs. 18
and 19) latifrons Loew
Superior lobes long, tubular in basal two-thirds and sharply conical and
chitinized apically (fig. 13) dimidiatus Wied.
Superior lobes small, tubular and pointed apically (fig. 24)
anthophorinus (Fallen)
Inferior lobes long and tubular
14
Inferior lobes small and lobe-like 15
Superior lobes long, narrow, curved outward apically and inferior lobes
straight (fig. 29) arbustorum (Linn.)
Superior lobes flask-like and inferior lobes projecting downwards and
outwards (fig. 32) hirtus Loew
Epandrium about one and a half times as wide as long, lower corners of
cephalic margin produced and acute 16
Epandrium about as wide as long, cephalic margin rounded (fig. 39)
aeneus (Scopoli)
Superior lobes long, blade-like with apical part short and conical (fig.
35) meigenii Wied.
Superior lobes long, narrow, cylindrical in basal half and flask-like
apically (fig. 38) testaceicornis Macq.
Descriptions of Male Genitalia
Helophilus (Helophilus) latifrons Loew (figs. 42, 43, and 44). — Epandrium
about twice as wide as long with lower corners extremely produced and acute.
Styles, long, tubular, about as long as epandrium, nearly half as wide at apex as
at base, sharply curving inwards with few bristles along apical part. Cerci some-
what triangular with prominent bristles along borders. Superior lobes conical,
outer margin convex and inner almost straight. Inferior lobes small, triangular.
164
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44 , NO. 2
APRIL 1968] NAYAR — MALE GENITALIA OF ERISTALINAE
165
outer border convex and inner concave. Chitinous box quadrangular with lateral
walls flexed inwards.
Helophilus (Helophilus) fasciatus Walker (figs. 45 and 46). — Epandrium about
twice as wide as long with lower corners extremely produced and acute. Styles
long, tubular, about two and a half times as wide at base as at apex with extremely
long bristles along entire inner margin. Cerci large, triangular, about five times
as broad at base as at apex. Superior lobes long, cylindrical in basal two-thirds,
produced into knob-like structure apically. Inferior lobes small and quadrangular.
Penis sheath about as long as depth of epandrium.
Helophilus (Anasimyia) perfidiosus (Hunter) (figs. 47, 48, and 49). — Epandrium
about one and a half times as wide as long with lower corners slightly produced
and rounded. Styles about as long as depth of epandrium, tubular in basal two-
thirds and triangular apically. A median knob-like structure faces inward on
styles with small bristles present along inner surface from apex to base. Cerci
broad, kidney-shaped, narrowed hasally and rounded apically. Superior lobes long,
gradually widening from base to a little below apex, lobes appear somewhat
flask-like in lateral view. Inferior lobes small, caudate. Penis sheath nearly as
deep as ninth tergum, ejaculatory hood dome-shaped. Chitinous box with two
triangular, sclerotized pieces at its base.
Helophilus (Liinomyia) cooleyi (Seamans) (figs. 50 and 51). — Epandrium
about one and a half times as wide as long with lower corners slightly produced
and acute. Styles about as long as depth of epandrium, tubular, narrowed at both
base and apex; minutely pubescent along borders. Cerci kidney-shaped, about
half as long as styles with large bristles along borders. Superior lobes long,
tubular, of uniform width in basal half, broadening a little with terminal hook
below apex. Inferior lobes broad at middle and narrowed both basally and apically.
Fig. 47. Helophilus (Anasimyia) perfidiosus (Hunter), epandrium (dorsal
view). Fig. 48. Helophilus {Anasimyia) perfidiosus (Hunter), penis sheath
(ventral view). Fig. 49. Helophilus {Anasimyia) perfidiosus (Hunter), male
genitalia (lateral view). Fig. 50. Helophilus {Lunomyia) cooleyi (Seamans),
epandrium (dorsal view). Fig. 51. Helophilus {Lunomyia) cooleyi (Seamans),
penis sheath (ventral view). Fig. 52. Mallota sackeni Williston, epandrium
(dorsal view). Fig. 53. Mallota sackeni Williston, penis sheath (ventral view).
Fig. 54. Mallota sp., epandrium (dorsal view). Fig. 55. Mallota sp., penis sheath
(ventral view). Fig. 56. Meromacrus acutus (Fab.), epandrium (dorsal view).
Fig. 57. Meromacrus acutus (Fab.), penis sheath (ventral view). Fig. 58. Ase-
mosyrphus polygrammus (Loew), epandrium (ventral view). Fig. 59. Asemosyr-
phus polygrammus (Loew), penis sheath (ventral view). Fig. 60. Merodon
equestris (Fab.), epandrium (lateral view). Fig. 61. Merodon equestris (Fab.),
penis sheath (ventral view) . Fig. 62. Polydontomyia curvipes (Wied.) , epandrium
(ventral view). Fig. 63. Polydontomyia curvipes (Wied.), penis sheath (ventral
view). Fig. 64. Polydontomyia curvipes (Wied.), epandrium (lateral view).
Fig. 65. Polydontomyia curvipes (Wied.), aedeagus (dorsal view). (See text for
explanation of characters.) Fig. 66. Arctosyrphus willingii (Smith), epandrium
(dorsal view). Fig. 67. Arctosyrphus willingii (Smith), penis sheath (ventral
view). Fig. 68. Arctosyrphus willingii (Smith), male genitalia (lateral view).
166
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44 , NO. 2
Key to the Subgenera of Helophilus based on Male Genitalia
1. Epandrium about twice as wide as long, lower corners of cephalic margin
highly produced and acute (figs. 42 and 45) Helophilus Meigen
Epandrium about one and a half times as wide as long, lower corners of
cephalic margin slightly produced and acute 2
2. Superior lobes long, gradually widening from base to a little below the
apex and inferior lobes small and caudate (fig. 48) Anasimyia Schiner
Superior lobes long, tubular, of uniform width in basal half, broadening
a little below apex and inferior lobes broad at middle and narrowed at
ends (fig. 51) Lunomyia Curran and Fluke
Descriptions of Male Genitalia
Mallota sackeni Williston (figs. 52 and 53). — Epandrium about three times
as wide as long with lower corners slightly produced and acute. Styles extremely
long with sharp inward curvature near base; dorsoanterior margin folded ventrally,
beset with numerous small bristles and outer border with a row of slightly long
bristles. Cerci about as long as depth of epandrium, broad at base and pointed
apically with long bristles along margins. Superior lobes long, broad at middle
and narrowed both basally and apically. Inferior lobes small, about five times
as broad at apex as at base. Ejaculatory hood rounded.
Mallota sp. (figs. 54 and 55). — Epandrium about a little more than twice as
wide as long with lower corners produced and acute. Styles long, sickle-shaped
with outer margin convex and inner concave; sparsely hairy. Styles acutely pointed
and sclerotized terminally. Cerci small, broad basally and pointed apically. Supe-
rior lobes broad, conical, produced into claw-like process apically. Inferior lobes
long, sharply hooked apically. Penis sheath distinctly oval, upper outer margin
highly chitinized and serrated.
Meromacrus acutus (Fab.) (figs. 56 and 57). — Epandrium nearly as broad as
long with lower corners produced and rounded. Styles as long as depth of epan-
drium, broad at base narrowing apically, apex distinctly bifid. Cerci small,
triangular. Superior lobes flask-like basally with narrow neck, broadly capitate
at apex. Inferior lobes absent. Penis sheath about twice as long as epandrium
and ejaculatory hood triangular.
Asemosyrphus polygrammus (Loew) (figs. 58 and 59). — Epandrium about one
and a half times as wide as long. Styles triangular, broad basally and narrow
apically; inner margin rolled ventrally. Styles with bristles along inner margin
from apex to base. Cerci oval with hair along borders. Superior lobes long, of
characteristic shape for genus. Inferior lobes extremely small, lobe-like. Chitinous
box quadrangular and ejaculatory hood semispherical.
Merodon equestris (Fab.) (figs. 60 and 61). — Epandrium about one and a half
times as long as wide with rounded cephalic margin. Styles about twice as broad
at base as at apex; dorsoanterior and apical border beset with long bristles. Cerci
triangular, base about twice as broad as apex; small bristles present all over
surface. Superior lobes extremely long, cylindrical with hood of bristles near
apical part. Inferior lobes long, narrow and oval.
Polydontomyia curvipes (Wied.) (figs. 62, 63, 64, and 65). — Epandrium about
twice as wide as long. Styles extremely broad from base to apex, apex with
extremely sharp turned conical process; hairy along inner concave margins. Cerci
kidney-shaped, about as long as styles. Superior lobes long, flask-like at base.
APRIL 1968] NAYAR MALE GENITALIA OF ERISTALINAE
167
gradually narrowing towards apex; extreme tip highly chitinized. Inferior lobes
lacking. Chitinous box quadrangular, terminally with pair of small, triangular,
chitinized pieces which possibly support the membranous ejaculatory hood in front.
Arctosyrphus willingi (Smith) (figs. 66, 67, and 68). — Epandrium about as
long as wide with lower corners greatly produced and acute. Styles long, tubular
with long bristles along inner margin. Cerci kidney-shaped. Superior lobes long,
flask-like. Inferior lobes small, triangular. Ejaculatory hood oval.
Literature Cited
Bean, J. L. 1949. A study of the male hypopygia of the species of Tubifera
(Syrphidae : Diptera) that occur north of Mexico. Canad. EntomoL,
81: 140-152.
Berlese, a. 1909. Tipulid, Syrphid and Muscid genitalia. Gli Insetti, Soc.
Entomol. Lib., Milano, 1; 1-1004.
Cole, F. R. 1927. A study of the terminal abdominal structures of male Diptera.
Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 16: 397-499.
Crampton, G. C. 1923. The genitalia of male Diptera and Mecoptera compared
with those of related insects, from the standpoint of phylogeny. Trans.
Amer. Entomol. Soc., 48: 207-225.
1944. A comparative morphological study of the terminalia of male calypte-
rate cyclorrhaphous Diptera and their acalypterate relatives. Bull.
Brooklyn Entomol. Soc., 39: 1-31.
Fluke, C. L. 1951. The male genitalia of Syrphus, Epistrophe and related genera
(Diptera : Syrphidae) . Trans. Wise. Acad. Sci., 40: 115-148.
Lundbeck, W. 1916. Diptera Danica, Part 5, Copenhagen.
Metcalf, C. L. 1921. Syrphidae, male genitalia. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer.,
14: 169-214.
Nayar, J. L. 1965. Reproductive system and external genitalia of Syrphus
halteatus De Geer (Diptera : Syrphidae) . Indian J. Entomol., 27 (1) :
31-45.
Newell, A. G. 1918. The comparative morphology of the genitalia of insects.
Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer., 11 (2) : 109-142.
Sedman, Y. S. 1959. Male genitalia in the subfamily Cheilosinae. Genus Cliry-
sogaster s. 1. (Diptera : Syrphidae) . Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash., 61
(2) : 49-58.
Stuckenberg, B. R. 1954. The Paragus serratus complex with description of
new species. Trans. R. Entomol. Soc. London, 105: 393-422.
Weisman, K. E. 1965. The male genitalia of the genus Sphaecomyia Latreille
(Diptera : Syrphidae) . Entomol. News, 76: 265-272.
Wesche, W. 1906. The genitalia of both the sexes in the Diptera. Trans. Linn.
Soc. London, 9 (2).
ZuMPT, F., AND H. Heinz. 1949. Studies on the sexual armature of Diptera. A
contribution to the study of the morphology and homology of the male
terminalia of Eristalis tenax (Linn.) (Syrphidae). Entomol. Mon.
Mag. London, 85: 299-306.
168
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 2
SCIENTIFIC NOTES
Sirex juvencus californicus in smog-killed trees in southern California
(Hymenoptera : Siricidae)/ — Near Lake Arrowhead, California, bolts were cut
on 21 February 1967 from nine ponderosa pine {Pinus ponder osa Laws.) trees
showing advanced decline caused by photochemical atmospheric pollution. These
were subsequently placed in cold storage at about 5° C. Between 8 and 21 March
some of these holts were transferred to screen cages in a glasshouse which was
not temperature controlled.
During the period 21 May to 13 June, a total of 33 male and 14 female Sirex
juvencus californicus (Ashmead) (Hymenoptera : Siricidae) adults emerged from
these bolts. A few adults, mostly males, had emerged prior to these daily observa-
tions. Males tended to emerge earlier and in greater numbers than females.
However, since the sample size was so small and the bolts had been subjected to
cold storage, these obseiwations do not necessarily contradict an earlier observation
(Cameron, 1967, Can. Entomol., 99: 18-24) that “males and females emerged in
almost equal numbers throughout the emergence period.” In general, the adults
emerged from only one side of the bolt, and the emergence holes were not in an
area with bluestain fungi {Ceratocystis spp.). It has been suggested (personal
communication, Fields W. Cobb, Jr., Department of Plant Pathology, University
of California, Berkeley) that perhaps the Amylostereum sp. associated with the
siricids has an inhibitory effect on the development of bluestain.
One adult female lhalia ensiger Norton (Hymenoptera : Ibaliidae) , an egg
parasite of siricids, emerged from the bolts on 4 June.
While an association between atmospheric pollution injury and bark beetle
infestations has been established (Stark et al., 1968, Hilgardia, in press), this
represents the first report of the development of a siricid and one of its parasites
in smog-killed trees. — E. Alan Cameron, University of California, Berkeley.
^ Supported in part by National Science Foundation Grant GB-5970, “Interrelationships Between
Di.seases and Bark Beetle (Scolytidae) Infestations in Coniferous Forests.”
Positive separation of Blattella vaga and Blattella germanica (Orthoptera :
Blattidae). — Blattella vaga Hebard, the field cockroach and Blattella germanica
(Linnaeus), the German cockroach are similar in appearance. Both have twin
stripes on the pronotum and are the same size and shape.
If one has specimens of both species available, separation can be accomplished
by color and/or facial maculation. Blattella vaga. is smoky-gray with a rather
broad, dark brown to black stripe on its face; Blattella germanica is brown and
its face is variable in color, sometimes having a dark brown area roughly similar
to the face of the field cockroach.
In late June of 1967 a heavy infestation of Blattella vaga was found in one-eighth
acre of strawberries at Oroville, Butte County, California. As the field cockroach
enlarges its range in northern California a positive identification takes on increas-
ing importance since control considerations recommended for these species may
vary. For further information see Twomey, N. R., April 1966, California Vector
Views, 13 (4) : 27-37.
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 44: 168-169. April 1968
APRIL 1968]
SCIENTIFIC NOTES
169
Fig. 1. Ventral view, male subgenital plate (Sgp) ; and 9tli sternite (Sg).
Blattella vaga Hebard (left) ; and Blattella germanica (Linnaeus) (right).
Prompt and positive identification can be made by examination of the male
subgenital plate in ventral view with a low power hand lens, see line drawing. —
George M. Buxton and Twila J. Freeman, State Bureau of Entomology, Sacra-
mento, California.
ADVERTISERS
Advertisers Index
Name Page
Colloidal Products Corporation i
American Cyanamid Company ii
Shell Chemical Company iii
Mountain Copper Company, Ltd. iv
Trojan Laboratories iv
Hercules Powder Company v
Stauffer Chemical Company vi
Insect Pins vii
D-Vac Company vii
Insect Museum Supply viii
Combined Scientific Supplies ix
Niagara Chemical x
Chemagro Corporation xi
Chevron Chemical Company xii
Velsicol xiii
1
What is a spray
adjuvant ?
A substance added to a spray
formula to improve the
performance of the active
ingredient.
Your Agricultural Chemical
Distributor will be happy
to supply literature and
recommendations as to
the proper Multi-Film
Spray Adjuvant for your
specific application, or write
direct to :
Colloidal Products Corporation
100 Gate 5 Road, Sausalito, California
11
We pledge ourselves
to your future
250 scientists are engaged in vital projects at this
vast agricultural research center. Their goal is to find
new chemicals and techniques that will help farmers
to produce more, higher quality crops and livestock
at lower cost. / New products, new ideas— re-
nowned names like Malathion insecticide...
Aureomycin® antibiotic. ..Cabvac® canine vaccine...
Aero® fertilizers. These, and many more developed
by our research workers have made Cyanamid what
it is today... one of the largest and most highly re-
spected agricultural chemical producers in the
world. / Our staff is proud to dedicate its future en-
deavors to you, the men and women who are con-
stantly looking for new “tools” to use in increasing
and improving our farm productivity. For, truly,
Cyanamid serves those who make a business of
agriculture.
AMERICAN CYANAMID COMPANY
PRINCETON NEW JERSEY
3
Ill
Don’t be surprised to
see the Shell brand
on everything...
from swine wormers
Atgard® (dichlorvos) Swine Wormer
is the most advanced pig wormer
available. Its unique effectiveness
stems from slow, steady release of di-
chlorvos as ATGARD pellets pass
through a pig. Easy to use. Easy on
pigs. Controls all three major gastro-
intestinal worm problems — not just 1
or 2. Also gets the fourth-stage larvae.
to weed killers
Planavin® Herbicide for cotton and
soybeans proved an immediate success
its first year on the market. Control of
most annual grasses and many broad-
leaf weeds was outstanding, in spite
of weather. No other preemergence
herbicide adapts to so many different
application methods and management
practices. Another plus: no need for
immediate incorporation.
S hell scientists are probing every
area where pests threaten agricul-
ture. Internal and external pests of
animals. Pests that strangle and com-
pete with crops. Pests that work below
the soil surface, as well as those above.
As a result, the list of Shell branded
products grows each year. Promising
experiments turn into new and better
farm chemicals— products researched
to overcome problems, to work with
the environment, and to widen the
profit margin for farmers.
Azodrin® Insecticide • Bidrin® In-
secticide • D-D® Fumigant • Nema-
gon® Soil Fumigant • Vapona® Insecti-
cide • Ciodrin® Insecticide • Gardona®
Insecticide • Cio-Vap® Insecticide •
Planavin® Herbicide • ATGARD® Swine
Wormer • Phosdrin® Insecticide •
Task® dichlorvos dog anthelmintic •
No-Pest® Insecticide Strip.
For complete information on any of
the Shell products for agriculture
write Shell Chemical Com-
pany, Agricultural Chemi-
cals Division, 110 West 51st
St., New York, N. Y, 10020.
IV
Mountain Products
BLUESTONE (Copper Sulphate)
Briks • Granular Crystal
Large Crystal • Hi-Sol Crystal
Small Crystal • Snow Crystal
• Powdered
Monohydrated Copper Sulphate
Basic Copper Sulphate
Copper Hydroxide
Copper Carbonate
Cuprous Oxide
Copper Pigment
Zinc Sulphate 36%-Mono
Zinc Sulphate 27%-Cubes
Zinc Oxide (Ag. Grade)
Basic Zinc Sulphate
Ferric 27 (Ferric Sulphate)
Industrial Iron Oxide
THE MOUNTAIN COPPER CO., LTD.
100 Mococo Road, Martinez, California 94553
A Service for the Field
Testing & Evaluation
of
Agricultural Chemicals
Under Western Conditions
Entomology
Chemistry
Floriculture
Engineering
Plant Pathology
Trojan Laboratories
Box 518
Montebello, California 90640
(213) 721-9574
amcuLKS
PKSTICWES
PROinCT
HIGH YIELDS
HERCULES TOXAPHENE
(insecticide-toxicant)
Controls more than 200 harmful
insects . . . Protects cotton, lettuce,
seed alfalfa, tomatoes, lima beans
and many other western crops.
HERCULES DELNAV®
(insecticide-miticide)
Controls citrus red mites and thrips
. . . Kills grape leafhoppers.
FAST ■ EFFICIENT ■ ECONOMICAL
Write for technical information and recommendations.
HERCULES INCORPORATED
THE ALCOA BUILDING • ONE MARITIME PLAZA • GOLDEN
GATEWAY CENTER • SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94111
VI
Worms? Not a one!
Don’t worry about them
even up to harvest...
just use THURICIDE®90TS*!
Not a chemical, Thuri-
CIDE 90TS is a microbial
insecticide which singles
out and destroys only the
leaf-chewing larvae of
certain lepidopterous in-
sects (caterpillars, loop-
ers and hornworms, in-
cluding imported cabbage
worm and cabbage loop-
ers). Thuricide 90TS is
harmless to just about
everything else, including
man !
Use Thuricide 90TS right up to harvest to control
worms on lettuce and many cole crops such as cabbage,
cauliflower and broccoli. It is also used on tomatoes,
potatoes and melons. It is used extensively on forest
trees and ornamentals for the control of gypsy moth,
cankerworm and linden looper.
Stop imported cabbage worms and loopers in your
cole crops the safe way— use Thuricide 90TS ! If your
dealer doesn’t stock Thuricide 90TS, he will get it for
you. Write for literature.
Stauffer Chemical Company, Agricultural Chemical
Division, San Francisco, Los Angeles, Fresno, Bakers-
field, California; North Portland, Oregon.
♦THURICIDE is a trademark of Bioferm Division,
International Minerals & Chemical Corp.
READ THE LABEL. HEED THE LABEL AND
CROW WITH STAUFFER CHEMICALS
Stauflfer
^CHEMICALS
a
Vll
INSECT PINS
$4. / 1000 (10 Pkgs.)
(Plus Postage)
PROMPT DELIVERY
CLAIR ARMIN
191 W PALM AVE.
LOWEST PRICES IN U.S. REEDLEY, CALIF. 93654
COMMERCIAL AND RESEARCH
ENTOMOLOGISTS
Obtain more accurate population counts
with a light-weight motor-fan unit
which sucks insects into nets
D-VAC
MOTOR-FAN VACUUM INSECT NETS
BACK-PACKS AND HAND MODELS
-also-
BENEFICIAL INSECTS
INSECTARY GROWN AND FIELD COLLECTED
T richogramma sp. and Green Lacewings
Write for Brochures
D-VAC CO.
P. O. Box 2095
RIVERSIDE, CALIFORNIA
Vlll
INSECT MUSEUM SUPPLY
Jewell Ave., Lake City, Minnesota— Wm. 0. Powers and
Lawrence Hoffman
LOCATION FOR:
Insect Museum Supply Schmitt-type Field Box $4.25
Insect Museum Supply Schmitt-type Field Box WITH WHITE POLY-
ETHYLENE FOAM PINNING BOTTOM $5.00
Insect Museum Supply Spreading Board $1.50
Insect Museum Supply Cornell-type glass-topped drawer $7.50
Insect Museum Supply Cornell-type glass-topped drawer WITH WHITE
POLYETHYLENE FOAM PINNING BOTTOM $8.75
Insect Museum Supply California Academy-type glass-topped drawer $7.50
Insect Museum Supply U.S.N.M.-type glass-topped drawer $8.00
Insect Museum Supply Philadelphia Academy-type glass-topped drawer $7.50
Insect Museum Supply Cabinet to hold 12 of above types of drawers $85.00
SPECIAL SIZED DRAWERS, BOXES, CABINETS CUSTOM MADE
TO YOUR LIKING. Write for information and prices.
1021 8th Ave. So., Moorhead, Minnesota— Jack R. Powers
LOCATION FOR:
CUSTOM PRINTED PIN LABELS — printed with 4 pt. type on 100% cotton fiber
ledger paper (colored papers and PRICE CARD on request)
Elephant brand INSECT PINS — Excellent quality — Sizes 00, 0, 1,2, 3, 5 —
$3.95 per 1000
Minutien nadein — $1.00 per 500 pkg.
Custom Printed GUMMED MICROSCOPE SLIDE LABELS — $3.85 per 1000
GLASS TOPPED INSECT DISPLAYS FOR TEACHING
DRAWER LABELS, MAMMAL TAGS, ALCOHOL LABELS, Printed to your
specifications
IX
fNSECTS
Economic and Non-Economic Foreign and Domestic
Collecting Data and Scientific Names
Write for catalogue listing — 25 orders, over 7600 items — Special Collections
Combined
Scientific
Supplies
Rosemead, California
91770
Tel. (213) 573-1680
PUBLICATIONS
OF THE
PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
PROCEEDINGS OF THE PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL
SOCIETY.
Vol. 1 (16 numbers, 179 pages) and Vol. 2 (numbers 1-9, 131
pages) . 1921-1930. Price $2.50 per volume.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST.
Vol. 1 (1924) to present. Price $6.00 per volume of 4 numbers, or
$1.50 per single issue.
MEMOIR SERIES.
Volume 1. The Sucking Lice by G. F. Ferris. A 320-page book which
summarizes the knowledge of the Anoplura of the world. Published
October 1951. Price $6.00.
Volume 2. The Spider Mite Family T etranychidae by A. Earl
Pritchard and Edward W. Baker. This worldwide treatment deals
with the systematics, identification, and economics of the “Red
Spiders” and includes descriptions of 33 new species. 472 pages.
Published July 1955. Price $10.00.
Send orders to\
Pacific Coast Entomological Society
c/o California Academy of Sciences
Golden Gate Park
San Francisco, California 94118
X
Anyway You Put It
JViagara
Gives Maximum Protection
For best results, see your local
Niagara Field Representative
Putting Ideas to Work in Agricultural Chemistry
NIAGARA CHEMICAL DIVISION
Home Office: Middleport, New York
YAKIMA, WASHINGTON • FRESNO, RICHMOND, AND RIVERSIDE, CALIFORNIA
XI
Every product
bearing the Blue Bullseye
has been proved
and proved again
before it is offered to you.
You can count on it.
At Chemagro, test tube to test plot to market
Is a never ending process. As makers of chemicals
for agriculture, we are acutely aware of the
responsibilities and opportunities we face. So we
keep scientists very busy in the laboratories, testing,
testing. And our field testing and demonstration
forces prove the dependability and effectiveness of
every product time and again before we release
it for general use. This takes years ... not just a
little time. Years that pay off in a better product for
you, a proud reputation for us. We work at
making the Blue Bullseye a meaningful trademark.
Look for it when you need an insecticide, miticide,
fungicide or herbicide.
Sa7la
CHEMAGRO
CORPORATION
KANSAS CITY, MISSOURI 6^120
XU
STOSE m cool,
MEAC Ewms STRicny sm AcromAics
; ■ WAKNLHGS aHD BSSfCTOt’iS, AHD' WrfH A?aiC*Sit STiff :■?
;'S«AL.,-SE<3UlATiOHS USB. ' TSMSMG AhB POEAGE MA? VAiTAiV '
; COMSEQUENCE of IOCAE WEAtHEB OS WE tstofetsa’
; .?efs!£Kce to, toCAi AGSicuitmsi A'jrHOsmfS ■
EHC USAGE.'
ORTHO
'' ' UfSEC'iOWS I . -'':y-^-/7=r
f^.COTTOM; spider Mshn., l^ygej/ieaf ^stfatorst, ffeeheppen, i^sefisSi,:
if.te'tertns, <}*jflris pe-rscfe is,
la.'pperi' e.ip's&'Bt.S'®?*
; CAUTiONj
p'sStt/j;->y“c4 Of di'jKiM.g. ’Mei wafiftrjjfjym i):
'• ' f,£;-nc-c-rHfa?5. H-::nn'tft!l
t'’ &T- - ^^■^jt'1i .[^Mh pl|5tir‘y- 'S p? ^ 7*'' c’vf s '
foc^5fsf:t7®a
r-pt
When you’ve
got a good thing
going for you....
read all about it
No matter who you are.
Or how long you’ve been using
pesticides. Read the label.
Read it carefully. From beginning
to end. This way you’ll get
more out of it. And there’s no
danger in that.
CHEVRON CHEMICAL COMPANY
ORTHO DIVISION
Part of the great group of Chevron Companies
T.M. HEQ.
I.s. FAT. orr.l ORTHO, CHEVRON. ON ALL CHCHICAL9, RCAB OIRCCTIOHI AN0 OAUTIONI ICrORC UlC.
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Information for Contributors
Papers on the systematic and biological phases of entomology are favored, including
articles up to ten printed pages on insect taxonomy, morphology, behavior, life history,
and distribution. Excess pagination must be approved and may be charged to the author.
Papers are published in approximately the order that they are received. Immediate publi-
cation may be arranged after acceptance by paying publication costs. Papers of less than
a printed page may be published as space is available, in Scientific Notes.
Manuscripts for publication, proof, and all editorial matters should be addressed to the
Editor, Robbin W. Thorp, Department of Entomology, University of California, Davis,
California 95616.
Typing. — All parts of manuscripts must be typed on bond paper with double-spacing and
ample margins. Carbon copies or copies on paper larger than 81^ X H inches are not
accepted. Do not use all capitals for any purpose. Underscore only where italics are
intended in the body of the text, not in headings. Number all pages consecutively and
put author’s name at the top right-hand corner of each sheet. References to footnotes
in text should be numbered consecutively. Footnotes should be typed on a separate
sheet.
First page. — The page preceding the text of the manuscript should include (1) the
complete title, (2) the order and family in parentheses, (3) the author’s name or
names, (4) the institution with city and state or the author’s home city and state if
not affiliated, (5) the shortened title (running headline) not to exceed 38 letters and
spaces when combined with the author’s last name or names, (6) the complete name
and address to which proof is to be sent.
Names and descriptions of organisms. — The first mention of a plant or animal should
include the full scientific name with the author of a zoological name not abbreviated.
Do not abbreviate generic names. Descriptions of taxa should be in telegraphic style.
References. — All citations in text, e.g., Essig (1926) or (Essig, 1958), should be listed
alphabetically under Literature Cited in the following format:
Essig, E. 0. 1926. A butterfly migration. Pan-Pac. EntomoL,
2 : 211 - 212 .
1958. Insects and mites of western North America. Rev.
ed. The Macmillan Co., New York. 1050 pp.
Abbreviations for titles of journals should follow the list of Biological Abstracts, 1966,
47(21) : 8585-8601.
Tables. — Tables are expensive and should be kept to a minimum. Each table should be
prepared as a line drawing or typed on a separate page with heading at top and foot-
notes below. Number tables with Arabic numerals. Number footnotes consecutively
for each table. Use only horizontal rules.
Illustrations. — No extra charge is made for the line drawings or halftones. Submit only
photographs on glossy paper and original drawings (no photographs of drawings).
Authors must plan their illustrations for reduction to the dimensions of the printed
page (4% X 6% inches). If possible, allowance should be made for the legend to be
placed beneath the illustration. Photographs should not be less than the width of the
printed page. Drawings should be in India Ink and at least twice as large as the
printed illustration. Excessively large illustrations are awkward to handle and may
be damaged in transit. Include a metric scale on the drawing or state magnification
of the printed illustration in the legend. Arrange figures to use space efficiently.
Lettering should reduce to no less than 1 mm. On the back of each illustration should
be stated (1) the title of the paper, (2) the author’s complete name and address, and
(3) whether he wishes the illustration and/or cut returned to him at his expense.
Cuts and illustrations not specifically requested will be destroyed.
Figure legends. — Legends should be typewritten double-spaced on separate pages headed
Explanation of Figures and placed following Literature Cited. Do not attach
legends to illustrations.
Proofs, reprints, and abstract. — Proofs and forms for the abstract and reprint order
will be sent to authors. Major changes in proof will be charged to the author. Proof
returned to the editor without the abstract will not be published.
Page charges. — All regular papers of one to ten printed pages are charged at the rate of
$13.00 per page. This is in addition to the charge for reprints and does not include the
possible charges for extra pagination or the costs for immediate publication. Private
investigators or authors without institutional or grant funds to cover this charge may
apply to the Society for a grant to cover the page charges. A mark in the appropriate
box (society grant desired) on the reprint order form will suffice as an application.
All articles are accepted for publication only on the basis of scientific merit
and without regard to the financial support of the author.
for low cost residual
larvae control
If you are interested in residual mosquito larvae con-
trol at low cost, we would like to send you information
about Heptachlor. Heptachlor granules have proved
effective and low in cost for residual control in irriga-
tion ditches, log ponds, fields that required flooding,
and other problem areas. Heptachlor has remained
effective for as long as 13 weeks, in tests. Best results
are obtained if Heptachlor is applied before flooding
occurs. For technical literature, we invite you to mail
the coupon.
Another product from
THE GROWING WORLD OF
O.VEL5ICOL
FOR MOSQUITO ABATEMENT USE
CHLORDANE— Chlordane is highly effective for
control of mosquito larvae and adults in residential
areas and parks. For complete information, please fill
out and mail the coupon.
@ COPYRIGHT VELSICOL CHEMICAL CORP., 1967
,
I Velsicol Chemical Corporation I
I 341 E. Ohio Street, Chicago, Illinois 60611 |
I Gentlemen: Please send me literature and |
I technical information on: I
I □ Heptachlor (or low cost residual mos- ■
I Quito larvae control. j
I □ Chlordane for mosquito abatement. ■
I NAME j
! AFFILIATION ■
I ADDRESS j
I CITY STATE ZIP I
Vol. 44 JULY 1968 No. 3
THE
Pan-Pacific Entomologist
PARKS — Synopsis of robberfly genera allied to Ejferia and Eicherax, includ-
ing a new genus 171
MARTIN — New Mexican Acronyches and Parataracticus 179
WASBAUER — New genera of male Brachycistidinae with a redescription of
Brachycistellus Baker and a key to North American genera 184
BUCKETT AND GARDNER — A new genus and species of milliped from
northern California 198
JONES — ^The zonal distribution of three species of Staphylinidae in the rocky
intertidal zone in California 203
NAYAR AND COLE — Two new species of Spilomyia Meigen 211
HILL — A new species of aphid from Rubus parviflorus in California 214
DOYEN — The phylogenetic position of Edrotes and a new species of the genus 218
BOHART — New Nyssoninae from North and South America 228
EVANS — Some intertidal insects from western Mexico 236
HAGEN AND CALTAGIRONE — A new nearctic species of Karpinskiella 241
RUDINSKY — Pheromone-mask by the female Dendroctonus pseudotsugae
Hopk., an attraction regulator 248
MAYO — Two new species of the genus Baetodes from Ecuador 251
COLLECTIONS DONATED 257
SCIENTIFIC NOTES 258
ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE 259
CORRECTIONS 259
OBITUARY 260
SOCIETY NOTICES xii
SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA • 1968
Published by the PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
tup rAi lErtDKiiA ArAnPUV nc criEKirirc
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
EDITORIAL BOARD
R. W, Thorp, Editor
E. G. Linsley R. 0. SctiusTER, Asst, Editor E. S. Ross
P. D. Hurd, Jr. D. L. Briggs, Editorial Assistant H. B. Leech
P. H. Arnaud, Jr., Treasurer W. H. Lange, Jr., Advertising
Published quarterly in January, April, July, and October with Society Proceed-
ings appearing in the January number. All communications regarding nonreceipt
of numbers, requests for sample copies, and financial communications should be
addressed to the Treasurer, Dr. Paul H. Arnaud, Jr., California Academy of
Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, California 94118.
Application for membership in the Society and changes of address should be
addressed to the Secretary, Dr. Marius S. Wasbauer, Bureau of Entomology, Cali-
fornia Department of Agriculture, 1220 N St., Sacramento, California 95814.
The annual dues, paid in advance, are $5.00 for regular members of the Society
or $6.00 for subscriptions only. Single copies are $1.50 each or $6.00 a volume.
Make checks payable to Pan-Pacific Entomologist.
The Pacific Coast Entomological Society
Officers for 1968
K. S. Hagen, Jr., President Paul H. Arnaud, Jr., Treasurer
H. L. McKenzie, President-elect Marius S. Wasbauer, Secretary
Statement of Ownership
Title of Publication; The Pan-Pacific Entomologist.
Frequency of Issue: Quarterly (January, April, July, October).
Location of Office of Publication, Business Office of Publisher, Publisher and Owner: Pacific Coast
Entomological Society, California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, California
94118.
Editor: Dr. Robbin W. Thorp, Department of Entomology, University of California, Davis, California
95616.
Managing Editor and Known Bondholders or other Security Holders: None.
This issue mailed 21 October 1968.
Second Class Postage Paid at Lawrence, Kansas, U. S. A. 66044.
ALLEN PRESS, INC. LAWRENCE, KANSAS
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Vol. 44
July 1968
No. 3
Synopsis of Robberfly Genera Allied to Efferia
and EicheraXf Including A New Genus
(Diptera : Asilidae)^
LeRoy Parks^
Oregon State University
Studies of the species in Efferia Coquillett and Eicherax Bigot from
North and South America show that Efferia interrupta (Macquart) and
Eicherax striola (Fabricius) form a new genus which I am naming
Triorla. A key, redeseriptions, and discussions of the related genera
Efferia Coquillett, Eicherax Bigot, Lochmorhynchus Engel, Philonerax
Bromley, and Triorla Parks are presented here. The female of Efferia
maculata (Macquart) is a synonym of Triorla interrupta (Macquart),
and the male is a synonym of Triorla striola (Fabricius).
Key to the Genera Allied to Triorla
1. Basistyli expanded distally into lower forceps; female tergite 8 similar to
tergite 7 in the amount of pollen and pile Philonerax Bromley
Basistyli not expanded distally; female tergite 8 unlike tergite 7 in the
amount of pollen and pile 2
2. Hypandrium small, not visible, telescoped out of sight into sternite 8;
ovipositor long, segments 9 and 10 compressed laterally 4
Hypandrium well developed, visible; ovipostor short and cylindrical 3
3. Male genitalia and hypandrium projected upward 90°; tergites 9 and 10
of ovipositor not fused together; posterior branch of vein 3 ends behind
apex of wing Eicherax Bigot
Male genitalia and hypandrium not projected upward; tergites 9 and 10
of ovipositor fused together; posterior branch of vein 3 ends before
apex of wing Triorla, new genus
4. Male genitalia, excepting the concealed hypandrium, projected upward
90°; posterior half of female abdominal segment 7 pollinose, segment 8
compressed laterally; either two or three submarginal cells, if two,
anterior branch of vein 3 angulate with a stump vein Efferia Coquillett
Male genitalia and hypandrium not projected upward; posterior half of
female abdominal segment 7 shining, segment 8 conical; anterior branch
of vein 3 never angulate Lochmorhynchus Engel
^ Financial support by National Science Foundation Grant GB-4541 to Charles H. Martin is acknowl-
edged.
^ Mr. Parks had nearly completed this paper when his untimely death occurred November 20, 1966.
Edited and submitted by Charles H. Martin.
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 44: 171-179. July 1968
172
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 3
Figs. 1-4, female genitalia. Fig. 1. Efferia aestuans. Fig. 2. Triorla striola.
Fig. 3. Eicherax sp. Fig. 4. Triorla interrapta. Figs. 5-8, male genitalia. Fig. 5.
Efferia aestuans. Fig. 6. Eicherax sp. Fig. 7. Triorla interrupta. Fig. 8. Triorla
striola. Figs. 9-12, male aedeagi. Fig. 9. Triorla striola. Fig. 10. Eicherax sp.
Fig. 11. Efferia aestuans. Fig. 12. Triorla interrupta. Figs. 13-14, wing venation.
Fig. 13. Triorla interrupta. Fig. 14. Eicherax sp. BS — basistylus; DST^ — dististylus;
EP — epandrium; HY — ^hypandrium.
JULY 1968] PARKS EFFERIA, EICHERAX AND ALLIES
173
Efferia Coquillett
(Figs. 1, 5, 11)
Efferia Coquillett, 1893: 175. Type-species, Efferia Candidas Coquillett. Desig-
nated by Coquillett, 1910: 536.
Efferia; Martin, 1961: 1-4.
Efferia; Hull, 1962: 475.
Nerax Hull, 1962: 476. Type-species, Asilus aestuans Linnaeus, 1763: 413, by
original designation.
Efferia; Martin, 1965b: 126; Martin & Wilcox, 1965, p. 393; Wilcox, 1966.
Erax; authors, not Scopoli.
Past taxonomists recognized Erax Scopoli as unavailable for the
Nearctic and Neotropical species assigned to it, but they continued to
use the erroneous name rather than finding a valid name. In 1961,
Martin reviewed the misuse of Erax Scopoli and found that Efferia
Coquillett was the first name available for these species. Hull (1962)
restricted Efferia to the species with three submarginal cells in the
wings and erected Nerax for those with two submarginals. Williston
(1901) and Hine (1919) did not consider the number of submarginal
cells to be a generic characteir. James (1941) found three submarginal
cells occurring in species with two submarginals. Martin (1965b)
found that two or three submarginal cells were not associated with
other characters of the Efferia. Martin & Wilcox (1965), and Wilcox
(1966) in revising the 100 species in the United States, considered
Nerax Hull a synonym of Efferia Coquillett.
Redescription. — Length 7-40 mm; face gibbous, frons deeply recessed; ocellar
bristles prominent; antennal style without microsegment; with either two or three
submarginal cells in wing, if two submarginals, anterior branch of vein 3 angulate
and usually with a stump vein; basistyli with dististyli attached to it has ally,
epandria, and aedeagus project upward 90° from longitudinal axis of the body
(Fig. 5), hypandrium small and telescoped out of sight into sternite 8, apex of
aedeagus a hook bent ventrad with three short apical tubes; ovipositor shining,
segment 8 ten to thirty times longer than segment 10 (cerci?), segment 9 short
and separated from other segments, segment 10 without spines; ovipositor longer
than abdominal segments 6 and 7 together, tergite 7 pollinose.
Discussion. — Some of the characters of Efferia are most variable.
Color and length varies from the pale Efferia wilcoxi (Bromley), 7 mm
long, up to the black Efferia grandis (Hine), 35 mm long. One of the
features identifying those Efferia with two submarginal cells is the
stump vein on the angulated anterior branch of vein 3 as in Triorla
(Fig. 13). The length of this vein varies from the short thickened
stump as in Efferia caliente Wilcox, to one equal to the length of the
discal crossvein as in Efferia coquilletti (Hine). The stump may be
extremely long and directed anteriorad to vein 2, forming a third
174
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 3
submarginal cell as in Efferia anomala (Bellardi), or the stump may
be directed posteriad to vein 3 forming a third submarginal as in
Efferia titan (Bromley) and E. alhiharhis (Macquart) . The unstable
nature of this vein is demonstrated in specimens of the Anomala Group
which have a variable number of submarginal cells from one wing to
the other.
The posterior branch of vein 3 ends before the apex of the wing in
all groups except the Aestuans Group where it ends behind the apex
of the wing. The point on the margin where the posterior branch of
vein 3 ends is apparently a stable character.
The aedeagus of Efferia is unique in comparison with Eicherax and
other Asilinae because it stands upright with the apex curved ventrad
to form a hook ending in three short apical tubes (Fig. 11). In some
species a pair of lamellate processes on the base of the aedeagus cover
the tubes from a lateral view, while in other species the processes are
more basad. This type of aedeagus is common to species both with
two and three submarginal cells.
In some species, as in Efferia tuberculata (Coquillett) , sternite 8 is
produced posteriad so that superficially it may resemble a hypandrium.
The ovipositor of the species of Efferia both with two and three sub-
marginal cells is long and laterally compressed posteriad from the
middle of segment 8 (Fig. 1). Segment 7 is pollinose in Efferia, while
in Philonerax it is shining, forming a part of the ovipositor. All the
other closely related genera have cylindrical or subcylindrical ovipos-
itors. A suture is present between segments 8, 9, and 10, on the
ovipositor of Efferia.
Distribution. — Western Hemisphere; Solomon Islands; northern
China.
Eicherax Bigot
(Figs. 3, 6, 10, 14)
Eicherax Bigot, 1857 : 545. Type-species, Erax simplex Macquart, by original
designation.
Eristicus Loew, 1848: 396. Type-species, Erax (Eristicus) nigripes Bellardi, by
monotypy, see Martin, 1961 : 3. Preoccupied in Hymenoptera.
Neoristicus Osten Sacken, 1878: 81, 235 (change of name).
Loew proposed the genus Eristicus in 1848 without assigning any
species to it. Bellardi (1861) assigned his nigripes to the genus Erax,
subgenus Eristicus, which then became the type species of Eristicus by
monotypy. Osten Sacken (1878) proposed tbe name Neoeristicus for
Eristicus Loew which was preoccupied by Eristicus Wesmel in Hy-
JULY 1968] PARKS EFFERIA, EICHERAX AND ALLIES
175
menoptera. Coquillett (1910) found Neoeristicus Osten Sacken to be
a synonym of Eicherax Bigot.
Redescription.^ — Length 13-17 mm; ocellar tubercle with fine setae; antennal
style with microsegment; anterior branch of vein 3 strongly angulated, without a
stump vein, posterior branch ending behind apex of the wing; male genitalia
ineluding hypandrium projected 90° upward from longitudinal axis of the body
(Fig. 6), aedeagus apically with three short straight tubes (Fig. 10), surmounted
by a mesal lamella, or rounded protuberance, aedeagal tubes as long as antennal
segment 2; ovipositor short, conical, not exceeding length of abdominal segments
6 and 7. Female tergite 7 pollinose, tergite 8 shining, tergites 9 and 10 usually
with suture between them.
Discussion. — The species in Eicherax are more uniform in size than
in Efferia, averaging about 15 mm in length. Eicherax is usually dark
colored, with light markings on the lateral margins of the abdominal
segments. Eicherax have only ocellar setae and not the heavy bristles
as found in Efferia. The entire genitalia, including the well developed
hypandrium, are projected upward 90°, the upward projection begin-
ning with segment 8 (Fig. 6). The apex of the aedeagus of Eicherax is
not curved into a hook, but has three short straight tubes (Fig. 10).
Distribution.^ — Mexico ; Neotropical.
Philonerax Bromley
Philonerax Bromley, 1932: 270. Type-species, Asilus muscidus Walker, 1837: 340-
341, by original designation. Monotypic.
Redescription. — Length 15-22 mm; ocellar bristles prominent; antennal style
without microsegment; anterior branch of vein 3 not angulate, posterior branch
ending before apex of wing; basistyli elongate, forming clavate lower forceps,
hypandrium small, telescoping into sternite 8; ovipositor long and compressed
laterally, segment 8 similar to segment 7 in amount of pollen and pile, female
segments 9 and 10 broad, short, forming a rounded club-like structure.
Discussion. — The clavate lower forceps formed by the posterior exten-
sion of the basistyli immediately sets this species apart from the males
of the other closely related genera.
Distribution. — Neotropical.
Triorla Parks, new genus
(Figs. 2, 4, 7, 8, 9, 12, 13)
Type-species. — Asilus interruptus Macquart, 1834: 310.
The genus T riorla has three long apical aedeagal tubes which separate
it from Efferia Coquillett with a hook-shaped aedeagus, and from
Eicherax Bigot whose aedeagus has three short apical tubes.
Ocellar tubercle with weak bristles or hairs; antennal style without micro-
segment; anterior branch of vein 3 angulate, with spur vein as long or longer than
176
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. 44, NO. 3
discal crossvein, posterior branch ending before vfing apex (Fig. 13) ; male
genitalia and hypandrium parallel with longitudinal axis of the body, hypandrium
well developed, apex of aedeagus with three slender tubes as long as length of
antennal segment 3 and style together, expanding bead-like near apex and sud-
denly constricting to tubes very small in diameter (Figs. 9, 12) ; ovipositor not
longer than abdominal segments 6 and 7, tergite 7 pollinose except for shining
posterior margin, segment 8 shining, ovipositor conical, not compressed laterally,
tergites 9 and 10 coalesced, tergite 10 without apical spines (Figs. 2, 4).
Discussion. — The length of the species of Triorla varies from 18-30
mm. The stump vein on the anterior branch of vein 3 is more stable
in this genus than in Efferia. I have examined a single abnormal speci-
men of T. interrupta which had on one wing a third submarginal cell
formed by the union of the stump vein with the posterior branch of
vein 3. Vein 3 always ends before the apex of the wing.
Distribution. — Nearctic, south of the 41st parallel, Mexico, and
Neotropical to Brazil.
Triorla interrupta (Macquart), (new combination)
(Figs. 4, 7, 12, 13)
Asilus interruptus Macquart, 1834: 310. Type locality: Georgia.
Erax interruptus’, Hine, 1919: 153, (Synonyms: Efferia maculatus Macquart, E.
lateralis Macquart; E. ambiguus Macquart, and E. villosus Bellardi).
Nerax interruptus; Hull, 1962: 478.
Erax interruptus; Martin, 1961: 1-4; Martin, 1965a: 28, (Status change) ; Martin,
1965b: 126, 128 (Synonyms: perrumpeus Walker, concolor Walker, and villosus
Bellardi) ; Martin and Wilcox, 1965: 394; Wilcox, 1966: 205, 206.
Erax maculatus Macquart, 1838: 227. Type-locality: Guadeloupe; Osten Sacken,
1887: 200 (Synonyms: ambiguus Macquart, interruptus Macquart, lateralis
and villosus Bellardi).
Efferia maculata; Martin, 1965b: 128-129 (Status change, observations on type
material of Macquart).
Erax lateralis Macquart, 1838: 232. Type locality: Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.
Erax ambiguus Macquart, 1846: 212. Type locality: Galveston, Texas.
Erax concolor Walker, 1851: 130. Patria ignota.
Nerax concolor; Hull, 1962: 479.
Asilus perrumpeus Walker, 1860: 283. Type locality: Mexico.
Erax (Eristicus) villosus Bellardi, 1861: 49. Type locality: Mexico.
Eicherax villosus; Hull, 1962: 475.
Wilcox (1966) has redescribed Triorla interrupta (Macquart).
Malloch (1917) gave its life history and figured the immature stages.
Triorla interrupta is separated easily from T. striola (Fabricius) by
the posterior margin of the epandria being deeply emarginated, and
the base of the left aedeagal tube is heavier than in T. striola. Abdom-
inal segments 6 and 7 of T. interrupta of the female are each marked
by a dorsal median black median stripe.
JULY 1968] PARKS — EFFERIA, EICHERAX AND ALLIES
177
Macquart (1838) under the name Erax maculatus clearly described
and illustrated (pi. 9, fig. 6) a female of T. interrupta. Martin (1965b)
reported on the two remaining females and five males of the original
10 syntypes; one female was covered with mold and the other is a
female belonging to the Aestuans Group. He could not associate the
type material with Macquart’s description and illustrations. On the
basis of Macquart’s description and illustration being identical with his
earlier description of Asilus interruptus, there is no doubt that Erax
maculatus is a synonym of T riorla interrupta on the basis of the females.
The males Macquart described as Erax maculatus are a synonym of
Triorla striola (Fabricius). Hine (1919) listed E. maculatus as a
synonym of E. interrupta.
Triorla striola (Fabricius), (new combination)
(Figs. 2, 8, 9)
Dasypogon striola Fabricius, 1805: 172. Type locality: Brazil.
Asilus striola; Wiedemann, 1821: 199.
Asilus (Eristicus) striola; Burmeister, 1861: 171.
Erax striola; Schiner, 1866: 686.
Efferia striola; Martin, 1961: 1-4 (New combination).
Nerax striola; Hull, 1962: 479.
Eicherax striola; Carrera & Machado-Allison, 1963: 254 (Change based on a single
female specimen).
Erax maculatus Macquart, 1838: 227. Type locality: Guadeloupe; Osten Sacken,
1887: 200 (Synonyms: lateralis Macquart; ambiguus Macquart; villosus
Bellardi, and interruptus Macquart) .
The males of Triorla striola (Fabricius) have a shallow emargination
on the posterior margin of the epandria, there is a small triangular
posteriorad projection of the hypandrium. Tergite 6 of the female
bears a dorsal median black spot, tergite 7 is entirely black.
Macquart (1838) did not describe, but only figured the male ter-
minalia (pi. 9, fig. 6b) of Erax maeulatus. Martin (1965b) observed
that Macquart’s figure does not resemble the male specimens in the
syntype series. I have not been able to associate Macquart’s figures
with any known species. Martin’s notes and his photographic slides of
this type series indicate that the males of the type series are actually
males of Triorla striola. On this basis the males of Erax maculatus
Macquart are synonymized with the males of Triorla striola.
Acknowledgments
The writer is indebted to the following for their aid: I wish to thank
and to acknowledge the assistance and guidance of Dr. Charles H.
178
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. 44, NO. 3
Martin, Oregon State University, and for his loan of many specimens
and detailed notes along with photographic slides of type specimens.
I thank Mr. Joseph Wilcox, United States Department of Agriculture,
Anaheim, California, and Dr. Norman Marston, Kansas State Univer-
sity, for use of the material which they had collected and loaned to
Dr. Martin.
Literature Cited
Bellardi, L. 1861. Saggio di ditterologia messicana. Parte 11. 99 pp., 2 pis.,
Torino.
Bigot, J. M. F. 1857. Essai d’une classification generate . . . dipteres. Soc.
Entomol. de France, Ann. ser. 3, 5: 517-564.
Bromley, S. W. 1932. Diptera of Patagonia and South Chile. Brit. Mus. (Natur.
Hist.), Part V, Fasc. 3: 199-293.
Burmeister, H. C. C. 1861. Reise durch die La Plata Staaten. 1 : 1-6, 1-503 ;
2: 1-4, 1-538.
Carrera, M., and C. E. Machado-Allison. 1963. Acta Biol. Venezuelica, Vol. 3,
Art. 15: 233-267.
CoQUiLLETT, D. W. 1893. A new asilid genus related to Erax. Canad. Entomol.,
25: 175-177.
1910. The Type-species of North American Diptera. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus.,
37: 499-647.
Fabricius, j. C. 1805. Systema antliatorum secundum ordines, genera, species,
373 pp. -{- 30 pp. Brunsvigae.
Hine, j. S. 1919. Rohberflies of the genus Erax. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer.,
12: 103-154.
Hull, F. M. 1962. Rohberflies of the world. U. S. Nat. Mus. Bull., no. 224.
Part 1: 1-430. Part 2: 431-907.
James, M. T. 1941. The rohberflies of Colorado (Diptera, Asilidae) . J. Kansas
Entomol. Soc., 14: 27-53.
Linnaeus, C. 1763. Systema naturae. Amoenitates Acad., etc., Vol. 6. 485 pp.
5 pis. Holminae.
Loew, H. 1848. Ueber die europMschen Raubfliegen (Diptera, Asilica). Lin-
naea Entomol., 3: 386-495.
Macquart, j. 1834. Hist. nat. des insectes dipteres. Vol. 1, 578 pp. 12 pis.
1838. Dipteres exotiques . . . Vol. 1, Pt. 2: 5-207. 14 pis.
1846. Dipteres exotiques . . . Suppl. 1: 5-238. 20 pis.
Malloch, j. R. 1917. A preliminary classification of Diptera. . . . Bull. Illinois
State Lab. Natur. Hist., 12: 373-389.
Martin, Chas. H. 1961. The misidentification of Erax Scopoli in the Americas.
J. Kansas Entomol Soc., 34: 1^.
1965a. Distribution patterns and corrected identifications of asilid species re-
ported as common to North and South America (Diptera : Asilidae) .
Trans. Amer. Entomol. Soc., 91: 1-37.
1965b. Genera and subfamily changes, new synonymy, new names, new species,
and notes on Asilidae (Diptera). J. Kansas Entomol. Soc., 38: 11-134.
Martin, Chas. H., and J. Wilcox. 1965. Cat. Diptera of North America. U. S.
Dept. Agr. Hndbk., No. 276: 360-401
JULY 1968]
MARTIN MEXICAN ASILIDAE
179
OsTEN Sacken, C. R. 1878. Cat. of described Diptera of North America. Smith-
sonian Misc. Coll., 16: 1-276.
1887. In Godman, F. D., and 0. Salvin, Eds. Biologia Centrali-Americana.
Diptera, 1: 129-216.
ScHiNER, J. R. 1866. Die Wiedemann’schen Asiliden. . . . K.-k Zool.-Bot. Ges.
Wien Verhandl., 16: 64*9-722.
Walker, Francis. 1837. Des. of Diptera Coll, by Capt. King. . . . Trans. Lin-
naean Soc. London, 17 : 331-359.
1851. Diptera. Insecta Saudersiana. Vol. 1, Pt. 2: 77-156.
1860. Charac. of undescr. Diptera In Coll, of W. W. Saunders. Trans.
Entomol. Soc. London, Pt. 2, Ser. 2, 5: 268-296.
Wiedemann, C. R. W. 1821. Diptera exotica. (Ed. 2.) 244 pp. Kiliae ( =
Kiel).
Wilcox, J. 1966. Efferia Coquillett in America North of Mexico (Diptera :
Asilidae). Proc. California Acad. Sci., Ser. 4, 34 (2): 85-234.
WiLLiSTON, S. W. 1901. Biologia Centrali-Americana. Insecta. Diptera. (Supple-
ment) . Asilidae, pp. 298-332.
New Mexican Acronyches and Parataracticus
(Diptera : Asilidae)^
Charles H. Martin
Oregon State University
Genus Acronyches Williston
Acronyches Williston, S. W. 1908. Manual of North American Diptera, p. 388,
fig. 103. Hermann, F. 1921. Arch. Naturgesch., Abt. A, 86: 118-122.
Type of Genus. — Acronyches willistoni Hermann, 1921.
The position and status of the rare genus Acronyches Williston
(Dasypogoninae : Asilidae) has been puzzling ever since its description
because of its close but superficial resemblance to Leptogastrinae.
Williston (1908) erected the genus only on the figure of an undescribed
Brazilian asilid, stating that the genus represented a transition between
the Dasypogoninae and Leptogastrinae. The types of Acronyches
willistoni Hermann and of A. imitator Hermann, both females, were
seen by me at the Zoologische Sammlung des Bayrischen Staates,
Munich. A. fenestralus Hermann was not located. The three species
are from Paraguay. Hermann misidentified a specimen of Acronyches
from Costa Rica at the Naturhistoriches Museum, Vienna, as a cotype
of A. willistoni. Also, Hermann mislabeled a manuscript species of
1 Financial support by National Science Foundation grant GB-4541 is acknowledged.
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 44: 179-183. Iuly 1968
180
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 3
Leptogaster at Munich as Acronyches. Hull (1962) had difficulty at
the subfamily level, placing Acronyches both in Leptogastrinae and in
Dasypogoninae, but intending to assign it to Leptogastrinae (Martin,
1965).
Acronyches Williston is redescribed here on the basis of Hermann’s
specimens at Munich and Vienna, and on three new species from
Yucatan, Morelos, and Nayarit, Mexico. These are the first records
of Acronyches from Mexico.
Acronyches Williston belongs to the subfamily Dasypogoninae (Asil-
idae) rather than to the subfamily Leptogastrinae. Six species of
Acronyches range from 20-30 mm in length. The abdomen super-
ficially resembling that of very large Leptogaster Meigen; without
pulvilli and alulae greatly reduced as in Leptogastrinae; empodium
very short, tapering to a blunt point. The following characters of
Acronyches Williston do not occur in Leptogastrinae except as noted:
face forming a triangle with the ocellar tubercle as the apex, the eyes
not touching at the vertex; laterally deep facial grooves below the level
of the mystax; strong bristles in mystax, weaker and shorter facial
bristles; somewhat swollen lobes on anterior margin of the posterior
pronotum well separated; no pit in the mesothorax over phragma 1;
tuft of pile on episternum; abdomen clavate (true of some Leptogas-
trinae) ; hypandrium and basistyli of male coalesced except apico-
laterally (partially or wholly coalesced in 75% of Leptogastrinae) ;
pair of lateral processes closely associated with the aedeagus, epandria
triangular, shorter than proctiger; aedeagus a single tube of large
diameter, tapering to the apex from a more or less hidden base (also
occurs in Leptogastrinae) ; ovipositor a short tube of small diameter
which may or may not be partially sclerotized; sternite 2 without the
fenestra of Leptogastrinae; Acronyches may a Martin, new species, with
a shallow crescent groove on sternite 2 which does not form a fenestra,
but superficially resembles one; anal cell petiolate (true in one genus
of Leptogastrinae) .
Acronyches maya Martin, new species
Male. — Length 30 mm. Head black, face cherry red; face and occiput grayish
white tomentose, front and vertex brown tomentose; antennal segment 1 dark red,
polished, about one-fourth longer than segment 2, the latter reddish yellow, segment
3 missing; vestiture black.
Thorax black to reddish, posterior pronotum and posterior humeri, and median
stripe, reddish; grayish white tomentose except anterior humeri reddish brown
tomentose, narrow geminate blackish brown longitudinal stripe extending to
transverse suture, a very narrow median dark brown stripe separating the geminate
stripe, and about as long, a narrow brown stripe along ventral margin of meso-
JULY 1968]
MARTIN — MEXICAN ASILIDAE
181
thorax; scutellum blackish, white pollinose on disc, short hair on posterior margin;
metapleura red, mesopleura black, gray tomentose above, brown below; vestiture
black, tuft of brownish red pile on episternum.
Abdomen black, posterior half of tergites 2-3 yellow; tergite 2 anteriorly white
tomentose, medially a brownish tomentose triangular spot, posterior margin
brownish tomentose, tergite 3 similar with a narrow gray anterior band, grayish
laterally, tergite 4 brown pollinose, anteriorly and posteriorly narrowly gray,
tergite 5 brown pollinose, some gray dorsally, tergites 6-7 laterally mixed gray
and brown tomentose, narrowly on posterior margin, tergite 8 dorsally polished
black, laterally mixed gray and brown tomentose, but narrowly polished along
the posterior margin; vestiture sparse, recumbent long brownish hairs; hypandrium
and basistyli coalesced except some differentiation apically and apicolaterally,
genitalia black, most of hypandrium yellow, vestiture yellowish.
Wings reddish brown.
Legs cherry red to blackish, hind femur yellow apicodorsally, hind tibiae
anteriorly and posteriorly with yellow stripes.
Female. — Unknown.
Holotype Male. — Chicken Itza, Yucatan, Mexico (E. T. Thomp-
son) ; in Chicago Museum of Natural History.
Acronyches rarus Martin, new species
Male. — Length 25 mm. Head black; oral margin and corners of oral margin
densely white tomentose fading to reddish brown, front reddish brown, a yellowish
spot below ocellar tubercle, occiput yellowish tomentose, reddish at some angles
of view, a white stripe from the ocellar tubercle to the neck; about 12 mystax
bristles, longer medially, rather sparse weaker bristles on face reaching antennae,
occipital bristles red; antennal segment 1 polished red, segments 2-3 yellowish,
light reddish brown tomentose, segment 2 subequal to segment 1, segment 3 twice
as long as segment 1, style shorter than segment 2, with a red apical spine.
Thorax dorsally red, pleura black; a wide grayish median stripe separated by
a very narrow median black stripe from pronotum to the metanotal declivity,
laterad two wider brown longitudinal stripes, constricted opposite spiracle 1,
laterad to brown stripes a blackish spot, laterally thinly gray pollinose; setae
black, bristles reddish; scutellum reddish, thinly gray pollinose, without vestiture;
pleura reddish brown, a patch of black hypopleural hairs.
Wings dark reddish brown, with a lighter spot apicad to discal crossvein,
anterior third longitudinal vein rises from the third longitudinal vein as a half
loop.
Legs dark reddish, hind tibiae darker with a narrow yellow band basally, four
posterior metarsi yellow, without pulvilli, empodium short, thick, tapered apically,
hind femur anteroventrally near apex with an elongate patch of erect yellowish
hair longer than other vestiture on hind femur, hind tibiae apicad and antero-
ventrally covered with dense long yellow hair.
Female. — Unknown.
Holotype Male. — ^Yautepec, Morelos, southcentral Mexico, 13
July 1963 (F. D. Parker, L. A. Stange), in the University of California,
Davis.
182
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. 44, NO. 3
Acronyches westcotti Martin, new species
Male. — Length 23 mm. Head black; face grayish white tomentose, brown on
lower oral margin, front brown tomentose with a white spot before ocellar tubercle,
occiput blackish brown tomentose, orbitals narrowly gray, a faint bluish gray
stripe from ocellar tubercle to the neck; mystax of long black bristles, hairs on
face, and occipital bristles black; antennal segment 1 polished black, segments 2-3
and style dark brown tomentose, segment 3 over four times as long as segment 1,
linear, slightly expanded apically, several bristles dorsally near apex, style about
as long as segment 1, spine on apex.
Thorax thinly gray pollinose with a mixture of brown, two broad longitudinal
stripes widely separated and extending to scutellum, a thin brown stripe between
them on the mesonotal declivity; vestiture black; scutellum black, white pollinose,
posterior margin mostly brown tomentose, no vestiture; pleura black, dark brown
tomentose, a patch of weak black hypopleural hair.
Abdomen black; tergite 2 grayish white tomentose, intermixed with small
amounts of brown, black triangle with base extending across the tergite on posterior
two-thirds, tergites 3-4 grayish tomentose, narrowly basally, black triangle with
a very broad base covering dorsum, tergite 5 black, narrowly gray basad, posteriorly
two rather faint gray spots, tergites 6-7 gray dorsally, black laterally, tergite 7
posteriorly with two small polished black spots; male genitalia black.
Wings dark brown, light spots in the first and second submarginal cells, anal
cell short and petiolate.
Legs blackish red to black, polished, fore femora dark cherry red, hind tibiae
with yellow basal bands, metatarsi on hind legs mostly red ventroapically.
Female. — Unknown.
Holotype Male . — 20 miles southeast of Ixtlan del Rio, Nayarit,
WESTERN Mexico, 22 July 1963 (R. L. Westcott) ; type in the Univer-
sity of California, Davis. This species is named for the collector, Mr.
R. L. Westcott.
Genus Parataracticus Cole
Parataracticus Cole, F. R. 1924. The Pan-Pacific Ent., 1: 7-13. Martin, Chas. H.
1955. Jour. Kansas Ent. Soc., 28: 116-120. Wilcox, Joseph. 1967. Jour. Kansas
Ent. Soc., 40: 13-16.
Type of Genus. — Parataracticus ruhidus Cole, 1924.
Parataracticus arenicolus Martin, new species
The narrow grayish pollinose band across the anterior margins of
tergites 3—5 on both sexes, and the median small triangle on these
tergites readily separate P. arenicolus Martin, new species, from P. niger
Martin which is without such markings.
Parataracticus niger Martin ranges from the type locality. Riverside
County, California into northern Baja California, Mexico; P. arenicolus
Martin replaces P. niger in the southern region of Baja California.
Male. — Length 6 mm. Head black; face and front white tomentose, more
JULY 1968]
MARTIN MEXICAN ASILIDAE
183
grayish near vertex, occiput more brown than gray above, gray below; mystax,
facial hair, and hair on antennae white, ocellar and occipital bristles reddish;
antennal segments 1 and 2 reddish, together about half as long as segment 3 and
its short style, segment 3 and style black with short brown microchaetae uniformily
spaced, short spine at base of style.
Thorax black, anterior humeri red, posterior humeri dark red; geminate brown
median stripe from anterior margin of mesothorax to metanotal declivity, separated
medially by a narrow brownish white stripe, brown and white pollinose patterns
laterally; 4-5 long bristles on anterior humeri, sparse long reddish brown dorso-
centrals on meso- and metathorax; scutellum with disc grayish brown tomentose,
posterior margin polished, with six long strong reddish brown bristles; pleura
light brown to gray tomentose with two polished spots below wing base narrowly
joined, vestiture white.
Anterior abdominal tergites black, reddish laterally, becoming gradually more
reddish, posterior three segments red, anterior margins of tergites 3-5 with a
narrow gray pollinose stripe across anterior margins, tergites 2-5 anteriorly with
small gray tomentose triangular spots; three whitish bristles on posterior ventral
corners of tergite 2, and two on tergite 3.
Wings very slightly infuscated, mostly hyaline, all cells open.
Legs red, dorsally femora black, hind tibiae black dorsally, and ventrally, fore
tibiae red, apical tarsal segments black.
Female. — Similar to male; abdomen more reddish, antennal segment 3 slightly
narrower.
Holotype Male. — Los Friales, Baja California, Mexico, 18 March
1853 (Seftin expedition to Gulf of California, P. H. Hurd). Allotype
female, same data. Paratypes: 18 males, 9 females, same data as for
holotype. Holotype in California Academy of Sciences.
Note. — The tergal pollinose fasciae ruh off easily, so that the pattern
appears to change from specimen to specimen. The anterior narrow
gray stripe across tergite 3 may he hidden beneath tergite 2.
Literature Cited
Cole, F. R. 1924. Notes on the Dipterous family Asilidae, with descriptions of
new species. Pan-Pacific Entomok, 1; 7-13, 6 figures.
Hermann, F. 1921. In Zurcher, L. : Diptera-Aubeute aus Paraguay : Mydaiden
und Asiliden. Arch. Naturgesch., Abt. A, 87 : 118-122.
Hull, F. M. 1962. Robber Flies of the World. The genera of the family Asilidae.
Smith. Instit. Bulk, 224, Pts. 1 and 2. 907 pp.
Martin, C. H. 1955. New species of the genus Parataracticus Cole from southern
California (Diptera; Asilidae). J. Kansas Entomok Soc., 28: 116-120.
1965. Generic and subfamily changes, new synonymy, new names, a new
species, and notes on Asilidae (Diptera). J. Kansas Entomok Soc., 38;
110-134. 2 pk, 24 figs.
Wilcox, Joseph. 1967. New species and a key to the species of Parataracticus
Cole (Diptera : Asilidae). J. Kansas Entomok Soc., 40: 13-16. 1 pk
WiLLiSTON, S. W. 1908. Manual of North American Diptera. Third Edition.
New Haven, Conneeticut, 405 pp.
184
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 3
New Genera of Male Brachycistidinae with A Redescription of
Brachycistellus Baker and A Key to North American Genera
(Hymenoptera : Tiphiidae)
Marius S. Wasbauer
California Department of Agriculture, Sacramento
In a recent revision of the genus Brachycistis Fox for America north
of Mexico (Wasbauer, 1966) I have recognized six genera in the male
series and have given a tentative key for their separation. The overall
purpose of the present study is to aid in recognition of the genera of
North American Brachycistidinae in anticipation of a revision of
Nearctic species (exclusive of the genus Brachycistis) now in progress.
The immediate aim is threefold: first, to provide descriptions of two
additional new genera; second, to provide a redescription of the
monotypic genus Brachycistellus Baker, the type of which has recently
been found in the collection of the U. S. National Museum; and third,
to relate these taxa with previously known forms through discussions
and a revised key to the genera now known for North America.
I wish to acknowledge with gratitude, the assistance received from
Hugh B. Leech, California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco, and
Calvert Norland, San Diego State College, for assistance in verifying
the C. F. Baker type label on the holotype of Brachycistellus figitiformis
and to P. H. Arnaud, Jr., and E. S. Ross, California Academy of
Sciences, for making available to me material on which I have based
one of the genera described here. Thanks are also due to K, V. Krom-
bein, U. S. National Museum, for locating and loaning to me the type
specimen of Brachycistellus figitiformis Baker.
The terminology employed in the following descriptions is in general
use by students of aculeate Hymenoptera with the exception of a few
terms relating to mensural ratios. Ratios were obtained at 100 X with
a 100 division ocular micrometer. Distances were measured in a flat
plane of focus and were converted directly to ratios by use of a slide
rule. Measurements of wing cells included the veins forming the bound-
aries of the cells. For the sake of brevity and convenience in express-
ing ratios, the following abbreviations have been used:
CR — Clypeal ratio. The maxiraum length of the clypeus in full frontal view,
from the epistomal suture to the apex, divided by the maximum width.
EH — Eye height, measured in full frontal view.
ED — Eacial distance. The length of the head in full frontal view, from the
vertex to the apex of the clypeus.
L — Length.
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 44 : 184 - 197 . July 1968
JULY 1968] WASBAUER NEW MALE BRACHYCISTIDINAE
185
LID — Lower interocular distance. The minimum distance between the lower
margins of the compound eyes.
OOL — Ocellocular length. The shortest distance from the lateral ocellus to the
compound eye.
POL — Postocellar length. The shortest distance between the lateral ocelli.
SMi — First submarginal cell.
SM 2 — Second submarginal cell.
TFD — Transfacial distance. The maximum distance across the head in full
frontal view (from the outer margin of one compound eye to the outer
margin of the other).
Hadrocistis^ Wasbauer, new genus
Adult Male. — Head (Figs. 1, 4) more or less rounded, broader than long, TFD
about 1.3 FD; ocelli strongly enlarged; compound eyes very large, convergent
below, inner margins slightly emarginate; antennal sockets with simple rims which
are slightly thickened below; antennae rather short, L/W flagellar segment 1,
1.85-2.50; clypeus somewhat produced apically, CR .40-46, disk slightly, broadly
convex; mandibles slender, bidentate, frontal surface ecarinate; maxillary and
labial palpi short, slender, maxillary palpi 3-5 segmented; labial palpi 1-2 seg-
mented.
Mesosoma. — Robust, pronotum vertical, mesonotum arising directly above it and
in plane or in a slight curve with its dorsal edge, humeral angles rounded, not
prominent; mesonotum with parapsidal furrows strongly impressed; mesepisternum
strongly expanded, evenly convex; dorsal surface of propodeum without well
defined lateral raised areas, posterodorsal transverse carina absent, lateral surfaces
relatively smooth, not sculptured; anterior coxa without admesal stridulatory area;
posterior coxa not carinate; wings relatively short, usually not extending to apex
of metasoma, venation somewhat reduced, anterior wing (Figs. 13, 14) with two
submarginal and two discoidal cells; first transverse cubital vein arising before
apical third of first submarginal cell; marginal cell short, strap-shaped, narrowed
posteriorly, costa extending along costal margin for a distance much less than half
length of stigma; posterior wing (Figs. 13, 14) with radius and cubitus well
developed, cubitus arcuate, forming an angle with the transverse cubital of less
than 135 degrees, jugal lobe longer than, equal to or slightly shorter than sub-
median cell.
Metasoma . — First metasomal sternum flat or slightly convex, without a broad,
deep concavity posteriorly, second metasomal sternum simple, without carinae or
raised areas; genitalia (Figs. 2, 3, 5, 6) with process of digitus aculeate, strongly
upcurved, produced far distad of articulum; volsellar plate with a number of short,
stout, anteriorly directed spines on mesal surface.
F EM ALE. — U nkno wn.
Type of Genus. — Hadrocistis bicolor Wasbauer.
Specimens referable to Hadrocistis may be distinguished from those
belonging to other brachycistidine genera by the following combination
of characteristics: clypeus somewhat elongate, clypeal ratio .40-.45;
palpi short, not always visible; maxillary palpi 3-5 segmented, labial
^ Gr. Hadros: well developed, and kiste : box or chest, referring to the robust mesosomatic tagma.
186
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 3
7
8 9
Figs. 1-3. Hadrocistis slanskyae. Fig. 1. Head, dorsal view. Figs. 2-3. Genitalia.
Fig. 2. Dorsal. Fig. 3. Lateral. Figs. 4-6. Hadrocistis bicolor. Fig. 4. Head, dorsal
view. Figs. 5-6. Genitalia. Fig. 5. Dorsal, Fig. 6. Lateral. Figs. 7-9. Dolichetropis
JULY 1968] WASBAUER — NEW MALE BRACHYCISTIDINAE
187
palpi 1—2 segmented; mandibles slender, bidentate; marginal cell of
forewing short, strap-shaped; two submarginal and two discoidal cells
present; propodeum not sculptured; anterior coxa without stridulatory
area; hind coxa not carinate; metasomal sterna without carinae or
elevations; genitalia (Figs. 2, 3, 5, 6) with process of digitus prolonged
beyond articulum, unciform, strongly upcurved.
This genus appears to have its closest ally in Brachycistina Malloch.
It shares with the latter the robust body form, produced clypeus, very
small maxillary and labial palpi, slender and bidentate mandibles,
presence of two submarginal cells in the anterior wing, the first trans-
verse cubital vein arising basad of the apical third of the first sub-
marginal cell, short and strap-shaped marginal cell and lack of admesal
stridulatory areas on the front coxa. It differs, however, in the absence
of spines dorsally on the hind tibia, the presence of only two discoidal
cells and the genitalia with charactertistically unciform and upcurved
digital processes which extend beyond the articulum.
Hadrocistis bicolor Wasbauer, new species
Holotype. — Head black; clypeus dark mahogany brown toward apex; mandibles
light yellow-brown, becoming piceous at apices; antennae light yellow-brown;
mesosoma dark mahogany brown, nearly black; pronotum slightly lighter; legs
beyond coxae yellow-brown; stigma dark mahogany brown; metasoma lighter than
mesosoma, medium mahogany brown. Vestiture moderately abundant, uniformly
straw-colored over entire body; appressed over most of body; suberect on clypeus,
prosternum and scutellum; erect on posterior face and dorsolateral angles of
propodeum; a curved row of suberect hairs on each metasomal sternum; most
abundant on head posteriorly, pronotum medially, mesonotum anteriorly and
propodeum posteriorly, absent on dorsum of propodeum. Body not strongly punc-
tured, punctures small, shallow, third degree density on head becoming second
degree density on vertex between ocelli, several large, shallow punctures on disk
of clypeus just before apex; small, shallow, third degree density over remainder
of body except second degree density on dorsolateral angles of propodeum and
first metasomal tergum; dorsum of propodeum impunctate.
Head (Fig. 4). — Compound eyes strongly enlarged, EH/LID 1.18; LID/TFD
.43; OOL/POL .42; vertex raised and slightly convex between lateral ocelli, ocelli
thus not appearing protuberant dorsally; antennae relatively short, L/W first
flagellar segment 2.2; clypeus gently but noticeably convex medially; maxillary
palpi 5 segmented, length equal to or slightly greater than length of gular orifice;
flavida. Fig. 7. Head, dorsal view. Figs. 8-9. Genitalia. Fig. 8. Dorsal. Fig. 9.
Lateral. Figs. 10-12. Brachycistellus figitiformis. Fig. 10. Propodeum (coxae and
anterior segments of metasoma in outline). Figs. 11-12. Genitalia. Fig. 11.
Dorsal. Fig. 12. Lateral.
188
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 3
labial palpi 3 segmented, slightly less than half length of gular orifice; gular
Carina low, not produced into an elevation anteriorly.
Mesosoma . — Propodeum short, broad; dorsal surface minutely reticulate; pos-
terior face about as long as dorsal surface, in lateral view very slightly convex,
nearly flat medially; anterior wing (Fig. 14) slightly infuscate beyond apex of
marginal and submarginal cells; L/W marginal cell 1.9; L/W stigma 2.3;
SM 1 /SM 2 2.65.
Metasoma .- — ’Apical tergum (Fig. 18) with a polished, slightly convex pygidial
area which is not strongly set off from remainder of tergum; genitalia (Figs. 5,
6) in lateral view with aedeagus upcurved toward apex, process of digitus without
a distinct dorsal flange; in dorsal view aedeagus widest at apex.
Length. — 6.8 mm.
Variation (n = 20) ; length 3. 1-8.7 mm; EH/LID 1.00-1.18; LID/
TED .40-.48; OOL/POL .35-.43; L/W flagellar segment 1, 1.87-2.50;
infuscate area of fore wing very faint to strong. L/W marginal cell
1.67-3.12; L/W stigma 2.12-2.58; SM 1 /SM 2 2.21-2.94.
Type Material. — Holotype and thirty-five paratypes, 6 miles west
OF Glamis, Imperial County, California, 5 August 1966, at fluores-
cent hlack light (M. Wasbauer collector). Thirty-one paratypes, same
locality but 19 September 1966, at fluorescent black light (R. A. block
collector) . One paratype, Andrade, Imperial County, California, 4
August 1966, at fluorescent black light (M. Wasbauer collector). Two
paratypes, 6 miles west of Calexico, Imperial County, California, 16
August 1966, at fluorescent black light (R. A. block collector). The
holotype (no. 9564) has been deposited in the collection of the Califor-
nia Academy of Sciences. Paratypes have been distributed to the
California Academy of Sciences, the United States National Museum,
the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard College and the
University of California at Davis.
Hadrocistis slanskyae Wasbauer, new species
Holotype. — Head, mesosoma and metasoma uniform medium brown; pronotum
a little lighter than mesonotum; clypeus and mandibles piceous at apex, stigma
dark brown. Vestiture moderately abundant, uniformly light straw yellow, nearly
white over entire body; oppressed over most of body, suberect on clypeus, vertex,
dorsolateral areas of propodeum and posterior metasomal segments, erect on
posterior face of propodeum and first metasomal tergum; most abundant on
vertex, dorsolateral areas and posterior face of propodeum, absent on dorsum of
propodeum. Body not strongly punctured, punctures large, irregular, first degree
density toward apex of clypeus, smaller second degree density on mesepisternum
anteriorly, third degree density on remainder of body; dorsum of propodeum
impunctate.
Head (Fig. 1). — Compound eyes strongly enlarged, EH/LID .95; LID/TFD .47;
OOL/POL .72; vertex distinctly concave between lateral ocelli, the ocelli thus
appearing protuberant dorsally; antennae moderately long, L/W first flagellar
JULY 1968] WASBAUER NEW MALE BRACHYCISTIDINAE
189
Figs. 13-14. Wings of Hadrocistis spp. Fig. 13. H. slanskyae. Fig. 14. H. bicolor.
Figs. 15-16. Wings. Fig. 15. Dolichetropis flavida. Fig. 16. Br achy cist ellus figiti-
formis.
segment 2.5; clypeus slightly convex near insertion, nearly flat toward apex;
maxillary palpi very short, 3 segmented, length less than half gular orifice; labial
palpi inconspicuous, 2 segmented; gular carina low, not produced into an elevation
anteriorly.
Mesosoma. — Propodeum short, broad, dorsal surface faintly reticulate, appearing
polished, posterior face about as long as dorsal surface, in lateral view slightly
convex; anterior wing (Fig. 13) hyaline, without infuscate areas; L/W marginal
cell 1.94; L/W stigma 2.72; SM 1 /SM 2 2.32.
Metasoma . — Apical tergum (Fig. 17) with a strongly convex, reticulate pygidial
area which in lateral view is set off from remainder of segment by a broad sulcus;
genitalia (Figs. 2, 3) in lateral view with aedeagus nearly straight along dorsal
margin, not upcurved toward apex, process of digitus with a distinct dorsal flange;
in dorsal view, aedeagus widest much before apex.
Length. — 8.6 mm.
Variation (n = 17) ; length 7.0-10.9 mm; EH/LID .925-1.05; LID/
TED .43-.48; OOL/POL .54r-.82; L/W flagellar segment 1, 2.18-2.73;
L/W marginal cell 1.83-2.34; L/W stigma 2.50-3.00; SM 1 /SM 2 1.74-
2.36.
190
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
[vOL. 44, NO. 3
22
JULY 1968] WASBAUER NEW MALE BRACHYCISTIDINAE
191
Type Material. — Holotype and five paratypes, 6 miles west of
Glamis, Imperial County, California, 5 August 1966, at fluorescent
black light (J. E. Slansky collector), eleven paratypes, same locality
and date (M. Wasbauer collector). The holotype (no. 9563) has been
deposited in the collection of the California Academy of Sciences.
Paratypes are in the collections of the California Academy of Sciences
and the United States National Museum.
Hadrocistis slanskyae may be distinguished frorn H. bicolor by its
somewhat larger size, the head and mesosoma no darker than the
metasoma, the vertex concave between the lateral ocelli, the entirely
hyaline forewing and the hump-shaped pygidial area, set off from the
remainder of the segment by a broad sulcus.
Dolichetropis^ Wasbauer, new genus
Adult Male. — Head (Fig. 7) more or less rounded, broader than long, TFD
1.1-1. 3 FD; ocelli strongly enlarged; compound eyes very large, convergent belo’w,
inner margins distinctly emarginate, antennal sockets with simple rims which are
not or scarcely thickened below; antennae relatively short, L/W flagellar segment
1, 1.7-2.5; clypeus noticeably produced apically, CR .40-.45, disk slightly convex;
mandibles slender, tridentate, dorsal surface with a distinct curved carina; max-
illary and labial palpi short, slender, six and four segmented respectively.
Mesosoma. — Slender; pronotum nearly vertical, mesonotum arising above and
in line with it; humeral angles rounded, not prominent; mesonotum with parap-
sidal furrows strongly impressed; mesepisternum evenly convex; dorsal surface of
propodeum without lateral raised areas, posterodorsal transverse carina absent,
lateral surfaces not sculptured; anterior coxa with distinct, elongate, admesal
stridulatory area; posterior coxa not carinate; wings long, usually extending to
apex of metasoma, venation well developed, anterior wing (Fig. 15) with three
submarginal and three discoidal cells, marginal cell elongate, extending along
costal margin for a distance somewhat less to slightly more than half length of
stigma; posterior wing (Fig. 15) with radius and cubitus well developed, cubitus
strongly arcuate, forming an angle with transverse cubital of much less than
135 degrees; jugal lobe shorter than submedian cell.
Metasoma. — First metasomal sternum nearly flat, without a broad, deep concavity
posteriorly; second metasomal sternum simple, without carinae or raised areas;
genitalia (Figs. 8, 9) with process of digitus short, blunt; volsellar plate with a
number of long, slender, anteriorly directed setae on mesal surface.
Female. — Unknown.
^ Gr. Dolichos : long, and etron : abdomen, referring to the elongate metasoma.
«-
Figs. 17-18. Apical metasomal terga, Hadrocistis spp. Fig. 17. H. slanskyae.
Fig. 18. H. bicolor. Fig. 19. Head, Brachycistellus figitiformis, dorsal view. Fig. 20.
Portions of first and second metasomal sterna, Acanthetropis noctivaga. Fig. 21.
Posterior coxa, Colocistis castanea. Fig. 22. Posterior wing, Quemaya arenicola.
192
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. 44, NO. 3
Type of Genus. — Dolichetropis flavida Wasbauer.
Dolichetropis appears to be closely related to Brachycistis Fox and
may have developed from a stock ancestral to the Nitida group. Brachy-
cistis nitida (Cress.) is quite similar in many respects to the type species
of Dolichetropis. Both species have the gular orifice reduced somewhat
in size, lack a gular elevation, have short and hlunt processes of the
digitus, a fairly long marginal cell in the forewing, and a row of stout
spines dorsally on the hind tihia. D. flavida, however, has the maxillary
and lahial palpi reduced in size, the clypeus prolonged at the apex and
the mandibles slender, the subapical mandibular teeth poorly developed.
In all species of Brachycistis, the maxillary palpi are well developed,
the clypeus more or less transverse and the suhapical mandibular teeth
projecting.
Dolichetropis flavida Washauer, new species
Holotype. — Head medium brown, clypeus, mandibles, antennal scape and
pedicel, palpi, legs, mesosoma and metasoma uniformly light yellow-brown,
antennal flagellum darker yellow-brown. Vestiture moderately abundant, uniform
light straw yellow over most of body, slightly darker on apical metasomal segments,
decumbent, suberect or erect, most abundant on pronotum laterally, mesonotum
anteriorly, prosternum, scutellum and posterolateral areas of propodeum; absent
on dorsal surface of propodeum. Body not strongly punctured, punctation of first
degree density only on pronotum and mesonotum anteriorly, just above wing
bases and a small area dorsolaterally on propodeum, elsewhere second and third
degree density, punctures of two sizes interspersed on head, pronotum, mesonotum
and propodeum, of uniform size on mesepisternum ; disk of scutellum and
metanotum, dorsum of propodeum polished, impunctate medially.
Head (Fig. 7). — Compoimd eyes enlarged, EH/LID .96; LID/TFD .48; OOL/
POL .64; vertex in full frontal view extending much above tops of lateral ocelli
with a short, recurved, impressed line medially just posterior to lateral ocelli;
L/W flagellar segment 1, 2.4; clypeus produced, medioapical portion truncate,
dorsal surface nearly flat, slightly convex medially; gular carina low, not produced
into an elevation anteriorly.
Mesosoma . — Propodeum moderately long, dorsal surface polished, impunctate
medially, posterior face convex, meeting dorsal surface in a broad curve; hind
tibiae with a dorsal and subdorsal row of spines before the apex, spines of dorsal
row stout, curved, those of subdorsal row shorter, not as strongly curved; anterior
wing (Fig. 15) hyaline, without infuscate areas; L/W marginal cell 2.16; L/W
stigma 3.55; SM 1 /SM 2 1.64.
Metasoma. — Elongate; genitalia (Figs. 8, 9) in lateral view with process of
digitus short, tuberculate at apex; ventral margin of gonostylus more or less
evenly curved from base to apex; aedeagus in lateral view with a strongly upcurved
flange at apex; in dorsal view, spatulate, widest before apex.
Length. — 11.1 mm.
Variation (n = 12) ; length 6.3-11.7 mm; EH/LID .82-.94; LID/
TFD .48— .53; OOL/POL .60-.71; L/W flagellar segment 1, 2.0-2.29;
JULY 1968] WASBAUER NEW MALE BRACHYCISTIDINAE
193
Figs. 23-27. Anterior wings of bracliycistidine wasps. Fig. 23. Colocistis casta-
nea. Fig. 24. Acanthetropis noctivaga. Fig. 25. Brachycistina acuta. Fig. 26.
Brachycistis agama. Fig. 27. Brachycistis petiolata.
L/W marginal cell 1.63-2.16; L/W stigma 3.21-4.00; SM 1 /SM 2
1.46-1.97.
Type Material. — Holotype and ten paratypes, 15 miles north of
San Ignacio, Baja California, 24 June 1938 (Michelbacher and Ross
collectors) and two paratypes with all data the same as the preceding
except for the date, 27 July 1938. The holotype (no. 9565) is in the
collection of the California Academy of Sciences. Paratypes have been
placed in the collections of the California Academy of Sciences and
the United States National Museum.
Brachycistellus Baker
The monotypic genus Brachycistellus was proposed by C. F. Baker
(1909) to accommodate a species based on a single specimen which
he captured “flying by day” at Claremont, California. No mention was
made of the deposition of the type specimen. Pate (1947) included
the genus in his conspectus and employed a character to separate it
from Quemaya Pate which was not mentioned in the original description
indicating that possibly he had seen the type or perhaps had material
before him which he considered conspecific with it. At any rate, the
status of Brachycistellus remained in doubt for some time since no
specimens had been collected which shared the salient features given
in Baker’s description. In 1955, R. 0. Schuster collected a single
specimen at Colusa, California, in the northern Central Valley, an area
generally depauperate in brachycistidines. This specimen was taken in
an area over four hundred miles from the type locality and with a some-
what different climate and ecology but agrees closely with the original
description. Hence, it was used as a source of characters for placement
194
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 3
of Brachycistellus in my previous key (Wasbauer, 1966: 15). In 1966,
Baker’s type came to light in a shipment of material from the United
States National Museum. In the same shipment was another specimen
with the same data, probably collected by Baker at a later time. These
three specimens, all conspecific and collected over a period spanning
nearly fifty years, thus form the basis of our present knowledge of
the genus Brachycistellus.
Adult Male. — Head (Fig. 19) oval, broader than long, TFD 1.4i FD; ocelli not
enlarged; compound eyes narrow, scarcely protuberant, not convergent below,
inner margins nearly parallel, not emarginate; antennal sockets with simple rims,
slightly thickened below; antennae very short, L/W flagellar segment 1 less than
1.6; clypeus narrow, strap-shaped, CR .21-24; mandibles slender, tridentate,
frontal surface carinate; maxillary and labial palpi well developed, maxillary
palpi 5 segmented, labial palpi 3 segmented.
Mesosoma. — Robust, pronotum with slight posterior slope; mesonotum arising
above and in line with it; humeral angles rounded, not prominent; mesonotum
with parapsidal furrows strongly impressed; mesepisternum evenly convex; dorsal
and lateral surfaces of propodeum (Fig. 10) with a number of sharp irregular
rugae separating shallow concavities; posterodorsal transverse carina present;
anterior coxa without well defined admesal stridulatory area; posterior coxa not
carinate; wings long, usually extending to apex of metasoma, venation reduced,
anterior wing (Fig. 16) with one large submarginal and two discoidal cells,
marginal cell very short, strap-shaped, extending short distance along apex of
stigma; posterior wing (Fig. 16) with radial and cubital veins well developed,
cubitus arcuate, forming angle with transverse cubital of less than 135 degrees;
jugal lobe equal to or slightly less than length of submedian cell.
Metasoma . — First metasomal sternum nearly flat, without deep concavity pos-
teriorly; second metasomal sternum simple, without carinae or raised areas;
genitalia (Figs. 11, 12) with process of digitus produced into lanceolate process
extending far distad of articulum; volsellar plate with several stout, anteriorly
directed setae on mesal surface.
Female. — Unknown.
Type of Genus. — Brachycistellus figitiformis Baker (by monotypy).
Brachycistellus somewhat resembles Quemaya at least superficially.
The reduction of veins in the anterior wing giving only one submarginal
and two discoidal cells is the condition characteristic of most Quemaya
species. In the posterior wing of Brachycistellus, however, the radius,
cubitus and transverse cubitus are distinct. The cubitus is arcuate and
joins the transverse cubitus at only slightly more than a right angle.
In Quemaya the veins of the hind wing run together in nearly a straight
line, the cubitus intersecting the transverse cubitus at an angle of at
least 135 degrees. The very heavily sculptured propodeum is perhaps
the most characteristic feature of Brachycistellus and sets it apart from
other brachycistidine genera immediately. In the male genitalia, the
JULY 1968] WASBAUER NEW MALE BRACHYCISTIDINAE
195
process of the digitus is long and lanceolate, a feature shared with
most species of the genus Brachycistis.
Brachycistellus figitiformis Baker
Baker stressed the very deep second metasomal segment which he
said gave this insect “a most remarkable superficial resemblance to a
figitid.” He further stated that in addition to this trait, the high, arehed
mesonotum and broad first metasomal segment give B. figitiformis “a
habitus quite distinct from Brachycistis^ Actually, there are now
known several Brachycistis which have the robust body form charac-
teristic of this species, and as mentioned earlier, the species of Quemaya
are all superfieially quite similar to it.
Holotype. — Entirely black; head with vague bluish reflections; clypeus, man-
dibles at base, stigma, tegulae, femora and tibiae very dark mahogany brown,
mandibles somewhat lighter distad of middle. Vestiture moderately abundant,
consisting of long erect to suberect hairs, uniformly white over entire body,
becoming pale straw yellow on legs; most abundant on occiput, scutellum and
first metasomal tergum, absent from dorsum and posterior face of propodeum.
Body not strongly punctured, punctures very small, sparse, scattered on head;
larger, second degree density on pronotum; very large, first to second degree
density on posterolateral surfaces of scutellum, becoming smaller, third degree
density on dorsal surface; smaller, scattered, third degree density on mesonotum;
larger, second degree density on mesepisternum anteriorly, becoming third degree
density posteriorly; shallow, irregular, first degree density laterally on anterior
surface of first metasomal tergum, becoming second degree density medially;
very shallow, irregular, third degree density on posterior dorsal surface; minute,
third degree density with scattered larger punctures on second and succeeding
metasomal terga with a curved, impressed punctate line before apex of each.
Head (Fig. 19). — Polished and strongly shining, compound eyes narrow, EH/
LID .53; LID/TFD .73; ocelli not enlarged, lateral ocelli as near compound eyes
as each other, OOL/POL 1.0; vertex in full frontal view, not extending above tops
of lateral ocelli; L/W flagellar segment 1, 1.50; clypeus narrow, very slightly
convex medially, beveled to thin, flat, lamellate edge medioapically ; gular carina
produced anteriorly into a tooth-like elevation.
Mesosoma . — Propodeum (Fig. 10) short, dorsal surface less than half length of
posterior face, posterodorsal transverse carina irregular but distinct; legs short,
relatively stout, middle and hind tibiae with a row of three slender spines on
dorsal surface before apex; wings (Fig. 16) hyaline, anterior wing without
infuscate areas; L/W stigma 2.50; L/W submarginal cell 3.29.
Metasoma.- — Short, stout, first metasomal segment short, broad, .77 width of
second segment in dorsal view; genitalia (Figs. 11, 12) in lateral view with
process of digitus elongate, lanceolate, upcurved, acute at apex; ventral margin
of gonostylus very broadly emarginate near base, then evenly curved to apex;
aedeagus with strong downward curve, in dorsal view gradually expanded, widest
just before apex, the apex deeply notched medially with distinct dorsal flanges.
Length. — 4.45 mm.
196
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 3
Variation (n = 3) ; length 3.90-4.76 mm; EH/LID .53-.58; LID/
TED .70-.73; L/W flagellar segment 1, 1.50-1.58; L/W stigma 2.25-
2.50; L/W SM 2.75-3.29; hind tihia with 3 to 4 spines in dorsal row.
The holotype of B. figitiformis is damaged as follows: left antenna
missing beyond first flagellar segment, right antenna missing beyond
pedicel, right forewing broken at base, left anterior leg missing beyond
femur, left middle leg missing beyond tibia, left posterior leg missing
beyond femur, right anterior and middle legs with apical tarsal segments
missing, right posterior leg missing beyond femur. Description of
structures missing from the damaged holotype was drawn from the
Baker topotype. The illustration of the propodeum (Fig. 10) is based
on the Colusa, California, specimen. The holotype bears a small printed
label : “Claremont, Cal. Baker” and a hand printed label, with a double
border in black and in Baker’s handwriting: '^^Brachycistellus n. gen.
figitiformis n. sp.” The holotype is in the collection of the United
States National Museum.
The data on the two specimens examined other than the holotype is
as follows: 1) “Claremont, Cal. Baker.” No further data [U. S.N. M.].
2) Colusa, Colusa County, California, 15 August 1955. (R. 0. Schuster
collector.) [C. I.S.]
Key to Genera of Brack ycistidine Males
1. Anterior wing with one or two discoidal cells (Figs. 13, 16) ; anterior coxa
without well defined admesal stridulatory area 2
Anterior wing with three discoidal cells (Fig. 15) ; anterior coxa usually
with well defined admesal stridulatory area composed of successive
striae 4
2. Posterior wing with cubitus arcuately curved, longer than transverse cubital
vein and meeting it at angle of less than 135° (Fig. 16) ; digitus of
genitalia with distinct elongate process 3
Posterior wing with cubitus nearly straight and in line with transverse
cubital vein and meeting it at angle much greater than 135° (Fig. 22) ;
digitus of genitalia without a distinct elongate process Quemaya Pate
3. Ocelli and compound eyes not enlarged (Fig. 19) ; propodeum heavily
rugose with distinct arcuate carina separating dorsal and posterior faces
(Fig. 10) ; anterior wing with one submarginal cell (Fig. 16)
Brachycistellus Baker
Ocelli and compound eyes enlarged (Figs. 1, 4) ; propodeum smooth, with-
out transverse carina separating dorsal and posterior faces; anterior wing
with two submarginal cells (Figs. 13, 14) Hadrocistis Wasbauer
4. Clypeus strongly produced apically (Fig. 7), clypeal ratio at least .40;
maxillary palpi short, not surpassing posterior border of gular orifice
by amount equal to half length of palpus 5
Clypeus not produced apically (as in Fig. 19), clypeal ratio not exceeding
JULY 1968] WASBAUER — NEW MALE BRACHYCISTIDINAE
197
.35; maxillary palpi long, exceeding posterior border of gular orifice by
amount at least equal to half length of palpus 6
5. Costa of anterior wing extending along margin distad of stigma for distance
equal to at least one-third length of stigma (Fig. 15) ; three submarginal
cells present; maxillary palpi six segmented; digitus of genitalia with
short process extending distad of articulum (Figs. 8, 9)
Dolichetropis Wasbauer
Costa of anterior wing extending along margin for distance much less than
one-third length of stigma (Fig. 25) ; two submarginal cells present;
maxillary palpi three segmented, inconspicuous; digitus of genitalia
without process Brachycistina Malloch
6. Second metasomal sternum with elevated median longitudinal carina or
fold at base (Fig. 20) ; costa of anterior wing extending distad of stigma
for distance exceeding half length of stigma (Fig. 24)
Acanthetropis Wasbauer
Second metasomal sternum without median longitudinal carina at base;
costa of anterior wing extending distad of stigma for distance less than
half the length of stigma 7
7. First transverse cubital vein of anterior wing arising at or before basal
third of first submarginal cell (Fig. 23) ; posterior coxa with longitudinal
carina on inner margin (Fig. 21) ; digitus of genitalia without process
extending distad of articulum Colocistis Krombein
First transverse cubital vein of anterior wing arising beyond basal third
of first submarginal cell (Figs. 26, 27) ; posterior coxa without longi-
tudinal carina on inner margin; digitus of genitalia with process extend-
ing distad of articulum Brachycistis Fox
Literature Cited
Baker, C. F. 1909. A new mutillid near Brachycistis from California. Invert.
Pacifica, 1: 177-178.
Pate, V. S. L. 1947. A conspectus of the Tiphiidae, with particular reference to
the Nearctic forms. J. New York Entomol. Soc., 55: 115-145.
Wasbauer, M. S. 1966. Revision of the male wasps of the genus Brachycistis in
America north of Mexico. Univ. California Pubis. Entomol., 43: 1-96.
198
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 3
A New Genus and Species of Milliped
from Northern California
(Polydesmida : Vanhoeffeniidae)
John S. Buckett and Michael R. Gardner
California Department of Agriculture, Sacramento
and University of California, Davis
During the past few years, the authors have conducted a survey for
millipeds in northern California. In addition to actual field collections,
many duff samples have been taken and processed by the use of a
Berlese funnel. This method has yielded many interesting arthropods,
one of which represents an undescribed genus and species of a poly-
desmoid milliped. Duff samples have been processed from a number
of different floristic communities, the most productive being situated
on north facing slopes where the sun’s rays do not dry out the duff
too much.
In the north coast ranges, where areas are shrouded in fog much of
the year, one can find rich duff samples on almost any slope, regardless
of directional exposure to the sun’s rays. The area where this new
entity was collected is inhabited by pines, oaks and coastal chapparral
in general. Coast Redwood, Sequoia sempervirens (D. Don) Endl., is
abundant in draws and canyons in the vicinity.
Bidentogon Buckett and Gardner, new genus
Type Species. — Bidentogon helferorum Buckett and Gardner, new species.
Diagnosis. — Segments of body 19 in both male and female; body size small, less
than 10 mm long; head globular, densely microsetose, as wide as body; antennae
about width of 1 socket apart, antennal segment 6 largest; collum suboval,
narrower in width to posterior part of head and partially covering same; body
segments with 3 transverse rows of 10, 10, and 8 setae, respectively, each seta
borne on wide, low tubercle; paranota moderate, projecting laterad from mid-
height of segment, lateral margins of segments 5-toothed, 3 or 4 teeth bearing
a lateral seta; repugnatorial pores moderate in size, round, located posteriorly
on distal margin of paranota; segment 17 with paranota slightly reduced, segment
18 with paranota almost obsolete; terminal segment with mucro extending beyond
anal valves; third legs of male with segment 3 greatly swollen; gonopods simple,
with large, rounded coxa and broad, laminate telopodite which divides distad
into 2 caudally projecting branches, the seminal canal opening apically on the
lateral branch.
Bidentogon helferorum Buckett and Gardner, new species
(Figs. 1-7)
Holotype Male. — Segments 19; length 6.3 mm; width 0.7 mm; color chocolate-
brown. Head broad, with mandibular cheeks extending beyond lateral margins of
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 44: 198-202. July 1968
JULY 1968] BUCKETT & GARDNER NEW CALIFORNIA MILLIPED 199
Fig. 1. Head, left lateral view, female paratype. Fig. 2. Head, anterior view,
male paratype. Fig. 3. Sixth segment of male, dorsal aspect of paratype.
200
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 3
JULY 1968] BUCKETT & GARDNER — NEW CALIFORNIA MILLIPED 201
collum; epicranial suture short, distinct, dividing one-third distance to antennae,
each resulting suture evident for same length as epicranial suture; head very
round, strongly curved from vertex to labrum, densely microsetose, except posterior
part of vertex smooth; antennae moderately long, reaching to segment 4 along
margins of paranota; antennal sockets slightly sunken, separated by about width
of 1 socket, deep dorsolateral antennal groove present; antennal segment 1 short,
cylindrical, as broad as long; segment 2 slightly wider and longer than segment 1,
enlarging apically; segment 3 slightly wider than segment 2, almost twice as long;
segment 4 small, similar to segment 2; segment 5 as wide as segment 3, but
shorter, considerably widening apically; segment 6 cylindrical, much the largest,
equal in length to segments 4 and 5 combined, and wider by half again segment 5;
apical segment same size as segment 1, rounded terminally, with terminal sense
organs; all antennal segments with numerous short setae. Body cylindrical;
dorsum rounded, paranota projecting from approximately mid body-height;
prozonites micropunctate, otherwise smooth, broad, shallow groove extending
entirely around segment between prozonite and metazonite; metazonite smooth
except for setiferous tubercles; pleural area of metazonite slightly roughened, not
punctate; sterna smooth, raised out from level of segment about 1 coxal radius
in distance, median longitudinal groove present. Collum with posterior margin
almost straight, narrower than width of head; anterior margin smooth, evenly
curving, covering posterior part of head; collum slightly ventrally curved, lateral
corners not extending below level of paranota of segment 2; dorsal surface crossed
with 5 curving rows of setae, the first on anterior margin and composed of 12
setae; following rows with decreasing numbers. Tergites 2-18 with three regular
transverse rows of setiferous tubercles: anterior row of 10 setae directed anter-
odorsad; middle row of 10 setae on posterior half of tergite and directed dorsad;
posterior row with 8 setae and less well developed tubercles, situated near posterior
margin of segment and projecting caudad; lateral margins of tergites serrate, each
with 5 teeth and usually 4 horizontal setae on apices of teeth, anterior most tooth
usually lacking seta; repugnatorial pore-bearing segments with rounded lateral
protuberance replacing caudal 2 paranotal teeth on each side; pores opening
dorsolaterally. Segment 7 with prozonite narrowing ventrally to form anterior
margin of gonopod socket, metazonite forming posterior margin of socket, with
narrow sclerotized bar passing immediately before gonopods and connecting
laterally to metazonites, medial longitudinal sclerotized bar running between
gonopods and connecting anteriorly on transverse bar and posteriorly on metazonite.
Caudal segment with distinct mucro surpassing anal valves; anterior margin of
segment with transverse row of about 6 setae, remainder of segment with 3 pair
of dorsal setae, 2 pair of lateral setae, and 1 pair of distal terminal setae. Leg
with coxa short, as broad as long; prefemur longer and about as wide as coxa;
femur subconical, about 1.3 times length of prefemur; postfemur shorter than
coxa and slightly narrower than femur; tibia about equal in length to coxa and
narrower than postfemur; tarsus longer than femur, narrowing distad and bearing
short tarsal claw; third leg with second segment slightly swollen and segment 3
<-
Fig. 4. Caudal three segments, lateral view, male paratype. Fig. 5. Right
female cyphopod, ventral aspect. Fig. 6. Right male gonopod, anteroventral aspect,
paratype. Fig. 7. Right male gonopod, lateral aspect, paratype.
202
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 3
very swollen, nearly twice width of succeeding segments, remainder of leg normal
size and proportions. Gonopods with coxa large, extending partially out of socket;
telopodite laminate, narrowing beyond base, then broadening, dividing apically
into long, narrow mesal fork and shorter lateral fork (both directed caudad) ;
narrow canal proceeding distad from coxa on center of anterior surface of gonopod,
then abruptly curved to apex of lateral fork.
Specimens examined. — Holotype male, 1 mile north of Mendo-
cino, Mendocino County, California, 21 July 1964 (J. S. Buckett,
M. R. Gardner, and J. R. Heifer). Paratypes; 2 males, 4 females, same
data as holotype; 1 male, same locality and collectors as holotype, 21
December 1964.
Type deposition. — -Holotype will be placed with the Department of
Entomology, University of California, Davis. A paratype will be sent
to the United States National Museum, Washington, D. C. Remainder
of the paratypes will be retained by the authors.
The genus Bidentogon is the only 19 segmented North American
vanhoeffeniid known to us, consequently its relationships are obscure
at present. Superficially, it resembles the 20 segmented eastern genus
Antriadesmus Loomis (1943, 1960), yet it remains strikingly different
in the shape and complexity of the gonopods and the details of the
external anatomical features. The gonopods resemble those of the 20
segmented Asian species Mastodesmus zehntneri Carl (1911) and
Lankadesmus cognatus (Humbert, 1865). Any further statement as
to the placement of Bidentogon at this time would be pure speculation;
actual relationships will be determined only when more of the World
fauna has been discovered and well described.
We take great pleasure in naming this species in honor of our friends,
Jacques and Diane Heifer, who have significantly contributed to our
knowledge with the many fine collections of millipeds they have made
throughout our western states.
Literature Cited
Carl, J. 1911. Drei neue Diplopoden des Genfer Museums. Rev. Suisse Zook,
19: 397 Mj 07, with 14 figs.
Humbert, A. 1865. Essae sur les Myriapodes de Ceylon. Mem. Soc. Geneve,
18: 1-62, plus pis. 1-5.
Loomis, H. F. 1943. New cave and epigean millipeds of the United States, with
notes on some established species. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zook, 92: 373-410,
including figs. 1-18, plus 1 pk
1960. Millipeds of the order Polydesmida from the western states and Baja,
California. Jour. Kansas Entomok Soc., 33 (2) : 57-68.
JULY 1968] JONES ROCKY INTERTIDAL STAPHYLINIDAE
203
The Zonal Distribution of Three Species of Staphylinidae
in the Rocky Intertidal Zone in California
(Coleoptera : Staphylinidae)
Theodore W. Jones
Shippensburg State College, Pennsylvania
The Staphylinidae of the intertidal zone on rocky shores have
received sporadic attention for the last 100 years. Maklin (1853),
Le Conte (1861), and Casey (1885), were concerned with identifica-
tion, while Chamberlin and Ferris (1929), Moore (1956a, b), Usinger
(1956), and Glynn (1965), included notes regarding their natural
history and distribution. A review of the available literature indicates
that no work has been done on the distribution of the rocky intertidal
Staphylinidae.
This paper attempts to define, within a selected study area, the
distribution of three local species of rocky intertidal staphylinids :
Liparocephalus cordicollis, Le Conte; Diaulota vandykei, Moore; and
Diaulota densissima, Casey. The work was done at Hopkins Marine
Station, Pacific Grove, California over a period of ten weeks from 19
June through 27 August 1967. Field studies were carried out at a site
located on Point Pinos immediately south of the Great Tidepool (36
38' N; 121 56' W).
Description of the Study Area
The study area is representative of the Monterey Peninsula rocky
intertidal. Point Pinos is a rocky reef projecting into the Pacific Ocean.
Off-shore rocks tend to break the force of the waves and protect the
shore line.
The site was 50 feet wide and 121 feet long. The very gradual slope
had no depressions greater than 2 feet and contained one mass of
boulders 5 feet high located centrally in lower zone II. There is a
vertical drop of 7.8— feet from the high water mark of 6.4- feet on
the boulder-beach to the low water mark of —1.4— feet (the highest
and lowest tides during the study) .
Boulders up to 8 feet long and 3 feet wide are scattered about in
zones III and IV ; these are mixed with a much larger number of
smaller rounded boulders and projecting rocks. In zones I and II the
rocks range from 3 feet down to several inches in diameter.
A prolific growth of mixed algae covering zones III and IV, thins
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 44: 203-210. July 1968
204
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 3
out in zone II and disappears in zone I, leaving the rocks bare on the
boulder-beach.
High rock masses, 5 to 8 feet, form broken shoulder boundaries
along the sides of the selected site. Scattered Mytilus-P ollicipes com-
munities along with patches of Pelvetiopsis and Cladophora dot these
rocks on their seaward extremities.
The system of zonation applied is that of Ricketts and Calvin (1962) .
The distribution of the staphylinids was worked out according to the
tide levels at which they occurred and the zones then assigned.
The zonation of the intertidal algae has been established by Smith
(1951) . They are relatively fixed, and form reliable “markers.” Thirty-
one species were used in this study to determine the distribution of the
three staphylinids with which they are associated. The vertical range
of each of the 31 most common algal species in the study area was
checked against that given by Smith (1951). These were then checked
against the tidal range measured at the site and that given in local
Tide Tables. For the purpose of this study, only minor variations were
found due to local conditions at the site. The algal ranges of 9 of the
31 species used, as determined at the study site, are shown in Figure 1.
Certain algal species provide protection, air spaces, and direct and
indirect supplies of food. To this extent their distribution and that of
the staphylinids coincide. However, no attempt is being made here to
establish or prove any direct relationship between any algal species
and the staphylinids. The algae have been used as a source of beetles,
and as “markers,” since their distribution has already been established.
Sampling Program
Depending upon the tide, the area was visited on an average of once
each day. Collections were made along the water’s edge or at specific
distances with respeet to it, usually above — but sometimes samples
were taken below the surface. The most characteristic algae of the
study area were collected and identified.
The exact location of each algal sample was fixed by references to
the tide level at the time it was eolleeted, by checking its position against
previously established tide level markers on the boulders, and by
reference to its distribution as given in Smith (1951).
Method of Sampling
Three sampling methods were used. The aim was to establish the
general pattern of distribution of the 3 staphylinids within the rocky
intertidal, not to indicate population density.
JULY 1968] JONES ROCKY INTERTIDAL STAPHYLINIDAE
205
ZONES I n
TIDE LEVELS 7.0 6.0 5.0 4.0 3.0 2.0
ALGAL INDICATORS
GIGARTINA PAPILLATA
nr W
1,0 0.0 -1.0 -1.4
ENDOCLADIA MURICATA
PELVETIA FASTIGIATA
ULVA CAUFORNICA
CLADOPHORA TRICHOTOMA
IRIDAEA FLACCIDA
EGREGIA MENZIESII
CORALUNA CHILENSIS
BOTRYOGLOSSUM FARLOWIANUM
7.0 6.0 5.0 4.0
3.0 2.0 1.0 0.0 -1.0 -1.4
SPARGE MODERATE NUMEROUS
Fig. 1. Distribution and relative density of three rocky intertidal Staphylinidae
plotted on the ranges of 9 selected algal species. Upper bar, Diaulota densissima;
middle, Liparocephalus cordicollis; lower, Diaulota vandykei.
The first method consisted of visual examination of the rock surfaces.
Observed specimens were preserved in alcohol and their location
recorded. This proved to be slow, laborious, and inefficient. In zone
IV there was not enough time for such a technique.
The second method consisted of splitting boulders with a crowbar
and examining crevices for specimens. This also required time and
great effort. Compensation was forthcoming, sometimes, in the form
206
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. 44, NO. 3
of one or two specimens. Also, many inhabitated crevices cannot be
opened.
Tbe third method, and the one that formed the basis of this work,
consisted of collecting algal samples by scraping the rock surface. The
material was placed in 4 X 5'' plastic bags for transport to the labora-
tory.
In the laboratory, each sample was placed on a hardware cloth screen
in a 10'' diameter funnel under a 200-watt bulb. Motile organisms
moved downward to escape the light and heat and were collected in vials
of alcohol. This modified Berlese Funnel will collect all motile speci-
mens in a sample including those far too minute to be seen in the
field, even with a hand lens.
At the end of 24 hours all specimens were removed, identified,
counted, recorded, and stored in 70% alcohol. Notes were kept in the
field and in the laboratory on each sample with respect to species of
algae, exact location, tide level, and exposure. To these data were added
the numbers of each staphylinid species and associates recovered from
the Berlese Funnels. An over-all summary of this information is shown
in Figure 1.
Identification of Species
Samples were taken of 31 algal species within the study area. These
were identified in the laboratory using Smith (1951), and Hollenberg
and Abbott (1966). The identifications were checked by Dr. I. D.
Abbott. Samples were preserved after identification for reference
purposes.
The 3 species of staphylinids involved in this study were identified
by use of the following keys and accompanying diagrams: Moore
(1956a, b), Chamberlin and Ferris (1928), Saunders (1928), Usinger
(1956), and Light, et al. (1961).
Moore’s key and figures were used in the identification of adults.
Chamberlin and Ferris produced the best illustrations available of
larval urogomphi. Without the illustrations of the urogomphi, iden-
tification of the larvae would have been extremely difficult, if not
impossible.
Sample specimens representative of the staphylinid adults and larvae
were checked by Dr. W. G. Evans, University of Alberta, and Mr. Ian
Moore, San Diego Museum of Natural History.
Zonal Distribution of Liparocephalus cordicollis
Specimens of Liparocephalus cordicollis were collected in zones II,
III, and IV. Zone III apparently offers the most desirable habitat, as
JULY 1968] JONES ROCKY INTERTIDAL STAPHYLINIDAE
207
Table 1. Summary of intertidal staphylinids collected and tabulated
by zone and sampling technique.
Zones
L. cordicollis
Adults Larvae
D. densissima
Adults Larvae
D. vandykei
Adults Larvae
Total
Coll.
I
Algae
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Surface
0
0
0
0
0
0
23
Crevice
0
0
0
2
8
4
56
II
Algae
2
1
231
208
2
219
31
Surface
3
0
0
0
0
0
17
Crevice
0
5
16
5
11
9
36
III
Algae
6
101
36
95
9
94
69
Surface
48
13
3
6
7
1
32
Crevice
1
17
2
3
12
5
27
IV
Algae
0
5
0
1
0
0
68
Surface
0
0
0
0
0
0
35
Crevice
0
0
0
0
0
0
26
Total
60
142
288
320
49
332
420
indicated by the numbers of larvae and adults taken there. A sharp
fall-off in numbers occurs at the 2.5- and 0.0- foot tide levels (Table 1) .
Moore (1956b: 212) reports Liparocephalus in the area of high tides
5.0- to 6.0- level.
The difference in numbers of Liparocephalus cordicollis adults and
larvae collected in zone III (Table 1), is probably due in part to differ-
ing habitat preferences and to the method of sample collection. The
larvae tend to prefer algal holdfasts; 21 were taken from one Egregia
holdfast and 16 from another. The adults, when the tide goes out,
seem to prefer darker open rock surfaces under algal thalli such as
Iridaea flaccida. As the rocks dry off adults can be seen walking about
in such areas. This habit of the adults of moving out onto the bare
rock area would cause them to be missed more frequently in algal
samples than the larvae.
The sharp decline in numbers in zone II remains unexplained.
Although algal and rock crevices exist and humidity seems to remain
high, in zone II algal cover is not as dense as that in zone III and,
perhaps more important, zone II is exposed to drying for far longer
periods of time than zone III. See Ricketts and Calvin (1962: 369) on
critical exposure at the 3.5— foot level.
208
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. 44, NO. 3
In this connection it may be of interest to note the drop in numbers
between zone III and IV. Liparocephalus cordicollis does not seem to
invade zone IV to any extent. However, they frequently can be seen
moving down into zone IV from zone III as the tide moves out.
Five larval specimens of Liparocephalus cordicollis’, 4 from Botryo-
glossum and 1 from an Egregia holdfast were collected in upper zone
IV. Except for these 5 larval specimens, Liparocephalus cordicollis was
not found in algal samples, split rocks, or surface examinations in zone
IV when the rock was entirely confined within the limits of the zone.
However, if the rock is high enough to extend up into zone HI vertically,
then specimens can be collected that have moved down as the tide
receded. Saunders (1928: 544) notes that Liparocephalus and Diaulota
are never found at the lowest tide levels which are only exposed a few
days every month.
Zonal Distribution of Diaulota densissima
This species seems to be most concentrated in zone H with a decline
in zone HI and virtual absence in zones I and IV. Only 2 specimens
were recovered from damp crevices above the 5-foot level where algal
growth is reduced to fragments growing in protected depressions and
along the outer margins of such crevices. The 2 specimens were the
results of 56 split-rock and 23 surface examinations between the 5.0-
and 7.0— foot tide levels. The indication is that the Diaulota densissima
population density falls off sharply where algal growth is reduced or
absent in zone I. Glynn (1965: 125) report's Diaulota densissima present
at mid and high tide levels in his study of the Endocladia-Balanus
community.
One Diaulota densissima larva was recovered below the 0.0- foot
level on Phyllospadix. The sample came from a protected area sur-
rounded by low algal-covered boulders. Additional samples of Phyl-
lospadix and near-by algae failed to produce any more specimens. It
could have been a “stray” washed out by wave action.
Adults and larvae were present in about equal numbers in zone H.
In zone HI, the discrepancy in numbers of adults and larvae remains
unexplained. The larvae are the more active and voracious feeders.
They probably range farther afield and as a result are picked up in
the algal samples more frequently.
Zonal Distribution of Diaulota vandykei
Diaulota vandykei was most numerous in zone H and HI between
5.0- and 0.0- foot tide levels. Due to the virtual absence of algae in
JULY 1968] JONES ROCKY INTERTIDAL STAPHYLINIDAE
209
zone I, sampling at that level was done by examining the surface of
23 rocks and splitting a total of 56. From these crevices 12 specimens
of Diaulota vandykei were recovered compared to 2 Diaulota densis-
sima. If the difference in numbers between the 2 species is significant
the explanation is not apparent.
Twice as many adults were taken in zone III, 2.5- to 0.0— foot tide
levels, as in zone II, the 5.0- to 2.5— foot tide levels. From the same
series of samples over 300 Diaulota vandykei larvae were collected in
zone II and 100 in zone III. These figures appear to be indicative of
actual differences or preferences on the part of the adults and larvae
for a particular zone.
The figures in Table 1 indicate that the larvae of Diaulota vandykei
are much more numerous during June, July, and August than are the
adults. This may be a seasonal characteristic related to the life cycle
which has not yet been worked out.
Ulva calif ornica grows well at the zone II level and it traps consider-
able debris among the holdfasts. The larvae are found in the trapped
debris.
Summary
(1) The main purpose of this study is to describe the zonal distribu-
tion of the following three species of rocky intertidal staphylinids :
Liparocephalus cordicollis, Diaulota densissima, and Diaulota vandykei,
within a selected “typical” and limited area of the Monterey Peninsula
at Pacific Grove, California.
(2) The area studied was classified according to the 4 zones of
Ricketts and Calvin (1962).
(3) The distribution of the three rocky intertidal staphylinids was
determined by collecting algal samples within each zone, with the
exception of zone I, and running them through a Berlese Funnel. In
zone I where algal growth was too sparse to obtain samples by that
method, the rocks were split and rock surfaces examined. Rocks were
also split and rock surfaces examined in the other three zones in order
to check the efficiency of the algal sampling technique.
(4) Liparocephalus cordicollis was most abundant in zone III with
a total of 186 specimens, 5 were taken in zone IV, and 11 in zone II.
Diaulota densissima was found primarily in zones II and III, with
only 1 specimen in zone IV and 2 in zone I.
Diaulota vandykei larvae were taken in relatively larger numbers
than adults in zones II and III. No specimens were found in zone IV
and 12 were collected in zone I.
210
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. 44, NO. 3
Acknowledgments
I would like to express my appreciation to several people at the
Hopkins Marine Station who made this paper possible. Dr. 1. D. Abbott
checked, and corrected algal species identifications. Dr. D. P. Abbott
offered valuable advice and suggestions with respect to several major
aspects. Dr. W. G. Evans, visiting professor from the University of
Alberta, suggested the need for the study, and provided guidance
throughout. Dr. J. H. Phillips, Director, made available laboratory
space and equipment. Finally, my wife Emma, labored through the
long summer days and nights both in the intertidal and in the laboratory
— she still wonders why low tides occur so early in the morning.
The work was done under a summer N. S. F. grant.
Literature Cited
Casey, T. L. 1885. New genera and species of California Coleoptera. Bull. Calif.
Acad. Sci., 1: 285-336.
Chamberlin, J. S., and G. F. Ferris. 1929. On Liparocephalus and allied genera.
Pan-Pac. EntomoL, 5: 137-143, 153-162.
Glynn, P. W. 1965. Community composition, structure, and interrelationships in
the marine intertidal Endocladia muricata—Balanus glandula association
in Monterey Bay, California. Beaufortia, 12 (148) : 125-126.
Hollenberg, G. j., and I. D. Abbott. 1966. Supplement to Smith’s marine algae
of the Monterey Peninsula. Stanford Univ. Press, Stanford, Calif.,
130 p.
Le Conte, J. L. 1861. New species of Coleoptera inhabiting the Pacific district
of the United States. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 13: 338-359.
Light, S. F., R. I. Smith, F. A. Pitelka, D. P. Abbott, and F. M. Weesner.
1961. Intertidal invertebrates of the central California coast. Univ.
Calif. Press, Berkeley, Calif., 446 p.
Maklin, F. G. 1853. In Mannerheim, Dritter Nachtrag zu Kaefer-Fauna der
Nord-Amerikanischen Laender des Russischen Reiches. Bull. Soc. Imp.
Nat. Moscou, 26 (3) : 95-269.
Moore, I. 1956a. A revision of the Pacific coast Phytosi with a review of the
foreign genera. Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., 12 (7) : 103-152.
1956b. Notes on some intertidal Coleoptera with descriptions of the early
stages. Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., 12 (11) : 207-230.
Ricketts, E. F., and J. Calvin. 1962. Between Pacific tides. Stanford Univ.
Press, Stanford, Calif., 516 p.
Saunders, L. G. 1928. Some marine insects of the Pacific coast of Canada. Ann.
EntomoL Soc. Amer., 21 (4) : 521-545.
Smith, G. M. 1951. Marine algae of the Monterey Peninsula. Stanford Univ.
Press, Stanford, Calif., 508 p.
UsiNGER, R. L. (ed.). 1956. Aquatic insects of California. Univ. Calif. Press.
Berkeley, Calif., 508 p.
JULY 1968]
NAYAR & COLE TWO NEW SPILOMYIA
211
Two New Species of Spilomyia Meigen
(Syrphidae : Diptera)
J. L. Nayar and F. R. Cole
University of California, Berkeley
Two species of Spilomyia from North America were in the California
Insect Survey Collections under the names of S. longicornis Loew and
S. inter rupta Williston but are described below as new for these have
many distinguishing characters that necessitate their being worthy of
specific names.
Spilomyia banksi Nayar and Cole, new species
(Figs. 1 and 2)
Small, black, third and fifth yellow cross bands interrupted, the fifth abdominal
segment entirely black.
Female. — Length, 15.00 mm. Wing length, 10.00 mm. Eyes brownish with black
spots which coalesce to form long broad line along posterolateral borders and an
interrupted small line anteriorly. Head black, frons and face yellow; the former
with inverted bell-shaped, median black marking, the latter with broad, median
blackish-brown stripe; vertex brown; ocellar triangle area black with brownish
ocelli; genae with brownish hue anteroventrally ; pubescence on frons, vertex and
occiput areas mostly black, silvery yellow on face. Face in profile without frontal
tubercle, lower margin of the head horizontal. Antennae brownish, third segment
rather blackish-brown; terminal segment longer than basal or second segment;
arista yellowish, about length of antenna; small, sharp, black bristles on scape
and pedicel, flagellum dusted black.
Thorax black dorsally, posterior half of humeri, adjacent quadrangular spot,
triangular spot in antero-notopleural area, small rounded spot inner to triangular
mark, eurved vitta extending upwards from posterior callus to transverse suture,
terminating anteromedially in silvery pollinose stripe, inverted V in front of
scutellum yellow; pleura black with five large yellow spots, one above procoxa,
two in mesepisternum, one in mesepimeron, one in metapleuron; basal spots in
meso- and metapleural areas almost coalescing in linear row. Small black pubes-
cence on blackish parts of thorax, yellow hair on yellow areas. Wings brownish
from base to apex along anterior margin to ending of Ri+o, rest of wing hyaline;
lower part of radial sector darkish to radio-medial cross-vein. Squamae silvery
white with long brownish fringe, halteres light brown.
Legs mostly yellow, mid and hind legs entirely yellow from coxae to pulvilli,
tips of claws black; forelegs, coxae, trochanters, femora and basal part of tibiae
yellow, with remaining parts brownish-black. Pile yellow on yellow areas, black
on black parts, black pubescence on under surface of hind femur and triangular,
yellow spur-like structure from lower part of hind femur projecting downwards
and outwards.
Abdomen with first segment black, broadly yellow antero-laterally ; segments
two to four black, each with two yellow bands; basal band on the second segment
and posterior bands of all three segments entire, third and fifth bands interrupted
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 44; 211-214. July 1968
212
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 3
Fig. 1. Spilomyia banksi sp. n. Head (lateral view). Fig. 2. Spilomyia banksi
sp. n. Abdomen (dorsal view) . Fig. 3. Spilomyia oregonensis sp. n. Head (lateral
view). Fig. 4. Spilomyia oregonensis sp. n. Wing. Fig. 5. Spilomyia oregonensis
sp. n. Abdomen (dorsal view) .
JULY 1968]
NAYAR & COLE TWO NEW SPILOMYIA
213
in middle. Bands of third tergite similar to those of fourth, except apical band
in the latter thicker than the former. Fifth segment black with long black pile.
Pile long yellow along lateral borders of first and second segments, small yellow
on yellow bands, black pubescence on black areas with black hairs on medio-
posterior border of third segment and posterior band of fourth segment.
Holotype Female. — Great Falls, Virginia, 3 October 1915 (N.
Banks), from the California Insect Survey Collection, University of
California, Berkeley; to be deposited in the California Academy of
Sciences.
The species bears resemblance to S. inter rupta Williston in the yellow
markings of the thoracic terga and pleura but stands distinct by its
first yellow band on the second abdominal segment being broad and
entire and the fifth segment entirely black. In interrupta, there are a
pair of yellow bands on the fifth segment.
Spilomyia oregonensis Nayar and Cole, new species
(Figs. 3, 4 and 5)
Robust, black, third and fifth yellow cross bands interrupted, wide black area
between yellow meso- and metapleural markings.
Female. — Length, 17.33 mm. Wing length, 12.00 mm. Eyes yellowish, with
thick brownish border and black spots almost arranged in three vertical rows;
spots coalescing in outer and inner rows. Frons with thick, median black stripe,
lateral areas yellow and face with narrow, black median vitta. Vertex, ocellar
triangle and genal areas black; ocelli light brown. Pubescence yellowish on yellow
parts and blackish on black stripes of head. Face in profile with small frontal
prominence, lower margin of head arched inwards. Antennae yellowish-brown;
apical part of third segment rather deep brown; second segment longer than scape
or flagellum; arista brownish, about half length of antenna; small black bristles
on basal and second segment, flagellum dusted silvery-grey.
Thoracic dorsum black, the following yellow: posterior part of humerus, adjacent
triangular spot, irregular spot on anteronotopleural area, triangular spot antero-
lateral to transverse suture, C-shaped stripe with silvery ending running anteriorly
from post-callus to transverse suture, inverted V in front of scutellum, and postero-
lateral borders of scutellum. Pleura black with four large and one small yellow
spots: one above procoxa, two in katmesepisternum (anterior large and posterior
small), one in anmesepisternum and one in metapleuron; basal spots in meso-
and metapleural areas wide apart. Small, black hairs on black parts of terga and
pleura, yellow pubescence on yellow parts.
Wings dusted sharply brownish from base to apex, apically in front of R 4 +B,
medially to joining of r-m with media, rest of wing hyaline. Squamae silvery
yellow with eoncolorous long fringe and halteres brownish-yellow.
Legs mostly yellow, pro and mid coxae blackish-brown, hind coxae black with
yellow hue, trochanter of anterior and posterior legs brownish; distal half of
tibia and tarsus black in foreleg, hind leg from femur to tip, mid-leg from
trochanter to pulvilli, and fore-leg from femur to basal half of tibia yellow. Small
black pubescence to silvery dust on black parts, fine yellow pubescence on yellow
214
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 3
areas, small sharp black bristles on under surface of bind femur and triangular
yellow spur-like structure on lower part of same.
Abdomen black, first tergite with extreme lateral border yellowish; tergites two
to five, each with two yellow bands, one sub-basal and one apical. First, second,
fourth, sixth and eighth bands entire; third, fifth and seventh bands interrupted
in middle. First, third and fifth bands broadened laterally, rest of bands uniformly
wide. Sub-basal and apical bands narrowly confluent in lateral borders of second
and third segments but markedly separate in fourth and fifth segments. Black
pubescence on black areas and yellow on yellow markings except black pubescence
on median and posterior margin of sixth band and all over on eighth band.
Holotype Female. — Mary’s River, Oregon, 9 September 1917
(Mecham) , from the California Insect Survey Collection, University
of California, Berkeley; to be deposited in the California Academy of
Sciences.
This species comes close to S. liturata Williston in the yellow mark-
ings of the thoracic tergum but can be easily distinguished hy the first
yellow band being entire and by a yellow spot present in the mes-
episternum. In S. liturata the pteropleuron is entirely black and the
first band widely interrupted in the middle.
A New Species of Aphid from Ruhus
parviflorus in California
(Homoptera : Aphididae)
Alex R. Hill
Zoology Department, The University, Glasgow, Scotland
Some years ago (Hill, 1962) help was requested from entomologists
in North America in obtaining further specimens of a new species of
aphid from Ruhus parviflorus Nutt, to which my attention had been
drawn by Dr. R. Stace-Smith of Vancouver (Hill, 1958). In 1964,
Dr. Hille Ris Lumbers sent me examples which he had collected from
R. parviflorus at Berkeley and San Francisco, California, in 1963. On
examination, however, these were found not to be of the species in
question but of yet another new species.
Amphorophora pacifica Hill, new species
Alate vrviPARA. — (N = 13). Color, shiny very pale greenish white. Wings
clear without dusky apical spot; the veins show no dark borders. Body length
2.49-3.1 mm; width across abdomen 1.05-1.28 mm; width of head across eyes
.48-.55 mm. Antennal length 3.3-3. 8 mm; III, .66-.86 mm, with 14-20 round
rhinaria arranged linearly along % of the length of the segment; IV, .59-71 mm;
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 44: 214-217. July 1968
JULY 1968]
HILL NEW APHID FROM RUBUS
215
V, .53-.63 mm; VI, .17-18 mm, plus .99-1.19 mm; longest hairs on Illrd segment
equal to the basal diameter of that segment. Rostrum reaching to the hind
coxae, IV + V, .2-215 mm, with 14-21 hairs. Hind tibia 2.32-2.74 mm, dusky
distally; second joint of hind tarsus .115 mm, with few spinules on the imbrica-
tions. Hairs on abdominal tergite II equal to or slightly longer than the basal
diameter of antennal segment HI; 5-6 hairs on abdominal segment VHI. Siphun-
culus pale with dusky apex, very nearly smooth with a few striations just below
the flange, and very faint imbrications on inner side of swollen part and near
the base; length .65-.82 mm, maximum width .08-1 mm, minimum width .04-.06
mm. Cauda, length .26-.32 mm with 6-10 hairs.
Type. — Collected on Rubus parviflorus Nutt, at Berkeley, Califor-
nia, 27.XI.63, by D. Hille Ris Lambers. Holotype and paratypes bave
been deposited in the collection of D. Hille Ris Lambers, Bennekom,
Edescheweg, 139, Netherlands. Paratypes also deposited in the Entomol-
ogy Department, British Museum (Nat. Hist.), Department of Ento-
mology and Parasitology, University of California, Berkeley, California,
and in the author’s collection.
Apterous vivipara. — (N = 24). Color, shiny very pale greenish white with,
down the dorsum, a bright green rather wavy line which becomes somewhat dotted
past segment HI or IV ; vague similar lines are present laterally from the pronotum
to about abdominal segments H or III. Body length 2.17-3.02 mm; width across
abdomen, 1.11-1.62 mm; width of head across eyes, .49-.58 mm. Antennal length
2.63-3.27 mm; III, .63-.75 mm, with 0-6 rhinaria arranged more or less linearly
along the proximal fourth of the segment; IV, .46-.58 mm; V, .41-.55 mm; VI,
.14-.17 mm, plus .82-1.05 mm, longest hairs on antennal segment III equal to the
basal diameter of that segment. Rostrum reaching to the hind coxae, IV + V,
.2-215 mm with 14-24 hairs. Hind tibiae, 2.03-2.48 mm, dusky distally; hind
tarsus .094^.128 mm. Hairs on abdominal tergite H 1-1)4 times the basal diameter
of antennal segment III; 4-7 hairs on abdominal tergite VIII. Siphunculus pale
with dusky apex and with a few striations just below the flange, and very faint
striations on inner side of swollen part and near the base; length .67-.89 mm,
maximum width .08-.13 mm, minimum width .04-.07 mm, cauda, length .29-.35
mm, with 7-11 hairs.
Paratypes were collected on Rubus parviflorus Nutt, at Berkeley and
San Francisco, California, 1963, by D. Hille Ris Lambers.
Biology. — According to Hille Ris Lambers (in lit.) this species lives
on R. parviflorus and overwinters as viviparae on young foliage at the
top of older shoots. At other times it is to be found on the undersides
of leaves.
Discussion. — This species fits clearly into the genus Amphorophora
in the restricted sense defined by Hille Ris Lambers (1949). Using his
key to the European species of that genus it comes nearest to A. rubi.
In Mason’s key (1925) it appears to be either A. evansii Theobald or
A. takahashii Mason. The former, however, belongs to the genus
216
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 3
I
Figs. 1-10. Amphorophora pacifica. Figs. 1, 2, 5, 7, 9. Alate vivipara female.
Fig. 1. Antennal joints I-III. Fig. 2. Antennal joints IV-V. Fig. 5. Apex of
rostrum. Fig. 7. Siphunculus. Fig. 9. Cauda. Figs. 3, 4, 6, 8, 10. Apterous vivip-
ara female. Fig. 3. Antennal joints I-III. Fig. 4. Antennal joints IV-V. Fig. 6.
Apex of rostrum. Fig. 8. Siphunculus. Fig. 10. Cauda.
JULY 1968]
HILL — NEW APHID FROM RUBUS
217
Microlophium and not to Amphorophora (Hille Ris Lambers, 1949).
Compared with A. takahashii the present species shows the following
differences: the femora are not black on the apical half, the siphunculi
are of a distinctly different shape, and are longer than antennal IV,
and more than 1.8 X the length of the cauda; the host plant is also
different. In Palmer’s key (1952) it runs down to A. utahensis K. & A.
but according to MacGillivray (1959) that species is a synonym of
A. davidsoni Mason which is, in fact, Masonaphis {Oestlundia) david-
soni (Mason) with some reticulate ornamentation on the siphunculi.
In the key of Knowlton and Allen (1945) it runs down to A. halli
Knowlton which was described from a single alate specimen only. It
differs from that species, however, in the color of the siphunculi and
antennal segments III, IV and V, in its longer rostrum, in the number
of lateral hairs on the cauda, and in general body size.
Amphorophora forbesi Richards from Rubus spectabilis differs in
having no secondary rhinaria in the apterae, by a rather distinct
reticulated area at the apices of the much more slender siphunculi and
by a much shorter last rostral segment.
Acknowledgment. — I am indebted to Dr. Hille Ris Lambers for
information on the color of the living specimens, for reading this paper
in manuscript, and for much invaluable advice.
Literature Cited
Hill, A. R. 1958. A new species of aphid from Rubus parviflorus Nutt. Cana-
dian Entomol., 90: 672-74.
1962. Aphidologists’ Newsletter, 1 (2) : 4.
Hille Ris Lambers, D. 1949. Contributions to a monograph of the Aphididae
of Europe, IV. Temminckia, 8: 224—242.
Knowlton, F. G., and M. W. Allen. 1945. Amphorophora studies. Canadian
Entomol., 77: 111-112.
MacGillivray, M. E. 1959. A study of the genus Masonaphis Hille Ris Lambers,
1939 (Homoptera, Aphididae). Temminckia, 10: 1-131.
Mason, P. W. 1925. A revision of the insects of the aphid genus Amphorophora.
U. S. Nat. Mus. Proc., 67: 1-92.
Palmer, M. A. 1952. Aphids of the Rocky Mountain Region, 229-246, Thomas
Say Foundation, Vol. 5.
218
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 3
The Phylogenetic Position of Edrotes and
A New Species of the Genus
(Coleoptera : Tenebrionidae)
John T. Doyen
University of California, Berkeley
The highly modified, eremophilous (desert loving) beetles constitut-
ing the genus Edrotes LeConte, occur only in North America. Nearly
twenty species have been described, mostly by Casey (1907, 1924).
Subsequently all names but E. rotundus (Say) and E. ventricosus
LeConte were synonymized by La Rivers (1947), who described a
third species, E. arens. Both E. ventricosus and E. rotundus are widely
distributed throughout the southwestern United States and northern
Mexico, each displaying a confusing variation in size and morphological
detail among populations from different portions of its range. The
species E. arens, occurring only in arenaceous areas of southeastern
California and probably adjoining areas in Arizona and Mexico, exhibits
a distinct and constant morphotype. The species described here is
probably limited to the red-rock region of Utah, Arizona, New Mexico,
and Colorado.
The following key, modified from La Rivers (1947) will separate
the four species of Edrotes:
1. Dorsal vestiture of long, erect, slender setae, interspersed with shorter, more
or less recumbent setae 2
Dorsal vestiture of short, appressed, scale-like setae, each widest at the
middle arens La Rivers
2. Dorsum of elytra, prothorax and head tuberculate 3
Dorsum of elytra, prothorax and head coarsely punctate rotundus (Say)
3. First protarsal segment expanded into a blunt, spatulate process (Fig. 1) ;
length usually less than 7 mm leeclii, new species
First protarsal segment cylindrical, truncate, lacking a spatulate process;
length usually greater than 7 mm ventricosus LeConte
Edrotes leechi Doyen, new species
(Figs. 2, 3)
General form globose, highly convex, light reddish-brown to nearly black;
dorsum of elytra, prothorax and head sparsely clothed with long, erect, white setae ;
entire body, except portions of legs, cranium and mouthparts, densely clothed
with shorter, recumbent setae.
Head amplected into prothorax up to eyes; dorsally clothed with few long and
many short setae, each anteriorly directed and arising anterior to a small tubercle;
coarsely punctate ventrally, each puncture bearing a short, anteriorly directed
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 44: 218-227. July 1968
JULY 1968] DOYEN — PHYLOGENETIC POSITION OF EDROTES
219
tarsal modifications.
seta; epistoma nearly quadrate, anterior edge straight or slightly emarginate;
labrum distinctly emarginate; anterior angle of supraantennal ridge obtusely
rounded; dorsal mandibular tooth obsolete, barely clasping epistoma; eyes nearly
round; pregular cavity subequal in width to mentum; antennae slender, third
segment longest, subequal to length of fourth and fifth combined, apical four
segments slightly expanded, forming a very loose club, last five segments covered
with very fine pile, ultimate segment abruptly tapering to point; mentum emar-
ginate anteriorly; ultimate segment of maxillary palpi awl shaped or weakly
securiform, equal to or longer than penultimate.
Prothorax narrow, transverse and convex, markedly depressed dorsally before
elytra, anterior angles acute (about 45°), projecting almost to anterior margin
of eye; tuberculations on disk larger than those on cranium; setae medially
directed with long setae more abundant than on head; very coarsely punctate
ventrally, each puncture bearing a very short, posteriorly directed seta; prosternal
process narrower than width of procoxal cavity, declivous behind coxae.
220
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. 44, NO. 3
Fig. 2. Edrotes leechi Doyen, holotype, 15 X- (Photograph by A. Blaker.)
Elytra slightly longer than wide; vestiture as on pronotum, but setae directed
posteriorly, long setae most abundant on lateral margins, absent on ventral, deflexed
surfaces of elytra; epipleural ridge arcuate and minutely serrate, obsolete from
point slightly anterad of metacoxa, epipleura each with a single series of setae,
each set posterior to a tubercle; scutellum obsolete.
Mesosternum and metasternum very coarsely punctate laterally, tuberculate
medially, a short, posteriorly directed seta in each puncture or behind each
tubercle; mesosternum declivous anteriorly, meeting prosternal process; mesocoxae
separated by less than width of mesocoxa; median metasternal groove absent;
abdomen with sternites narrow, transverse, arcuate; intercoxal process obtusely
angulate or rounded; abdominal sternites uniformly clothed with short, posteriorly
directed setae, each set posterior to a tubercle.
Legs moderately long, femora barely extending beyond lateral body margins;
femora clavate, sparsely fringed ventrally with moderately long setae; tibiae
arcuate basally, slightly thickened apically, fringed (except pro tibiae) dorsally
JULY 1968] DOYEN — PHYLOGENETIC POSITION OF EDROTES
221
Fig. 3. Edrotes leechi Doyen, holotype, 15 X- (Photograph hy A. Blaker.)
with moderately long setae; protibiae serrate dorsally, each serration bearing a
blunt, curved spine; first protarsal segment expanded ventrally into a blunt,
spatulate process; ultimate segment as long as first four combined; tarsal claws
slender, arcuate, nearly as long as ultimate tarsal segment.
Sexes externally identical.
Mean length (elytra and prothorax) of 20 specimens: 4.37 mm; standard
deviation: 0.39 mm; range: 3.45 to 5.10 mm. Mean width (elytra at broadest
point) : 3.48 mm; standard deviation: 0.26 mm; range: 2.80 to 3.85 mm.
Holotype female, allotype male from Devils Garden Campground,
Arches National Monument, Grand County, Utah, 25 August 1965,
John T. Doyen (California Academy of Sciences) ; 15 paratypes, sex
not determined, same data as holotype; 1 paratype, Joseph City, Navajo
County, Arizona, 24 August 1952, H. B. Leech (California Academy
of Sciences and Brigham Young University) .
I take great pleasure in naming this species in honor of Hugh B.
Leech, of the California Academy of Sciences. This species most closely
resembles E. rotundas in size and facies, but the integument of the
latter is coarsely punctate. The marked depression between the pro-
222
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 3
MESOTERGAL
MUSCLE DISK
PROAPOPHYSEAL
MUSCLE DISK
METAFURCAL
MUSCLE
DISK
PROSTERNUM
PROCOXAL
INFLECTION
MESOPLEURON
MESOCOXAL
INFLECTION
METAPLEURON
METAFURCAL
ARM
I
MESAPOPHYSEAL /
MUSCLE DISK '
MESOCOXAL ;
BRIDGE /
ELYTRON
Imm
METACOXAL
INFLECTION
\ N
\ METASTERNUM
\ \
\ \
\
\
ABDOMINAL
STERNITE i
METAFURCAL
STALK
Fig. 4. Adesmia nassata Erichson. Oblique dorsal view of internal skeletal
structures of thorax. Cut edges represented by hatching.
thorax and elytra and the protarsal and protibial modifications will
separate E. leechi from all other described species of Edrotes.
The structure of the fore leg of E. leechi is similar to that of other
arenicolous Tenebrionidae, such as Coelus, of the maritime sand dunes
JULY 1968] DOYEN — PHYLOGENETIC POSITION OF EDROTES
223
of the Pacific coast (see Koch, 1955, for several other examples).
Edrotes arens, limited to arenaceous areas of the eastern California
deserts has extremely long, coarse setae on the ventral tarsal surfaces,
an adaptation also present in other arenicolous Tenebrionidae, while
E. rotundus and E. ventricosus lack such modification, but have a much
wider distribution. This evidence suggests that E. leechi may be limited
to the four-corners area of Utah, Arizona, New Mexico, and Colorado,
where extensive areas of fine, wind-blown sand exist.
Stridulation in Edrotes
All described species of Edrotes are able to stridulate. This is
accomplished by rubbing the metafemora, which are finely ridged on
the medial surface, over the minutely serrate epipleural ridges. Stridu-
lation may be induced by holding the beetles between the lingers. The
biological significance of stridulation in Edrotes is not understood, but
it is of phylogenetic interest, as indicated below.
The Relationship of Edrotes to Epiphysa
The members of the genus Edrotes bear a striking resemblance to the
members of the south African genus Epiphysa Blanchard. Koch (1955)
favors including both Edrotes and Epiphysa in the tribe Adesmiini
because of the basic similarity of Epiphysa to members of that tribe.
Although it is frequently impossible to determine whether external
similarities of the sort shared by Edrotes and Epiphysa result from
convergence or common ancestry, detailed morphological comparisons
sometimes expose major divergences. Study of Edrotes ventricosus
LeConte, Adesmia nassata Erichson, A. variolaris Olivier, Epiphysa
flavicollis Fabricius and E. latisterna Koch^ has revealed several basic
structural differences between the Adesmiini (including Epiphysa) and
Edrotes, indicating that Edrotes does not have a close affinity to the
Adesmiini and that the tribe Edrotini should be retained until more
definitive studies have been made. Morphological terminology follows
that employed by Doyen (1966).
Despite the general external similarity of Edrotes to Epiphysa, there
are several differences, of which the most obvious are the lack of the
epipleural stridulatory apparatus in Epiphysa and the absence in Edrotes
of the ventral, prothoracic grooves which receive the antennae in
Epiphysa. Casey (1907) points out some other, minor external differ-
^ Due to its rarity in collections, only partial dissections of Epiphysa could be made. Accordingly,
illustrations were made of Adesmia nassata and A. variolaris, which are quite similar internally to
Epiphysa.
224
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 3
FUSED
MESO - PROAPOPHYSEAL
MESOSTERNUM
PROSTERNUM
DORSAL
MESAPOPHYSEAL ARM
MESOPLEURON
METAFURCAL ARM
METAPLEURON
-METASTERNUM
PROCOXAL
INFLECTION
MESOCOXAL
INFLECTION
MEDIAN /
METAFURCAL
LOBE
METAFURCAL
STALK
METACOXAL
INFLECTION ABDOMINAL
STERNITE
Fig. 5. Edrotes ventricosus LeConte. Oblique dorsal view of internal skeletal
structures of thorax. Cut edges represented by hatching.
ences between the two genera, but the most obvious ones are found
internally and in the female genitalia.
Like many other flightless Tenebrionidae, both Edrotes and Epiphysa
exhibit an extreme modification of the endoskeleton. Significantly,
these modifications are quite dissimilar, although the endoskeletal
structure of Epiphysa is very similar to that of Adesmia. In Epiphysa
and Adesmia the metaf ureal stalk is very short, splitting into the meta-
furcal arms just anterad of the metacoxae (Fig. 4). In Edrotes the
stalk curves anterodorsad, nearly reaching the mesocoxal inflections
before splitting into the metafurcal arms (Fig. 5). From the anterior
end of the metafurcal stalk of Edrotes a broad horizontal projection
extends anterad along the midline, usually reaching and fusing with
JULY 1968] DOYEN — PHYLOGENETIC POSITION OF EDROTES
225
Fig. 6. Adesmia variolaris Olivier. Ovipositor, lateral view. Fig. 7. Edrotes
ventricosus LeConte. Ovipositor, lateral view.
the mesocoxal inflections. In Adesmia and Epiphysa this median lobe
is absent or occasionally represented by a pair of short projections
that do not reach the mesocoxal inflections. The median lobe may
represent the fused anterior tendons, which support ventral longitudinal
muscles arising on the mesocoxal inflections in winged Tenebrionidae.
In all three genera the metafurcal arms thrust horizontally antero-
laterad to fuse with the mesocoxal inflections, then each continues
anterodorsally, terminating as a rounded flange. In Epiphysa and
Adesmia (Fig. 4) this flange is attached by a short muscle or ligament
to a similar flange on the mesotergum or on the dorsal edge of the
mesepimeron. In Edrotes (Fig. 5) the metafurcal arm is relatively
much shorter, due to the greater length of the stalk, and the flange
is fused to the cuticle of the mesopleuron at the point where the
coxopleural suture intersects the edge of the elytron.
The mesosternal apophyses are greatly modified in both the Edrotini
226
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. 44, NO. 3
and the Adesmiini, though quite differently. In Adesmia the mesa-
pophyseal arms extend horizontally anterad to the mesothoracic fora-
men, terminating as large, vertically oriented disks which are fused
ventrally to the anterior edge of the mesosternum. Opposed to these
and connected to them hy short, thick muscles are a pair of similar
disks formed hy the prosternal apophyses. These structures are similar
in Epiphysa, except that a greater degree of coalescence is present. The
procoxal inflections, fused only along their adjoining medial walls in
Adesmia, are broadly connected hy a transverse cuticular bridge in
Epiphysa. The mesapophyseal and proapophyseal muscle disks are
fused in the latter, forming a single pair of large, vertical protuberances,
broadly joined to the anterior edge of the mesosternum. Because of
the greater shortening of the mesothorax, the mesapophyseal arms are
relatively much shorter in Epiphysa. In both genera a strong cuticular
bridge joins the mesocoxal inflections.
In Edrotes neither the mesocoxal nor procoxal inflections show any
traces of the transverse cuticular bridges present in the Adesmiini. The
mesapophyseal arms extend horizontally anterad as in the Adesmiini,
but fuse evenly with the prosternal apophyses, with no trace of the
conspicuous muscle disks of the latter group. The uninterrupted cutic-
ular rods connecting the mesocoxal and procoxal inflections of Edrotes
rigidly fuse the prothorax to the mesothorax. Rigidity is attained in
Epiphysa by the fusion of the opposed muscle disks, and in Adesmia
the articulation between prothorax and mesothorax remains flexible.
In Edrotes, midway along the mesapophyseal arms, just posterior to
the mesothoracic foramen, a pair of very slender branches splits off
dorsally, coursing to the vicinity of the vestigal elytral articulations.
These dorsal arms have no corresponding structure in Epiphysa or
Adesmia.
Edrotes and Epiphysa diverge rather markedly in the structure of
the female genitalia. In both forms the ovipositor is a membranous
tube strengthened dorsolaterally by the sclerites of the proctiger, ventro-
laterally by the first valvifers and apically by the second valvifers.
Both the first valvifers and the proctiger are simple plates, similar to
their homologs in Tenebrio, while the second valvifers are specialized,
probably for digging, in Epiphysa and Adesmia (Fig. 6), though not
in Edrotes (Fig. 7). In the latter the second valvifer remains a weakly
sclerotized plate, attenuating to a blunt, very weakly sclerotized lobe
bearing the terminal gonostylus. The second valvifer articulates by a
narrow basal baculus with the first valvifer. The second valvifer of
Epiphysa and Adesmia is much more strongly sclerotized, the baculus
JULY 1968] DOYEN PHYLOGENETIC POSITION OF EDROTES
227
curving posteriad and ending as a large, flattened, spinate process,
apparently the highly modified gonostylus. Most of the apical surface
of the ovipositor is densely beset with long, fine setae, while that of
Edrotes is sparsely setate or nearly glabrous.
Clearly, Epiphysa should be regarded as a member of the Adesmiini,
not only because of the general morphological similarity noticed by
Koch, but because of the high correspondence of the specialized struc-
tures described here to those of the Adesmiini. Edrotes could have
diverged from the adesmiine stock only before certain adesmiine
features, such as the ovipositor and thoracic endoskeleton had appeared.
The superficial similarity of Edrotes to Epiphysa would then be the
result of convergence, whether or not the latter is considered a member
of the Adesmiini. Detailed morphological study of the Triorophini,
Craniotini and other tentyriine tribes from both North America and
Africa will probably be necessary to reveal the affinities of Edrotes.
Acknowledgments
This study was carried out in part during the tenure of an NSF
Graduate Fellowship. I wish to thank Doctors Howell V. Daly and
John A. Chemsak for reading the manuscript and offering several
helpful suggestions.
Literature Cited
Casey, T. L. 1907. A revision of the American components of the tenebrionid
subfamily Tentyriinae. Proc. Wash. Acad. Sci., 9: 275-522.
1924. Memoirs on the Coleoptera. XI. Lancaster Press, Lancaster, Pa., 347 pp.
Doyen, J. T. 1966. The skeletal anatomy of Tenebrio molitor (Coleoptera:
Tenebrionidae) . Misc. Publ. Entomol. Soc. Amer., 5 (3): 103-150.
Kocii, C. 1955. Monograph of the Tenebrionidae of Southern Africa. Vol. I.
(Tentyriinae, Molurinae. — Trachynotina: Somaticus Hope). Cape Times
Ltd., Parow, Union of South Africa, 242 pp; 24 plates.
La Rivers, I. 1947. A synopsis of the genus Edrotes (Coleoptera: Tenebrion-
idae). Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer., 40: 318-328.
228
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 3
New Nyssoninae from North and South America
(Hymenoptera : Sphecidae)
R. M. Bohart
Department of Entomology, University of California, Davis
One new genus and 7 new species of Nyssonine wasps are described
below in order to facilitate a generic revision of Sphecidae. This study
was supported in part by National Science Foundation grant GB-5839.
Holotypes of the new species will be deposited in the Entomology
Museum of the University of California at Davis except as follows:
Antomartinezius fritzi in the Miguel Lillo Institute, University of
Tucuman, Argentina; Neonysson herhsti in the California Academy
of Sciences, San Francisco.
Neonysson R. Bohart, new genus
Type of Genus: Nysson porteri Ruiz.
Generic Diagnosis. — Clypeus concave apically and thin-edged, ridged above
apex to give beveled appearance; labrum dark, rounded, showing only slightly
beneath clypeus; basal flagellar articles slender in female, stout in male except
for flagellomere I; last male flagellomere incurved beneath, longitudinally seamed,
larger than preceding article; front slightly swollen above antennal bases and
with short raised median line; inner eye margins converging moderately below,
evenly emarginate above.
Forewing with three submarginal cells, second petiolate and receiving both
recurrent veins ; marginal cell pointed distally and ending at costal margin ; second
and third submarginal cells unusually small, former sometimes smaller than
stigma; hindwing media diverging far beyond cu-a; jugal lobe larger in outline
than tegula; pulvilli present; female foretarsus without recognizable comb; male
midtibia two-spurred; posterior surface of hindtibia with many small teeth rather
generally distributed; outer apex of hindtihia rounded and spinose; outer apex
of hindfemur not spoonlike; metanotum simple; propodeal spines small but
prominent, flattened dorsoventrally ; stout tooth well above hindcoxa, projecting
outward and backward (Fig. 10).
Abdomen moderately stout, segments single-edged, simple, not fringed with
flattened setae; female sternite VI sharply convex and with weak median carina;
female pygidium narrowly platelike, rounded or rather blunt apically (Fig. 8) ;
male sternites II to V with double row of narrow hair tufts which divide sternites
in three nearly equal parts (Fig. 12) ; male tergite VII bidentate and with strong
median lobe.
The two known species are from Chile. In most respects Neonysson
is in morphological agreement with Brachystegus which occurs in Africa
and Eurasia. The two important characters in common are the multi-
dentate posterior surface of the hindtibia in combination with the three
submarginal cells of the forewing. The only other genera approaching
this condition are Acanthostethus which has only two submarginal cells.
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 44: 228-236. July 1968
JULY 1968]
BOHART- — NEW NYSSONINAE
229
and Zanysson which has the hindtihial teeth large and arranged in a
single regular row. Neonysson differs from all of these by its simply
edged abdominal segments and by the projecting tooth below each
propodeal spine (Fig. 10). Other differences of possible generic
significance are the double row of hair tufts on the sternites of male
N. porteri, (Fig. 12), and the rather “duck-billed” propodeal spines.
Neonysson herbsti R. Bohart, new species
Female Holotype. — Length 6.0 mm. Head and thorax mostly black, abdomen
mostly red. Ivory are: pronotal lobe, large spot inside humerus and occupying
outer one-third of pronotum above, distal spot beneath fore- and midfemur,
transverse apicolateral spots on tergites I to III. Abdomen dark brown on segment
VI and tergite V. Wings light brownish. Pubescence moderate, silvery and rather
thick on frons and propodeum dorsolaterally, sparse and fulvous on scutum.
Punctation moderate, clypeal bevel and metapleuron polished, frons and vertex
with close small punctures, frons with scattered macropunctures; notum with
close and medium punctures, becoming slightly striate on scutellum and meta-
notum; front surface of each femur polished; abdomen with fine and mostly well
separated punctures, those at widest part of tergite II separated by two or more
diameters; pygidial plate finely striatopunctate. Face (as in Fig. 9) ; pronotum
rather flat above, nearly smooth toward obtusely rounded humeri, lower angle
present as seen from above, but not spinelike, mesopleuron moderately areolate,
propodeal enclosure channeled medially and otherwise with oblique coarse areolae,
hind face of propodeum with broad median triangle and transversely carinate
sublateral grooves; pygidial plate narrow, rounded at apex (Fig. 8) which exceeds
end of sternite VI; sternite II moderately convex, VI bristly toward apex.
Male. — Unknown.
Holotype female (California Academy of Sciences), Vina del Mar,
Chile, 5 November 1919 (P. Herbst).
The unique type is structurally very close to Neonysson porteri Ruiz,
of which a pair was sent to me by Manfredo Fritz. Herbst realized that
he had an undescribed species because he had attached a manuscript
species label (as a Nysson) to the pinned specimen. The obvious dif-
ference between the two species lies in markings. In N. porteri only
the first tergite of the female is extensively red (the male has all black
ground color). Otherwise, the punctation of the scutum is close in
N. herhsti rather than corrugated, the pronotal ridge is rather smoothly
rounded toward the humeri rather than ridged, the punctation of the
abdomen is much finer and more widely spaced, and the pygidial plate
is narrowly rounded apically rather than subtruncate.
Epinysson arentis R. Bohart, new species
Male Holotype. — Length 5.5 mm. Head and thorax mostly black, abdomen
mostly red. Ivory are: pronotal ridge and lobe, apicolateral spots on tergites I
230
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 3
Figs. 1-5, Antomartinezius. Figs. 1-2, male midtarsus. Fig. 3, male antenna.
Fig. 4, female tergite VI. Fig. 5, male tergite VII. Figs. 6-12, Neonysson. Fig. 6,
female antenna. Fig. 7, female hindtibia. Fig. 8, female tergite VI. Fig. 9, female
face. Fig. 10, profile of lateroposterior edge of propodeum and hindcoxa, female.
Fig. 11, male antenna. Fig. 12, oblique lateroventral view of sternites III to V,
male. Fig. 13, Synneurus maderae, male tergite VII. Fig. 14, Mellinus imperialis,
semiposterior view of male tergal pattern. Figs. 15-21, Epinysson. Figs. 15-16,
male tergite VII. Fig. 17, female pygidium. Figs. 18, 20-21, male antenna. Fig. 19,
detail of bindwing venation in area of crossvein cu-a.
JULY 1968]
BO HART NEW NYSSONINAE
231
to V; red are; mandible mostly, legs extensively including hindlegs beyond
trochanter; ground color of abdominal segments I and II, broadly broken medially
on II by a black spot; wings slightly smoky, especially in marginal cell and
apically. Body with moderate silvery pubescence, thickest on clypeus, frons and
mesopleuron, that on frons nearly obscuring punctation. Punctation mostly
moderate, macropunctures somewhat separated, interspersed with micropunctures;
interocellar area shiny, irregularly and sparsely punctate on either side of longi-
tudinal crease; metapleuron shiny below, faintly pebbled. Free margin of clypeus
almost evenly convex, antenna (Fig. 18) with flagellomere I about as broad as
long, slightly longer than II, last article only slightly deformed; pronotal humeri
completely rounded off; hindwing media diverging 2.0 midocellus diameters
beyond cu-a; metanotum slightly roughened longitudinally; propodeal enclosure
irregularly and longitudinally areolate, posterior face of propodeum striatopunctate,
median triangle visible, dorsolateral tooth small and sharp; tergite VII ending
in low lobe flanked by slender teeth (Fig. 16) ; sternite II moderately convex.
Female. — About as in male. Abdomen more extensively red, including sides
of tergites III to V, all of VI and venter. Pygidium wedge-shaped, narrowly
rounded apically, surface granulopunctate (Fig. 17).
Holotype male (UCD), Borrego Valley, San Diego County, Cali-
fornia, 19 April 1957 (R. M. Bohart). Paratypes, 6 males, 11 females,
all from California: Borrego Valley (E. I. Schlinger, P. D. Hurd,
R. M. Bohart, J. G. Rozen) ; Deep Canyon, Riverside Co. (M. E. Irwin) ;
1000 Palms Canyon, Riverside Co. (F. D. Parker) ; Cajon Pass, San
Bernardino Co. (J. C. Hall) ; near Gorman (P. D. Hurd) ; Bigpine
(R. M. Bohart) ; Antelope Springs, Inyo Co. (D. R. Miller) ; Arroyo
Seco Camp, Monterey Co. (R. C. Bechtel, R. M. Bohart) . Paratype
dates were from 18 April to 1 July. Metatypes, 2 females, 10 mi. SE
Henderson, Nevada (P. Torchio et al.) ; Wickenburg, Arizona (P.
Torchio and G. Bohart).
The completely rounded humeri, distal divergence of the hindwing
media, non-tuberculate interocellar area, and all dark scutellum charac-
terize both E. arentis and E. pacijicus Rohwer. From the latter, E.
arentis differs by the creased and sparsely as well as irregularly punctate
interocellar area. Epinysson pacijicus is a darker species, also, par-
ticularly on the abdomen; and the mesopleuron is roughened rather
than simply punctate.
Epinysson clesertus R. Bohart, new species
Male Holotype. — Length 5.0 mm. Black, ivory, and red. Ivory are: mandibular
spot, scape and pedicel in front, broad stripe across top of pronotum, but inter-
rupted at humeri, outer subapical spots on tibiae, stripe across front of scutellum,
transverse apicolateral spots on tergites I to IV, those on I and II separated by
about twice their breadth; red are: mandible partly, prothorax and legs mostly
(tarsi darker), metapleuron and propodeum except enclosure, abdomen except for
ivory spots; wings slightly smoky, especially in marginal cell. Pubescence fine.
232
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 3
short and silvery, tarnished on upper frons; thick on face below ocelli, on meso-
pleuron where it almost obscures sculpture, and above propodeal teeth. Punctation
mostly fine to moderate, scattered small macropunctures below midocellus, super-
imposed on micropunctation, between ocelli, and on tergites where punctation is
stronger toward apex; mesonotum with coarse punctation which is partly obscured
by micropunctation; mesopleuron obscurely reticulate; metapleuron shiny, faintly
shagreened. Free margin of clypeus almost evenly convex, antenna (Fig. 20) ,
flagellomere I barely longer than II in front view, last article distinctly pointed;
interocellar area swollen, rising well above level of ocelli, lateral ocellus 3.5 times
its breadth from lateral margin ; pronotal humeri completely rounded off ; hindwing
media diverging about 3.0 midocellus diameters beyond cu-a (Fig. 19) ; metanotum
roughened; propodeal enclosure irregularly areolate, posterior face of propodeum
with four main longitudinal carinae, middle two enclosing a long triangle narrow-
ing below to a rounded apex, dorsolateral tooth small and sharp; tergite VII
slightly lobed between slender teeth (Fig. 15) ; sternite II weakly humped toward
base.
Female. — About as in male. Tergal spots separated by once to twice their
breadth. Pygidium wedge-shaped, narrowly rounded apically, surface granulo-
punctate.
Holotype male (UCD), 18 miles west of Blythe, Riverside
County, California, 14 October 1967 (R. M. Bohart). Paratypes,
10 males and 16 females collected with holotype (D, Horning, Jr. and
R. Bohart) . Metatypes, 1 male, Granite Pass, Hidalgo Co., New
Mexico, 22 August 1958 (P. Hurd) ; 2 females, 3 mi. N Elota, Sinaloa,
Mexico, 18 March 1962 (F. D. Parker) .
This species appears closest to E. metathoracicus (H. Smith) with
which it shares the rounded humeri, distal divergence of the hindwing
media, spotted scutellum, small and sharp propodeal teeth, and raised
but uncreased interocellar area. In E. desertus the interocellar area
rises well above the level of the ocelli and the lateral ocellus is three
or more times its breadth from the ocular margin instead of about
twice its breadth. Also, the tergal punctation is considerably less coarse
in E. desertus. One variation noted in E. desertus is the presence in
some males of two pale spots beneath the silver pubescence of the
clypeus.
Epinysson torridus R. Bohart, new species
Male Holotype. — Length 6.0 mm. Head and thorax mostly black, abdominal
ground color red and black. Ivory are: mandible basally, scape and pedicel in
front, basal flagellomeres dimly, complete pronotal band, anterior band on scutel-
lum, apicolateral spots on tergites I to V, separating interval small on I but
becoming gradually broader posteriorly; red are: mandible apically, inner surface
of flagellum brownly, legs extensively, abdomen mostly except for dark median
area on tergites H to VII. Body with silvery pubescence, tarnished on upper frons
and notum, thick and obscuring punctation on clypeus, frons and mesopleuron;
wings brown-stained. Punctation mostly moderate, coarse on mesonotum and
JULY 1968]
BO HART NEW NYSSONINAE
233
mesopleuron, macropunctures of abdomen mostly well spaced by areas of micro-
punctation ; metapleuron smooth and shiny below. Clypeus with broadly rounded
lobe apicomedially; antenna (Fig. 21) with basal nine articles broader than long,
last one as long as two previous articles together; interocellar area with two
large and high tubercles which are mostly smooth, deeply divided by median
crease; prehumeral corners (just behind head) sharp in dorsal view; pronotal
humeri completely rounded off; hindwing media diverging about 2.5 midocellus
diameters beyond cu-a; metanotum longitudinally carinate; propodeal enclosure
with anterior row of short longitudinal areolae, otherwise rather irregularly
areolate, posterior face of propodeum with median triangle and submedian area
set off by carinae, surface subareolate, dorsolateral tooth small and flattened
dorsally. Tergite VII truncate apically between two stout, sharp teeth (about as
in Fig. 16) ; sternite II moderately convex.
Female. — About as in male. Flagellomere I slightly longer than broad. Pygid-
ium wedge-shaped, narrowly rounded apically.
Holotype male (UCD), Palm Canyon, Borrego Valley, San Diego
County, California, 19 April 1957 (R. M. Bohart). Paratypes, 7
males and 10 females from California: Borrego Valley (R. W. Bushing,
E. 1. Schlinger, J. C. Hall, M. Wasbauer, R. M. Bohart) ; Gavilan (P.
H. Timberlake) ; Antelope Springs, Inyo Co. (D. R. Miller, G. I. Stage) ;
20 mi. SE Williams (R. M. Bohart). Other paratypes, 3 pair from
Nevada: Valmy (T. R. Haig), 16 mi. NW Gerlach (F. D. Parker),
Nixon (R. C. Bechtel). Paratype dates are 19 April to 25 August.
There is some variation among paratypes with respect to amount of
red versus black coloration. Some specimens have the abdomen mostly
red and others have mostly black ground color beyond tergite I.
The combination of rounded humeri, sharp prehumeri, distal diver-
gence of the hindwing media, and maculate scutellum characterize E.
metathoracicus as well as E. torridus. The latter differs especially by
its strongly raised and nearly smooth interocellar tubercles. In E.
metathoracicus the interocellar area is a little raised, but essentially flat,
not creased.
Synneurus maderae R. Bohart, new species
Male Holotype. — Length 10.0 mm. Body black with ivory markings. Ivory are:
scape and pedicel in front, complete pronotal band, posterolateral scutal spot,
anterior bands on scutellum and postscutellum, coxal spots, small femoral spots,
tibiae externally, broad apical bands on tergites I to V, broken band on VI,
lateral dot on sternite VII; red are: mandible mostly, flagellomere I partly, legs
partly. Body with fine silvery to golden pubescence, thickest and silvery on clypeus
and lower frons; wings lightly smoky, marginal cell contrastingly and evenly
brown. Punctation mostly coarse with micropunctures interspersed, pronotal band
sparsely punctate, mesopleuron with macropunctures well separated by smooth
integument, metanotum smooth and nearly impunctate. Clypeus with rounded,
apicomedial projection; antenna with pedicel short, and cartwheel-shaped flagel-
234
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. 44, NO. 3
lomeres I to IX broader than long, I to III subequal in length, X and XI each
as long as VIII and IX together, XI concave and twisted, flagellomeres without
conspicuous hairs beneath; interocellar area flat, lower than ocelli; omaulal area
of mesopleuron completely rounded over except ventrally, posterior slope of meso-
pleuron not defined anteriorly by a ridge except traces above and below; metapleu-
ron shiny and smooth in lower two-thirds; hind basitarsus slender, longer than rest
of tarsus; propodeal enclosure with about 10 strong and nearly straight longitudinal
carinae defining long areolae, posterior face areolate, median triangle distinct,
dorsolateral tooth very short, rounded, flattened dorsoventrally. Tergite VII ending
in a low median lobe flanked by slender teeth, no matted pubescence (Fig. 13) ;
sternite II strongly bowed out at basal one-third, forming median rounded hump.
Holotype male (UCD), Madera Canyon, Santa Rita Mts., Santa
Cruz County, Arizona, 2 July 1963 (V. L. Vesterby).
This species belongs to the group containing S. aurinotus Say and
S. compactus Cresson. Species of this group have male tergite VII
with ordinary, fine pubescence rather than thick, matted hair as in
5. aequalis Patton, S. plagiatus Cresson, and S. intermedins Viereck.
From the other species of its group, S. maderae is separated easily by
the banded tergites, banded and nearly smooth metanotum, rounded
omaulal area, and the exceptionally short and rounded propodeal tooth.
Antomartinezius fritzi R. Bohart, new species
Male Holotype. — Length 8.0 mm. Black, white, and red. White are: mandible
basally, labrum, clypeus, upper orbital spot, postorbital dot, pronotal lobes and
two transverse spots on crest, posterolateral scutal dot next to lateral scutellar
spot, outer stripe on tibiae as well as on basitarsi of fore- and midlegs, apical
marks on tergites I to V as follows: narrow band interrupted sublaterally on I,
submedian and lateral dots on II, lateral spots on III to V, transverse on IV and
V; red are: tergites I to IV except for white marks, V laterally; wings nearly
clear, stained in marginal cell and at wing apex. Pubescence silvery-white, dense
mat on clypeus, frons, mesopleuron, metanotum, propodeum laterally above, and
venter of thorax; mid basitarsus with dense erect hair beneath nearly as long as
second tarsomere (Fig. 2) ; broad hair brushes from apices of sternites II to V.
Clypeus with narrow vertical bevel, antenna (Fig. 3), mesonotal punctures large
and moderately spaced, propodeal enclosure longitudinally areolate; recurrent
veins both received by second submarginal cell. Tergite VII with 5 equally spaced
teeth (Fig. 5).
Female Paratype. — About as in male but clypeus with two large white spots,
long inner orbital stripe, tarsi dark, mid basitarsus not unusually pubescent,
tergite VII with four teeth and median angle (Fig. 4).
Holotype male (Miguel Lillo Institute), Amaicha, Tucuman, Argen-
tina, 20 November 1966 (L. A. Stange). Paratype female (M. Fritz
collection), Glot. Roca, Rio Negro, Argentina, January, 1962 (Bach-
mann) .
A. fritzi is similar in most respects to the type of the genus, A. patei
JULY 1968]
BOHART NEW NYSSONINAE
235
Fritz. The two species share the following generic characters: hindtibia
without teeth posteriorly, most sternites and tergites lobate laterally,
Irons with a Y-shaped crest above antennae, no pulvilli between tarsal
claws, female foretarsus with a well developed comb. A. fritzi differs
from A. patei by the somewhat larger size of the former, the slightly
broader Irons, the unusual pubescence of the male midtarsi (compare
Figs. 1, 2) and the more evenly spaced teeth of the last visible tergite.
The species is named for Manfredo Fritz who has contributed greatly
to our knowledge of South American Nyssoninae.
Mellinus imperialis R. Bohart, new species
Male Holotype. — Length 9.0 ram. Black with little yellow on thorax, much
on abdomen. Yellow are: scape and pedicel beneath, thin line on inner orbit
of frons, line across pronotal ridge, forefemur and midfemur distally in front,
foretibia and midtibia in front, broad bands on tergites II and following (as in
Fig. 14) (black bases of succeeding tergites show through yellow on III and IV),
sternites V and following mostly; reddish to fulvous are: mandible partly, flagellum
beneath on first 7 articles, wing bases and veins mostly; wings very faintly
yellowed, stigma brown. Pubescence pale, short, mostly inconspicuous. Punctation
very fine and close, interocellar area dull and without separated punctures.
Clypeus nearly flat, median apex truncate surmounted by three small callosities,
lateral ones transverse along edge of truncation and middle one longitudinal, but
not protruding apically; flagellomere I about twice as long as wide, distinctly
longer than either II or III; distance between lateral ocelli about equal to
ocellocular distance; pronotal ridge unusually thin; petiole about twice as long
as breadth or height, exposed part of sternite VIII narrowly wedge-shaped and
angularly emarginate apically.
Female. — About as in male; length 10.0 mm. Midtooth of clypeus a denticle
protruding over margin; flagellum mostly dark beyond first article; pygidium
broadly wedge-shaped, apically with slightly convex truncation, clothed with
scattered long pale hairs.
Holotype male (UCD), Bard, Imperial County, California, 22
March 1954, taken sweeping alfalfa (R. Van den Bosch). Paratypes,
5 males, 2 females, Mexico; Alamos, Sonora (P. H. Arnaud, CAS,
UCD) ; Guaymas, Sonora (E. P. Van Duzee, CAS) ; 1 female, Califor-
nia: Bard, Imperial Co., at light (Calif. Dept. Agric. Coll.). Paratype
dates are in February and April.
The broad, deep yellow abdominal bands and practical absence of
red markings distinguish this species at once from all other described
North American forms. However, it is structurally very close to M.
rufinodus Cresson, sharing with that species the conformation of the
clypeus (but apex in male flat in M. imperialis, rather than humped),
antennae, legs, and abdomen. The male genitalia of the two are
apparently alike. Yet, the two are separated by the color pattern of
236
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 3
the antennae, notum, legs, and abdomen. The clypeal difference noted
above is seen best in end-on view. It is reflected in the female M.
imperialis by a slightly more depressed middle tooth. Another less
definable difference lies in the pronotal ridge which is more sharply
rounded in M. imperialis than in M. rufinodus.
Some Intertidal Insects from Western Mexico
William G. Evans
University of Alberta, Edmonton
In the fall of 1966 I accompanied an expedition from Stanford’s
Hopkins Marine Station on an intertidal collecting trip in the Gulf of
California and farther south. My objective was to collect intertidal
insects, pseudoscorpions and chilopods because I happened to be
investigating the ecology of the intertidal insects of California at that
time. I also wanted to find out whether any of the Californian represent-
atives of these forms are found on the Mexican mainland extending
from about the middle of the Gulf at Guaymas, Sonora, to Barra De
Navidad in the State of Jalisco. This stretch of coast, which is about
a thousand miles in length, comprises a distinct marine littoral faunal
zone, the Subtropical, along with the southern tip of Baja California
and the Hawaiian Islands. The northern half of the Gulf, as well as
the region extending southwards from Point Conception, California,
to more than halfway down the west coast of Baja California constitutes
the Warm-temperate region, while the region south of Acapulco,
Mexico, is designated Tropical (Abbott, 1966; Ekman, 1953; Garth,
1955).
Collecting was done, for the most part, on rocky shores at low tide
by watching for insects moving among barnacles, mussels or littorine
molluscs or by prying open crevices in rocks with a crowbar and
geological hammer.
Ensenado Lalo, the most northerly of the collecting areas, is situated
west of Bahia San Carlos, Sonora, Mexico, and on 28-30 October
several interesting intertidal insects were found in the barnacle
{Chthalamus) — coralline algae {Lithothamnium lamellatum Setchell
and Foslie) zone which forms a conspicuous white band on the upper
tide level of the rocks at that time of the year. Normally L. lamellatum
is whitish-pink but due possibly to the high temperatures of summer
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 44 : 236 - 241 . July 1968
JULY 1968]
EVANS — MEXICAN INTERTIDAL INSECTS
237
it dies and turns white. The barnacles and the dead algae form a
porous crusty mass over the surface of the rocks that serves as a
shelter and substrate for Endeodes sonorensis Moore (Melyridae) and
Orthophrys mexicanus Van Duzee (Saldidae), Endeodes sonorensis
was readily seen because the diurnal adults spend a great deal of the
time foraging in the open at times of low tide. The larvae, however,
are only found in crevices in the rocks (Moore, 1964) and E. collaris
(LeConte) in California has similar habits. Other species of Endeodes
are also intertidal and these are distributed from British Columbia to
Baja California although the genus is primarily distributed in the
Warm-temperate zone. Endeodes insularis Blackwelder, E. hlaisdelli
Moore, and E. terminalis Marshall are found in California south of
Point Conception to Baja California; E. basalis (LeConte) is from the
same area but Moore (1957) also records it from Monterey County,
California; E. rugiceps Blackwelder is found in California both north
and south of Point Conception. Endeodes collaris ranging from Mon-
terey County, California to Vancouver, British Columbia, is the only
species which is found exclusively in the Cold-temperate zone that
extends north of Point Conception to Alaska, while E. sonorensis is the
only species found in the Subtropical zone.
Orthophrys mexicanus was much more numerous in the barnacle-
coralline algae habitat than E. sonorensis and adults and nymphs were
found running rapidly into the cracks and dead barnacles and on the
surface of the rocks. According to Polhemus (personal communication)
a new genus must be proposed for this insect since 0. mexicanus, named
by Van Duzee from one specimen, is not even in the same subfamily
as Orthophrys. Nevertheless, the fact that the habitat of this insect is
intertidal is indeed interesting since only a few families of insects on
a worldwide basis occupy the intertidal habitat and the Saldidae is one
of these. The intertidal saldid, Aepophilus bonnairei Signoret, is found
in northern Europe (China, 1927) while all species of the intertidal
genus Omania are widely distributed (Herring and Chapman, 1967) ;
0. naurensis Herring and Chapman from Micronesia, 0. samoensis
Kellen from Samoa, 0. marksae Woodward from the Great Barrier
Reef, O. satoi Miyamoto from Japan and 0. coleoptrata Harvath from
Oman, Arabia.
Orthophrys mexicanus apparently is the only intertidal saldid re-
corded from the new world and it is found in both the Subtropical
region as well as the Warm-temperate since the type specimen was
found under kelp on a beach on Angelo de la Guarda Island (Van
Duzee, 1923) in the northern part of the Gulf of California. The
238
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 3
difference in habitats described for this specimen and the ones collected
by me at Ensenado Lalo cannot be explained at present.
In rock crevices at the upper level of the barnacle-algae zone adult
specimens of two species of carabids were found. One of these species,
Tachys corax, which has been found in practically all of the western
states, was named by LeConte in 1851 from specimens collected in
Colorado. Its occurrence in the intertidal habitat in the Gulf of
California may indicate that T. corax is a widely distributed, eurytopic
species but it also may be another species even though it keys out to
corax since it has never been found in the intertidal habitat anywhere
else. Another Tachys, probably undescribed, also was found in the
same high tide crevice habitat and it would not be surprising if other
species were found in the intertidal habitat of more tropical shores as
T achys, according to Ball ( 1963 ) , is a large and widely distributed
genus being found in all of the warmer regions of the world. Carabids
are, of course, well represented in the intertidal insect fauna. For
example, Aepus marinus Strom of northern Europe and Aepopsis rohini
Laboulbene which is distributed in Europe and North Africa, inhabit
crevices in rocky shores (Jeannel, 1941). Kenodactylus capito Broun
occurs under intertidal stones on Campbell Island and K. audouni
(Guerin) can be found in crevices of intertidal rocks in Chile and
the Falkland Islands (Darlington, 1964). Thalassotrechus barbarae
(Horn) is restricted to California, being found in high intertidal rocky
shores (Van Dyke, 1918).
In addition to the carabids and such littoral animals as isopods,
littorine and pelecypod molluscs and mites, some geophilomorph cen-
tipedes were also found in the high tide crevices. These have yet to
be identified but they appear to be related to forms found in similar
habitats in California.
Another crevice-dweller, found in rocks near Bahia San Carlos, was
a pseudoscorpion {Garypus sp.). A large pseudoscorpion, G. calif or-
nicus (Banks) , is found under stones and in cracks of rocks in California
and G. giganteus Chamberlin, an even larger one, which I presume
is also intertidal, is found in Baja California; the San Carlos specimen
is then the third intertidal Garypus from the California-Mexico region.
This aenus is also represented in the intertidal zone in Europe (Wey-
goldt, 1966).
The only intertidal insects collected in the vicinity of Mazatlan,
Sinaloa were an unidentified staphylinid adult and some dipterous
larvae found in a low intertidal rock crevice in the company of isopods,
amphipods, littorine and pelecypod molluscs and polychaete annelids.
JULY 1968]
EVANS — MEXICAN INTERTIDAL INSECTS
239
Staphylinids are, of course, the most common of the intertidal beetle
fauna in all regions, and greatly outnumber all other beetles in terms
of species with more than a dozen found in the rocky shore intertidal
in California.
Although a search for insects, made while briefly stopping at Santa
Cruz, Nayarit was fruitless, the final collecting place, Tenacatita Bay
near Barra De Navidad, Jalisco, which is well south of the Gulf of
California, yielded a very interesting intertidal beetle of the family
Limnichidae. Specimens were found aggregated in groups of from six
to twelve in high and mid-tide rock crevices at the south end of the
bay. These beetles jumped an inch or two when disturbed but other-
wise were slow moving. According to Spilman (personal communica-
tion) this insect represents a new genus in the Thaumastodinae of which
there are at present three genera and four species. Only one of these
species, Martinius ripisaltator Spilman, however, is intertidal, being
found on moist sand among mangroves and on intertidal rocks in Cuba
(Spilman, 1966). Another limnichid, Throscinus crotchi LeConte, in
the Cephalobyrrhinae, has been collected on mudflats covered by high
tide in San Diego County, California (Leech and Chandler, 1956) .
Also found on the surfaces of intertidal rocks in the same area of
Tenacatita Bay were some dipterous puparia and larvae, staphylinid
larvae, several species of ubiquitous acarines and two unknown species
of Collembola. This latter group is well represented in the intertidal
zone all over the world and consists mostly of scavengers in and on
sand and on rocky shores, either in crevices or freely moving over
the surface. They are probably the most abundant intertidal insect in
terms of species as well as numbers, but they are not well known.
A pseudoscorpion, Morikawa johnstoni Chamberlin, was found in
crevices a little higher than those containing the limnichids.
The beaches of western Mexico are not characterized by the large
wrack fauna found in other more temperate parts of the world, includ-
ing California, due to the absence of offshore kelp beds. Organic
materials, such as dead animals, are occasionally washed ashore but
the bulk of the food supply for beach scavengers appears to come from
the land. Phaleria dehilis LeConte (Tenebrionidae) was found in
abundance at night at Tenacatita Bay feeding on decaying coconuts
on the high part of the beach not covered by high tide. Several species
of Phaleria are found in a similar habitat in California but dried
kelp appears to be the main food for these. Another Tachys sp.
(Carabidae) was found with P. dehilis but, again, it is probably a
supralittoral form. On the same beach in the daytime a large number
240
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 3
of tiger beetles {Cicindela leucone Bates) were seen on the moist sand
left by the retreating waves.
In general, the intertidal insect fauna of the west coast of Mexico
is not as extensive as that found in California at any time of the year.
This is mainly due to the absence of intertidal algae and subtidal kelp
beds which are a common feature of the California coast and which
forms the food base for a large community of intertidal animals includ-
ing insects. The only consistent source of energy for the intertidal
insects in an area poorly or not at all represented by inter- and subtidal
kelp would be the plankton and organic detritus brought in by each
tide and deposited in crevices, shallow cracks and on the surface of
intertidal rocks. The linmichids, carabids, melyrids, staphylinids and
even saldids as well as the few flies, Collembola, pseudoscorpions and
mites are likely to be scavengers feeding on stranded copepods (as I
have observed carabids to do on the California coast) or other
plankton or remains of macroscopic animals cast ashore by the tide,
and among intertidal insects in general scavenging appears to be the
most dominant activity.
The Subtropical intertidal insect fauna appears to be very distinctive,
thus upholding the zoogeographic regions based on marine littoral
faunal discontinuities for the Pacific coast of North America.
Acknowledgments
My sincere thanks go to the following persons for help in determining
specimens: Isabella A. Abbott (marine algae), G. E. Ball and T. Erwin
(Carabidae), Galen Hilgard (Cirripedia) , J. Polhemus (Saldidae),
R. Schuster (Pseudoscorpionida) , and T. J. Spilman (Limnichidae) .
I also want to thank the staff and students of Hopkins Marine Station
for allowing me to accompany them on the expedition.
Literature Cited
Abbott, D. P. 1966. Chapter 14. Factors influencing the zoogeographic affinities
of the Galapagos inshore marine fauna. Pp. 108-122. In: Bowman,
R. 1. (ed.), The Galapagos. Univ. Calif. Press, Berkeley.
Ball, G. E. 1963. Fascicle 4. Carabidae. Pp. 55-181. In: Arnett, Ross H. The
Beetles of the United States. Catholic Univ. Press, Washington, D. C.
China, W. E. 1927. Notes on the biology of Aepophilus honnairei Sign. (Hemip-
tera-Heteroptera) . Entomol. mon. Mag., 63: 238-241.
Darlington, P. J., Jr. 1964. Insects of Campbell Island. Coleoptera: Carabidae.
Pacific Ins. monogr., 7 : 335-339.
Ekman, S. 1953. Zoogeography of the sea. Sidgwick and Jackson, London.
Garth, J. S. 1955. The case for a warm-temperate marine fauna on the west
coast of North America. Pp. 19-27. In: Essays in the natural sciences
JULY 1968] HAGEN & CALTAGIRONE A NEW KARPINSKIELLA
241
in honor of Captain Allan Hancock, on the occasion of his birthday,
July 26, 1955. Univ. So. Calif. Press, Los Angeles.
Herring, J. L., and H. C. Chapman. 1967. A new species of Omania from Micro-
nesia. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash., 69: 354-359.
Jeannel, R. 1941. Coleopteres Carabiques — Faune de France 39 (1), Paris.
Leech, H. B., and H. P. Chandler. 1956. Chap. 13. Aquatic Coleoptera, pp.
293-371. In: Usinger, R. L. Aquatic Insects of California. Univ. Calif.
Press, Berkeley.
Moore, I. 1957. A northern extension of range for Endeodes basalis LeConte.
Pan-Pac. Entomol., 33: 140.
1964. A new species of Endeodes from Sonora, Mexico. Pan-Pac. Entomol.,
40: 57-58.
Spilman, T. J. 1966. A new species of Martinius from Cuba (Coleoptera: Lim-
nichidae) . Coleopt. Bull., 20: 123-125.
Van Duzee, M. C. 1923. Expedition of the California Academy of Sciences to
the Gulf of California in 1921. The Hemiptera (True Bugs, etc.).
Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 12: 123-200.
Van Dyke, E. C. 1918. New intertidal rock-dwelling Coleoptera from California.
Entomol. News, 29: 303-308.
Weygoldt, P. 1966. Moos-und biicher-scorpione. A. Ziemsen Verlag., Witten-
berg.
A New Nearctic Species of Karpinskiella
(Hymenoptera : Pteromalidae)
K. S. Hagen and L. E. Caltagirone
University of California, Berkeley
In the Pteromalidae, T omicobia is one of a few genera that contain
species that attack adult scolytid beetles (Hopkins 1913, Reid 1957,
Hedqvist 1959, Bushing 1965). Mr. M. M. Furniss, U.S.D.A. Forest
Service, Moscow, Idaho, reared a pteromalid from adults of Den-
droctonus in Utah and suspected it to be T omicobia. At the time. Dr.
W. D. Bedard, U.S.D.A. Forest Service, Berkeley, California, was
studying the biology of T omicobia tibialis Ashmead associated with
Ips in California, but did not rear any from Dendroctonus (Bedard
1965). This apparent difference in scolytid host preference prompted
Mr. Furniss to send specimens of his Utah material to Dr. Bedard for
comparison. Dr. Bedard discovered that though extremely close in
resemblance there was a difference in the number of antennal ring
segments between the Utah and California specimens.
The Utah specimens were brought to our attention for identification.
We have decided that the Utah specimens belong in the genus Karpin-
skiella, which is closely related to T omicobia. Both genera are separated
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 44: 241-248. July 1968
242
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 3
0. 2 mm
0.1 mm
Figs. 1-7. Karpinskiella paratomicobia Hagen and Caltagirone. Fig. 1. Antenna
of female. Fig. 2. Right mandible of female. Fig. 3. Maxillary palpus. Fig. 4.
Venation of forewing. Fig. 5. Venation of hind wing. Fig. 6. Lateral view of
mesothorax. Fig. 7. Male genitalia, ventral view.
JULY 1968] HAGEN & CALTAGIRONE A NEW KARPINSKIELLA
243
from all other pteromalids by the peculiar form of the abdomen
(Hedqvist 1959). The presence of three antennal ring segments
separates Karpinskiella from Tomicohia; the latter genus has only
two ring segments.
Dr. Z. Boucek of Prague who described the genus Karpinskiella
(Boucek 1955), concurred that the Utah species was congeneric with
Karpinskiella but distinct from the only described species; thus the
range of this Old World monobasic genus is now extended into the
Nearctic region. Dr. B. D. Burks of the U. S. National Museum had
already discovered that Karpinskiella occurred in North America, for
he had determined specimens from California as belonging to this genus
(Bushing and Bright 1965). This species is apparently still unde-
scribed.
We are proposing a name, and describing the Utah species of Karpin-
skiella at this time so that Mr. Furniss can refer to a known taxon in
his research on the biology of this parasite (Furniss 1968).
The majority of the paratypes are point mounted, but ten specimens
are mounted on slides in a modified Faure mounting medium (Quednau
1964) . The specimens on slides were cleared in chloralphenol. The
specimens were mainly examined with a Leitz stereo microscope at
magnifications up to 96 X, using an incandescent lamp illuminator
with a blue ground glass filter. The numerical measurements shown in
the description are mostly in millimeters and are followed by values
enclosed in parentheses; these are ranges in mm found in the specimens
indicated in Table 1. The numerals with a colon between them are
values expressing proportions determined by using an eye piece
micrometer.
Karpinskiella paratomicobia Hagen and Caltagirone, new species
Female. — Length of holotype 3.04 mm, $ paratypes (2.30-3.20 mm). Head
black with purplish and greenish metallic reflections when viewed from different
angles; orbits and base of clypeus metallic bluish green; mandibles reddish
brown, apices black. Antenna with scape yellowish brown ; pedicel and ring
segments shiny, piceous; flagellum dark brown clothed with grayish, flattened,
appressed hairs arranged longitudinally. Thorax black with metallic reflections;
mesonotum with bronzy dark purplish metallic reflections from certain angles;
scutellum dark greenish bronzy without purplish tinge. Legs mainly yellowish
brown; coxae dark brown ventrally, darker and with metallic reflections laterally;
femora slightly darker than tibiae and tarsi. Wings hyaline with iridescent
reflections; discal hairs brownish; submarginal and stigmal veins dark brown,
marginal and postmarginal veins yellowish brown. Caster dark brown, smoother,
finely reticulate and less reflective than rest of body, sides with faint purplish
reflections.
Head slightly wider than thorax, twice as wide as thick, one-fourth wider than
244
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. 44, NO. 3
high; width 1.02 m m (0.8-1.02) ; oral margin truncate. Clypeus strongly out-
lined twice as broad as long with longitudinal converging striae, apical margin
with two obtuse teeth. Fronto-vertex finely densely punctate, distance between
punctures shorter than half the diameter of punctures; genae shagreened; silvery
hairs semi-erect, scattered. Eyes 0.48 mm high (0.35-0.48), one third higher
than wide with pale scattered inconspicuous short erect setae. Ocelli forming
an obtuse triangle, lateral ocelli closer to center ocellus than to eye margins.
Gena 0.29 mm (0.22-0.29), one-half height of eye. Antenna (fig. 1) arising
below middle of face at a level slightly above lower margin of eyes; scape
slender, cylindrical nearly attaining middle ocellus, length 0.48 mm (0.35-0.48) ;
pedicel about twice as long as wide, longer than three ring segments; length
flagellum plus pedicel and ring segments 0.96 mm (0.70-0.99). Left mandible
tridentate, ventral tooth longest, curved inwardly and dorsally; middle tooth
triangular with ventral edge longer than dorsal; dorsal tooth broadest apically
and truncate; right mandible (fig. 2) similar to left but with dorsal tooth
slightly notched thus appearing quadridentate. Maxillary palpi (fig. 3) 4
segmented, labial palpi 3 segmented.
Thorax one-third longer than wide, widest just before tegulae, slightly less
than half as thick as long; disc of mesoscutum densely craterleted, crater rims
contiguous; scutellum becoming finely reticulate, coarse posteriorly; scattered
setae inconspicuous, short, dark; fimbriae near propodeal spiracle. Pronotum
from base to connection with head about four times wider than long, collar 8
times wider than long. Notaulices oblique, attaining one-half distance of mesonotal
disc longitudinally and one-third distance mesad from sides, mesal apices of
notaulices separated by a distance slightly more than one length of a notaulix
(23 :30). Axillae about as wide as long, separated by a distance about one of
their widths. Scutellum somewhat flattened. Propodeum with median longitudinal
Carina bifurcated at posterior fourth; surface enclosed by diverging carinae
smooth; on each side with a lateral plica almost reaching the spiracle: spiracle
short-oval, near round; a large depression situated mesad of each spiracle and
another smaller but deep impression on each side just mesad of caudal origin
of lateral plicae. Mesoepimenon and mesoepisternum sculptured as in figure 6.
Forewings nearly as long as body, three times longer than wide, broadly
rounded apically; fringe short; discal setae from basal fourth to apex, brownish,
separated from each other by one of their lengths. Veins (figs. 4, 5), submarginal
extends not quite to one-half length of wing, twice as long as marginal and
shorter than post marginal. Hind wing three times longer than wide, extends
to apex of forewing’s post marginal vien, tapers to narrowly rounded apex
from basal third.
Foreleg with femur over three times as long as wide (64:20), thickest just
beyond middle; fore tibia slightly shorter than femur (60 : 64) slightly constricted
at middle on inner side. Middle femur four times longer than wide (60 : 15) ;
middle tibia about eight times longer than wide (80 : 11). Hind leg with femur
nearly 4 times longer than wide (80 : 19), and tibia slenderer (80 : 15), slightly
dilated apically, with one spur; tarsal segments from base 20, 10, 9, 5, 10 in
proportional lengths.
Gaster oval, subsessile, not quite twice as long as wide or high. First gaster
tergite slightly longer than second; third, fourth and fifth subequal slightly
shorter than second; sixth tergite about as long as second and last one-third
JULY 1968] HAGEN & CALTAGIRONE — A NEW KARPINSKIELLA
245
as long as sixth tergite. Apical margin of last sternite straight, without median
projection. Surface finely reticulate, with scattered semi-erect pale setae; sixth
tergite with scattered erect setae near posterior margin, last tergite with erect
setae at apex dorsally. Ovipositor held obliquely in repose with apices directed
dorsally, third valvula about twice as long as wide, truncate apically.
Male. — Length of allotype 2.24 mm, paratypes ranging from 2.11 to 2.81.
Similar to female, differing as follows: mandibles both tridentate, legs darker
brown, gaster about one-third longer than wide about as long as thorax, genitalia
as in fig. 7.
Holotype female. — Selected from a series that emerged from bark
of Pseudotsuga menziesii infested with Dendroctonus pseudotsiigae
Hopkins collected by M. M. Furniss at Barney Top (34 miles east)
AND Little Valley (9 miles west) of Panguitch, Garfield County,
Utah; bark collected in September, 1960, yielded adult parasites the
following spring. Hopkins No. 41431. Deposited in the United States
National Museum, catalog number 70206.
Allotype, same data as that of holotype. Paratypes, among the 115
specimens, there are some with the same data as above, and others,
all collected by M. M. Furniss, with the following collection data:
Horse Creek, (34 miles east) of Panguitch, Utah, collected 2—4 Sep-
tember 1959 and emerged from isolated host beetles, D. pseudotsugae
the following spring; these specimens bear Hopkins No. 41836-A.
Another lot emerging from P. menziesii bark infested with D. pseudot-
sugae collected along the road between Birch Creek and Mud Lake
(30 miles east-northeast) and Five Mile Bench (5 miles west) of
Panguitch, Utah, Hopkins No. 41485.
Paratypes are deposited in the U. S. National Museum, Washington,
D. C., the Canadian National Collection of Insects, Ottawa; the Cali-
fornia Academy of Sciences, San Francisco, the University of California
Insect Survey Collection, Berkeley, the U.S.D.A. Forest Service Inter-
mountain Forest and Range Experiment Station, Forest Science Labora-
tory, Moscow, Idaho, and in the collection of the National Museum
in Prague, Czechoslovakia.
There is no conspicuous variation in the type series other than size
and a slight color variation in legs and gaster; the color is darker in
some specimens. The variation in size of certain structures measured
in part of series is shown in Table 1.
The posterior propodeal bifurcation of the median carina in a few
paratypes begins near the middle of the propodeum instead of at the
posterior fourth. The number of erect setae arising from the dorsum
of submarginal vein varies between 11 and 14, but the space between
the one or two setae near the apex of the submarginal (on the para-
stigma) and next basal setae is conspicuous and greater than between
246
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
[VOL. 44, NO. 3
H
cd
-M
a bD
Sh
T3
CD
i!x!
(N
<N
+1
LO
LO
Cs|
O)
+1
o
(N
; CQ
bS) bf)
p-H
r— 1
CO
iX
CO
rH
+1
CO
oq
+ 1
CO
VO
Cs|
u -cj
Cl
o
[/:) ^
'-d
CO
LO
+1
LO
csi
Cs]
r— H
+1
o
CO
d od
r K ^
O
■TO
CO
+1
cq
vd
LO
vq
+1
(D M
bC
ws
.-d
dd rd
CO
IX
CO
bC';3
S
g g
CO
T3 bC
o a
m V
Td
CO
l><
a °
^n
OV
+1
CO
cvi
cq
nH
+ 1
t--
(M
lO
+ 1
CO
q
CO
+1
'ch
LO
l>
+ 1
lO
cd
ov
rH
+1
CO
OV
oq
VO
+1
Csl
c5
CO
q
+1
VO
00
00
CH-
uO
(N
(U
i-O o
<1^
CO
O ft
fu CO
« 3
0)
Ph
0)
3 S
CO ' — !
^ bC
>
H (M
JULY 1968] HAGEN & CALTAGIRONE — A NEW KARPINSKIELLA
247
any of the other setae; most setae separated by at least one of their
lengths.
Karpinskiella paratomicohia differs in many characteristics from
K. pityophthori Boucek, apparently the only other species described
in the genus. Karpinskiella paratomicohia is larger, blackish with
subtile metallic reflections and with the mesonotum sculptured with
dense, small, circular, contiguous craterlets compared to the other
species which is small, dark shining metallic greenish blue and with
its mesonotal surface sculptured with polygonal reticulations. The
scape of K. paratomicohia attains the median ocellus and the funicle
segments are longer than broad while in Boucek’s species the scape is
much shorter and the funicle segments are transverse. The pronotum
in K. pityophthori is quite declivous anteriorly dropping off immediately
from the anterior margin of the mesonotum while in the new species
the pronotum is flat almost collar-like at the mesonotal margin before
tapering toward head, and the mesopleural ventral limit is distinctly
margined in the smaller species. The distinct median carina and lateral
posterior plicae on the propodeal disc also serve to distinguish K.
paratomicohia from K. pityophthori, for the latter species lacks distinct
propodeal carinae.
The male genitalia of K. paratomicohia is rather similar to that of
K. pityophthori as illustrated by Hedqvist (1963), but the lateral
margins of the digiti are inwardly arcuate in the later species and
nearly straight in the former.
Literature Cited
Bedard, W. D. 1965. The biology of Tomicobia tibialis parasitizing Ips confusus
in California. Contrib. Boyce Thompson Inst., 23: 77-82.
Boucek, Z. 1955. Parasiti Kurovce Pityophthorus polonicus Karp, z pienin.-
Ministers two lesnictwa Instytut Badawczy lesnictua., 11: 83-92.
Bushing, R. W. 1965. A synoptic list of the parasites of Scolytidae in North
America north of Mexico. Canad. EntomoL, 97 : 449-492.
Bushing, R. W. and D. E. Bright. 1965. New records of hymenopterous para-
sites from California Scolytidae. Canad. EntomoL, 97 : 199-204.
Furniss, M. M. 1968. Notes on the biology and effectiveness of a new species
of Karpinskiella Boucek parasitizing adult Dendroctonus pseudotsugae
Hopkins in Utah. Ann. EntomoL Soc. Amcr. (In press).
Hedqvist, K. 1959. Notes on Chalcidoidea. IV. Genus Tomicobia Ashm. Opusc.
EntomoL, 24: 177-184.
1963. Die Feinde der Borkenkafer in Schweden. I. Erzwespen (Chalcidoi-
dea). Studia Forestalia Suecica, No. 11, 176 pp. Skogsbiblioteket,
Stockholm, Sweden.
Hopkins, A. D. 1913. Summary 270th Meeting of the Society — Oct. 2, 1913.
Proc. EntomoL Soc. Wash., 15: 160.
248 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 3
Reid, R. W. 1957. The bark beetle complex associated with lodgepole pine
slash in Alberta. Part III. Notes on the biologies of several hyme-
nopterous parasites. Canad. EntomoL, 89: 5-8.
Quednau, F. W. 1964. A contribution on the genus Aphytis Howard in South
Africa (Hymenoptera: Aphelinidae) . J. Entomol. So. Afr., 27 (1) :
86-116.
Pheromone-mask by the Female Dendroctonus
pseudotsugae Hopk., an Attraction Regulator^
(Coleoptera : Scolytidae)
J. A. Rudinsky
Oregon State University, Corvallis
A new phenomenon is described in which the female Douglas-fir
beetle, Dendroctonus pseudotsugae Hopk. (Coleoptera: Scolytidae),
masks its own pheromone and rapidly stops the mass attraction of
flying beetles; the stridulation of the male was found to trigger this
masking. The effect of all pheromone including the residue in the
frass is negated, but the primary attraction to host oleoresin and
terpenes is not affected.
Earlier studies showed that unmated, sexually mature female beetles
of this species feeding in the bark of the host tree produce an attractant
that aggregates the population around the invaded tree (Rudinsky,
1961; McMullen and Atkins, 1962). Both sexes respond hut in the
ratio of two males to one female. The attracted females search for a
suitable place to enter the bark and the males enter the individual
female galleries and copulate, often some time later. At this point,
the population aggregation to such a tree or log drops very suddenly.
Since it is known that mating stops the pheromone production, the
field methods used in earlier attraction studies (Rudinsky, 1963)
were modified to eliminate mating as the act terminating the attraction.
Briefly, 30 sexually mature but unmated females were introduced
into the bark of log sections and sealed off by a metal screen (mesh
24 X 24) to prevent entry of males but allow escape of volatile at-
^ This study was supported by National Science Foundation Grant No. GB-3407.
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 44: 248-250. July 1968
JULY 1968 ] RUDINSKY DENDROCTONUS PHEROMONE-MASK
249
tractive substances and the normal falling of frass from galleries. The
females produced the pheromone and attracted beetles in flight several
hours after introduction. Field tests were made with live and killed
males and females in various combinations and the changes in response
of flying Douglas-fir beetles were noted.
When the attractive females were killed, their pheromone and its
residue present in the frass were not masked although the introduced
males stridulated as usual and remained over the entry holes of the
dead females for four days. On the other hand, when the females
remained alive the masking occurred rapidly after the introduced
males stridulated. The mask was repeatedly interrupted and restored
when the stridulating males were moved off and on the screen. Clearly
the female masks her own attractant.
It was also clear that the male’s stridulation on the screen triggered
the masking action. As soon as the stridulation began, the attraction
ceased and no additional beetles flew to the log. Males whose elytral
declivity was clipped off exhibited normal arrestment behavior, as
shown in previous studies by Jantz and Rudinsky (1965) except that
they could not stridulate, and no mask occurred. Although stridulation
is apparently the necessary trigger under normal conditions, the mask
was induced without stridulation when these males with cut elytral
declivity were allowed to enter unscreened entry holes of attractive
females and mate there. Also, when normal males were allowed to
enter the gallery, they no longer stridulated continuously but the
mask, of course, remained.
The question arose whether the mask affects the known primary
attraction to oleoresin and terpenes, especially alpha-pinene, camphene
and limonene (Rudinsky, 1966a). The response to these substances
was comparable to previous tests, however, and showed the usual ratio
of one male to two females.
The speed of both the masking effect and the resumption of attrac-
tion must be emphasized. The mask was immediate after all females
had been found by males. This is quantitatively striking because at
peak flight 700-900 beetles per hour may be attracted before the
mask. After the males were removed, attraction began again in eight
minutes, at the earliest, and ten minutes, at the latest (68°F). This
speed is essential to the regulating effect of the mask.
Essential also is the spatial relationship. Proximity appears to be
a critical factor before the male responds to the female and begins to
stridulate. The males released on the screened log crawled around
and began to orient themselves to the females’ entry hole and to
250
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. 44, NO. 3
stridulate only when about % inch away. When two log sections, one
with attractive females and the other with females joined by males
(i.e. masked attraction), were placed six inches apart, only a few
beetles were attracted and only to the unmasked attraction. Other
logs attracted some flying beetles when part contained females joined
by stridulating males and part did not. In another test males were
introduced into holes and screened 2 inches from the entry holes of
pheromone-producing females; they did not stridulate and the females
did not mask the attractant. These tests indicate that the mask of each
female is restricted to the area near its entry hole.
The survival value of this masking phenomenon is clear. Mating is
assured because the virgin females attract twice as many males as
females to the invaded host although the sex ratio in the natural
population is 1 : 1 (Rudinsky, 1966b). The mask prevents the aggrega-
tion of unneeded males as well as their unnecessary exposure to
predators, and since it stops the attraction of other females also it
prevents too dense invasion of the host with resultant overcrowding
and starvation of the brood. It is important also that the female can
annul the mask quickly if the male should be destroyed before she
is mated. The survival effect is also seen in relation to overcoming-
host resistance, i.e. since the mask is spatially limited, it does not
prevent the mass invasion essential to killing the Douglas-fir tree
(Rudinsky, 1966b). The fact that the attractiveness of oleoresin and
terpenes is not masked assures optimal utilization of the host. This
survival value suggests a new possibility of control of the most de-
structive bark beetle in Pacific Coast Douglas-fir stands through
manipulation of the masking substance.
Literature Cited
McMullen, L. H., and M. D. Atkins. 1962. On the flight and host selection
of the Douglas-fir beetle, Dendroctonus pseudotsugae Hopk. (Cole-
optera: Scolytidae). Canad. EntomoL, 94: 1309-1325.
Jantz, 0. K., AND J. A. Rudinsky. 1965. Laboratory and field methods for
assaying olfactory responses of the Douglas-fir beetle, Dendroctonus
pseudotsugae Hopk. Canad. EntomoL, 97 : 935-941.
Rudinsky, J. A. 1961. Developments in forest pest research at Oregon State
University. Proc. Ann. Meeting West. Forest Pest Committee, pp. 14-15.
1963. Response of Dendroctonus pseudotsugae Hopk. to volatile attractants.
Contr. Boyce Thompson Inst. 22: 23—38.
1966a. Scolytid beetles associated -with Douglas-fir: response to terpenes.
Science, 152: 218-219.
1966b. Host selection and invasion by the Douglas-fir beetle, Dendroctonus
pseudotsugae Hopk., in coastal Douglas-fir forest. Canad. EntomoL,
98: 98-111.
JULY 1968]
MAYO — MAYFLIES FROM ECUADOR
251
Two New Species of the Genus Baetodes from Ecuador
(Ephemeroptera : Baetidae)
Velma Knox Mayo
Tucson, Arizona
While in residence in a mining camp in Macuchi, Eucador the
writer collected a series of mayflies belonging to the genus Baetodes
Needham and Murphy (1924). The locality is situated on the west side
of the Andes about half way between Guayaquil and Quito at an
altitude of about 6000 ft. In this series of Baetodes are two different
species of nymphs which I herein describe as new: Baetodes spinae
and Baetodes levis.
The genus Baetodes is at present comprised of one adult from Vene-
zuela, B. spinijerum Traver (1943) and three species of nymphs from
Brazil. Baetodes serratus Needham and Murphy (1924), Baetodes
species No. 1 Needham and Murphy (1924) and Baetodes itatiayanus
Demoulin (1955). Needham and Murphy established the genus
Baetodes in 1924. They summarized the characteristics of the genus
as follows: “the nymphs are stiff, long-legged bare tailed concolorous
forms, having drooping, simple, oval gills on segments 1—5 only of
the abdomen, having stout rather few-jointed antennae, and greatly
reduced palpi and glossae. The middle tail is rudimentary. The dorsal
crest of the femora bears a single line of long brown spines.” Traver
(1944) summarizes the generic characters of the nymphs of this genus
in Notes on Brazilian Mayflies: “nymphs of this genus are unique
among known genera of the subfamily Baetinae in possessing but 5
pairs of gills, all of which turn downward along the sides of the body;
and in the total lack of hairs on the tails. The middle tail is a very
short stub. Hind wings are lacking.” Edmunds (1950) summarizes
the characteristics of the nymphs of the genus.
The abdominal terga are wider than the sterna so points of at-
tachment of gills to terga near pleural fold are closer to the mid-
sternum than to the mid-tergum. Consequently the abdominal gills
show up better from the ventral view than from the dorsal.
Baetodes spinae Mayo, new species
(Figs. 1, 2, 11, 13, 14, 15, 25)
Nymph.^ — Length; body 3-4 mm. General color pale amber. Head pale amber;
ocelli grey; turbinate eyes of males show through as orange; antennae pale
yellow; mouthparts as in figs. 1, 2, 11, 15, 25; articulations on labrum reddish
brown; labrum pale bordered with brown, 4 long spines behind apical margin
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 44: 251-257. July 1968
252
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. 44, NO. 3
JULY 1968]
MAYO — -MAYFLIES FROM ECUADOR
253
on either side of midline, numerous shorter hairs posterior to these; fringe of
hairs around margin, short along anterior border and longer on sides; labial
and maxillary palpi white; basal segment of labial palpi longer than other two
segments together; posterior border of head narrowly rimmed with reddish
brown. Intersegmental membranes pale yellow. Pronotum amber, anterior border
concave, posterior border with wide hump at midline composed of two spines
washed with brown; mesonotum amber with pale midline; mesoscutellum with
2 blunt posterior, sublateral spines; two slightly roughened ridges on mesonotum
anterior to spines on mesoseutellum ; small spine posteriomedially on metanotum;
wing pads elongated ; reddish brown in mature specimen. Coxal articulations
with pleuron heavily sclerotized and dark reddish brown; legs long; femora pale
yellow except joinings with tibiae reddish brown with 6 or more reddish brown
hairs along anterior borders; tibiae and tarsi with minute reddish brown spines
along ventral crest; claws reddish brown, with row of subapical denticles.
Abdominal terga amber; paler posteriorly; posterior borders of terga 1-8 touched
with pale brown; abdominal terga with prominent median spine on each seg-
ment; spine on segment 1 stouter and longer than those on 2-10 (fig. 13) ;
gills white; present on abdominal segments 1-5 and two finger-like gills on each
coxa; those on abdomen oval (fig. 14) decreasing in size posteriorly. Cerci
without hairs, terminal filament short.
Holotype nymph, V. K. Mayo, 30 June 1943, Rio Amayo, Macuchi,
Ecuador; in collection University of Utah, Salt Lake City. Paratypes,
7 nymphs same data, same deposition as holotype.
Baetodes levis Mayo, new species
(Figs. 3, 4, 12, 16, 18, 19, 21, 22)
Nymph. — Length: body 3-4 mm. General color pale reddish brown; inter-
segmental areas pale yellow; head pale reddish brown on vertex, pale yellow
below, midline pale yellow; ocelli grey, larger ones rimmed with blaek on inner
margins (fig. 16) ; turbinate eyes of males show through as orange; antennae
pale yellow; labrum distinctly brown; maxillary and labial palpi white. Mouth-
parts as in figures 3, 4, 12, 18, 22. Thoracic dorsum pale reddish brown,
mottled with pale reddish brown laterally; midline pale yellow; pronotum
smooth, without spines, concave along anterior margin and streaked with dark
reddish brown laterally; mesonotum suffused with darker reddish brown along
anterior margin; small median spine posteriorly on metanotum. Median spines
on all abdominal terga, not erect, but directed posteriorly (fig. 21). Gills white;
present on abdominal segments 1-5, attached to posterolateral corners of abdominal
<-
Fig. 1. Left mandible B. spinae Mayo. Fig. 2. Right mandible B. spinae Mayo.
Fig. 3. Left mandible B. levis Mayo. Fig. 4. Right mandible B. levis Mayo.
Fig. 5. Left mandible B. serratus N. and M. Fig. 6. Right mandible B. serratus
N. and M. Fig. 7. Left mandible B. sp. No. 1 N. and M. Fig. 8. Right mandible
B. sp. No. 1 N. and M. Fig. 9. Labrum B. serratus N. and M. Fig. 10. Labrum
B. sp. No. 1 N. and M. Fig. 11. Labrum B. spinae Mayo. Fig. 12. Labrum B. levis
Mayo. Fig. 13. Lateral view of B. spinae Mayo. Fig. 14. Gill from B. spinae
Mayo.
254 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 3
JULY 1968]
MAYO — MAYFLIES FROM ECUADOR
255
terga near low pleural fold; paired finger-like gills on coxae; coxal articulations
with pleuron dark reddish hrown. Pleural sclerites and coxae amber narrowly
outlined with reddish hrown. Legs pale yellow; femora yellow except for dark
reddish brown at joinings with tibiae with few dark reddish brown hairs on
dorsal crests; distal half of tarsi reddish brown; long claws with row of denticles
subapically (fig. 19) ; all claws similar; minute spines on ventral crests of
tibiae and tarsi. Thoracic sterna pale yellow; abdominal sterna amber, paler
than terga. Cerci without hairs, outer ones about two thirds length of body,
terminal filament short.
Holotype nymph, V. K. Mayo, 30 June 1943, Rio Amayo, Macuchi,
Ecuador; in collection University of Utah, Salt Lake City. Paratypes,
6 nymphs same data, same deposition as holotype.
Discussion. — the presence of spines on the pronotum and mesonotum
of B. spinae separates this species from B. levis, on which the pronotum
and mesonotum are smooth. There is also a marked difference in the
mid-dorsal abdominal spines of the two species; those of B. spinae are
larger and erect; those of B. levis are much less prominent and pointed
posteriorly (figs. 13 and 21). The general coloring of B. levis is
darker than that of B. spinae. There are differences in details of the
mouthparts: the basal segments of labial palpi of B. spinae are longer
than those of B. levis; hairs on the apical segments are much longer
on B. spinae than on B. levis; there are numerous minute hairs on
the glossae of B. spinae which are lacking on B. levis. Details of the
labrum and labium differ in the two species (figs. 11, 12, 15, 18) . The
thumb on the mandible of B. spinae is somewhat longer than that of B.
levis (figs. 1, 3) ; the maxillary palpi of B. spinae is much shorter than
that of B. levis (figs. 22, 25), There are some characteristics that
are the same on both species; i.e., the ocelli, antennae, legs, claws,
pleura and cerci. The paired coxal gills and abdominal gills are the
same on both species.
The following is an account of the known species of nymphs of
the genus with a comparison of each to the new species, B. spinae and
B. levis: Baetodes serratus Needham and Murphy (1924), Tijuca, Rio
de Janeiro, Brazil, 17 October 1919, J. C. Bradley. Length: body 7-8
mm; median abdominal spines on each segment all directed posteriorly
and pointed; median spine on metascutum, fairly large in relation to
Fig. 15. Labium B. spinae Mayo. Fig. 16. Head B. levis Mayo, showing ocelli.
Fig. 17. Labium B. serratus N. and M. Fig. 18. Labium B. levis Mayo. Fig. 19.
Claw I B. levis Mayo. Fig. 20. Labium B. sp. No. 1 N. and M. Fig. 21. Lateral
view of abdomen B. levis Mayo. Fig. 22. Maxilla B. levis Mayo. Fig. 23. Maxilla
B. serratus N. and M. Fig. 24. Maxilla B. sp. No. 1 N. and M. Fig. 25. Maxilla
B. spinae Mayo.
256
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. 44, NO. 3
abdominal spines; no spines on pro- or mesonota; points of attachment
of abdominal gills low on terga; no gills on coxae; general coloring
dark brown; overall appearance altogether different as B. serratus is
twice the length, with dark brown coloring in contrast to the very pale
B. spinae and B. levis ; absence of gills on coxae of B. serratus separates
that species from both B. spinae and B. levis; abdominal spines of B.
serratus are altogether different from those of B. spinae; not erect,
but directed posteriorly and pointed; abdominal spines of B. levis are
similar to those of B. serratus, but more blunt ; median spine on
metanotum of B. serratus is larger in comparison with abdominal
spines than that of either B. spinae or B. levis; no spines on pro- or
mesonotum in B. serratus as in B. spinae; abdominal gills not as low
as those on B. spinae and B. levis; details of mouthparts differ (figs.
5, 6, 9, 17, 23) ; basal segments of labial palpi of B. serratus not as
long as those of B. spinae; apical segments of B. serratus with minute
hairs in contrast to the longer hairs on the corresponding segments of
B. spinae (figs. 15, 17) ; the glossae of labium of B. serratus with fewer
hairs than on glossae of B. spinae; on labrum row of hairs in back
of apical margin of B. serratus differs from that of B. spinae and B.
levis (figs. 9, 11, 12).
Baetodes sp. No. 1 Needham and Murphy (1924). Tijuca, Rio de
Janeiro, Brazil, 17 October 1919, J. C. Bradley: length: body 4.75 mm.
Two finger-like gills on each coxa ; no abdominal spines ; abdominal gills
arise close to low pleural fold; color dark brown; gills on coxae similar
to those of both B. spinae and B. levis. The complete absence of ab-
dominal spines separates this species from both B. spinae and B. levis;
details of mouthparts differ (figs. 7, 8, 10, 20, 24).
Baetodes sp. from Ariranha River, Nova Teutonia, Brazil, February
1962, F. Plaumann: from collection of University of Utah; length:
body about 4 mm, only one finger-like gill from each coxa; slight
elevation at midline along posterior border of pronotum; median
abdominal spines similar to those of B. spinae; spine on metascutum
larger with relation to abdominal spines than spine on metascutum of
B. spinae and B. levis ; pleuron similar to that of B. spinae and B. levis ;
4-6 reddish brown hairs on anterior border of femora as on femora
of B. spinae and B. levis; general coloring darker than B. spinae and
B. levis; resembles B. spinae but has only one finger-like gill from
each coxa; only a slight elevation at midline along posterior border of
pronotum; no spines in that position as in B. spinae.
Baetodes itatiayanus Demoulin (1955) : Demoulin states that there
are no ocelli on B. itatiayanus; these are present on B. spinae and B.
JULY 1968]
MAYO — MAYFLIES FROM ECUADOR
257
levis (fig. 16) as well as on other known species of the genus; there
is no mention of gills on the coxae of B. itatiayanus; these are present
on both B, spinae and B. levis; he also states that abdominal gills
arise ventrally; in B. spinae and B. levis the gills arise on the tergum
close to the low pleural fold; the basal segment of the labial palp of
B. itatiayanus is shorter than that of B. spinae and B. levis.
The writer wishes to acknowledge the help of Dr. Jay R. Traver who
has contributed much advice and has loaned the following specimens:
B. serratus and B. sp. No. 1 from the Cornell collection, and B. sp.
from Ariranha River, Nova Teutonia, Brazil from the collection of
the University of Utah.
Literature Cited
Demoulin, G. 1955. Une mission biologique Beige au Brazil. Ephemeropteres.
Inst. roy. d. sci. natur. Belg. Bull., XXXI, 20: 20-22, Bruxelles.
Edmunds, G. F. 1950. New records of the mayfly Baetodes, with notes on the
genus. Entomol. News, 61 (7) : 203-205.
Needham, J. G. and H. Murphy. 1924. Neotropical mayflies. Bull. Lloyd
Library, 24, Entomol. Ser., 4: 55-56.
Traver, J. R. 1943. New Venezuelan mayflies. Entomol. Venezolena, 2 (2) :
79-98. Baetodes 94-98.
1944. Notes on Brazilian mayflies Bol. Mus. Nac. ZooL, 22: 20.
COLLECTIONS DONATED
R. L. UsiNGER Hemiptera Collection
I wish to announce that my collection of Hemiptera numbering 62,000 specimens
has been given to the University of California at Berkeley. As in the past, type
specimens, unless otherwise committed, are deposited in the California Academy
of Sciences. Unique types that were deposited “on loan” are now deposited
permanently in the California Academy of Sciences. — R. L. Usinger, University
of California, Berkeley.
Stanley F. Bailey Thrips Collection
The cosmopolitan collection of thrips accumulated by Dr. S. F. Bailey was
donated to the Department of Entomology, University of California, Davis con-
current with his retirement this year.
This significant addition to the Department’s teaching and research facilities
consists of 15,000 slides of 1,271 identified species, and includes 375 paratypes
and 26 primary types.
Dr. Bailey’s extensive reprint library has been accessioned as an integral part
of the collection . — Robert 0. Schuster, University of California, Davis.
258
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 3
SCIENTIFIC NOTES
Cultivated Snapdragon a Host of Tobacco Budworm. — Heliothis virescens
(Fabr.), known as the Tobacco Budworm, has been reared locally a number of
times, feeding on Nicotiana Bigelovii (Torr.) S. Wats., a native plant that grows
as a weed in yards and vacant lots. Since this plant appears in midsummer, most
of the rearings emerged in late summer. At hand is a specimen bearing the date
“Emerged VIII.18.60.”
In the fall of 1962 larvae of this species were found in large numbers on
cultivated Snapdragon {Antirrhinum majus L.) in my own yard in San Jose,
Calif. A considerable amount of damage was done, approaching defoliation on
some plants. Both leaves and flower buds were eaten. Larvae were noted in early
October. One was retained alive, pupated in a cell in earth 12 Novmber 1962,
and emerged as an adult 19 March 1963. The wide difference in emergence dates
(March, August) suggests that there must be a spring brood as well, but this
brood has so far not been detected here. Adults of this moth appear at porch
lamps occasionally, even in the city. Heliothis virescens seems to he one of
the several species of moths able to survive in or adapt to suburban environment.
— J. W. Tilden, San Jose State College, San Jose, California.
Predation by Adelocera and Alaus (Coleoptera; Elateridae). — At Man-
zanita Lake, Lassen Volcanic National Park, on 13 June 1960, at dusk an individual
of Adelocera was seen climbing a seedling pine about six feet in height. The
beetle was first noticed when about one foot from the ground. It climbed with a
jerky mechanical movement and finally climbed out onto a side limb near the
top of the seedling. Here it began to feed on aphids that formed a colony at the
tip of the limb.
The beetle was preserved and proved to be Adelocera profusa Canad. [= Lacon
hrevicornis (Lee.)]. The aphids appear to be Dilachnus sp., possibly ponderosae
(Will.). The pine seedling was one of several among a group of mature cone-
bearing Pinus ponder osa Doug. var. Jeffreyi Vasey, and presumed to belong with
them.
On 10 July 1966, in a stump of Ponderosa Pine near Long Barn, Tuolumne Co.,
California, numerous larvae of Chalcophora angulicollis (Lee.) were found
together with several larvae of Alaus melanops Lee. Some of this wood was
brought to San Jose, and from it a number of specimens of Chalcophora eventually
emerged. Some of the buprestid larvae were placed in a large can with chips
of wood and a larva of Alaus was inadvertently included. When the can was
examined about a month later, only the elater larva remained, it having eaten
about a dozen larvae of Chalcophora in that time. The prey-predator relationship
between Chalcophora angulicollis and Alaus melanops was observed also by
Ronald Stecker of San Jose State College (personal communication) during field
work in Idaho. — J. W. Tilden and Bruce A. Tilden. — San Jose State College,
San Jose, California.
JULY 1968]
ZOOLOGICAL. NOMENCLATURE
259
ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE: Announcement A. (n. s.) 81
Required six-month’s notice is given on the possible use of plenary powers by
the International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature in connection with the
following names listed by case number (see, Bull. zool. Nomencl. 25, pt. 1, 24 May
1968) :
1819. Suppression of Brachyrhinus Latreille, 1802 (Insecta, Coleoptera).
1823. Suppression of Julus pallipes Oliver, 1792, type-species for Tropisoma C. L.
Koch, 1844 (Diplopoda).
Comments should be sent in duplicate, citing case number, to the Secretary,
International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature, c/o British Museum
(Natural History), Cromwell Road, London, S.W. 7, England. Those received
early enough will be published in the Bulletin of Zoological Nomenclature. — W. E.
China, Acting Secretary to the International Commission on Zoological Nomen-
clature.
CORRECTIONS
The following errors in issues of the journal over the past several years have
been reported. These are listed and corrected below. — Ed.
Buckett, J. S. 1966. The mantid Stagomantis limbata (Hahn) in California
(Orthoptera: Mantidae). Pan-Pac. EntomoL, 42 (1): 57-58.
The caption for the figures on page 57 erroneously states that the male is on the
left and the female on the right. The female is on the left, and the male is on
the right and the caption should read: “Fig. 1. Stagomantis limbata, female. . . .
Fig. 2. Stagomantis limbata male. . . .” — /. S. Buckett, University of California,
Davis.
Johnson, C. D. 1967. Notes on the systematics, host plants, and bionomics
of the bruchid genera Merobruchus and Stator (Coleoptera: Bruchidae).
Pan-Pac. EntomoL, 43 (4) : 264-271.
An error was made on page 264 in listing Merobruchus major (Fall) as a new
combination. J. C. Bradley (1947. Contributions to our knowledge of the
Mylabridae, seu Bruchidae (Coleoptera) with especial reference to the fauna of
Northeastern America. Psyche, (1946) 53: 41) was the first to use M. major
as a new combination. — Clarence D. Johnson, Northern Arizona University,
Flagstaff.
Parker, F. D., and R. M. Bohart. 1968. Host-parasite associations in some
twig-nesting Hymenoptera from western North America. Part H. Pan-Pac.
EntomoL, 44 (1) : 1-6.
The name ‘^‘‘Monodontomerus anthidii (Ashmead)” appearing five times on
pages 2 to 5 is in error and should read “Microdontomerus anthidii (Ashmead).”
— F. D. Parker, Entomology Research Division, A. R. S., U. S. D. A., Columbia,
Missouri.
260
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44 , NO. 3
©bttuarg Natir?
Dr. Robert L. Usinger, Honored Member of the Society, died of
cancer on Tuesday, 1 October 1968. Dr. Usinger, an internationally
known hemipterist and systematist was professor of Entomology and
past Chairman of the Division of Entomology at the University of
California, Berkeley.
A memorial fund has been established entitled “The Robert Leslie
Usinger Memorial Fund for Entomology.” Those who wish to con-
tribute, please make checks payable to the Regents of the University
of California and address all contributions c/o Dr. Ray F. Smith,
Department of Entomology and Parasitology, University of California,
Berkeley, California 94720.
PATRONIZE
OUR
ADVERTISERS
Advertisers Index
Name
Page
Colloidal Products Corporation
•
1
American Cyanamid Company
ii
Shell Chemical Company
• • •
111
Mountain Copper Company, Ltd.
______ iv
Trojan Laboratories
iv
Hercules Powder Company
V
Stauffer Chemical Company
vi
Insect Pins __ _ __ _____ _ _
.
• «
Vll
D-Vac Company
vii
Insect Museum Supply ___
viii
Combined Scientific Supplies
ix
Niagara Chemical
____ _ X
Chemagro Corporation
xi
Members’ Announcements
« •
Xll
Velsicol Chemical Corporation
xiii
1
What is a spray
adjuvant ?
A substance added to a spray
formula to improve the
performance of the active
ingredient.
Your Agricultural Chemical
Distributor will be happy
to supply literature and
recommendations as to
the proper Multi-Film
Spray Adjuvant for your
specific application, or write
direct to :
Colloidal Products Corporation
100 Gate 5 Road, Sausalito, California
11
We pledge ourselves
to your future
250 scientists are engaged in vital projects at this
vast agricultural research center. Their goal is to find
new chemicals and techniques that will help farmers
to produce more, higher quality crops and livestock
at lower cost. / New products, new ideas— re-
nowned names like Malathion insecticide...
Aureomycin® antibiotic. ..Cabvac® canine vaccine...
Aero® fertilizers. These, and many more developed
by our research workers have made Cyanamid what
it is today... one of the largest and most highly re-
spected agricultural chemical producers in the
world. / Our staff is proud to dedicate its future en-
deavors to you, the men and women who are con-
stantly looking for new “tools” to use in increasing
and improving our farm productivity. For, truly,
Cyanamid serves those who make a business of
agriculture.
AMERICAN CYANAMID COMPANY
PRINCETON NEW JERSEY
a
Ill
Don’t be surprised to
see the Shell brand
on everything...
from swine wormers
Atgard® (dichlorvos) Swine Wormer
is the most advanced pig wormer
available. Its unique effectiveness
stems from slow, steady release of di-
chlorvos as ATGARD pellets pass
through a pig. Easy to use. Easy on
pigs. Controls all three major gastro-
intestinal worm problems — not just 1
or 2. Also gets the fourth-stage larvae.
to weed killers
Planavin® Herbicide for cotton and
soybeans proved an immediate success
its first year on the market. Control of
most annual grasses and many broad-
leaf weeds was outstanding, in spite
of weather. No other preemergence
herbicide adapts to so many different
application methods and management
practices. Another plus: no need for
immediate incorporation.
S hell scientists are probing every
area where pests threaten agricul-
ture. Internal and external pests of
animals. Pests that strangle and com-
pete with crops. Pests that work below
the soil surface, as well as those above.
As a result, the list of Shell branded
products grows each year. Promising
experiments turn into new and better
farm chemicals— products researched
to overcome problems, to work with
the environment, and to widen the
profit margin for farmers,
Azodrin® Insecticide • Bidrin® In-
secticide • D-D® Fumigant • Nema-
gon® Soil Fumigant • Vapona® Insecti-
cide • Ciodrin® Insecticide • Gardona®
Insecticide • Cio-Vap® Insecticide •
Planavin® Herbicide • ATGARD® Swine
Wormer • Phosdrin® Insecticide •
Task® dichlorvos dog anthelmintic •
No-Pest® Insecticide Strip,
For complete information on any of
the Shell products for agriculture
write Shell Chemical Com-
pany, Agricultural Chemi-
cals Division, 110 West 51st
St., New York, N. Y, 10020.
Mountain Products
BLUESTONE (Copper Sulphate)
Briks * Granular Crystal
Large Crystal • Hi-Sol Crystal
Small Crystal • Snow Crystal
• Powdered
Monohydrated Copper Sulphate
Basic Copper Sulphate
Copper Hydroxide
Copper Carbonate
Cuprous Oxide
Copper Pigment
Zinc Sulphate 36%-Mono
Zinc Sulphate 27%-Cubes
Zinc Oxide (Ag. Grade)
Basic Zinc Sulphate
Ferric 27 (Ferric Sulphate)
Industrial Iron Oxide
THE MOUNTAIN COPPER CO., LTD.
1 00 Mococo Road, Martinez, California 94553
A Service for the Field
Testing & Evaluation
of
Agricultural Chemicals
Under Western Conditions
Entomology
Chemistry
Floriculture
Engineering
Plant Pathology
Trojan Laboratories
Box 518
Montebello, California 90640
(213) 721-9574
imtCULES
PESTICIDES
PROTECT
HIGH YIELDS
wik i
L'^
HERCULES TOXAPHENE
(insecticide-toxicant)
Controls more than 200 harmful
insects . . . Protects cotton, lettuce,
seed alfalfa, tomatoes, lima beans
and many other western crops.
HERCULES DELNAV®
(insecticide-miticide)
Controls citrus red mites and thrips
. . . Kills grape leafhoppers.
FAST ■ EFFICIENT ■ ECONOMICAL
Write for technical information and recommendations.
HERCULES INCORPORATED
THE ALCOA BUILDING • ONE MARITIME PLAZA • GOLDEN
GATEWAY CENTER • SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94111
Worms? Not a one!
Don’t worry about them
even up to harvest...
just use THURICIDE®90TS"!
Not a chemical, Thuri-
CIDE 90TS is a microbial
insecticide which singles
out and destroys only the
leaf-chewing larvae of
certain lepidopterous in-
sects (caterpillars, loop-
ers and hornworms, in-
cluding imported cabbage
worm and cabbage loop-
ers). Thuricide 90TS is
harmless to just about
everything else, including
man!
Use Thuricide 90TS right up to harvest to control
worms on lettuce and many cole crops such as cabbage,
cauliflower and broccoli. It is also used on tomatoes,
potatoes and melons. It is used extensively on forest
trees and ornamentals for the control of gypsy moth,
cankerworm and linden looper.
Stop imported cabbage worms and loopers in your
cole crops the safe way— use Thuricide 90TS ! If your
dealer doesn't stock Thuricide 90TS, he will get it for
you. Write for literature.
Stauffer Chemical Company, Agricultural Chemical
Division, San Francisco, Los Angeles, Fresno, Bakers-
field, California; North Portland, Oregon.
♦THURICIDE is a trademark of Bioferm Division,
International Minerals & Chemical Corp.
READTHE LABEL. HEED THE LABEL AND
GROW WITH STAUFFER CHEMICALS
Stauffer
^CHEMICALS^,
Vll
INSECT PINS
$4. / 1000 (10 Pkgs.)
(Plus Postage)
PROMPT DELIVERY
CLAIR ARMIN
191 W PALM AVE.
LOWEST PRICES IN U.S. REEDLEY, CALIF. 93654
COMMERCIAL AND RESEARCH
ENTOMOLOGISTS
Obtain more accurate population counts
with a light-weight motor-fan unit
which sucks insects into nets
D-VAC
MOTOR-FAN VACUUM INSECT NETS
BACK-PACKS AND HAND MODELS
-also-
BENEFICIAL INSECTS
INSECTARY GROWN AND FIELD COLLECTED
T richogramma sp. and Green Lacewings
Write for Brochures
D-VAC CO.
P. O. Box 2095
RIVERSIDE, CALIFORNIA
Vlll
INSECT MUSEUM SUPPLY
Jewell Ave., Lake City, Minnesota— Wm. 0. Powers and
Lawrence Hoffman
LOCATION FOR:
Insect Museum Supply Schmitt-type Field Box $4.25
Insect Museum Supply Schmitt-type Field Box WITH WHITE POLY-
ETHYLENE FOAM PINNING BOTTOM $5.00
Insect Museum Supply Spreading Board j. $1.50
Insect Museum Supply Cornell-type glass-topped drawer $7.50
Insect Museum Supply Cornell-type glass-topped drawer WITH WHITE
POLYETHYLENE FOAM PINNING BOTTOM $8.75
Insect Museum Supply California Academy-type glass-topped drawer $7.50
Insect Museum Supply U.S.N.M.-type glass-topped drawer $8.00
Insect Museum Supply Philadelphia Academy-type glass-topped drawer $7.50
Insect Museum Supply Cabinet to hold 12 of above types of drawers $85.00
SPECIAL SIZED DRAWERS, BOXES, CABINETS CUSTOM MADE
TO YOUR LIKING. Write for information and prices.
1021 8th Ave. So., Moorhead, Minnesota— Jack R. Powers
LOCATION FOR:
CUSTOM PRINTED PIN LABELS — printed with 4 pt. type on 100% cotton fiber
ledger paper (colored papers and PRICE CARD on request)
Elephant brand INSECT PINS — Excellent quality — Sizes 00, 0, 1,2, 3, 5 —
$3.95 per 1000
Minutien nadeln — $1.00 per 500 pkg.
Custom Printed GUMMED MICROSCOPE SLIDE LABELS— $3.85 per 1000
GLASS TOPPED INSECT DISPLAYS FOR TEACHING
DRAWER LABELS, MAMMAL TAGS, ALCOHOL LABELS, Printed to your
specifications
IX
INSECTS
Economic and Non-Economic Foreign and Domestic
Collecting Data and Scientific Names
Write for catalogue listing — 25 orders, over 7600 items — Special Collections
Combined
Scientific
Supplies
Rosemead, California
91770
Tel. (213) 573-1680
PUBLICATIONS
OF THE
PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
PROCEEDINGS OF THE PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL
SOCIETY.
Vol. 1 (16 numbers, 179 pages) and Vol. 2 (numbers 1-9, 131
pages) . 1921-1930. Price $2.50 per volume.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST.
Vol. 1 (1924) to present. Price $6.00 per volume of 4 numbers, or
$1.50 per single issue.
MEMOIR SERIES.
Volume 1. The Sucking Lice by G. F. Ferris. A 320-page book which
summarizes the knowledge of the Anoplura of the world. Published
October 1951. Price $6.00.
Volume 2. The Spider Mite Family T etranychidae by A. Earl
Pritchard and Edward W. Baker. This worldwide treatment deals
with the systematics, identification, and economics of the “Red
Spiders” and includes descriptions of 33 new species. 472 pages.
Published July 1955. Price $10.00.
Send orders to:
Pacific Coast Entomological Society
c/o California Academy of Sciences
Golden Gate Park
San Francisco, California 94118
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Information for Contributors
Papers on the systematic and biological phases of entomology are favored, including
articles up to ten printed pages on insect taxonomy, morphology, behavior, life history,
and distribution. Excess pagination must be approved and may be charged to the author.
Papers are published in approximately the order that they are received. Immediate publi-
cation may be arranged after acceptance by paying publication costs. Papers of less than
a printed page may be published as space is available, in Scientific Notes,
Manuscripts for publication, proof, and all editorial matters should be addressed to the
Editor, Robbin W. Thorp, Department of Entomology, University of California, Davis,
California 95616.
Typing. — All parts of manuscripts must be typed on bond paper with double-spacing and
ample margins. Carbon copies or copies on paper larger than 8% X H inches are not
accepted. Do not use all capitals for any purpose. Underscore only where italics are
intended in the body of the text, not in headings. Number all pages consecutively and
put author’s name at the top right-hand corner of each sheet. References to footnotes
in text should be numbered consecutively. Footnotes should be typed on a separate
sheet.
First page. — The page preceding the text of the manuscript should include (1) the
complete title, (2) the order and family in parentheses, (3) the author’s name or
names, (4) the institution with city and state or the author’s home city and state if
not affiliated, (5) the shortened title (running headline) not to exceed 38 letters and
spaces when combined with the author’s last name or names, (6) the complete name
and address to which proof is to be sent.
Names and descriptions of organisms. — The first mention of a plant or animal should
include the full scientific name with the author of a zoological name not abbreviated.
Do not abbreviate generic names. Descriptions of taxa should be in telegraphic style.
References. — All citations in text, e.g., Essig (1926) or (Essig, 1958), should be listed
alphabetically under Literature Cited in the following format:
Essig, E. 0. 1926. A butterfly migration, Pan-Pac. Entomol.,
2: 211-212.
1958. Insects and mites of western North America. Rev,
ed. The Macmillan Co., New York. 1050 pp.
Abbreviations for titles of journals should follow the list of Biological Abstracts, 1966,
47(21) : 8585-8601.
Tables. — Tables are expensive and should be kept to a minimum. Each table should be
prepared as a line drawing or typed on a separate page with heading at top and foot-
notes below. Number tables with Arabic numerals. Number footnotes consecutively
for each table. Use only horizontal rules.
Illustrations. — No extra charge is made for the line drawings or halftones. Submit only
photographs on glossy paper and original drawings (no photographs of drawings).
Authors must plan their illustrations for reduction to the dimensions of the printed
page (4% X 6% inches). If possible, allowance should be made for the legend to be
placed beneath the illustration. Photographs should not be less than the width of the
printed page. Drawings should be in India Ink and at least twice as large as the
printed illustration. Excessively large illustrations are awkward to handle and may
be damaged in transit. Include a metric scale on the drawing or state magnification
of the printed illustration in the legend. Arrange figures to use space efficiently.
Lettering should reduce to no less than 1 mm. On the hack of each illustration should
be stated (1) the title of the paper, (2) the author’s complete name and address, and
(3) whether he wishes the illustration and/or cut returned to him at his expense.
Cuts and illustrations not specifically requested will be destroyed.
Figure legends. — Legends should be typewritten double-spaced on separate pages headed
Explanation of Figures and placed following Literature Cited. Do not attach
legends to illustrations.
Proofs, reprints, and abstract. — Proofs and forms for the abstract and reprint order
will be sent to authors. Major changes in proof will be charged to the author. Proof
returned to the editor without the abstract will not be published.
Page charges. — All regular papers of one to ten printed pages are charged at the rate of
$13.00 per page. This is in addition to the charge for reprints and does not include the
possible charges for extra pagination or the costs for immediate publication. Private
investigators or authors without institutional or grant funds to cover this charge may
apply to the Society for a grant to cover the page charges. A mark in the appropriate
box (society grant desired) on the reprint order form will suffice as an application.
All articles are accepted for publication only on the basis of scientific merit
and without regard to the financial support of the author.
for low cost residual
larvae control
If you are interested in residual mosquito larvae con-
trol at low cost, we would like to send you information
about Heptachlor. Heptachlor granules have proved
effective and low in cost for residual control in irriga-
tion ditches, log ponds, fields that required flooding,
and other problem areas. Heptachlor has remained
effective for as long as 13 weeks, in tests. Best results
are obtained if Heptachlor is applied before flooding
occurs. For technical literature, we invite you to mail
the coupon.
FOR MOSQUITO ABATEMENT USE
CHLORDANE— Chlordane is highly effective for
control of mosquito larvae and adults in residential
areas and parks. For complete information, please fill
out and mail the coupon.
© COPVRIGNT VtLSICOL CHEMICAL CORP., 1967
Another product from
THE GROWING WORLD OF
OlVELBICOL
p
I Velsicol Chemical Corporation I
I 341 E. Ohio Street, Chicago, Illinois 60611 |
t Gentlemen; Please send me literature and j
I technical information on: I
{ □ Heptachlor lor low cost residual mos- ■
I Quilo larvae control. J
I □ Chlordane lor mosquito abatement. |
I NAME [
j AFFILIATION |
I ADDRESS I
I CITY STATE 71 P I
Vol. 44 OCTOBER 1968 No. 4
THE
Pan-Pacdfic Entomologist
EIGHME — A new species of Pulverro from California 261
UESHIMA — New species and records of Cimicidae with keys 264
JOHNSON — The status of Bruchus distinguendus Horn 279
NAYAR AND COLE — A new species of Criorhina Meigen from California 285
NAYAR AND COLE — A new species of Mallota from North America 287
DOUTT— The genus Brachygrammatella Girault 289
NAYAR AND COLE — Two new species of Eristalis Latreille from western
North America 294
WASBAUER — Some sex associations in the Brachycistidinae 297
FENDER — A new subspecies of Cantharis hatchi McKey-Fender 300
MAYO — Some new mayflies of the subfamily Leptohyphinae 301
COPE — Notes on larval and adult habits of Vandykea tuber culata Linsley 308
WILLIAMS — Two new scorpions from western North America 313
WICKMAN AND SEMINOFF — Notes on the biology of Eucrossus villicornis
LeConte 321
HYNES — The immature stages of Hesperoconopa dolichophallus (Alex.) 324
GUSTAFSON AND LANE — An annotated bibliography of literature on salt
marsh insects and related arthropods in California 327
PHILIP — Overlap between Nearctic and Neotropical faunae of Tabanidae
in western North America 332
JOHNSON- — A redescription of Acanthoscelides aequalis (Sharp) 336
OBITUARY 335
SCIENTIFIC NOTES 339
INDEX TO VOLUME 44 341
SOCIETY NOTICES
SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA • 1968
Published by the PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
in cooperation with THE CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
EDITORIAL BOARD
R. W. Thorp, Editor
E. G. Linsley R. 0. Schuster, Asst. Editor E. S. Ross
P. D. Hurd, Jr. D. L. Briggs, Editorial Assistant H. B. Leech
P. H. Arnaud, Jr., Treasurer W. H. Lange, Jr., Advertising
Published quarterly in January, April, July, and October with Society Proceed-
ings appearing in the January number. All communications regarding nonreceipt
of numbers, requests for sample copies, and financial communications should be
addressed to the Treasurer, Dr. Paul H. Arnaud, Jr., California Academy of
Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, California 94118.
Application for membership in the Society and changes of address should be
addressed to the Secretary, Dr. Marius S. Wasbauer, Bureau of Entomology, Cali-
fornia Department of Agriculture, 1220 N St., Sacramento, California 95814.
The annual dues, paid in advance, are $5.00 for regular members of the Society
or $6.00 for subscriptions only. Single copies are $1.50 each or $6.00 a volume.
Make checks payable to Pan-Pacific Entomologist.
The Pacific Coast Entomological Society
Officers for 1968
K. S. Hagen, Jr., President Paul H. Arnaud, Jr., Treasurer
H. L. McKenzie, President-elect Marius S. Wasbauer, Secretary
Statement of Ownership
Title of Publication : The Pan-Pacific Entomologist.
Frequency of Issue: Quarterly (January, April, July, October).
Location of Office of Publication, Business Office of Publisher, Publisher and Owner; Pacific Coast
Entomological Society, California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, California
94.118.
Editor: Dr. Bobbin W. Thorp, Department of Entomology, University of California, Davis, California
95616.
Managing Editor and Known Bondholders or other Security Holders: None.
This issue mailed 11 January 1969.
Second Class Postage Paid at Lawrence, Kansas, U. S. A. 66044.
ALLEN PRESS, INC. LAWRENCE, KANSAS
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist
Vol. 44 October 1968 No. 4
A New Species of Pulverro from California
(Hymenoptera : Sphecidae)
Lloyd E. Eighme
Pacific Union College, Angiuin, California
The genus Pulverro was proposed by V. S. L. Pate in 1937 to
include a discrete group of Pemphredonine wasps that are restricted
in their distribution to western North America. The genus is char-
acterized by the mesonotum which extends forward to overhang the
pronotum, and the venation of the forewing which shows a stump
or spur on the transverse cubital vein. These two characteristics serve
particularly to separate the genus Pulverro from its two most closely
related genera, Ammoplanus Giraud and Ammoplanops Gussakovskij .
Pate described the genus on the basis of a new species, P. mescalero
from the southwestern United States and the species P. columbianus
from British Columbia, which had been described by Kohl and placed
by him in the genus Ammoplanus. Pate described four other species
for the genus from a very few specimens of only one sex in each case.
Specimens of the species presently being described were first col-
lected by the author in the late summer of 1965 in the Marble Mountains
Wilderness Area in Siskiyou County, California. Seven specimens
were taken, six females and one male. The following summer four speci-
mens were taken, two females and two males in an adjacent area of
the Marble Mountains. In 1967 in the Salmon-Trinity Alps area just
south of the Marble Mountains 95 specimens were taken, 70 females
and 25 males. Most of these were taken at one restricted locality near
the edge of an open meadow at 7000^^ elevation. Males and females
were taken with the same sweep of the net from the blossoms of
Heracleum in full sunlight during the late afternoon. No evidence of
nesting was found. Only a few scattered specimens were taken in
adjacent areas within ten miles of the major collecting site.
This new species appears to be closely related to P. columbianus,
but differs from it in the male in the size and shape of the clypeal
spine which is greatly abbreviated, more texturing on the clypeal disk.
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 44 : 261 - 264 . October 1968
262
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 4
6
5
7
Fig. 1. Front view of head of male holotype. Fig. 2. Front view of head of
female. Fig. 3. Lateral view of male holotype. Fig. 4. Ventral view of mandible
of male holotype. Fig. 5. Forewing of male holotype. Fig. 6. Ventral view of
genitalia of male paratype. Fig. 7. Ventral view of abdomen of male holotype.
OCTOBER 1968]
EIGHME — NEW PULVERRO
263
larger supraorbital foveae, darker antennae and a larger ventral tooth
on the mandibles. Both Kohl and Pate refer to the female of P.
columhianus as having a clypeal spine but the female of the new species
has no evidence of a clypeal spine.
Holotype of the new species deposited in the California Academy of
Sciences. Paratypes will be distributed to the University of California
at Davis, the U. S. National Museum and the Academy of Natural
Sciences at Philadelphia.
Pulverro monticola Eighme, new species
Male holotype. — Length 3.5 mm. Color, black with golden brown front
tibia and tarsi, apex of front and middle femora, base of middle and hind tibia,
apex of middle tibia; midtarsi and hind tarsi reddish brown except mid basitarsus
golden brown; mandible ivory with reddish tip; terminal segments of palp ivory,
basal segments reddish brown. Mandible bidentate, bearing small translucent
tooth on ventral margin. Clypeus with dorsal margin not sinuate, narrowed to a
point laterally, with raised triangular medial portion less densely clothed with
pubescence, tessellate in texture, with ventral border depressed, dorsal apex
bearing low rounded prominence with sharp declivity from apex of triangular
area to frontoclypeal suture. Tentorial fovea prominent. Face above frontoclypeal
suture clothed with silver flattened pubescence that becomes narrower and sparser
toward vertex. Texture of head granular to minutely rugulose. Antenna black,
with reddish brown on apical margin of scape and apical points of segments
3-5. Second segment of antenna triangular, last four segments somewhat flattened,
terminal segment spatulate. Supraorbital fovea minute, oblong, near apex of eye,
distance from eye margin about equal to length of fovea.
Thorax shining, finely punctate. Mesonotum thrust forward over pronotum
with anterolateral angles produced to form squarish appearance from above.
Suture between mesonotum and metanotum depressed and foveolate. Propodeum
strongly rugose, posterior face flattened and vertical with prominent central fovea.
Abdomen shining, minutely rugulose with posterior portions of each tergite
granulate and bearing a fringe of fine pubescence. Seventh tergite spiny at
apex. Second sternite with transverse arcuate groove anteriorly. Third sternite
with indistinct straight transverse groove. Sixth sternite with sharp fold laterally
forming an angle bearing small carina in mid-lateral area, trimcate posteriorly
with shiny, slightly arcuate margin. Last sternite spatulate with long fine
pubescence and margined posteriorly with eleven pointed teeth.
Female. — Similar to male except as follows: clypeus with dorsal margin
sinuate, bordering antennal socket for one-half its circumference. Central area
of clypeus smooth and shining, roundly tumid with no abrupt declivity on dorsal
margin. Ventral border slightly arcuate in medial portion, bearing long, slender
setae. Tumid ridge extending dorsally from antennal socket forming medial
depression. Tentorial fovea obscure. Texture of head finely impunctate. Antenna
golden brown beneath, black above, terete. Mandible without ventral tooth.
Supraorbital fovea linear, as long as diameter of lateral ocellus and extending
to margin of eye. Pygidium elongate trigonal, straight, strongly margined laterally,
apex narrowly rounded, shining surface with few scattered punctures and some
granulation in apical area. Last abdominal sternite plain, with no lateral carinae.
264
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 4
Holotype male, Bear Basin 7000 feet, Siskiyou County, Cali-
fornia, 9 August 1967 (L. Eighme) (CAS). Paratypes, 24 males,
70 females, same data as holotype; 6 females, 1 male, Ukonom Lake
6200 feet, Siskiyou County, California, 10 August 1965 (L. Eighme) ;
2 males, 2 females. Marble Valley 6000 feet, Siskiyou County, California,
10 August 1966 (L. Eighme) .
Literature Cited
Pate, V. S. L. 1937. Studies in the Pemphredonine Wasps I. Trans. Amer.
Ent. Soc., 63: 89-125.
1939. Studies in the Pemphredonine Wasps II. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc.,
64: 373-419.
New Species and Records of Cimicidae with Keys
(Hemiptera)
Norihiro Ueshima
University of California, Berkeley
Since the monograph of Cimicidae (Usinger, 1966) was published,
the following species have been discovered, mainly in Southeast Asia.
Also new records are at hand for several species, a new genus has been
discovered from Africa (Usinger and Carayon, 1967) and 2 new
species have been added to the genus Paracimex (Ueshima, 1968) .
The new totals for the Cimicidae are 23 genera and 83 species. Details
as to biology, cytology and experimental hybridizations of these new
species will be published later.
The types, unless otherwise stated in the description, will be deposited
in the U. S. National Museum.
I wish to express my sincere thanks to Dr. R. L. Usinger (Division
of Entomology, University of Calif., Berkeley) for his help in many
ways. Also, I am indebted to the following persons: T. C. Maa (Bishop
Museum, Honolulu, Hawaii), Dr. J. T. Marshall (SEATO Medical
Research, Bangkok, Thailand), Dr. T. Wongsiri (Rice Protection Re-
search Center, Bangkok, Thailand), Dr. A. J. Beck and Mr. Boo-Liat
Lim (Institute for Medical Research, Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia) and
Dr. H. E. Fernando (Department of Agriculture, Peradeniya, Ceylon).
This study was supported by the U. S, Public Health Service Grant
GM-13197.
Cimex insuetus Ueshima, new species
(Fig. 1)
Female.- — Head 0.7 mm wide; slightly longer than wide, 30:28; interocular
space 5 times as wide as eye, 20 : 4. Antennae 1.9 mm long; proportion of
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 44: 264-279. October 1968
OCTOBER 1968]
UESHIMA NEW CIMICIDAE
265
Fig. 1. Cimex insuetus Ueshima, female (Celeste Green, original).
266
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
[vOL. 44 , NO. 4
segments 6 : 24 ; 24 : 17. Rostrum 0.75 mm long; proportion of segments 14 : 9 : 8.
Pronotum 0.95 mm wide ; slightly less than twice as wide as long, 38 : 21 ;
produced forward antero -laterally ; sides rounded and narrowed posteriorly;
lateral margins with about 15 serrate long bristles, longer than width of first
antennal segment; discal bristles slightly longer than distance between bristles.
Mesonotum-scutellum with ill-defined row of 10-14 fine bristles posteriorly
and two longitudinal rows of 4 finer bristles.
Hemelytral pads less than twice as wide as long, 24 ; 13; discal bristles rather
scattered, longest ones as long as on pronotum.
Abdominal tergites clothed with rather long bristles, longer than distance
between bristles; bristles on lateral margins strongly serrate. Paragenital sinus
OCTOBER 1968]
UESHIMA NEW CIMICIDAE
267
deeply and narrowly cleft on fifth ventral segment, the surrounding area heset
with bristles. Ectospermalege in cleared specimens appearing as transverse
dark area enclosed in a membrane.
Legs relatively slender; fore femora less than 4 times as long as greatest
width, 38 : 10, slightly shorter than fore tibiae. Hind femora a little less than
4 times as long as greatest width, 42 : 12.
Male. — Like female. Paramere about % as long as width of genital segment
at base.
Size. — Male (slide mounted), length 4.7 mm, width (pronotum) 0.9 mm,
(abdomen) 1.85 mm; female (slide mounted), length 5.1 mm, width (pronotum)
0.95 mm, (abdomen) 2.1 mm.
Holotype female, allotype male, and a series of paratypes, in bat
cave (on guano), Saraburi, Thailand, 25 September 1966 (N.
Ueshima). The host species of bats is not clear, since 5-6 species
of bats were inhabiting the cave. The collector could not reach to
the roosting sites of the bats. In addition to this species, there was
another species of cimicid, Stricticirnex parvus, in the cave.
The external morphology of this species is unique in the genus
Cimex. Superficially C. insuetus looks like Stricticirnex, particularly
in the development of the pronotum, rather scattered long bristles and
paler color. However, it clearly belongs to Cimex. From experimental
hybridization studies, this species is closely related to C. hemipterus
(unpublished) .
Cimex serratus Ueshima, new species
(Fig. 2)
Female. — Head 0.85 mm wide; nearly 14 wider than long, 34 : 28; interocular
space 5 times as wide as eye. Antennae 1.65 mm long; proportion of segments
7 : 21 : 20 ; 17. Rostrum 0.7 mm long; proportion of segments 8:9:9.
Pronotum 1.2 mm wide; slightly more than twice as wide as long, 49 : 23;
about 1.45 times as wide as head, 49 : 34; longest bristles at sides about 0.12 mm
long, equal to width of first antennal segment; bristles at sides bent and thickened
apically and serrate at tips and on outer sides; discal bristles longer than
distance between bristles, serrate at tips and on outer sides.
Scutellum with bristles posteriorly, about 20 on each side.
Hemelytral pads nearly % again as wide as long, 33 : 21 ; lateral bristles
bent and thickened apically and serrate at tips and on outer sides; discal bristles
longer than distance between bristles, serrate at tips and on outer sides.
Abdominal bristles longer than distance between bristles and serrate at tips.
Paragenital sinus deeply and narrowly cleft, surrounding area naked.
Legs with hind femora about 3 times as long as wide, 44 : 15; hind tibiae
14 longer than femora and longer than width of pronotum, 55 : 49.
Male. — Like female. Paramere slightly more than % as long as width of
genital segment at base, 37 : 27.
Size. — Male (slide mounted), length 5.6 mm, width (pronotum) 1.25 mm,
(abdomen) 2.5 mm; female (slide mounted), length 5.3 mm, width (pronotum)
1.2 mm, (abdomen) 2.6 mm.
268
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 4
Holotype female, allotype male, and a series of paratypes, Seoul,
Korea, 17 August 1963 (Chang-Eon Lee), ex Pipistrellus abramus.
This species is close to C. flavifusca but differs by the long and serrate
bristles on the pronotum, hemelytral pads and abdominal tergites,
and by the long hind tibiae and small pronotum.
Key to the Species of Cimex
(A revision of Usinger’s 1966 key)
1. Hind margin of fifth (fourth visible) ventral abdominal segment in
female narrowly cleft (paragenital sinus) on right side at spermalege.
Hind femora usually more than 2.6 times as long as wide. 2
Paragenital sinus roundly emarginate on right side. Hind femora
usually less than 2.6 times as long as greatest width. Nearctic region.
Bats. Pilosellus Group. 13
2. Area around paragenital sinus with bristles like those on other of
abdominal venter. Hind margins of hemelytral pads broadly rounded
on inner halves. Hemipterus and Lectularius groups. 3
Area around paragenital sinus naked. Hind margins of hemelytral
pads usually only feebly rounded, their inner margins broadly con-
tiguous. Palearctic region. Bats. Pipistrelli Group. 6
3. Pronotum less than 2.5 times as wide as long at middle. Hemipterus
Group. 4
Pronotum more than 2.5 times as wide as long at middle. Lectularius
Group. 5
4. Pronotum distinctly less than twice as wide as long at middle. Head
longer than wide. Second antennal segment longer than interocular
space. Bats. Thailand. insuetus Ueshima, n. sp.
Pronotum distinctly more than twice as wide as long at middle. Head
wider than long. Second antennal segment shorter than interocular
space. Man, bats, chickens. Tropics. hemipterus (Fabr.)
5. Ratio of head width to third antennal segment 1.45 (SD 0.079). Man,
bats, chickens. Cosmopolitan. lectularius (Linn.)
Ratio of head width to third antennal segment 1.78 (SD 0.096).
Pigeons, pied flycatcher. Western Europe. columbarius Jenyns
6. Hind femora slender, 3.4 or more times as long as wide. Antennae
relatively long, ratio of head width to third antennal segment less than
1.4. Bakharden Cave, Russia. cavernicola Usinger
Hind femora 3.4 times or less as long as wide. HW/3rd antennal seg-
ment more than 1.4. 7
7. Hind femora stout, 2.36 times as long as wide. Antennae relatively
short, HW/3rd ant. ratio 1.84. Burma. burmanus Usinger
Hind femora 2.54-3.37 times as long as wide. HW/3rd ant. ratio
1.75 or less. 8
8. Longest bristles at sides of pronotum longer than width of first antennal
segment, more than 0.13 mm. Bristles of abdominal tergites mostly
longer than distance between bristles. British Isles. pipistrelli Jenyns
Longest bristles at sides of pronotum usually shorter than or subequal
to width of first antennal segment, 0.13 mm or less. Bristles of ab-
dominal tergites usually shorter than distance between bristles, es-
OCTOBER 1968]
UESHIMA — NEW CIMICIDAE
269
pecially at middle. - 9
9. Size small; pronotum less than 1.4 mm wide. Oriental. 10
Size larger; pronotum more than 1.42 mm wide. European. 12
10. Bristles at sides of pronotum mostly serrate on outer sides apically.
Scutellum with more than 20 bristles on either side posteriorly. 11
Bristles at sides of pronotum scarcely serrate on outer sides. Scutellum
with less than 15 bristles on either side posteriorly. Bats. Japan.
japonicus Usinger
11. Hind tibiae shorter than width of pronotum. Third antennal segment
longer than pronotal length. Bristles of abdominal tergites shorter
than distance between bristles. Bats. China. flavifusca Wendt
Hind tibiae longer than width of pronotum. Third antennal segment
shorter than pronotal length. Bristles of abdominal tergites longer
than distance between bristles. Discal bristles of abdomen serrate at
tips. Bats. Korea. serratus Ueshima, n. sp.
12. Bristles at middle of hemelytral pads 0.1 mm or more, mostly longer
than distance between bristles. Germany, Hungary. dissimilis (Horvath)
Bristles at middle of hemelytral pads less than 0.1 mm, shorter than
distance between bristles. Germany, France, Czechoslovakia.
stadleri Horvath
13. Head relatively broad; pronotum less than 1.6 times as wide as head. 14
Head relatively narrow; pronotum more than 1.6 times as wide as head. — _ 15
14. Bristles at sides of pronotum subequal to width of first antennal seg-
ment. Northern California and Nevada. antennatus Usinger & Ueshima
Bristles at sides of pronotum longer than width of first antennal seg-
ment. S.W. United States and Mexico. incrassatus Usinger & Ueshima
15. Longest bristles of hind tibiae longer than width of tibia (1.25). Size
small; pronotum 1.1 mm wide. Minnesota, Illinois, Michigan, Quebec.
brevis Usinger & Ueshima
Longest bristles of hind tibiae shorter than or subequal to width of
tibia. Pronotal width usually 1.2 mm or more. 16
16. Longest bristles at sides of pronotum long and thin, over 0.2 mm and
not or only feebly serrate. Longest bristles of hind tibiae almost as
long as width of tibia (0.90 mm). Eastern United States to Colorado.
adjunctus Barber
Longest bristles at sides of pronotum usually less than 0.2 mm, thicker
and distinctly serrate. Longest bristles of hind tibiae shorter, 0.8 or
less times as long as width of tibia. 17
17. Hemelytral pads relatively short and broad, nearly twice as wide as
long, ratio of width to length 1.8-1.9. Calif., Ore., Idaho, Montana,
B. C. latipennis Usinger & Ueshima
Hemelytral pads longer and narrower, ratio of width to length 1.6 or
1.7. Western U. S. pilosellus (Horvath)
Cacodmus bambusicola Ueshima, new speeies
(Fig. 3)
Female. — Head 0.8 mm wide; half again as wide as long, 31 : 20; interocular
space 6 times as wide as eye. Antennae 2.1 mm long; proportion of segments
10 : 23 : 20 : 22. Rostrum 0.65 mm long; proportion of segments about 9:7 : 9.
270
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 4
Fig. 3. Cacodmus bambusicola Ueshima, female (Celeste Green, original).
Pronotura 1.3 mm wide; slightly less than twice as wide as long on median
line, 52 : 28 ; sides slightly more rounded anteriorly than posteriorly ; anterior
margin evenly shallowly concave, scarcely sinuate behind eyes; hind margin
OCTOBER 1968]
UESHIMA NEW CIMICIDAE
271
relatively shallowly concave; longest hairs of lateral margins longer than first
antennal segment.
Mesonotum-scutellum completely devoid of bristles.
Hemelytral pads approximately % again as wide as long, 36 : 23 ; inner margins
straight.
Abdomen densely bristled, bristles longest laterally and posteriorly. Para-
genital sinus shallowly emarginate on sixth segment. Ectospermalege tubular,
as long as sixth segment, and tapering.
Hind femora about 3 times as long as greatest width, 51 : 18, slightly shorter
than hind tibiae, 51 : 55. Tibiae nearly straight but inwardly slightly inclined
apically. Middle femora as long as middle tibiae, 45 : 45.
Male. — Paramere more than % as long as terminal abdominal segment at
base, 21 : 37, extending across preapical segment; tapering but not sinuate.
Size. — Male (slide mounted), length 5.0 mm, width (pronotum) 1.25 mm,
(abdomen) 2.25 mm; female (slide mounted), length 5.6 mm, width (pronotum)
1.3 mm, (abdomen) 2.4 mm.
Holotype female and allotype male, Bukit Lagond, Selangor,
Malaysia, on T ylonycteris pachypus (Boo-Liat Lim #2248). Addi-
tional specimens include 2 females and 2 males from the type locality,
11 April 1953 and a series of an additional collection from Buitenzorg,
Java, 18 February 1910 (Bryant and Palmer Coll.) listed under C.
sumatrensis by Usinger (1966).
This species is close to C. sumatrensis but differs by the shape of
ectospermalege and shorter middle tibiae.
Cacodmus burmanus Ueshima, new species
(Fig. 4)
Female. — Head 0.85 mm wide; less than % again as wide as long, 34 : 25;
interocular space 5 times as wide as eye. Antennae approximately 1.8 mm long;
proportion of segments 8 : 20 : 20 : 22. Rostrum 0.6 mm long; proportion of
segments about 8:7:8.
Pronotum 1.45 mm wide; twice as wide as long on median line, 58 : 29; sides
slightly more rounded anteriorly than posteriorly; anterior margin evenly shallowly
concave; hind margin shallowly emarginate; longest hairs of lateral margins
much longer than first antennal segment.
Mesonotum-scutellum devoid of bristles.
Hemelytral pads about twice as wide as long, 41 : 22 ; inner margins straight.
Abdomen bristled, bristles longest laterally. Paragenital sinus shallowly concave
on sixth segment. Ectospermalege tubular, as long as sixth segment, bent to left
and tapered at apex.
Hind femora about 2.5 times as long as greatest width, 41 : 17; slightly
shorter than hind tibiae, 42 : 43. Tibiae nearly straight. Middle femora slightly
longer than middle tibiae, 38 ; 36.
Male. — Paramere more than 14 as long as terminal segment at base, 23 : 40,
reaching to middle of preapical segment; tapering but not sinuate.
Size. — Male (slide mounted), length 5.2 mm, width (pronotum) 1.5 mm.
272
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 4
Fig. 4. Cacodmus burmanus Ueshima, female (Celeste Green, original).
OCTOBER 1968]
UESHIMA NEW CIMICIDAE
273
(abdomen) 2.5 mm; female (slide mounted), length 5.6 mm, width (pronotum)
1.45 mm, (abdomen) 2.6 mm.
Holotype female and allotype male, and a male paratype, Kokareet,
Burma, ex Tylonycteris pachypus (FEA collection). Types are in the
Genova Museum.
This species is close to both C. bambusicola and C. sumatrensis
but differs by the shape of the ectospermalege, shape of the hemelytral
pads, and short legs.
Key to the Species of Cacodmus
(A revision of Usinger’s 1966 key)
1. Last 2 antennal segments subequal or the fourth segment longer than
third. Male paramere short, reaching only onto penultimate (eighth)
ventral segment. 2
Third antennal segment longer than fourth. Male paramere long,
reaching across penultimate (eighth) ventral segment to seventh
segment 7
2. Size relatively large, width of pronotum 1.9 mm. Africa. 3
Size smaller, width of pronotum 1.17-1.45 mm. Orient (India, Burma,
Java, Sumatra, Malaya). 4
3. Male paramere evenly curved and tapered, reaching slightly beyond
middle of penultimate segment. Spermalege short, stumpy. Uganda.
ignotus Rothschild
Male paramere abruptly tapered near middle, bent inward at apex and
reaching nearly to base of eighth segment. Congo. sinuatus Usinger
4. Fourth antennal segment subequal to third. Male paramere sinuous.
Spermalege short. India. indicus Jordan & Rothschild
Fourth antennal segment longer than third. Male paramere not sinuous.
Spermalege elongate and tubular. 5
5. Hind tibiae longer than pronotal width. Spermalege nearly straight.
Malaysia, Java. bambusicola Ueshima, n. sp.
Hind tibiae shorter than pronotal width. Spermalege bent to left near
apex. 6
6. Width of hemelytral pads subequal to length of hind femora and
longer than middle femora. Burma. burmanus Ueshima, n. sp.
Width of hemelytral pads subequal to length of middle femora and
shorter than hind femora. Sumatra, Java, Malaysia.
sumatrensis Ferris & Usinger
7. Pronotum less than twice as wide as long. Paremere longer than width
of genital segment. Ectospermalege twisted apically. S. Africa.
sparsilis Rothschild
Pronotum twice or more than twice as wide as long. Paramere shorter
than width of genital segment. Ectospermalege bent but not twisted
at apex. 8
8. Pronotum 1.24^1.5 mm wide, less than twice as wide as head. Longest
bristles at sides of pronotum less than % mm. N. Africa. vicinus Horvath
Pronotum 1.5-1. 7 mm wide, twice as wide as head. Longest bristles at
sides of pronotum more than % mm. S. Africa. villosus (Stal)
274
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 4
Fig. 5. Stricticimex parvus Ueshima, female (Celeste Green, original).
OCTOBER 1968]
UESHIMA — NEW CIMICIDAE
275
Stricticimex parvus Ueshima, new species
(Fig. 5)
Female. — Head 0.6 mm; slightly wider than long, 23 : 21; interocular space
6 times as wide as eye; labrum with 6-7 pairs of bristles; 5 bristles (3 longer
and 2 medium) along inner margin of each eye in addition to about 10 pairs
on vertex. Antennae about 2 mm long; proportion of segments 6 ; 18 : 30 : 19;
second antennal segment shorter than width of head, 18 : 23 ; second and fourth
antennal segments subequal. Rostrum 0.5 mm long; proportion of segments
8:6: 5.5.
Pronotum 0.7 mm wide; twice as wide as long, 28 : 14; bristles about 0.2 mm,
anterolateral angles only slightly produced; side margin rather smoothly rounded
and slightly convergent posteriorly; side margin with 15-17 stiff bristles on
each side.
Hemelytral pads % as long as wide (15.5 : 12) and straight on inner sides,
narrowed and rounded laterally and posteriorly. Longest bristles at sides about
as long as those on pronotum.
Abdomen suboval ; second and third segments with 3-4 ill-defined rows of
bristles, remaining segments with 2 rows of bristles and with cluster of bristles
on terminal segment. Under surface with much finer and numerous bristles on
posterior part of each segment. Paragenital sinus sinuate broadly on hind margin
of third tergite sublaterally. Ectospermalege broad at opening, directed inwardly
and then bend downward.
Legs long and slender; hind femora about 4.5 times as long as greatest width,
37 : 8, tibiae about % again as long as femora, 56 : 37.
Male. — Like female. Paramere directed to the left, as long as width of
genital segment at base.
Size. — Male (slide mounted), length 3.1 mm, width (pronotum) 0.7 mm,
(abdomen) 1.45 mm, female (slide mounted), length 3.5 mm, width (pronotum)
0.7 mm, (abdomen) 1.5 mm.
Holotype female, allotype male, and a series of paratypes, in bat
cave (on guano), Saraburi, Thailand, 25 September 1966 (N.
Ueshima). The cave is located in about the middle of a big rock face.
The opening is about 20 ft. high and 7 ft. wide, and the inside is
about 150 ft. deep and wide and 50 ft. high. The host species of bats
may be Tadarida plicata but this is not certain, since 5-6 species of
bats were inhabiting the cave. In addition to this species, there is
another species, Cimex insuetus, in the cave.
Key to the Species of Stricticimex
(A revision of Usinger’s 1966 key)
1. Fore femora slightly longer than tibiae. Size small, pronotum 0.6 mm
wide. India. pattoni (Horvath)
Fore femora slightly shorter than tibiae. Size medium to large, pronotum
0.7 mm or more in width. 2
2. Second antennal segment much shorter than width of head. 3
Second antennal segment longer than width of head. 5
276
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
[vOL. 44, NO. 4
Fig. 6. Leptocimex inordinatus Ueshima, female (Celeste Green, original).
OCTOBER 1968]
UESHIMA NEW CIMICIDAE
277
3. Hind femora less than 4 times as long as wide. S. Africa.
transversus Ferris & Usinger
Hind femora 4 times or more as long as wide. 4
4. Second antennal segment longer than length of pronotum at median
line. Interocular space as wide as length of second antennal segment.
Size smaller. Pronotum 0.7 mm wide. Thailand. parvus Ueshima, n. sp.
Second antennal segment shorter than length of pronotum. Interocular
space wider than length of second antennal segment. Size medium.
Pronotum 1.0 mm wide. Egypt. namru Usinger
5. Third antennal segment more than twice as long as fourth. Size large,
pronotum 1.0 mm or more in width. S. Africa. — _ antennatus Ferris & Usinger
Third antennal segment less than twice as long as fourth. Size smaller,
pronotum less than 1 mm wide. 6
6. Last antennal segment longer than width of head. Longest bristles
at sides of pronotum, wing pads and abdomen about 0.37 mm. Kenya.
intermedius Ferris & Usinger
Last antennal segment subequal to width of head. Longest bristles at
sides of pronotum, wing pads and abdomen about 0.31 mm. Belgian
Congo. brevispinosus Usinger
Leptocimex inordinatus Ueshima, new species
(Fig. 6)
Female. — Head 0.8 mm wide; as wide as long, 32 : 32; interocular space 4
times as wide as eye. Antennae about 3.1 mm long; proportion of segments
7 : 20 : 66 : 22. Rostrum 1.3 mm long; proportion of segments approximately
13 : 15 : 20.
Pronotum 0.9 mm wide; about twice as wide as long, 36 : 17 ; rather evenly
rounded laterally and narrowed to hind margin; anterior lobe short, distinctly
produced, and subrounded; long bristles at sides much longer than first antennal
segment, 0.27 mm long.
Hemelytral pads 3 times as wide as long (16 :5), with 7-8 prominent bristles
along hind margins.
Abdomen on each visible tergite with stiff bristles. Paragenital sinuses on
2 segments, the conspicuously oval apertures at hind margins of fifth and sixth
tergites on right side. Paragenital sinus on fifth much larger than on sixth.
Hind femora nearly 7 times as long as wide, 73 : 11. Hind tibiae about (4
again as long as femora, 112 : 73. Fore femora with 2 rows of about 20 bristles
on ventral face, but no row of bristles on posterior face.
Male. — Paramere moderately curved, tapering, and recurved.
Size. — Male (slide mounted), length 4.2 mm, width (pronotum) 0.8 mm,
(abdomen) 2.0 mm; female (slide mounted), length 4.7 mm, width (pronotum!
0.9 mm, (abdomen) 2.1 mm.
Holotype female, allotype male, and a series of paratypes, SiGiRlYA,
Matale District, Ceylon, November 3 1966, on Taphozous sp.
(probably melanopogon) (N. Ueshima). An additional collection is
from Dambulla, Matale District, Ceylon, 3 November 1966, on Tap-
hozous sp. (probably melanopogon) (N. Ueshima).
This species is close to L. vespertilionis Ferris and Usinger, but
278
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 4
differs by the absence of a row of bristles on inner posterior face of
fore femora.
Key to the Species of Leptocimex
(A revision of Usinger’s 1966 key)
1. Fore femora without a row of short and stiff bristles on inner posterior
face. Ceylon. inordinatus Ueshima, n. sp.
Fore femora witli a row of short and stiff bristles (6-20) on inner
posterior face. 2
2. Fore femora with distinct longitudinal row of 15-20 bristles on inner
posterior face, in addition to 2 rows of ventral face, bristles as long
or longer than distance between bristles. Female without distinct
aperture for spermalege. Sudan. boueti (Brumpt)
Fore femora with ill-defined row of about 6-12 bristles on inner pos-
terior face, bristles shorter than distance between bristles. Two rows
on ventral face less prominent. Female with 2 exposed or concealed
apertures for spermalege. 3
3. Fore femora with 6 bristles in a poorly defined row. Female with very
distinct, transversely oval apertures on right side between middle and
lateral margin at hind margins of fifth and sixth abdominal tergites.
Male paramere briefly bent and tapered apically, Sudan and Iraq.
vespertilionis Ferris & Usinger
Fore femora with 12 bristles in a distinct row on posterior face, in addi-
tion to 2 ventral rows. Female with 2 separate apertures bilaterally,
sinuated between fifth and sixth abdominal tergites, tubelike ecto-
spermaleges curved. Male paramere very long broadly curved, sickle-
shaped, and thin on apical half. Egypt. duplicatus Usinger
New Records of Cimicidae
Cacodmus vicinus Horvath. — Material examined: 1 $, Hammamet, Tunisia,
ex Pipistrellus kuhli (M-18), 26 September 1966 (D. L. Harrison). Usinger’s
collection.
Cacodmus villosus (Stal). — Material examined: 1 $, mid-Illovo, Natal, ex
Pipistrellus nanus, January 1966 (Trevor Schofield). Usinger’s collection.
Cacodmus sparsilis Rothschild. — Material examined: 1 Dint., Harrar,
Somaliland, May-June 1904 (Citerni). Genova Museum.
Gacodmus ignotus Rothschild. — Material examined: 1 $, Senza, Uganda, ex
Eptesicus phasma, 1908 (E. Bayon) . Genova Museum.
Aphrania recta Ferris and Usinger. — Material examined: 1 9 and 2 $ $,
Entebbe, Uganda, ex Eptesicus phasma, 1910 (C. Berti) ; 2 2 2, Entebbe, Uganda,
ex Pipistrellus fuscipus, 1907 (C. Berti). Genova Museum.
Stricticimex antennatus Ferris and Usinger.- — Material examined: 6 2 2
and 1 $ , Cave, Skoemakerskop, Port Elizabeth, S. Africa, 27 June 1965 (B. G.
Dannelly) . Usinger’s collection.
Propicimex limai (Pinto). — Material examined: 1^,2 mi. S of Vijes (Media
Vista), Departmento del Valle, Colombia, on Molossus major, 16 July 1964 (A.
Arata). Usinger’s collection.
OCTOBER 1968] JOHNSON — BRUCHUS DISTINGUENDUS STATUS
279
Literature Cited
Ueshima, N. 1968. New species of Paracimex (Cimicidae: Hemiptera). Pan. Pac.
EntomoL, 44: 47-50.
UsiNGER, R. L. 1966. Monograph of Cimicidae (Hemiptera-Heteroptera).
Thomas Say Foundation Vol. 7, Entomol. Soc. Amer., 585 pp.
UsiNGER, R. L., AND J. Carayon. 1967. Un Hemiptere Cimicidae nouveau
d’Afrique centrale. Bull, de IT.F.A.N. 29 (4), ser. A: 1688-1694.
The Status of Bruchus distinguendus Horn
(Coleoptera : Bruchidae)
Clarence D. Johnson
Northern Arizona University, Flagstaff
Whether Bruchus distinguendus Horn (1873) is a valid name for
a distinct species has been unclear since the name was listed in Leng
(1920) as a synonym for Acanthoscelides [Bruchus] ohsoletus (Say
1831). I recently examined the two syntypes of B. distinguendus and
found one to be ^4. ohsoletus and the other to be a separate and distinct
species. Bottimer (1968), after examining the above types, came to
the same conclusion and designated the latter specimen as lectotype
for B. distinguendus. This specimen is redescribed and other speci-
mens which I consider to be members of the same species are de-
scribed below.
Acanthoscelides distinguendus (Horn)
Bruchus distinguendus Horn, 1873:336 (Georgia); Fall, 1910:171 (in key),
178; Blatchley, 1910:1238 (in key), 1239; Pic, 1913:24; Johnson, 1968:1267.
Mylahris ohsoletus: Leng, 1920:305.
Acanthoscelides distinguendus: Bissel, 1940:846; Bottimer, 1968:286; Johnson,
1968:1266.
Male (Lectotype).- — Integument Color. — Head reddish-brown with frons and
vertex dark brown, basal three antennal segments red-brown, apical eight dark
brown; body and all coxae brown; pro- and mesothoracic femora, tibiae and
tarsi red-brown; metathoracic femur, tibia and tarsus light brown.
V estiture.- — Head with white hairs; pronotum with dense intermixed white and
golden hairs, sparse along dorsal midline; elytron with patches of brown, white
and golden hairs, dense white patch between second and third stria about
one-third from base and extending to one-third from apex; brown hairs forming
bands one-fourth from base, one-half from base and one-fourth from apex;
underparts and pygidium with dense white pubescence.
Structure, Head. — Elongate, densely punctulate; carina extending from fronto-
clypeal suture to vertex; vague transverse sulcus between upper limits of eyes;
distance between eyes slightly less than width of eye; eye cleft to about three-
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 44: 279-285. October 1968
280
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 4
Figs. 1-2. A. distinguendus male genitalia. Fig. 1. Ventral view median lobe
and endophallus. Fig. 2. Lateral view median lobe, endophallus and parameres.
fifths its width by a vertical white pubescent sulcus above antennal base; in
lateral view venter of eye parallel with imaginary posterior extension of line
parallel with ventral surface of labium; antennal segment one filiform, two
OCTOBER 1968] JOHNSON BRUCHUS DISTINGUENDUS STATUS
281
moniliform, three subserrate, four through eleven serrate; segment two one-half
as long as first, remaining segments subequal in length; antenna almost reaching
apex of elytron.
Prothorax . — Disk campanulate; punctate with narrow punctulate fringe at
apex; with short median impressed line anterior to basal lobe.
Meso- and Metathorax . — Scutellum subquadrate, clothed with dense recumbent
white hairs; elytron twice as long as broad; striae deep, punctate, strial intervals
punctulate; striae three and four, and five and six closer to one another at base
than to adjacent striae; humerus punctulate with scattered punctations, sparsely
pubescent, dark brown; mesepimeron, mesepisternum, metasternum and metepi-
meron punctulate, metepisternum punctate; hind coxa punctate; hind femur
constricted basally and apically, expanded medially to slightly more than width
of coxa (fig. 5) ; ventral surface with a carina on inner edge, apex with an
acuminate spine about two times as long as width of tibial base and two
smaller spines about one-third as long as the first on inner edge; tibia with
lateral, anterior, posteromedial and anterolateral carinae, anterior and antero-
lateral carinae separated by a shallow sulcus; apex with three spinules and an
attenuated straight spine reaching to one-fourth the length of the first tarsomere;
slightly sinuate at base of spine; first tarsomere with anterior and lateral
glabrous carinae.
Abdomen . — First sternum not visible, second, third and fourth of equal
length, fifth shorter, emarginate; pygidium punctate, base depressed below base
of last sternum, convex in lateral view.
Genitalia . — Not dissected.
Length, pronotum-elytra. — 2.5 mm.
Range of Observed Variations. — Integument Color. — Head uniform reddish-
brown varying to uniform dark brown; basal four antennal segments red-brown;
body and all legs red-orange to body dark brown and legs dark reddish-brown.
Vestiture . — Head with light yellow hairs; pronotum with moderately dense
to dense white to light yellow hairs, hairs along dorsal midline light brown to
golden-brown; elytron with patches of white, light yellow and dark brown hairs,
dense white patch between second and third stria about two-fifths from base
and extending to two-fifths from apex, sometimes faint; light brown hairs
forming hands one-fourth from base, one-half from base and one-fourth from
apex, sometimes faint; underparts and pygidium with dense white to light
yellow pubescence, usually more dense on lateral margins of sterna and along
midline of pygidium.
Structure, Head . — Antenna (fig. 4) reaching to middle of elytron.
Prothorax . — Impressed line usually obscured by pubescence.
Meso- and Metathorax . — Scutellum quadrate to slightly longer than broad;
striae three and four usually closer to one another at base than to adjacent
striae; humerus usually glabrous, ground color usually darker than adjacent
surfaces; hind femur sometimes expanded medially only to width of coxa;
carinae on femur, tibia and first hind tarsomere sometimes faint; large sub-
apical femoral spine one and one-half to two times longer than width of tibial
base, two smaller spines occasionally two-fifths as long as large spine; large
spine at apex of hind tibia sometimes one-third the length of first hind tarsomere.
Abdomen . — First sternum usually slightly flattened medially, slightly longer
282
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 4
Figs. 3-5. A. distinguendus. Fig. 3. Ventral view parameres. Fig. 4. Male
antenna. Fig. 5. Hind leg.
than remaining sterna; sternum two usually slightly longer than three and four.
Genitalia. — Figs. 1, 2, 3.
Female. — Similar to male except antenna reaching to humerus or slightly
beyond; first abdominal sternum usually not flattened medially, about as long
OCTOBER 1968] JOHNSON — BRUCHUS DISTINGUENDUS STATUS
283
as or slightly shorter than remaining sterna; last abdominal sternum sub-
emarginate.
Length, pronotum-elytra. — 1.9 to 2.5 mm.
Host plants. — ^Vial seeds Dolicholus erectus Walter: Leon Co. Fla., July, 1924
(C. 0. Handley). Ex seed Mimosa strigillosa Torrey & Gray: Texas: Cameron
Co.: Brownsville, June ’21 (J. C. Bridwell).
Literature. — Cracca virginiana Linnaeus: Cuchman, 1911:506; Blatchley,
1910:1239. Rhyncliosia erecta and R. intermedia: Bissel, 1940:846. Rhynchosia
latifolia Nuttall: Cushman, 1911:506.
Location of Type. — Lectotype 8206, Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cam-
bridge, Massachusetts.
Specimens Examined. — 35, from the following localities: Florida: Duval Co.:
Jacksonville. Flagler Co.: Crescent City, April 1908. Gadsden Co.: Quincy,
10 July 1939. Jackson Co.: Alford, 9 July 1939. Leon Co., July 1924. Nassau
Co.: Hilliard. Georgia: Bibb Co.: 10 August 1964, light trap. Louisiana:
Nacogdches (sic), 10 July 1907. Mississippi: Choctaw Co.: Weir, 14 July 1921.
North Carolina: Moore Co.: Southern Pines, 10 April 1917. South Carolina:
Bamberg Co.: Rivers Bridge St. Pk., 27 June 1965. Texas: Aransas Co.: Rock-
port, 7 August 1928. Cameron Co.: Brownsville, June 1921. Gregg Co.: Long-
view. Colorado Co.: Columbus, 4.6. Kenedy Co.: 29 mi. South Sarita, 14 April
1950. Nacogdoches Co.: 15 mi. E. of Nacogdoches, 7 April 1963. Nueces Co.:
Corpus Christi, 17 July 1954.
Discussion. — When critically examined this species is not to be
confused with any other bruchid in our United States fauna. It most
closely resembles A. ohsoletus but the following characters separate
the two species. A. ohsoletus has (1) a spine at the apex of the hind
tibia which extends to one-third the length of the first hind tarsomere;
(2) two small spines at the bases of elytral striae three and four;
(3) usually a distinct red spot behind the eye; (4) a larger, more
quadrate scutellum; and (5) distinct male genitalia. A. distiriguendus
has (1) a spine at the apex of the hind tibia which usually only reaches
to one-fourth the length of the first hind tarsomere; (2) no small
spines at the bases of elytral striae three and four; (3) no distinct
red spot behind the eye; (4) a smaller, more elongate scutellum;
and (5) distinctly different male genitalia (figs. 1, 2, 3).
The male genitalia of A. distiriguendus have an elongate median lobe
and an obtusely rounded ventral valve with a small median projection
(fig. 1), which extends ventrally in lateral view (fig. 2). A group of
spines and spinules in the endophallus are distinct. This armature
varies little among specimens except in some there are three curved
spines medially rather than the two shown in fig. 1. The basal endo-
phallic “brush” is characteristic of many species currently assigned to
the genus Acanthoscelides. The genitalia have a characteristic curva-
ture in lateral view (fig. 2) and the parameres are cleft to two-thirds
their length (fig. 3).
284
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 4
As this species has been confused with A. ohsoletus, the host plant
Cracca (Tephrosia) virginiana is probably in error as a host for
A. distinguendus. As pointed out by Kingsolver (1968), A. ohsoletus
breeds in the seeds of this plant. The record of Rhynchosia latifolia
as a host for A. distinguendus is probably correct (personal communica-
tion, J. M. Kingsolver) . As the Index Kewensis lists Dolicholus as a
synonym of Rhynchosia, and Bissell has reared them from this plant,
the record of Dolicholus erectus as a host plant would seem to be valid.
External structural characters of both A. ohsoletus and A. distinguen-
dus resemble more closely those of A. fumatus (Schaeffer 1907), A.
griseolus (Fall), A. prosopoides (Schaeffer), and A. rufovittatus
(Schaeffer) than they do other species at present included in Acan-
thoscelides.
Acknowledgments
I wish to thank the following people for the loan of specimens:
H. R. Burke, Texas A & M University; G. W. Byers, University of
Kansas; J. M. Kingsolver, U. S. Department of Agriculture; J. F.
Lawrence, Museum of Comparative Zoology; and H. B. Leech, Cali-
fornia Academy of Sciences.
Support was provided by U. S. Department of Agriculture Grant
12-14-100-9187 (33) and the help is gratefully acknowledged.
Literature Cited
Bissell, T. L. 1940. Curculionidae, Bruchidae, Lepidoptera, and their parasites,
infesting the seed pods of cowpea and various wild plants. Jour. Econ.
EntomoL, 33: 844^847.
Blatciiley, W. S. 1910. An illustrated and descriptive catalogue of the Coleop-
tera or beetles known to occur in Indiana. Bull. Indiana Dept. Geol.
and Natur. Resources, Indianapolis., 1385 pp.
Bottimer, L. j. 1968. On the location of types of five species of Bruchidae with
notes on early American literature of Acanthoscelides ohtectus. Can.
Entomol., 100 (3) : 284-289.
Cushman, R. A. 1911. Notes on the host plants and parasites of some North
American Bruchidae. J. Econ. Entomol., 4 (6) : 489-510.
Fall, H. C. 1910. Miscellaneous notes and descriptions of North American
Coleoptera. Trans. Amer. Entomol. Soc., 36: 89-197.
Horn, G. H. 1873. Revision of the Bruchidae of the U. S. Trans. Amer.
Entomol. Soc., 4: 311-342.
Johnson, C. D. 1968. Bruchidae type specimens deposited in United States
museums with lectotype designations (Coleoptera). Ann. Entomol.
Soc. Amer., 61 (5) : 1266-1272.
Kingsolver, J. M. 1968. A review of the ohtectus group in Acanthoscelides
Schilsky, with designations of lectotypes (Coleoptera: Bruchidae:
Bruchinae). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash., 70 (1): 4-9.
OCTOBER 1968] NAYAR & COLE A NEW CRIORHINA
285
Leng, C. W. 1920. Catalogue of the Coleoptera of America North of Mexico.
New York, 470 pp.
Pic, M. 1913. Bruchidae. Junk, Coleopterorum Catalogus. pars 55, 74 pp.
Say, T. 1831. Description of North American Curculionides and an arrangement
of some of our known species agreeably to the method of Schoenherr.
New Harmony, Indiana, 30 pp.
Schaeffer, C. F. A. 1907. New Bruchidae with notes on known species and
list of species known to occur at Brownsville, Texas, and in the
Huachuca Mountains, Arizona. Mus. Brooklyn Inst. Arts and Sci.,
Sci. Bull., 1 (10) : 291-306.
A New Species of Criorhina Meigen from California
(Diptera ; Syrphidae)
J. L. Nayar^ and F. R. Cole
University of California, Berkeley
Curran (1924) revised the genus Criorhina Meigen and recognized
sixteen species. In the Diptera Catalog (1965) of America North of
Mexico are now held fourteen species. This paper deals with an
additional undescribed species of Criorhina in the California Insect
Survey Collection. The type will be deposited in the California Academy
of Sciences.
Criorhina rufocaudata Nayar and Cole, new species
(Figs. 1, 2)
Female. — Length, 18.33 mm. Wing length, 13.33 mm. Front dark-brown;
vertex slightly shining black; front and vertex with brownish -yellow pile.
Ocellar triangle area dark, ocelli light brown. Occiput densely light yellow.
Faee produced, slightly concave below antennae; faeial tubercle extremely
reduced, narrow shining black stripe medially; golden pollinose along sides
from antennal bases to about its tip; black pile along eye margins. Eyes dark
with brownish hue; bare. Antennal prominence shining black along outer border
and brownish pollinose inwardly; antennae small, dark-brown; first segment
brown basally and black apically, minutely pubescent; second segment brownish
with concolorous setulae along postero-apical margins; third segment broad,
rounded, flattened, base reddish-yellow and apical part black, black, hollow,
rounded spot along inner side near base; arista longer than antenna, three-
segmented, dark-brown; bare. Cheeks shining black; dark-brown pile along
extreme side margins.
Thorax before transverse suture and pleurae medially densely light yellow
pilose; dorsum behind suture blaek with concolorous long pile; scutellum black,
dusted yellow; long, yellow pile.
r Research work carried on Fulbright Scholarship for 1967-1968.
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 44: 285-286. October 1968
286
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 4
Fig. 1. Criorhina rufocaudata Nayar and Cole. Head (lateral view) . Fig. 2.
Criorhina rufocaudata Nayar and Cole. Abdomen (dorsal view).
Legs dark-brown; coxae and femora black; femora brown apically; black
pilose. Tibiae dark-brown at basal two-thirds and reddish-brown apically;
brownish pubescent. Tarsomeres and pulvilli reddish-brown, minutely pubescent;
claws yellow basally and black terminally.
Wings grayish, veins dark; stigma slightly dusted dark-brown; squamae
black, dusted yellowish with long black fringe. Halteres dark-yellow, basally
yellowish and knob blackish-brown.
Abdomen black; first and second segments dusted grayish-yellow; pile scarce,
black on first and dense light yellow on second; third segment shining black,
golden pollinose at basal two-thirds, pile black with a few long reddish-brown
hairs medio-posteriorly; fourth segment shining black; pile black at basal half
and reddish at apical part; fifth segment shining black; pile like distal half of
preceding segment.
Holotype female. — Black Mtn., Lassen National Forest, Cali-
fornia, 5 October 1951.
The species comes close to Criorhina tricolor Coquillet with face
without pile except along the eyes but can be easily distinguished by
the black median stripe on face, antennae dark-brown, third antennal
segment with a dark, hollow spot, post-alar calli with black pile, veins
dark and in differences of the pile on the abdomen.
Literature Cited
Curran, C. H. 1924. Contribution to a Monograph of the Syrphidae (Diptera)
from North of Mexico. Kans. Univ. Sci. BuL, 15 (1) : 146-159.
WiRTH, W. W., Y. S. Sedman and H. V. Weems, Jr. 1965. A Catalog of the
Diptera of America North of Mexico. Pp. 611-612.
OCTOBER 1968] NAYAR & COLE A NEW MALLOTA
287
A New Species of Mallota from North America
(Diptera : Syrphidae)
J. L. NayarI and F. R. Cole
University of California, Berkeley
A study of series of specimens of Mallota in California Insect Survey
Collection has been rewarding in discovering an undescribed one,
which is named in honor of Dr, J. A. Powell, Department of Ento-
mology and Parasitology, University of California, Berkeley. The
types will be deposited in the California Academy of Sciences.
Mallota powelli Nayar and Cole, new species
(Figs. 1, 2)
Male. — Length, 14.11 mm. Wing length, 11.66 mm. Eyes dark-brown, con-
tiguous short distance below median ocellus; bare. Vertex black, raised upwards;
ocelli brown; ocellar triangle area and occiput with long, golden-yellow pile.
Frons black, dusted grayish immediately below fusion of eyes; sides pollinose
yellow with golden pile. Antennal prominence brownish-yellow; antennae small;
first and second segments dark-brown with black setae along apical border of
first and caudo-lateral borders of second; third segment about as long as broad,
yellow pollinose; arista plumose, dark, longer than antenna. Face golden yellow
medially, slightly concave below the antennae, sides dusted with yellow pollen,
facial tubercle not prominent; long yellow pile along inner margin of eyes; mouth
edge reddish-yellow; cheeks shining dark-brown; grayish pubescence along facial
line, dusted with sparse yellow pollen; long, silvery pile along extreme postero-
lateral borders.
Thorax shining black; anterior part of meso-scutum dusted grayish; bare; rest
of thoracic dorsum and pleurae medially covered with yellow pollen and long,
dense, yellow pile. Scutellum subtranslucent, brownish-yellow, extreme side
margins shining black; long, yellow pile. Squamae dark-brown with concolorous
long fringe. Halteres dark-brown.
Legs black, coxae and femora shining black; long, black pile; tibiae blackish-
yellow, apex of hind tibia more brownish as compared to fore and mid-tibiae;
covered with minute, black setae except yellowish near apical parts; tarsomeres
of first and second legs black with yellow tinge; yellow pubescent; hind basi-
tarsus and second and third tarsomeres brownish and remaining tarsal segments
black; clothed with yellow pubescence intermingled with some black spines;
claws brownish basally and black apically.
Wings grayish, hyaline; basal part of wing along with veins black; prominent
brown spot extending from part of bifurcation of radial sector to slightly beyond
radio-medial cross-vein; veins yellowish before spot and blackish distally; stigma
dark-brown; vein R 4_,.5 forming shallow, broad loop about middle of discal cell.
Abdomen dark with brownish tinge, broader than thorax, widest at second
segment, gradually narrowing posteriorly. First segment black; grayish pile;
^ Research work carried on Fulbright Scholarship for 1967—1968.
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 44: 287-289. October 1968
288
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 4
Fig. 1. Mallota powelli Nayar and Cole. Wing. Fig. 2. Mallota powelli Nayar
and Cole. Head (lateral view) .
second, third and fourth segments brassy-metallic; dense, long yellow pile
laterally, black basally and medially and reddish posteriorly. Segments fifth to
eighth with long, reddish-yellow pile.
Female. — Length, 15.33 mm. Wing length, 10.33 mm. Eyes dark, widely
separated. Frons longer than broad, narrowing above; dusted yellow. Vertex
with black pile. Antennal prominence crescentric, deep-yellow; third antennal
segment broader than long. Reddish pile more along posterior borders of second
to fourth abdominal segments.
The species comes close to Mallota hautias (Walker) in the pile on
abdomen but can be easily recognized by the plumose arista, face
yellow, squamae brown and R 4+5 forming a broad, shallow loop.
The drawings of the male genitalia have been presented by Nayar
(1968, figs. 54, 55) .
Holotype male. — Mckay Creek, Sonora Pass, Mono County,
California, 18 August 1966 (C. A. Toschi). 18 paratype males; 8
OCTOBER 1968] DOUTT — SYNOPSIS OF BRACHYGRAMMATELLA
289
collected on 26 July 1966, 5 by P. Rude and 3 by J. Powell at Jackson
Co., Mt. Ashland 65-7100 ft., Oregon; 2, Mt. Barcroft, 13,000 ft.,
California (J. Powell) ; 1, Sagehen Crk., Nevada Co., California, 15
July 1966 (P. Rude) ; 3, Blue Canyon, Sonora Pass, Tuolumne Co.,
California, collected on 18 August 1960, 20 August 1959 and 30
August 1960 by J. W. MacSwain, D. D. Linsdale and P. D. Hurd
respectively; 1, Mono Co., California, 25 August 1954 (H. F. Madsen) ;
1, Lily Lake, Modoc Co., California, 11 July 1957 (J. Powell) ; 1,
Saddlebag Lake, Mono Co., California, 27 July 1954 (J. Powell) ;
1, Mckay Creek, Sonora Pass, Mono Co., California, 78 August 1966
(E. lessen) .
Allotype female, Tioga Lake, Mono Co., California, 3 August 1956
(C. D. MacNeill) ; 2 paratype females; 1, Lincoln Cr., Sierra Co.,
California, 24 August 1955 (H. F. Madsen) ; 1, Mt. Ashland, Jackson
Co., Oregon, 65-7100 ft. (J. Powell).
Literature Cited
Nayar, j. L. 1968. Male genitalia of Eristalinae from California. (Syrphidae :
Diptera). Pan-Pac. EntomoL, 44 (2): 153-167.
The Genus Brachygrammatella Girault
(Hymenoptera : Trichogrammatidae)
Richard L. Doutt
University of California, Berkeley
For years the sole representative of Brachygrammatella was a single,
crushed and fragmented female specimen mounted under a fractured
piece of a coverslip on a slide with other chalcids. This individual,
collected in 1914 in north Queensland, was described by Girault as
Brachygrammatella nebulosa. (Girault, A. A., 1915, Mem. Queensland
Mus., 3 : 147). In 1958 a female of a new species of Brachygramma-
tella was caught in a suction trap in Pretoria, South Africa, by D. P.
Annecke. Six years later additional specimens of this same new species
were reared from eggs of Batrachomorpha capeneri Linnavuori
(Hemip.) by A. L. Capener and D. P. Annecke at Warmbaths, Trans-
vaal, South Africa. In their classification of Trichogrammatidae, Doutt
and Viggiani (1968) recognized Brachygrammatella but combined
with it, as a subgenus, all of the species described in Pseudbrachy-
gramma Girault.
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 44: 289-294. October 1968
290
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
[vOL. 44, NO. 4
Fig. a. Forewing of Brachygrammatella nebulosa Girault. Fig. B. Forewing
of B. ventralis Doutt. Fig. C. Sketch showing anterior projection of ovipositor,
B. ventralis Doutt. Fig. D. Forewing of B. perplexa (Girault).
The genus Brachygrammatella Girault is now defined as follows; Forewing
rounded apically, disc densely covered with short cilia, vein tracks r-m, Cu, and R
partially complete becoming indistinct apically. Costal cell well developed;
marginal vein broad, somewhat convex on dorsal surface, heavily setaceous;
stigmal vein short, broad. Forewings clouded beneath venation, darkest under
stigmal vein. Hindwings moderately broad for family. Female antenna with
two annelli, two short and wide funicle segments; club broad at base tapering
to point apically, consisting of one or two segments. Antenna inserted above
OCTOBER 1968] DOUTT SYNOPSIS OF BRACHYGRAMMATELLA
291
level of lower margin of eyes. Maxillary palp of single segment. Middle femur
with two apical spurs, the inner spur large and projecting forward; middle tibia
with spur that is spinose or branched; midtarsus with basal segment elongate,
longest tarsal segment. Ovipositor not exserted.
Key to Subgenera and Species
1. Forewing with setae immediately beneath marginal vein, middle tibia
without large spines on outer surface, hindwing with abundant setae,
club two-segmented in both sexes. (Subgenus Brachygrammatella) 2
Forewing with bare area immediately beneath marginal vein, middle
tibia with large spine or spines on outer surface, female club of
single segment, hindwing with setae in two or more distinct lines
converging apically. (Subgenus Pseudbrachy gramma) 3
2. Marginal vein four times as long as wide ; setae on marginal vein
rather fine and numerous (about 20), continuing on to wing blade in
a triangular cluster beneath marginal vein. nebulosa Girault. (Fig. A)
Marginal vein about three times as long as wide; about eight large,
coarse setae on marginal vein, approximately the same number under-
neath stigmal and apex of marginal vein.
salutaris Doutt, new species. (Figs. E, F)
3. Ovipositor extended anteriorly in membranous pouch beneath thorax
and forward of midcoxal bases. ventralis Doutt, new species. (Figs. B, C)
Ovipositor not extended forward beneath thorax. 4
4. Forewings dusky with contrasting transverse hyaline band across wing
blade just distad of venation; body colored yellow and black with silver
band on dorsum of abdomen near apex; abdomen long, ovipositor well
developed. speciosissima (Girault). (Figs. G, H)
Forewings not so patterned.
perplexa (Girault) —dubia (Girault) S (Fig. D). {New synonymy)
When Girault described the genus Pseudbrachy gramma (Girault,
A. A., 1915, Mem. Queensland Mus., 3 : 148) he recorded the male
as unknown yet on the same page he proceeded to describe P. dubia
from a single male specimen. The male club of P. dubia is described
as consisting of two segments but the club is missing from the type
specimen. No other authentic male specimen of the subgenus Pseud-
brachygramma has been seen. Although the type specimens are poorly
mounted, there are apparently only primary sexual differences between
the two individuals and nothing to justify their separation as two
species. It is likely that P. dubia is the male of P. perplexa and they
are herein synonymized.
Brachygrammatella ventralis Doutt, new species.
In the Girault collection at the Queensland Museum there is a single
female specimen labeled in Girault’s handwriting '^‘‘Pseudbrachy gramma
speciosissima Gir. 9. Indooroopilly, window, January 1930,” and in
292
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
[vOL. 44, NO. 4
Fig. E. Antenna of female B. salutaris Doutt. Fig. F. Wings of B. salutaris
Doutt. Fig. G. Wings of B. speciosissima (Girault). Fig. H. Midfemur, tibia
and tibial spur, B. speciosissima (Girault).
an unpublished manuscript Girault noted that in addition to the type
specimen of P. speciosissima he had collected “a female, Indooroopilly
(Brisbane) on a window in my home, January, 1930.” This is un-
doubtedly the same individual, but the Indooroopilly specimen is
misidentified for it is not P. speciosissima and is quite distinct from
all other Brachygrammatella because of the anterior projection of the
valvifers. It is therefore described as follows:
OCTOBER 1968] DOUTT- — SYNOPSIS OF BRACHYGRAMMATELLA
293
Female. — Body length 0.56 mm, abdomen 0.32 mm, ovipositor length along
venter from tip of abdomen to forward extension of valvifers 0.44 mm. Thorax
and base of abdomen orange dorsally, ventral areas dark brown; apical third
of abdomen with small orange band dorsally and large orange spot laterally;
legs brown with each segment somewhat lighter apically; head orange shading
into light brown on lower face and cheeks; eyes and ocelli crimson. Wings
fumated with light band across disc beyond venation. (Figure B). Antennal
club typically of single segment, funicle two-segmented. Ovipositor originates
near middle of abdomen but valvifers extend in a membranous pouch anteriorly
beneath thorax and forward of midcoxal bases.
The structure of the ovipositor sets this species apart from all others
in the genus. The color and wing pattern superficially resemble
speciosissima and this may have caused the misidentification by
Girault.
The type is in the Queensland Museum, Brisbane. It is under a
coverslip with an undetermined mymarid and male trichogrammatid.
The locality is Indooroopilly (Brisbane), Queensland, January
1930, on a window, A. A. Girault.
Brachygrammatella salutaris Doutt, new species.
Female. — Body length from 0.56 to 0.71 mm. Body mostly yellow with about
five dark brown cross-bands on abdomen dorsally; the pleural and ventral areas
of abdomen and thorax tinged with brown. Coxae, femora and tibiae brown but
apices of these segments and the tarsi are pale. Antennae golden; head yellow
shading to brown on face and cheeks. Wings hyaline except for dark band
across wing at apex of venation. Subcostal and premarginal veins yellow;
marginal and stigmal veins brown.
Ovipositor originates near middle of abdomen, beneath apex of mesophragma.
Club two-segmented and typical of subgenus Brachygrammatella (Figure E).
Marginal vein with about eight stout, coarse setae and a similar number
clustered in area immediately beneath junction of marginal and stigmal veins.
(Fig. F).
Male. — Similar to female.
The species is related to B. nebulosa Girault, but that species has
much finer and more numerous setae both on the marginal vein and
clustered in a triangle on the wingblade immediately beneath it. The
marginal vein of B. nebulosa is proportionately longer and its stigmal
vein is smaller.
Described from two females and one male. The holotype female and
the allotype male are probably from eggs of Batrachomorpha capeneri
Linnavuori on Combretum species with Terminalia sericea, Warm-
baths, Transvaal, South Africa, February 1964, collectors A. L.
Capener and D. P. Annecke. A paratype female collected in a suction
trap, Pretoria, South Africa, March 1958, D. P. Annecke. Type and
allotype in collection of Plant Protection Research Institute, Pretoria.
294
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 4
Paratype at Division of Biological Control, University of California,
Berkeley.
Summary
As presently constituted, the genus Brachygrammatella consists of
five species. Four are from Queensland without host records and one
is from South Africa associated with the eggs of the hemipteron,
Batrachomorpha capeneri. Two new species are described, namely
Brachygrammatella ventralis Doutt and B. salutaris Doutt. The species
B. duhia (Girault) is a synonym of B. perplexa (Girault).
This work was supported in part by National Science Foundation
Grants GB 1833 and GB 4658.
Literature Cited
Doutt, R. L. and G. Viggiani. 1968. The classification of the Trichogrammati-
dae (Hymenoptera: Chalcidoidea) . Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. {in press).
Two New Species of Eristalis Latreille from
Western North America
(Diptera : Syrphidae)
J. L. Nayar and F. R. Cole
University of California, Berkeley
This paper deals with two new species of Eristalis Latreille from
Western North America. The types will be deposited in the California
Academy of Sciences.
Eristalis californicus Nayar and Cole, new species
(Figs. 1, 2)
Female. — Length, 11.54 mm. Wing length, 9.54 mm. Eyes dark-brown with
a longitudinal stripe of dense yellow hair along inner border. Vertex and ocellar
triangle brownish -yellow ; sparsely pubescent. Occipital pile shining yellow.
Frons with sides parallel up to about half way from vertex to antennae, widening
gradually about one-third width of head at level of antennae; facial stripe broad,
brownish and bare. Face produced into a rounded, shining low tubercle. Frons
and face covered with long, whitish -yellow pile. Antennae short; first and second
segments brownish; third dark-brown with basal grayish margin; arista orange;
bare.
Thorax shining with brownish hue, without stripe, sides yellowish with blackish
tinge from humeral calli to scutellum; yellowish pollinose. Pleurae brownish-
yellow; yellow pile. Legs orange-yellow; coxae and trochanters brownish-yellow;
femora at base with long, oval patch of short, black bristles imparting black
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 44 : 294^296. October 1968
OCTOBER 1968] NAYAR & COLE NEW ERISTALIS
295
Fig. 1. Eristalis californicus Nayar and Cole, profile of head of female. Fig. 2.
Eristalis californicus Nayar and Cole, abdomen, female. Fig. 3. Eristalis vandykei
Nayar and Cole, profile of head of female. Fig. 4. Eristalis vandykei Nayar and
Cole, abdomen, female.
tinge to region; fore and mid-tibiae at apical one-fourth, hind tibiae at apical
third and tarsi brownish; yellowish pile on legs, tarsal segments with inter-
spersed, sparse, short, black setae. Wings hyaline with yellow tinge; stigma,
squammae and halteres yellow.
Abdomen brownish-yellow; first segment yellow with median, light brownish,
wide stripe occupying about one-fifth width of segment; second segment with
pair of triangular, lateral yellow spots, basal and sub-apical brown bands complete,
joined medially by wide light brown stripe, running about one-third width of
296
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 4
segment, wide posterior border yellow; third and fourth segments with extremely
wide, brown cross-bands medially, anterior and posterior bands narrow and
whitish -yellow ; fifth segment with apical, narrow, yellow margin; shining, long,
yellow pubescence along borders of segments and small brownish hairs on
dorsum of abdomen.
Holotype female,- — Redlands, California, 1913 (F. R. Cole).
The single vertical band of hair on eyes, a patch of short, black
setae on base of femora and band pattern of abdomen should make
this distinct species easily recognizable from Eristalis nemorum (Linn.) .
Eristalis vandykei Nayar and Cole, new species
(Figs. 3, 4)
Female. — Length, 12.61 mm. Wing length, 10.15 mm. Eyes with indistinct
vertical band of grayish-yellow pubescence running about two-thirds length
from vertex towards base. Ocellar triangle black with brownish ocelli; long,
black pile. Frons blackish from vertex to antennal bases, upper half shining
and lower part dull; triangular area from base of antennae to eye margins with
short yellow pile and whitish tomentum underneath. Antennal prominence
blackish-brown at basal half, shining yellowish terminally, covered with long
yellow pile basally and bare apically. Face nearly twice as wide as frons at
vertex, shining, light grayish-yellow; yellow pubescent up to median less
prominent central bump; facial median stripe yellow basally, brownish terminally;
sparsely hairy and dusted brownish apically. Cheeks and mouth border shining
black; bare except extreme outer border with long yellow pile. First and second
segments of antennae shining black; third segment and arista brownish; arista
plumose at basal half.
Thoracic dorsum and pleurae black; without vittae on mesonotum; thin,
yellow pile dorsally and dense along lateral borders. Scutellum conclorous with
mesoscutum basally but brownish towards tip, covered with dense, yellow pile.
Legs black; tips of femora, anterior one-third of hind femur, basal half of
fore-tibiae, anterior two-thirds of mid-tibiae, basal half of hind tibiae, metatarsi
and second tarsomere of all legs yellow or brownish-yellow; pile yellowish on
yellow areas and blackish on black parts and a patch of rounded oval, black,
short bristles at bases of femora. Wings hyaline, prominent brown spots basally
and medially; stigma dark-brown; halteres pale-yellow; squamae whitish-yellow
with concolorous fringe.
Abdomen black, longer than thorax, narrowing gradually posteriorly; first
segment grayish with concolorous pile; second segment with two dark, opaque
bands, posterior wider than anterior; third and fourth segments with only
posterior, dark, opaque band and fifth segment with narrow, posterior yellow
margin; small, black hairs dorsally and yellow pile along lateral borders.
Holotype female. — Longs Peak Inn, Colorado, 12 July 1926 (E.
C. Van Dyke) . 1 paratype with similar data but collected on 13 July
1926.
The species comes close to Eristalis arhustorum Linn, in the basal
joint of middle tarsi being yellowish but stands distinct in the markings
of the wings and abdomen.
OCTOBER 1968] WASBAUER BRACHYCISTIDINE SEX ASSOCIATIONS 297
Some Sex Associations in the Brachycistidinae
(Hymenoptera : Tiphiidae)
Marius S. Wasbauer
California Department of Agriculture, Sacramento
The phenomenon of sexual dimorphism is evident to a greater or
lesser degree in nearly all groups of non-parthenogenetic animals, but
nowhere is it so strikingly obvious as in certain groups of aculeate
Hymenoptera. Thus in the Mutillidae, Tiphiidae, and some Bethylidae,
the sexes differ to such an extent that each presents a greatly different
array of traits. From a theoretical point of view, this could be of
advantage, providing the systematist with a greater number of char-
acters with which to define the taxa in a heirarchy. In practice, however,
the difficulties encountered in dealing with a duality of phenotypes
more than offsets any advantages inherent in such a system. Keys
and descriptions must be lengthened or separate keys presented to
accommodate the two sexes. The difficulty in associating the sexes
rests on several interdependent factors : first, the degree of dimorphism ;
second, the state of knowledge of the biology of the organism; and
third, the distribution, both geographic and seasonal.
In the tiphiid subfamily Brachycistidinae, sexual dimorphism is as
pronounced as in almost any group of terrestrial animals, and indeed,
at the present state of the knowledge of the group, no morphological
traits except size have been found that could be used to correlate the
sexes. The biology of the subfamily remains a mystery, although
I speculated that the host might be larvae of the Scarabaeidae (Was-
bauer, 1966) . Females are rare and the few opportunities I have had
to attempt to induce oviposition on possible hosts have resulted in
failure. Correlation by coincident geographical distribution is normally
a perilous means and depends on location of an area with a depauperate
fauna. Fortunately, such an area exists in the Channel Islands off the
coast of Santa Barbara County, California. Three of the islands, Santa
Cruz, Santa Rosa and San Miguel form an east-west chain varying
from about fifteen to twenty-eight miles from nearest land. Repeated
collecting efforts over the past thirty years have yielded a single species
of brachycistidine male, Brachycistis agama (Dalla Torre), from these
three islands. Recently, I received a collection of Brachycistidinae from
the Los Angeles County Museum. In this material there was a female,
collected on San Miguel Island, Santa Barbara County, California, 29
July 1939 by Lloyd M. Martin. Examination of this specimen shows
it to be Glyptometopa francisca Mickel and Krombein. A specimen
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 44 : 297 - 299 . October 1968
298
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 4
of Brachycistis agama from the same collection bears identical col-
lection data. The presumptive evidence in this case seems sufficient
therefore to warrant placing Glyptometopa in synonymy with Brachy-
cistis.
Another site which has been collected intensively for nocturnal
Hymenoptera is the sand dunes near Antioch, Contra Costa County,
California. Four species of Brachycistis have been taken there: B.
inaequalis Fox, B. agama (D.T.), B. petiolata Fox, and B. imitans
Malloch. Of these, only B. imitans and B. agama are commonly taken.
B. petiolata and B. inaequalis are known from the area by a single
record each. I have seen nine female specimens in the collections of
the U. S. National Museum and California Insect Survey from the
Antioch dunes, all of which I consider conspecific and belonging to
an undescribed species of Stilbopogon Mickel and Krombein. Since
Glyptometopa is associated with Brachycistis agama {agama group),
it seems certain that the Antioch Stilbopogon represents the female of
Brachycistis imitans {petiolata group).
The type species of Stilbopogon is S. alutacea Mickel and Krombein,
described from Doming, New Mexico. Examination of the distribution
patterns of species in the Brachycistis petiolata group shows that Brachy-
cistis elegantula Cockerell and Casad is the only one which occurs in
the area occupied by Stilbopogon alutacea. It could be logically con-
cluded, then, that Stilbopogon alutacea is the female of Brachycistis
elegantula. There is another species, however, Brachycistis indiscreta
Fox which occurs in the same area, and is in the same size range as
B. elegantula. In addition, although the preponderance of characters
place it in the agama group, B. indiscreta does show some affinities with
the petiolata group. For these reasons, the name S. alutacea Mickel
and Krombein should be retained until such time as there is a definite
sex correlation with one or the other of the males mentioned above.
In summary, the following nomenclatorial action is proposed:
Brachycistis Fox
Glyptometopa Aslimead (new synonymy)
Stilbopogon Mickel and Krombein (new synonymy)
Brachycistis agama (Dalla Torre)
Glyptometopa francisca Mickel and Krombein (new synonymy).
I have selected a plesiotype from the Antioch, California series of
females here associated with Brachycistis imitans and have provided
a description of it as follows:
Brachycistis imitans Malloch
Plesiallotype female. — Shining, light medium brown, sparsely punctate,
OCTOBER 1968] WASBAUER BRACHYCISTIDINE SEX ASSOCIATIONS 299
punctures shallow, scattered, nearly absent on head and dorsum of thorax, large,
shallow, first degree density on proepisternum ; mesonotum with irregular
longitudinal row laterally; first degree density on dorsolateral angles of pronotum,
mesonotum and propodeum, posterodorsal, posterolateral angles of propodeum
and expanded portion of mesepisternum, each pucture giving rise to a long
straight straw colored hair; first metasomal tergum irregularly closely punctate,
succeeding metasomal terga nearly impunctate except for irregular, curved row
laterally.
Head. — Subquadrate, broader than long, width at widest point (just above
compound eyes) 1.15 the length (measured from vertex to apex of clypeus) ;
vertexal impressions short, linear, diverging posteriorly, each giving rise to several
stout hairs; compound eye removed from level of posterior margin of vertex by
less than twice its length; setose genovertical sulcus attaining level of posterior
margin of compound eye; mandibles slender, bidentate, wider at level of inner
tooth than at base, antenna somewhat flattened, scape densely setose beneath
for its entire length, with dense tuft of posteriorly directed hairs at apex dorsally,
the longest hairs of which are longer than the scape; first four antennal segments
in a ratio of 3.0 : 1.0 : 1.0 : 1.2; clypeus greatly reduced, visible only as narrow
trapezoid extending between centers of antennal sockets ; underside of head
shining with sparse but noticeable punctures, each puncture giving rise to a
long, slender hair. Maxillary cardo with a group of long slender hairs; maxillary
palpi six segmented; labial palpi four segmented; gular orifice relatively short,
rounded posteriorly, 0.3 as wide as head at level of mandibular insertions.
Mesosoma . — ^Width ratios of thoracic nota: pronotum 1.00; mesonotum 1.11;
propodeum 0.86; propodeum trapezoidal, 0.68 as wide at base as at apex; pro-
thoracic leg short, tibia without spines on anterior surface, posterior surface with
pair of closely set, spatulate spines apically and a longer, more slender spine
ventrad of these; basitarsus ventrally with two spines directed posteroventrally,
basal spine twice length of apical spine, anteriorly with four comb spines, suc-
cessively increasing in length, apex with single long, flattened spine, nearly as
long as basitarsus, second and third tarsal segments with long, flattened lateroapical
and apical comb spine, penultimate segment with short, sharp apical spine;
mesotibia with five ill-defined spine rows on anterior surface, spines short, flat,
those of dorsal row somewhat spatulate, metatibia with three ill-defined spine
rows on anterior surface, spines longest at apex.
Metasoma . — First metasomal segment without distinct petiole; pygidium gently
convex without sulci or ridges.
Length. — 5.0 mm.
The plesiallotype bears the following data: “Antioch, Contra
Costa County, California. VIII-19-1952. R. Schuster Collector.”
With the kind permission of Dr. J. A. Powell (California Insect
Survey) it has been deposited on indefinite loan at the California
Academy of Sciences.
Literature Cited
Wash AUER, M. S. 1966. Revision of the male wasps of the genus Brachycistis
in America North of Mexico. Univ. Calif. Publ. EntomoL, 43: 1-96.
300
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 4
A New Subspecies of Cantharis hatchi McKey-Fender^
(Coleoptera : Cantharidae)
Kenneth M. Fender
Linfield Research Institute, McMinnville, Oregon
In describing Cantharis (Cultellunguis) hatchi, Dorothy McKey-
Fender (1950) noted two atypical females from Catalina Island in
which the elytra are entirely testaceous rather than piceous and con-
sidered them likely to represent a good subspecies. A collection of
Cantharidae from the University of California at Davis, California,
kindly loaned me by Dr. Robert 0. Schuster, includes a series of
eleven males and six females of this variant, all from Avalon, Santa
Catalina Island, California.
Cantharis (Cultellunguis) hatchi dorothyae
Fender, new subspecies
Morphologically similar to C. hatchi hatchi McKey-Fender. Testaceous, meta-
sternum piceous to brunneous, knees black, abdomen piceous to brunneous, male
last two sternites somewhat paler, female apical half of last sternite flavous,
1 This study was supported by National Science Foundation Grant: GB-6283X.
Fig. 1. Basal portions of hind leg of male of Cantharis {Cultellunguis) hatchi
dorothyae Fender showing conical projection of metacoxa. Fig. 2. Same of normal
metacoxa of Cantharis {Cultellunguis) americana Pic. Symbols: MS, hind
margin of metasternum; MC, metacoxa; MT, metatrochanter; MF, metafemur.
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 44: 300-3Q1. October 1968
OCTOBER 1968] MAYO — NEW MAYFLIES FROM ECUADOR
301
pubescence cinereous, long erect hairs of elytra sometimes becoming aureous
to cupreous towards elytral apices; pronotum a little broader than long.
Dimensions. Male: Length 7.5 to 10.5 (av. 9.8) mm; width near elytral
bases 1.5 to 2.25 (av. 1.87) mm; antennal length 6 to 7 (av. 6.5) mm. Female:
Length 9 to 11 (av. 9.9) mm; width near elytral bases 2 to 2.25 (av. 2.1) mm;
antennal length 5.5 to 7 (av. 6.25) mm.
Holotype male. — Avalon, Santa Catalina Island, California,
27 May 1932. Allotype female, same locality, 16 May 1932. Paratypes,
10 male and 5 female, same locality, 2 May to 25 May 1932.
Cantharis hatchi dorothyae differs from C. hatchi hatchi in having
testaceous elytra, from other testaceous species of the subgenus Cul-
tellunguis (fig. 2) by the conical projections of the male metacoxae
(fig- 1)-
A large number of C. hatchi hatchi have been seen from continental
California. Whereas there is a bit of variation in the elytral coloration,
none can by any means be characterized as testaceous, suggesting that
C. hatchi dorothyae is confined to Santa Catalina Island.
Literature Cited
McKey-Fender, D. 1950. Notes on Cantharis III (Coleoptera : Cantharidae) .
Pan-Pac. Entomol., 26 (1) : 25-79, 20 figures.
Some New Mayflies of the Subfamily Leptohyphinae
(Ephemeroptera : Tricorythidae)
Velma Knox Mayo
Tucson, Arizona
Among the mayflies collected by the writer in Macuchi, Cotopaxi
Province, Ecuador were three new species of nymphs of Leptohyphes.
Also a male specimen with unique genitalia was taken and herein
described as a new genus as follows;
Cotopaxi Mayo, new genus
(Figs. 1-7)
Distinguishing characteristics of Cotopaxi include: unique form of genitalia;
membranous processes on wings, absense of hind wings, CuP strongly arcuate,
cross veins few in number, compound eyes small, well separated dorsally; small
species about 4 mm in body length, wings about 8 mm.
The type species of Cotopaxi is C. macuchae Mayo, new species.
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 44: 301-308. October 1968
302
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 4
OCTOBER 1968] MAYO NEW MAYFLIES FROM ECUADOR
303
Cotopaxi macuchae Mayo, new species
(Figs. 1-7)
Male. — In alcohol; genitalia and wing mounted on slide. Length: body about
4 mm; forewing about 8 mm. Head black except for amber circles between eyes
and along posterior margin; eyes small, well separated dorsally (fig. 3) ; ocelli
prominent; black around bases. Antennae and bases white. Head white on ventral
surface between antennae; dorsally along posterior border with arc-shaped areas
of amber. Pronotum black, roughened; close examination reveals honeycombed or
lacy effect, like faint amber areas under rough black lace; medial triangular area
more uniformly black with apex at posterior border of pronotum. Mesonotum
amber or yellowish brown; sutures dark brown; postscutellum darker; supported
by apparent heavy ridge which extends from posterior border to center of lateral
border of posterolateral humps of scutum. Metanotum honey brown with black
along posterior border and black markings on posterolateral angles. Wings hyaline,
veins dark brown. Venation as in figure 1; few cross veins. CuP strongly arcuate
(fig. 1). Wing membranes attach along posterior borders of mesoscutellum and
end in free, well developed blackish membranous processes near midline. No hind
wings. Pleuron pale amber, sclerites darker; episternum narrowly bordered with
blackish brown; blackish at anterior attachment of wing to pleuron. Prosternum
with lateral sclerites pale; basisternum blackish, roughened, appearing as soft
black penciling on roughened surface. Mesosternum honey amber; pleural tro-
chantin lateral to basisternum honey amber, and shiny smooth. Coxae and trochan-
ters black anteriorly; femora amber; tibiae and tarsi missing. On tergum first
abdominal segment penciled with black; other segments roughened and blackish
about Vs of segment along posterior borders; anteriorly and laterally, hyaline;
lateral borders with scalloped appearance. Sternites pale. Wing tips and part of
caudal filaments still in subimaginal skin.
The genitalia are made up of three entirely different pairs of projec-
tions which are here described as ventral, medial, and dorsal structures.
Before the genitalia were removed the long dorsal structure was extended
out dorsally while the ventral and medial structures were directed
downwards at right angles to the dorsal structure. The dorsal projec-
tions might represent the forceps. The genitalia are oriented on the
slide so that each of the three structures is but slightly overlapping so
a good view of each is available. It is believed that the ventral structure
is the penes; each penis arises from a chitinized tube (fig. 7) . Laterally
<-
Fig. 1. Wing of L. {Cotopaxi) macuchae. Fig. 2. Medial structure of the
genitalia of L. (Cotopaxi) macuchae. Fig. 3. L. (Cotopaxi) macuchae, dorsal
view. Fig. 4. Abdominal segments with the three structures of the genitalia of
L. (Cotopaxi) macuchae. Fig. 5. Dorsal view of the three structures of the
genitalia of L. (Cotopaxi) macuchae. Fig. 6. Dorsal structure of the genitalia
of L. (Cotopaxi) macuchae. Fig. 7. Ventral structure of the genitalia of L.
(Cotopaxi) macuchae.
304
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 4
the sperm ducts terminate in what in all probability, are traces of
semen, for on the right side is what appears to be a long spine-like
process; on the left at the same level is what appears to be a bristle.
Along side of the sperm ducts about two-thirds of the way to the center,
the structure is sclerotized. The unsclerotized structure of the terminal
lobes extends down the center.
On the medial structure each lateral process also arises from a
chitinized tube, the rim of which appears to be heavily ringed around
each base (fig. 2) . This is more clearly visible than in the ventral lobe.
Each lateral process consists of an unsclerotized part and a sclerotized
area which has prominent longitudinal wrinkles and terminates apically
in long bristles. These wrinkled, sclerotized areas of the two processes
are also connected at the base to a tubular structure situated between
them; this tubular structure projects out ventrally nearly at a right
angle to the whole medial structure. The unsclerotized parts arising
from each lateral tube appear to form a clear plate behind or dorsal to
the wrinkled structure which terminates near the apical lobes of the
lateral processes.
The dorsal structure is almost twice as long as either of the others
(fig. 6). The tubular structure from which each lateral process arises
is likewise clearly visible and the rim appears as a ring around each
base. The lateral processes are connected near the base and medially
by a clear, narrow cross bar. Each process is paired and the apical
halves are very heavily sclerotized. The lobes appear blackish and
roughened. On the tips are several long bristles. The lateral processes
are separated in the apical halves from the clear plate which is about
the same length and terminates in several lobes. Caudal filaments were
lost with the subimaginal skin.
Holotype male imago, 6 June 1945, V. K. Mayo, Braden Quebrada,
Macuchi, Cotopaxi Province, Ecuador. In entomological collection
of University of Utah, Salt Lake City.
Leptohyphes Nymphs
According to Allen (1967) “the characters most useful in distinguish-
ing the species in the nymphal stage are : ( 1 ) the shape of the femora,
and the relative lengths of the fore and hind femora; (2) the shape and
length of the fore femoral spines; (3) the number and arrangement of
denticles on the tarsal claws; (4) the shape of the abdominal segments;
and (5) the shape and coloration of the operculate gills on segments 2.”
All nymphs in the genus have convex fore femora, with band of blunt
spicules over highest point (fig. 14) .
OCTOBER 1968] MAYO NEW MAYFLIES FROM ECUADOR
305
Leptohyphes ecuador Mayo, new species
(Figs. 9, 12, 14-17)
Nymph.^ — Length body about 4 mm; caudal filaments about 2 mm. General
color amber with dark brown markings. Head blackish, mottled with amber, color
pattern of adult showing through; two tubercules covered with white spicules on
either side of midline between eyes. Mouthparts as in figures 12, 15-17 ; maxillary
palpi three segmented. Antennae amber. Pronotum blackish brown mottled with
amber; amber along anterior margin; small tubercles covered with white spicules
similar to those on head on either side of midline near posterior border. Mesonotum
amber with brown markings of adult pattern; wing pads amber; white spicules
on mesonotum in elongated clusters on either side of midline near anterior border,
and along anterior borders of wing pads; transverse striations between wing pads.
Legs amber; fore femora not quite as wide as hind femora; middle femora
narrower; hind femora about 30% longer than fore femora. Spines along anterior
borders of middle and hind femora. Hind femora with large projection from distal
end (fig. 14) ; projection about % length femur, not quite as big around as tibia;
blackish lines from base of projection over half way up femur; row of prominent
spines from base of projection entire length of femur, more prominent distally;
under high magnification these spines appear as flattened scales, blunt at tips.
Tip of projection with minute spicules; few striated oval scales on legs. Claws
with 5 marginal denticles (fig. 9). First abdominal tergite with wide dark brown
band medially, bordered with amber on anterior, posterior and lateral margins,
and wider at midline; segments 2-7 with wide dark brown bands across posterior
margins of tergites; bands mottled with amber and large amber spots on either
side of midline on segments 8-10; segment 10 with blackish line medially and
blackish laterally; lateral portions of tergites amber. Abdomen without tubercles,
but with few scattered spicules similar to those on legs. Operculate gills amber
with dark brown at base. Sternum with adult pattern showing through; abdominal
sternites with triangular darkened areas along midline, dark patches laterally;
triangular areas reduced to streaks on segments 8-9. Caudal filaments amber.
Holotype nymph, 6 June 1945. V. K. Mayo, Braden Quebrada,
Macuchi, Cotopaxi Province, Ecuador; in entomological collection
of University of Utah, Salt Lake City. Paratypes, 5 nymphs same data;
four in entomological collection of University of Utah; one mounted
on slide, in collection of writer.
There is one other nymph of the genus Leptohyphes with a projection
on hind femora; L. tuberculatus Allen from Peru. On that species there
are “round median tubercles” (Allen, 1967) on abdominal terga 5-9.
There are no abdominal tubercles on L. ecuador. There are no tubercles
on head and thorax of L. tuberculatus small tubercles are present on
head and thorax of L. ecuador.
Leptohyphes albus Mayo, new species
(Figs. 8, 18)
Nymph. — Length body 5 mm; caudal filaments about 3.5 mm. General coloring
pale yellow. Head pale except for eyes and ocelli. Maxillary palpi two segmented
306
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
[VOL. 44, NO. 4
OCTOBER 1968] MAYO NEW MAYFLIES FROM ECUADOR
307
(fig. 18). Pronotum depressed laterally; dark streak on anterior border of pro-
notum lateral to midline; smoky patches laterally. Mesonotum pale except for
anterior border narrowly rimmed with reddish brown; anterolateral corners smoky
with blackish streaks extending from this area near anterior border on either side
midline; dark V-shaped mark on scutellum between wing pads; white spicules on
anterior borders of wing pads; pale transverse striations between wing pads.
Costal margin of wings shows through as black in wing pads of two specimens;
this black costal area is the most prominent marking on body. Hind wing pads
pale. Spicules on fore femora same length as those of fore femora of L. ecuador,
but more narrow; hind femora very wide; much wider than fore femora; flattened
and with prominent reddish brown spines on anterior borders; hind femora 20%
longer than fore femora; middle femora with similar spines, but not as wide as
hind femora. Claws with five marginal denticles. Abdominal tergites smoky with
pale yellow intersegmental areas. Operculate gills smoky at base, pale distally.
Sternum pale.
Holotype nymph, 7 July 1942, V. K. Mayo, Rio Amayo, Macuchi,
Cotopaxi Province, Ecuador; in entomological collection of Univer-
sity of Utah, Salt Lake City. Paratypes: 2 nymphs, same data, same
deposition as holotype.
Leptohyphes tacajalo Mayo, new species
(Figs. 10, 11, 13)
Nymph. — Length body 4.5 to 5.0 mm; caudal filaments about 3 mm. General
color reddish brown to light brown. No tubercules, but head and thorax slightly
roughened with minute spicules. Maxillary palpi three segmented (fig. 13) .
Pronotum with protuberance along lateral margin near anterior border. Fore
femora much more narrow than hind femora. Spicules on dorsal surface of fore
femora are more narrow and longer than those of L. ecuador and L. albus; hind
femora only about 30% longer than fore femora; hind and middle femora with
elevated spineless ridge from distal end extending almost length of femur; flat,
long blunt spicules prominent on anterior borders of middle and hind femora;
tibiae with row of spines on anterior and posterior margins. Claws with three
marginal denticles. Scattered spicules on abdomen; abdominal tergites 2-7
depressed on either side forming troughs in which gills lie. Depressed tergites
flattened laterally; flattened area hyaline; segments 6-9 with posterolateral pro-
jections. Anterior margins of hind femora fit into curves of depressions on
abdomen. Sternites reddish brown except hyaline laterally on segments 2-7.
Caudal filaments narrowly banded with dark brown near base.
Holotype nymph, 6 June 1945, V. K. Mayo, Braden Quebrada,
Macuchi, Cotopaxi Province, Ecuador. In entomological collection
4 -
Fig. 8. Labium of L. albus. Fig. 9. Tarsus and claw of L. ecuador. Fig. 10.
L. tacajalo, dorsal view. Fig. 11. Labium of L. tacajalo. Fig. 12. Maxilla of
L. ecuador. Fig. 13. Maxilla of L. tacajalo. Fig. 14. L. ecuador, dorsal view.
Fig. 15. Mandible of L. ecuador. Fig. 16. Labium of L. ecuador. Fig. 17.
Labrum of L. ecuador. Fig. 18. Maxilla of L. albus.
308
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 4
of University of Utah, Salt Lake City. Paratypes, nine nymphs same
data, same deposition as holotype.
Acknowledgments
The writer is greatly indebted to Jay R. Traver and to Richard K.
Allen for their suggestions in the preparation of this manuscript.
Literature Cited
Allen, R. K. 1967. New species of new world Leptohyphinae. Can. EntomoL,
99: 350-375.
Notes on Larval and Adult Habits of
Vandykea tuber culata Linsley
(Coleoptera : Cerambycidae)
James S. Cope
San Jose State College, California
The tribe Methiini is represented by a relatively large number of
species in North America (Linsley, 1962). Information of biology and
habits is lacking for the vast majority of the group and plant associa-
tions are known for only a few species. Most species are nocturnal and
are commonly attracted to light.
During the winter of 1964, cerambycid infested branches of the
endemic Cupressus Sargentii Jepson from Butt’s Canyon, Napa County,
California were collected by the author. Several adult cerambycids
were found in their pupal chambers when the branches were split. These
beetles proved to be Vandykea tuberculata Linsley, a rarely encountered
species which has one of the most limited distributional ranges of all
the Cerambycidae of the Western United States. This peculiar species
is known only from small portions of Napa and Lake Counties in
Northern California (Linsley, 1961). The host, Sargent cypress, is
confined to isolated areas of serpentine soil (Munz and Keck, 1959).
Further field observations were made at Mt. St. Helena as well as
the Butt’s Canyon area over a two year period. Many infested branches
were brought in for laboratory observation. These were kept in glass
aquaria with screen covers. Notes on larval and adult behavior were
made both in the field and the laboratory. The larval feeding and
manner of pupation were observed by splitting the wood longitudinally.
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 44: 308-313. October 1968
OCTOBER 1968] COPE HABITS OF VANDYKEA TUBERCULATA
309
Fig. 1. Adult male of Vandykea tuber culata Linsley.
and mating and oviposition behavior were noted from freshly emerged
adults.
Adult Behavior
Mating . — Mating behavior was observed in the field, but, a more
detailed study was made on adults confined in a small glass aquaria.
Adults were kept in the presence of freshly cut branch sections of the
host plant. In a resting position the male orients himself on a branch
with his antennae pointed out and forward. In this manner the lengths
of the antennae often encompass two-thirds or more of the branch
circumference and can easily detect any females that may be present.
Copulation was usually attempted by the males at the first physical
contact with the females. As soon as contact was made the male began
310
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
[vOL. 44, NO. 4
OCTOBER 1968] COPE HABITS OF VANDYKEA TUBERCULATA
311
to orient himself into the proper copulatory position. The front legs
clasped the female between her prothoracic and mesothoracic pairs of
legs. The male antennae were held up and directed obliquely backward
while those of the female were held at right angles to the body. After
the male had attained the proper position, the abdomen was strongly
arched under and coupling was achieved. After coupling, the head and
pronotum of the male underwent a series of jerky up and down motions.
Each mating sequence began with 7 to 10 slow definite up and down
movements followed by 10 to 12 rapid jerky movements. Several more
joinings occurred, each terminating after 10 to 30 seconds of the
violent male motions. A similar mating sequence was observed during
a study of the habits of Oeme costata abietis Chemsak (Chemsak, 1965) .
There was occasional palpating of the female’s pronotum by the male.
This action apparently serves to pacify her since the process is repeated
during copulation at signs of agitation or attempts to break away.
Similar palpating occurs in numerous species of beetles including many
cerambycids (Michelsen, 1963, 1966a and b).
Oviposition . — Although the host of this species has been known for
some time evidence of Vandykea boring has been difficult to observe
in the field. It is now known that the larvae feed only in branches and
larger twigs that have recently died from lack of sunlight and are still
attached to the living tree.
Oviposition was induced in the laboratory by placing adults together
with freshly cut branch sections of the host. During the daylight hours
the adults remained motionless on the underside of the branches. How-
ever, shortly after dark the beetles began both mating and oviposition
behavior. The females, whieh had apparently been excited by the
volatile odors of the wood, began seeking oviposition niches. The anten-
nae were extended forward and slightly out over the surface and the
extruded ovipositor was rapidly played over the bark. When a suitable
niche was found, the ovipositor was inserted into it and the egg was
laid after a series of pulsations of the abdomen.
Larval Habits
The larvae mine beneath the bark, deeply scoring the hard wood and
finely reticulating the surface (fig. 1). A fine light colored granular
Fig. 2. Upper left: Larval scoring of surface of sapwood of Cupressus Sargentii.
Upper right: Larval scoring of sapwood and adult emergence hole. Lower left:
Pupal chamber showing hard frass plug. Lower right: Pupal chamber showing
extreme length and frass plug.
312
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL, 44, NO. 4
frass mixed with dark pieces of bark and feces gives a speckeled appear-
ance to the frass which is loosely packed into irregular galleries. Large
quantities of frass are expelled through small openings cut through the
bark. By this means a large portion of the gallery about the feeding
larva is kept free of any frass. The galleries may be quite extensive
often reaching a length of two feet or more. This work bears a striking
resemblance to that of Oeme costata (Chemsak, 1965). Although the
galleries of separate larvae never intersect, they either diverge or one
larvae tunnels beneath the gallery of another and again returns to the
normal feeding area beneath the bark. After completion of feeding,
the larvae bore into the heartwood and begin construction of pupal
chambers.
The larvae enter the heartwood at a right angle to the grain. After
boring to a sufficient depth a gradual turn is made and an elongate
chamber is constructed parallel to the grain of the wood (fig. 1). The
pupal chambers vary greatly in length measuring from 1% to 3 inches
long. A hard plug is placed at a constricted point approximately at
the midpoint of the chamber (fig. 2) . The plug is a hard pellet com-
posed of dark fecal material apparently compacted when still moist.
The inside edge of this plug is concave and light in color, and does
not appear to be fecal material.
The time of pupation appears to be very dependent upon weather.
Observations made during the winters of 1965 and 1966 show a sig-
nificant variation in the time of pupation. During the winter of 1965
with its very mild rainfall, pupation occurred in October and early
November. Transformation took place in early January. However,
during the very wet winter of 1966-1967 pupation did not occur until
late January and transformation took place in late March and April.
Adult emergence occurs through the fecal plug and out the elongate,
flanged, emergence hole (fig. 2) . The principle flight occurs in late
April and May. A small number of individuals do not mature as rapidly
and form a secondary flight in late June. The life cycle is always
completed within one year.
Present knowledge does not indicate that V. tuherculata is attracted
to ultra-violet light.
I am indebted to Dr. John A. Chemsak, of the University of Califor-
nia at Berkeley, for aiding in the preparation of this manuscript.
Literature Cited
Chemsak, J. A. 1965. A new subspecies of Oeme costata, with observations on
the habits of larvae and adults. J. Kans. Entomol. Soc., 38: 351-355.
OCTOBER 1968] WILLIAMS — NEW VEJOVID SCORPIONS
313
Linsley, E. G. 1961. The Cerambycidae of North America. Part I. Univ. Calif.
Publ. Entomol., 18: 1-135, 35 pi., figs. 1-16.
1962. The Cerambycidae of North America. Part III. Taxonomy and clas-
sification of the subfamily Cerambycinae, tribes Opsimini through
Megaderini. Univ. Calif. Publ. Entomol., 20: 1-188, figs. 1-56.
Michelsen, a. 1963. Observations on the sexual behaviour of some longicorn
beetles, subfamily Lepturinae. Behaviour, 22: 151-166.
1966a. On the evolution of tactile stimulatory actions in longhorned beetles.
Z. Tierpsychol., 23(3) : 257-266.
1966b. The sexual behaviour of some longhorned beetles. Entomol. Medd.,
34: 329-355.
Munz, P. a., and D. D. Keck. 1959. A California flora. Univ. Calif. Press,
Berkeley and Los Angeles, 1-1681, figs. 1-134.
Two New Scorpions from Western North America
(Scorpionida : Vejovidae)
Stanley C. Williams
San Francisco State College, California
Vejovis utahensis Williams, new species
(Figs. 1, 2)
Diagnosis. — -Moderate to large species of Vejovis, belonging to subgenus Paru-
roctonus. Body uniform straw yellow, pedipalps and walking legs somewhat lighter,
pectines whitish; lacking stripes and other contrasting markings on dorsum.
Pedipalp hands with palms swollen, strongly granular keels and short fingers.
Metasoma with inferior lateral keels present and serrate; inferior median keels
smooth to obsolete on segment I, smooth to crenulate on II and III, crenulate to
serrate on IV. Pectines with 27 to 31 teeth in males, 17 to 21 teeth in females.
Vejovis utahensis appears related to Vejovis mesaensis (Stahnke),
Vejovis auratus (Gertsch and Soleglad), and Vejovis aquilonalis Stahnke
because of similarities in the following characteristics: short pedipalp
fingers; terminal teeth of movable finger of chelicerae subequal on
both borders ; light yellow body coloration essentially lacking distinctive
dark markings; basic pectinal structure similar. Differs from V.
mesaensis in the following ways; ocular diad not Vs carapace width;
bristles on inferior surface of metasoma not as numerous; pectinal
teeth fewer ; structure of inferior keels of metasoma not similar. Differs
from V. aquilonalis and V. auratus in the following ways: inferior
median keels of metasoma not all obsolete on segments I to IV ; inferior
lateral keels not weak and smooth on segments I to IV.
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 44: 313-321. October 1968
314
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 4
1
Fig. 1. Vejovis utahensis Williams, new species. Dorsal view of liolotype.
Fig. 2. Vejovis utahensis Williams, new species. Ventral view of holotype.
Holotype Male. — Coloration. — Carapace, mesosoma, metasoma and pedipalps
uniform, pale, straw yellow except for obsolescent dusky marking associated with
median groove of carapace; walking legs similar but lighter yellow; pectines
whitish. Only contrasting color markings are: eyes black, most of ocular tubercule
black, pedipalp and cheliceral teeth reddish-amber, aculeus and pretarsal claws
reddish-brown. Cuticle almost transparent, with heart showing dorsally; internal
organs give mesosoma darker tone; cuticle otherwise unpigmented.
Carapace . — Anterior margin somewhat convex, with subtle median emargination,
set with eight reddish bristles. Lateral eyes three per group, most anterior eye
in each group largest. Median eyes on raised ocular tubercule; one large reddish
bristle on ocular tubercule posterior to each median eye; diad slightly more than
OCTOBER 1968] WILLIAMS — NEW VEJOVID SCORPIONS
315
Table 1. Measurements (in millimeters) of Vejovis utahensis, new
species, holotype and allotype.
Holotype
(male)
Allotype
(female)
Total length
42.0
54.3
Carapace, length
5.3
6.2
width (at median eyes)
3.9
4.5
Mesosoma, length
9.6
17.8
Metasoma, length
21.3
23.0
segment I, length/width
2.9/2.7
3.0/3.1
segment II, length/width
3.4/2.6
3.7/3.0
segment III, length/width
3.6/2.4
3.9/2.9
segment IV, length/width
4.6/2.3
5.0/2.6
segment V, length/width
6.8/2.2
7.4/2.6
Telson, length
5.8
7.3
Vesicle, length/width
3.7/2.0
4.8/2.6
depth
1.7
2.3
Aculeus, length
2.1
2.5
Pedipalp
Humerus, length /width
4.2/1.5
4.8/1.8
Brachium, length/width
4.7/2.0
5.3/2.4
Chela, total length
8.3
9.3
Palm, length/width
4.5/2.4
4.8/2.5
depth
3.5
3.6
Fixed finger, length
3.8
4.5
Movable finger, length
4.8
5.6
Pectines, teeth, left/right
31/30
18/17
middle lamellae
23
14
14 carapace width at that point. Carapace surface densely covered with large
granules, parts of ocular tubercule also granular.
Mesosoma . — All tergites densely granular; median keels absent on tergite 1,
granular to serrate on 2 to 7 ; tergite 7 with two pairs of dentate lateral keels.
Sternites smooth; one pair of serrate keels on last sternite.
Metasoma . — Lateral keels present and serrate on posterior % of segment I,
represented by 4 to 5 serrations on posterior % of segments II and III, reduced
to a single posterior granule on IV, crenulate to serrate on anterior half of V.
Inferior lateral keels present and serrate on all segments. Inferior median keels
smooth to obsolete on segment I, smooth to crenulate on II and III, crenulate to
serrate on IV, serrate on V. Inferior median keels set with reddish bristles, 3, 4,
4, 5, pairs on segments I to IV, respectively. Inferior intercarinal spaces of segment
V with abundant moderate-sized granules.
Telson . — Ventral side with 9 pairs of long reddish hairs; vesicle basically smooth
and lustrious but with irregular surface; subtle subaculear tubercule.
Pectines . — ^23 subcircular middle lamellae in a single row, each with 4 to 7
reddish hairs; about five accessory middle lamellae anterior to the middle row;
31/30 teeth; 7 to 9 reddish hairs on each fulcrum.
316
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. 44, NO. 4
Genital Operculum. — Completely divided longitudinally; genital papillae visible
externally.
Chelicerae. — Inferior border of movable finger crenulate and with four, subtle,
unpigmented denticles; terminal tooth of superior border of movable finger smaller
than that of inferior border, but these two closely opposed.
Pedipalps . — Palm of chela well swollen inwardly, keels pronounced and heavily
granular. Fixed finger, movable finger or palm each distinctly shorter than
carapace length; fixed finger shorter than palm. Internal margin of finger
irregularly scalloped.
Standard Measurements . — Table 1.
Allotype Female. — Distinctly larger than holotype, but morphologically similar
with following exceptions: pedipalp fingers more elongate; pectines with fewer
teeth (18/17 instead of 31/30) ; middle lamellae fewer (14 instead of 23) ; with
faint dusky pigment underlying carapace; carapace and tergites not as granular;
cuticle lustrious in many areas; pectines smaller in size, no genital papillae,
genital operculum not completely divided longitudinally.
Standard Measurements . — Table 1.
Study of 30 paratopotypes indicated little significant variation from
the holotype and allotype. Twelve males varied in carapace length
from 1.8 to 5.3 mm, while 18 females varied from 2.8 to 5.8 mm, in
length. Pectine tooth count varied from 27 to 31 in males and from
17 to 21 in females. One specimen, an adult female, had median eyes
and ocular tuhercule completely lacking black pigment, and one juvenile
male, presumably a second instar had faint dusky pigment underlining
the inferior keels of the metasoma. Several specimens showed a sug-
gestion of diffuse dusky pigment associated with the carapace and with
the inferior metasomal keels.
The holotype male, allotype and 30 paratopotypes were collected
2 MILES NORTHEAST OF Bluff, Utah, 14 July 1967 by S. C. Williams,
M. A. Cazier, and J. Davidson. The holotype and allotype are per-
manently deposited in the California Academy of Sciences.
This species is here named V. utahensis after the state, Utah, in which
it was first collected.
In addition to the holotype, allotype and 30 paratopotypes, 83 other
paratypes were collected from the following two localities in Utah
(U.S.A.), San Juan Co.: % mile west of town of Bluff, 14 July 1967
(S. C. Williams, M. A. Cazier, J. Davidson), 46 males, 20 females;
Bluff city limits, in flood plain of San Juan River, 14 July 1967 (S. C.
Williams, M. A. Cazier, J. Davidson), 9 males, 8 females.
This species is a burrowing form found in fine textured sandy soils
in a dune type community. Plants were low growing and sparse in
the areas most abundantly occupied. The specimens collected were
primarily older individuals, young instars were conspicuously uncom-
OCTOBER 1968] WILLIAMS — NEW VEJOVID SCORPIONS
317
mon in the samples. The 115 specimens examined were collected
during early evening on the ground surface by means of ultraviolet
detection. This was interesting because of the occurrence of an electrical
storm and intermittent light showers at the time of collection.
This species occurred in sandy habitats where the sand was fine
textured and packed and was absent in areas where the sand was coarse
and unpacked. Lower areas along the San Juan River flood plain were
not occupied. This was the only species found in the Bluff, Utah area
even though six different localities were sampled.
Vejovis gertschi Williams, new species
(Figs. 3, 4)
Diagnosis. — Small dark species of Vejovis closely related to Vejovis wupat-
kiensis Stahnke. Base color of cuticle brownish-yellow with contrasting dark or
dusky markings on most body regions; inferior median and inferior lateral keels
of metasoma underlined with dark pigmentation; terminal segments of metasoma
darker than preceding segments. Carapace with anterior margin somewhat
concave and with median emarginate notch; inferior median and inferior lateral
keels of metasoma all distinctly developed, these serrate, crenulate or intermediate;
pectinal teeth 16-18 in males, 14-16 in females; chela elongate, palm with
crenulate keels medially and smooth keels dorsally and laterally, fixed finger
longer than palm, terminal tooth on each finger elongate; chelicerae with inferior
border of movable finger smooth.
May be distinguished from V. wupatkiensis in the following ways:
palms without granulated keels on superior aspect; pedipalp fingers
not more than twice the underhand length (may reach twice underhand
length, however) ; movable finger of pedipalp not distinctly longer than
metasoma V, but essentially the same length or less; distinctly smaller
species; has more or less dark obsolescent stripes on dorsum of
mesosoma; most of body with dark markings.
Holotype Male. — Coloration. — Base color of body brownish-yellow, lighter on
legs and venter than on dorsum; carapace with dark dusky pigmentation forming
marbled pattern; one pair of obsolescent submedian dark stripes on dorsum of
mesosoma, sternites without contrasting pigmentation; diffuse dark pigment
underlying much of cuticle of metasomal segments and telson; inferior median
and inferior lateral keels of metasoma underlined with dark diffuse pigment;
telson with one pair of submedian ventral yellow stripes and one similar pair
laterally; pedipalps and walking legs with much of cuticle marked with dusky
pigmentation; pectines whitish except for some localized, dusky markings on
anterior and middle lamellae; keels on palm of pedipalp outlined with dusky
pigment, this extending into proximal region of fingers; ocular tubercule black,
articulation point of legs reddish, aculeus reddish-brown, pretarsal claws light red.
Carapace . — Anterior margin concave, with distinct median notch, this border
set with six reddish bristles; anterior border % width of posterior border; lateral
eyes three per group. Median eyes on raised ocular tubercule; one large bristle
318
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 4
Fig. 3. Vejovis gertschi Williams, new species. Dorsal view of holotype. Fig. 4.
Vejovis gertschi Williams, new species. Ventral view of holotype.
on tubercule behind each eye; diad slightly more than % carapace width at that
point. Carapace surface densely but irregularly covered with fine granules.
A/esosoma.— Tergites densely covered with fine granules; median keels reduced
on tergites 1 and 2, but well developed and crenulate on other tergites; one pair
lateral keels absent on tergite 1, reduced on 2, granular on 3 to 6, tergite 7 with
two pairs of serrate lateral keels. Sternites smooth and lustrious, last sternite
with one well developed pair of crenulate to serrate keels.
Metasoma . — Dorsal keels sharply serrate on segments I to IV, ending posteriorly
on each segment in a distinctly larger tooth; all dorsal intercarinal spaces with
small granules. Dorsal lateral keels serrate, crenulate or intermediate on segments
OCTOBER 1968] WILLIAMS — NEW VEJOVID SCORPIONS
319
I to V. Lateral keels serrate to crenulate on posterior % of segment I, posterior
14 of II and on posterior 14 of III, absent on IV, crenulate to granulate on anterior
% of V. Inferior lateral keels well developed and crenulate to serrate on all
segments. Inferior median keels well developed on all segments, these crenulate
on segments I and II, crenulate to serrate on III and IV, serrate on V. Inferior
intercarinal spaces agranular. Inferior median keels of segments I to IV set with
reddish bristles, 3, 3, 3, 2 pairs respectively; inferior intercarinal space of V with
three pairs of reddish bristles. Segments I and II each wider than long, segment
III as wide as long, segments IV and V each longer than wide; segment V slightly
longer than combined length of segments I and II.
Telson . — Ventral side of vesicle with about seven pairs of reddish hairs; ventral
side of vesicle with broad shield-like granules giving uneven surface texture.
Distinct broad subaculear tubercule and well curved aculeus.
Pectines. — Appearing to have middle lamellae with 10 subcircular sclerites in
a single row; triangular fulcra; 17 teeth per comb; each sclerite of middle
lamella with 1 to 3 brownish-red hairs; each fulcrum with about 2 hairs.
Genital Operculum . — Completely divided longitudinally; genital papillae well
developed and visible externally. Surface of genital operculum with six pairs
of reddish hairs,
Pedipalps. — Palm only slightly swollen, hand elongate; crenulate keels on medial
aspect of palm, the other keels of palm also well developed but quite smooth.
Fixed finger much longer than palm, movable finger same length as carapace.
Opposing margins of fingers without pronounced scalloping; distal tooth of each
finger strikingly elongate.
Chelicerae. — Inferior border of movable finger smooth, completely lacking
denticles.
Standard Measurements . — Table 2.
Allotype Female. — Coloration and morphology essentially as holotype with
following exceptions: slightly greater total length; slightly wider carapace and
mesosoma; chela slightly longer and more elongate; pectines with fewer teeth
(14/15 instead of 17/17) ; middle lamellae composed of fewer sclerites (9 instead
of 10) ; cuticle somewhat more lustrious; movable finger slightly longer than
carapace.
Standard Measurements. — Table 2.
Paratypes showed little significant variation from the descriptions of
the holotype and allotype. Males varied from 0.7 to 3.0 millimeters in
carapace length while females varied from 0.7 to 3.5 millimeters in
this length, Pectine tooth count varied from 16 to 18 in males, and
from 14 to 16 (predominantly 15) in females. Adult females reached
slightly larger hody sizes than adult males. Both sexes had body parts
with essentially the same proportions except that adult females had a
wider carapace and longer mesosoma. The movable pedipalp finger,
carapace and metasomal segment V all had essentially the same lengths,
but varied in that any one of these body parts could be longer depend-
ing upon the individual being measured. All specimens were charac-
teristically dark, but some were somewhat darker than others. The
320
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 4
Table 2. Measurements (in millimeters) of Vejovis gertschi, new
species, holotype and allotype.
Holotype
(male)
Allotype
(female)
Total length
23.0
25.2
Carapace, length
3.1
3.2
width (at median eyes)
2.3
2.5
Mesosoma, length
5.9
7.4
Metasoma, length
11.0
11.3
segment I, length/width
1.4/1.9
1.4/2.0
segment II, length/width
1.7/1.9
1.8/2.0
segment III, length /width
1.9/1.9
1.9/1.9
segment IV, length/width
2.5/1.8
2.6/1.9
segment V, length/width
3.5/1.8
3.6/1.8
Telson, length
3.0
3.3
Vesicle, length/width
2.0/1.2
2.1/1.2
depth
0.8
0.9
Aculeus, length
1.0
1.2
Pedipalp
Humerus, length/width
2.8/0.8
3.0/0.9
Brachium, length/width
3.1/1.0
3.3/1.1
Chela, total length
4.7
5.3
Palm, length/width
2.0/1.0
2.3/1.1
depth
1.1
1.2
Fixed finger, length
2.7
3.0
Movable finger, length
3.1
3.4
Pectines, teeth, left/right
17/17
14/15
middle lamellae
10
9
stripes on the mesosoma were much more pronounced on some speci-
mens but always obsolescent. The specimen from Wildcat Canyon was
so dark that color patterns were obscured, but this darkness was
probably due to poor preservation. Most specimens had the terminal
segments of the metasoma distinctly darker than the preceding ones.
First instars were distinct in that: aculeus blunt; pretar sal claws
absent; base color white, but with contrasting dusky markings.
The holotype male, allotype and 21 paratopotypes were collected
one mile east of San Ysidro, San Diego County, California, 31
December 1966 (S. C. Williams). All specimens were collected during
the day under rocks and cardboard on a coastal chaparral hillside.
The holotype and allotype are permanently deposited in the California
Academy of Sciences.
In addition to the holotype, allotype and 21 paratopotypes, an
additional 47 paratypes were studied. Paratypes were collected from
OCTOBER 1968] WICKMAN & SEMINOFF — EIJCROSSUS BIOLOGY
321
the following localities in San Diego County, California (U.S.A.) :
Otay River Valley, on Otay Ranch, 31 December 1966 (S. C. Williams) ,
9 males, 13 females; Otay Valley, 10 November 1963, (Benny Nava),
2 males, 1 female; Wildcat Canyon, 5 miles north of town of Lakeside,
9 June 1962 (S. C. Williams), 1 female; Alvarado Canyon, San Diego
city, 6 April 1957 (S. C. Williams), 7 females; Alvarado Canyon, San
Diego city, 29 December 1963 (S. C. Williams), 1 female and 12 first
instars (babies were not born until July 1964) ; San Diego city, 24
January 1965 (Susie Kasai), 1 female.
This species appears to be one of the more common species in coastal
San Diego county, California. Most of the specimens were collected
under rocks and other surface cover, but they also appear to be common
under flakes of heat fractured granite rocks. In Otay Valley, 12 speci-
mens were removed from an active wood rat {Neotoma sp.) nest. In
the Wildcat Canyon study area, the specimen was collected in a pit-trap
in a chaparral community recovering from a recent fire.
Notes on the Biology of Eucrossus villicornis LeConte
(Coleoptera : Cerambycidae)
Boyd E. Wickman^ and Serje G. Seminoff^
Pacif. SW Forest and Range Exp. Sta., Forest Serv.,
USD A, Berkeley, Calif.
Eucrossus villicornis LeConte, a wood borer, has been found in
California, Nevada, Arizona, New Mexico, and northern Mexico on
Pinus spp., including P. jeffreyi Grev. & Balf. (Linsley, 1962) . It is
usually active from April to September. Eucrossus LeConte is monotypic
in the subfamily Cerambycinae. Craighead (1923) reared specimens
of E. villicornis LeConte at Falls Church, Virginia, from P. torreyana
Parry collected at San Diego, California. He states: “The work [of
the insect] resembles that of Callidium antennatum.^’’ But it is not clear
whether he meant the resemblance applied to all of the boring activity
or only part of it. Perhaps our observations can clarify this point.
In summer of 1965 we reared E. villicornis from P. jeffreyi logs at
Hat Creek, California. The logs had been cut in fall of 1964 near
Idlewild, Riverside County, California, from trees infested with Mela-
nophila californica Van Dyke (Swain and Wickman, 1968). They had
^Present address: Pacific NW Forest & Range Exp. Sta., Corvallis, Ore.
^ Present address : Camino, Calif.
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 44: 321-324. October 1968
322
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
[VOL. 44, NO. 4
Figs. 1 and 2. Eucrossus villicornis. Fig. 1. Pupal chamber at end of larval
tunnel in sapwood. Fig. 2. Adult exit hole, center; larval entrance hole, upper
left; and larval galleries etching the sapwood before entering the wood.
OCTOBER 1968] WICKMAN & SEMINOFF — EUCROSSUS BIOLOGY 323
been allowed to winter in place in the field, and were shipped to Hat
Creek in May 1965, then placed outside in cardboard-box rearing
cages.
The attacks by E. villicornis had apparently been made in mid-
summer 1964 shortly after the trees died from the M. calif ornica attacks.
Infested logs were radiographed and dissected from June until August
in 1965 and again in May 1966 to follow the development and work
of E. villicornis. Large larvae were found under the bark in June. By
July, the larvae were making pupal chambers, and by August, they
were pupae and callow adults in the wood. In 38 pupal chambers
examined in August 1965, we found; 4 pupae, 18 callow adults, 7 pupae
presumably destroyed by ostomid larvae, and 9 pupae dead and covered
with a fungus.
E. villicornis^ started emerging from the logs at Hat Creek on 12
August, several weeks after M. californica, and stopped emerging in
October. One adult emerged in May 1966. All other adults present
in the logs were dead.
Larvae worked under the bark, making winding galleries until they
were late instar in June and July 1965. Then they bored straight into
the wood across the grain to a depth of 40 mm (range 12—76 mm).
The larval tunnel in the wood was plugged with coarse, stringy frass —
all the way to the pupal chamber (fig. 1).
The pupal chamber is at right angles to the larval tunnel and parallel
with the wood grain. The chamber was 40 to 70 mm long and 6 mm
in diameter (fig. 1). Pupae were creamy white, 13 to 22 mm long.
In each log dissection they were oriented head downward in the stand-
ing log. Our observations on boring habits are similar to those made
by Tyson (1966) except the larvae in Jeffrey pine did not chew exit
holes through the bark before pupating as he reported for Pinus
sahiniana.
The adults we reared varied in length from 15.5 to 22 mm. The
beetles appear to be nocturnal in babit (Linsley, 1962) ; emerging
adults were attracted to a black light placed near infested logs. Adult
exit holes in the bark were oval, similar to tbe larval entrance holes
(fig. 2) . The adults collected had a 1 : 1 sex ratio.
This insect appears to have a 1-year life cycle in its normal range,
but when reared further north in cooler climates (as at Hat Creek)
it may have either a 1-year or a 2-year life cycle. The dead pupae
found in 1965 and dead adults found in 1966 could have been killed
by the lindane sprayed on the logs to control M. californica.
® Determined by Dr. J. A. Chemsak, Univ. of Calif., Berkeley.
324
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 4
Literature Cited
Craighead, F. C. 1923. North American cerambycid larvae. Canada Dep. Agr.
Bull., 27: 41-239.
Linsley, E. G. 1962. The cerambycidae of North America. Part III. Taxonomy
and classification of the subfamily cerambycinae, tribes Opsimini
through Megaderini. Univ. Calif. Publ. EntomoL, 20: 1-188.
Swain, K. M., and B. E. Wickman. 1967. Lindane can help control California
flatheaded borer in Jeffrey pine. U. S. Forest Serv., Pacific SW Forest
& Range Exp. Sta. Res. Note PSW-162, 5 pp., illus.
Tyson, W. H. 1966. Notes on reared cerambycidae. Pan-Pac. EntomoL, 42:
201-207.
The Immature Stages of Hesperoconopa
dolicho phallus ( Alex. )
(Diptera : Tipulidae)^
C. Dennis Hynes
California State Polytechnic College, San Luis Obispo
There are five species of Hesperoconopa now recorded from the
continental United States. The immature stages and their habitats are
not described although Alexander (1948, 1949) has indicated that they
must be either aquatic or subaquatic. Several larvae and pupae of
Hesperoconopa dolichophallus (Alex.) were taken in the backwaters
and small tributaries of the White River in Mount Rainier National
Park, Washington. Second, third, and fourth instar larvae, and pupae
were found in patches of fine to coarse sand which were submerged
beneath depths of one to twelve inches of swiftly flowing, cold water.
Pupae were also taken from habitats where the water had recently
receded. The larvae are difficult to separate from those of the genus
Dicranota, with which they are associated, because of similarity of body
coloration, but closer examination reveals the typical eriopterine head
capsule of Hesperoconopa. The following description is based on ten
last instar larval specimens and will serve for all instars except the
first, which has not been observed. The pupal description is based on
one male and seven female specimens.
Hesperoconopa dolichophallus (Alexander)
Last Instar Larvae . — Length 10.4-12.6 mm; dextrosinistral and dorsoventral
diameters both 0.5-0.6 mm. Body brown, elongate, vermiform, tapering slightly
anteriorly. Seventh abdominal segment with dark ring of setae at posterior margin ;
^ This investigation is supported by National Science Foundation Grant GB-4532.
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 44: 324-327. October 1968
OCTOBER 1968] HYNES IMMATURE STAGES OF HESPEROCONOPA 325
2
3 4
Fig. 1. Lateral view of terminal segments of H. dolichophallus. Fig. 2. Lateral
view of anterior end of H. dolichophallus. Fig. 3. Lateral view of female cauda
of H. dolichophallus. Fig. 4. Lateral view of male cauda of H. dolichophallus.
occasionally expanded because of invagination of terminal segments. Ninth
abdominal segment extremely setulose, with elongate pencils of setae (fig. 1),
bifurcate at extreme tip, lacking spiracles. Four opaque, white anal lobes, posterior
pair slightly longer than anterior pair, latter often retracted in preserved specimens.
Length of head capsule 0.425-0.442 mm; dextrosinistral diameter at mandibular
articulation 0.102-0.119 mm; antennal length and width subequal; maxillae bilobed
and blunt with anterior apices not extending beyond anterior margin of labrum;
lateral and ventral bars spatulate, directed sharply mesad at posterior margins.
326
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 4
ventral bars blunt with no teeth at anterior ends; dorsal bars not spatulate pos-
teriorly; ocular plates membranous except for area just anterior to premaxillary
suture; anteclypeal fold from posterior edge of mandibular articulation curved
mesally and cephally continuing caudally to slightly arcuate antennal buttress;
lateral bar separated from antennal buttress and dorsal bar by suture; lateral
areas of clypeus lightly sclerotized back and slightly beyond level of posterior
margin of antennal buttress, medial area membranous; frons membranous to
posterior quarter of head capsule; posterior quarter of frontal area sclerotized on
either side of membranous medial area, joining at tip with no apparent suture.
Pupa . — Length 5. 6-7.0 mm; females slightly longer than males; dextrosinistral
and dorsoventral diameters both 0.79-0.90 mm. Body terete, gradually tapering
from thorax to cauda, thorax and wing pads black, abdomen white with cauda
dark brown to black. Cephalic crest bearing two tubercles on either side of
midline, ventral tubercles smaller, dorsal tubercles curving ventrally, with elongate
setae at tip; pronotum smooth, dark brown to either side of medial white vitta,
lateral edge with three elongate setae; anterior margin of mesonotum (fig. 2)
with two or three irregular spines adjacent to midline, shorter spinous processes
scattered over surface extending from pseudosuture over dorsal crest to just beyond
midlength of notum; face of dorsal crest dark brown, remainder of notum light
brown, mesonotal breathing horns absent, or at most, represented by small patch
of delicate, short setae, metanotum slightly darkened and roughened by small
folds medially, armed with four setae near lateral margins, bases of halteres
bulbous. Roughened area on anterior third of abdominal segments three through
seven, elongate pencils of setae present on all segments. Eye sheath roughened
with two small spines arranged transversely on scape, pedicle, and first flagellar
segments, one spine on each following segments progressively smaller toward tip
of flagellar sheath; leg sheaths roughened with outer sheaths extending nearly
to posterior margin of roughened area of third abdominal segment. Female cauda
(fig. 3) with dorsal ventral sheath curving upward with tip having spines directed
abruptly basally and laterally, ventral sheaths elongated with tips angling dorsally,
then curving ventrally; male cauda (fig. 4) with black tubercle armed with yellow
spine arising from outer ventral margins of both sheaths of outer dististyles, second
set of spinous tubercles arising from tips of tergal arms, directed dorsally and
caudally.
The larvae of this genus may be separated from the larval forms of
all other genera on the basis of the cone-shaped caudal end. The pupal
forms may also be readily identified by the retention of this structure
as a finger-shaped projection on the homologous segments of the pupal
cauda. Characteristics such as the elongate pencils of setae, reduction
of the pupal breathing horns, and the body movements of Hesperoconopa
are very similar to those of the genus Cryptolabis (Hynes, 1963) and
to a lesser extent the genus Rhabdomastix, and must indicate the close
relationship of these genera.
Literature Cited
Alexander, C. P. 1948. Records and descriptions of North American crane-flies
(Diptera). Part VII. The Tipuloidea of Utah, I. Amer. Midland Natur.,
39: 1-82, 62 figs.
OCTOBER 1968] GUSTAFSON & LANE — SALT MARSH INSECTS
327
1949. Records and descriptions of North American crane-flies (Diptera) .
Part VIII. The Tipuloidea of Washington, I. Amer. Midland Natur.,
42: 257-333, 65 figs.
Hynes, C. D. 1963. Description of the immature stages of Cryptolabis magnistyla
Alexander (Diptera: Tipulidae). Pan-Pac. EntomoL, 39: 255-260.
An Annotated Bibliography of Literature on Salt Marsh
Insects and Related Arthropods in California
Joel F. Gustafson and Robert S. Lane
San Francisco State College, California
The Pacific Coast Entomological Society in 1966 established a special
committee whose concern was to be “the salt marsh habitat.” The
Society voted to undertake the encouragement of the publication of
notes and observations of insects and other related arthropods of the
salt marsh, particularly of central California.
In order to facilitate such work, the following annotated bibliography
is presented.
Standard references, indexes and abstracts were employed in develop-
ing this bibliography. Only references appropriate to California are
included in this manuscript. An extended series of references on salt
marsh arthropods are on file at the Entomology Departments of the
California Academy of Sciences in San Francisco and at San Francisco
State College. This bibliographic file will be kept as current as possible.
The greatest share of the references in the literature refer to European
salt marshes. It is our opinion that a considerable body of information
exists in the literature relating to the species of terrestrial arthropods
inhabiting the salt marsh environment. However, most of these sources
of information are not available to a search based upon words or
phrases indicating the specific habitat. That is, the bulk of the informa-
tion extant is contained within taxonomic articles, the titles of which
do not disclose the habitats of the species treated.
Readers are encouraged to submit additional references based upon
their familiarity with the taxonomic literature so that we may expand
what we know to be only a first approximation of the existing informa-
tion on the terrestrial arthropods of the salt marsh habitat.
Aarons, T. 1953. Salt marsh mosquito survey in the San Francisco Bay Area,
1950-53. Proc. Calif. Mosquito Control Assoc., 22: 75-78.
(A survey of Aedes squamiger in S. F. Bay marshes.)
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 44: 327-331. October 1968
328
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 4
Aarons, T., J. R. Walker, H. F. Gray, and E. G. Mezger. 1951. Studies of the
flight range of Aedes squamiger (Coquillet). Proc. Calif. Mosquito
Control Assoc., 19: 65-71.
(Contains flight records on A. squamiger and A. dorsalis in S. F. Bay
Region.)
Blackwelder, R. E, 1932. The genus Endeodes LeConte. Pan-Pacific Entomol.,
8: 128-136.
(Melyrid beetles collected from San Francisco to San Diego near high
tide mark in damp areas under rubbish are described. Biological notes
on each are included.)
Bohart, R. M. 1948. Differentiation of larvae and pupae of Aedes dorsalis and
Aedes squamiger. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash., 50: 216-217.
1956. Identification and distribution of Aedes melanimon and Aedes dorsalis
in California. Proc. Calif. Mosquito Control Assoc., 24: 81-83.
(Distinctions based upon larval characters and male genitalia provide
identification of the two species. A. dorsalis primarily coastal south-
eastern, eastern and northeastern in its distribution in Calif. A. melan-
imon primarily central valley in Calif, and with populations in coastal
southern Calif, northeastern and eastern; extending east to Colorado
and north to Oregon and Montana.)
Bohart, R. M., E. C. Mezger, and A. D. Telford. 1953. Observations on the
seasonal history of Aedes squamiger. Proc. Calif. Mosquito Control
Assoc., 21: 7-9.
(Contains egg-pupal development during fall to spring months of a
marsh near Bolinas, California.)
Carl, G. A. 1937. Flora and fauna of brackish water. Ecology, 18: 446-453.
1 map, 2 graphs.
(A brackish water community located at the entrance to Stanley
Park, Vancouver, B. C., contains water-boatmen, damsel fly nymphs,
and midge fly larvae in large numbers in the mud.)
Carpelan, L. H. 1957. Hydrobiology of the Alviso Salt Ponds. Ecology, 38:
375-390.
(Discusses ecology of six salt ponds. Presents observations on phys-
ical, chemical and biological factors. Lists species of all life (plant,
vertebrate and invertebrate) in ponds 1-6 with increasing salinities.
Pond 1 contains brackish bay water. Pond 6 contains water about four
times that of ocean water.)
Carpenter, S. J., W. W. Middlekauff, and R. W. Chamberlin. 1946. The
mosquitoes of the southern United States east of Oklahoma and Texas.
Amer. Midland Natur., Monogr. 3, 292 pp.
{Aedes taeniorhynchus occurs along the Pacific Coast from Peru to
California, and breeds in salt marshes flooded by tides or rains. The
following are also salt marsh breeders: Aedes dorsalis, A. sollicitans,
Culex salinarius, C. bahamensis, Anopheles atropos, and A. crucians
bradleyi.)
Chamberlin, J. C., and G. F. Ferris. 1929. On Liparocephalus and allied
genera. Pan-Pac. Entomol., 5: 137-143, 153-162.
(Four species of staphylinid beetles taken from the reefs of Moss
Beach, California, are described in terms of their biology, morphology.
OCTOBER 1968] GUSTAFSON & LANE SALT MARSH INSECTS
329
and taxonomy. All species were found in rock crevices and under algae,
extending out to about the half-tide mark.)
Chapman, H. C., and G. Grodhaus. 1963. The separation of Aedes dorsalis
Meigen and A. melanimon Dyar. Calif. Vector Views, 10: 53-56.
(Description of taxonomic characters that can be used to separate
adult females of these two insects. Specimens studied were obtained
from larval samples taken from salt marshes in the Eureka area of
Humboldt Co.)
CoQUiLLETT, D. W. 1902. New Diptera from North America. Proc. U. S. Nat.
Mus., 25: 83-126.
DE LA Torre-Bueno, J. R. 1913. Some new and little-known Heteroptera from
the Western United States. Entomol. News, 24: 20-23.
{Gerris gillettei L. and S. taken from Garfield, Utah, on brackish
water. )
Dodds, C. T. 1923. A new salt marsh mealy bug (Eriococcus palustris) . J. En-
tomol. and Zook, 15: 57-60.
(Description and biology of E. palustris Dodds (Homo.) occurring
on the upper surface of the leaves of salt-marsh cord-grass (Spartina
foliosa Trin.) in the San Francisco Bay region. Pseudo coccohius claus-
seni Timberlake (Hymen.) parasitized a large percentage of them.)
Essig, E. 0. 1926. Insects of Western North America. The MacMillan Co., New
York, 1035 pp.
(Specific references: (1) sugar beet leaf-hopper (Homo.), Eutettix
tenellus (Baker), found on annual saltbushes (p. 212) ; (2) Cord grass
scale (Homo.), Chionaspis spartinae Comstock, abundant on cord or
salt marsh grass around S. F. Bay region (p. 310). (3) Pseudococcus
salinas (Cockerell), coastal area of Calif, on salt marsh grass (p. 284-
Homo.); (4) P. timberlakei Cockerell (Homo.) — S. F. Bay region on
salt marsh grass; (5) Yucca mealybug, Puto ambigua (Fullaway) :
infests pickleweed in S. F. Bay region (p. 286-Homo.) ; (6) Trirhabda
flavolimbata (Menn) : this Chrysomelid (Col.) is a general feeder on
pickleweed in Calif, (p. 472) ; (7) Gerris gillettei Lethierry and Severin
(Hemip.) : Western sp. occurring in Calif., Utah, Montana, and Colo-
rado. Reported in brackish water in the latter (p. 364) ; (8) littoral
shore bug, Saida littoralis (Linn.) : frequent damp and wet areas in
marshes, near the shores of streams and ponds in Calif, (p. 365 Hemip.) :
(9) the brown salt marsh mosquito, Aedes dorsalis (Meigen) : larvae
live in salt marshes and other habitats. Common and troublesome
along the Pacific Coast from Calif, to British Columbia (p. 537-Dipt.) ;
(10) Calif, salt marsh mosquito, Aedes squamiger (Coquillet) : larvae
inhabit salt marshes and tide pools along coast of middle and Southern
Calif, (p. 538-Dipt.) ; (11) Aedes taeniorhynchus (Wiedemann) :
reported only from Southern Calif, in West. Larvae live in brackish
tide pools along the coast (p. 538-Dipt.) ; (12) Ephydra millbrae Jones:
swarms over surface of brackish water pools in S. F. Bay region (p. 609-
Dipt.: Ephydridae) ; (13) Ephydra viridis (Hine) — salt marshes of
S. F. Bay region (p. 609-Dipt.) ; (14) Scatella intermedia Cresson, Jr.:
salt marshes of S. F. Bay region. Nothing known concerning larval
habits (p. 609-Dipt.) .)
330
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL, 44, NO. 4
Ferris, G. F. 1918. The California species of mealy bugs. Stanford Univ. Publ.,
Univ. Ser., 78 pp.
(Morphology of Trionymus distichlii Ferris distributed along the
Pacific Coast of Calif, on the leaves or in the axils of salt marsh grass
{Distichlis spicata) — pp. 69-70. Often associated with Pseudococcus
salinas (Cockerell) pp. 52-53, and P. timberlakei Ckll. — p. 54. The
latter is known only from the San Francisco Bay region.)
Horn, G. H. 1893. The Galerucini of Boreal America. Trans. Amer. Entomol.
Soc., 20: 57-144.
{Trirhabda spp. are covered on pages 63 to 73. Description of T.
flavolimbata (Mann), a general feeder on pickleweed in Calif, and
southern Oregon (Coleoptera) .)
Hutchinson, G. E. 1931. On the occurrence of Trichorixa Kirkaldy (Corixidae,
Hemiptera-Heteroptera) in salt water and its zoogeographical signif-
icance. Amer. Natur., 65: 573-574.
(A single species of Trichorixa Kirkaldy (T. Wallengreni) ranges
across the Pacific from California to China.)
Jones, B. J. 1906. Catalogue of the Ephydridae, with bibliography and descrip-
tion of new species. Univ. Calif. Publ., Tech. Bull., Entomol., 1:
153-198.
(Description of Ephydra millbrae which is quite common along the
southwest shore of San Francisco Bay (esp. about Millbrae). They
breed in salt marsh pools relatively unaffected by the tide and with
a salinity value often much greater than that of the bay itself (up to
4.2% ) . Puparia frequently parasitized by Chalcid flies as they float
on the water surface attached to pieces of vegetation.)
Lowe, H. J. 1932. Observations on the breeding habits of Aedes squamiger.
Proc. 3d Ann. Conf. Mosquito Abt. Offic. Calif., paper no. 1.
Luxton, M. 1964. Some aspects of the biology of salt-marsh Acarina. Acaro-
logia, fasc. h. s.
(Contains a good introduction to ecology of salt-marsh Acarina, based
upon studies in South Wales.)
Mulhern, T. D. 1963. Mosquito control technology in wildlife areas. Calif.
Vector Views, 10: 39-42.
(The coastal tidal marshes about San Francisco Bay represent one of
the wildlife areas of concern to mosquite control workers in Calif., and
as such it is recommended that natural control methods be sought
where insecticidal control may be impractical. Principally concerned
with Aedes dorsalis.)
Saunders, L. G. 1928. Some marine insects of the Pacific Coast of Canada.
Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer., 21: 521-545.
(Taxonomy and biology of 8 species of intertidal insects (Dipt. &
Col.) collected on the West Coast of British Columbia. Larvae and
pupae were found in the algal growths on the rocks, or swarming nearby
when the tide was receding.)
Smith, L. M., and H. Lowe. 1948. The black gnats of California. Hilgardia,
18: 157-183.
(The Bodega black gnat, Holoconops kerteszi Kieffer, spends its larval
stage in damp sand at or slightly above high-tide level at the borders
OCTOBER 1968] GUSTAFSON & LANE SALT MARSH INSECTS
331
of brackish water pools (where the salt concentration of the sand is
roughly 640 ppm) . Adults emerge from mid-April until early October,
and feed on man, domestic animals, and birds.)
Van Dyke, E. C. 1918. New inter-tidal rock-dwelling Coleoptera from California.
Entomol. News, 29: 303-308.
(Description of three new species of beetles collected along the Calif.
Coast in the crevices of rocks so situated that they are submerged by
high tides (Carabidae: Thallassotrechus nigripennis ; Hydrophilidae :
Ochthebius lapidicolis ; Eurystethidae : Eurystethes siibopacus) .)
WiRTH, W. W. 1949. A revision of the clunionine midges with descriptions of a
new genus and four new species (Diptera: Tendipedidae) . Univ. Calif.
Publ. Entomol., 8: 151-182.
(The following species are reported from the California coast: Eret-
moptera browni Kellogg, Tethymyia aptena Wirth, Telmatogeton mac-
swaini Wirth, Paraclunio trilobatus Kieffer, and Paraclunio alaskensis
(Coquillett) .)
To assist readers wishing to know more about the salt marsh com-
munity, the additional references are offered as an introduction into
the literature of the salt marsh habitat.
Chapman, V. J. 1960. Salt Marshes and Salt Deserts of the World. Interscience
Pub. Inc., N. Y., pp. 392, figs, and photos.
(Contains taxonomic and ecological treatments of plants and dynamics
of salt marsh and saline habitats.)
Hedgpeth, J. W. 1957. Treatise on Marine Ecology and Paleoecology. Geol. Soc.
Amer. Memoir 67, 1296 pp.
(An outstanding treatment of all phases of shore, estuarine, sand,
mudflat, and marsh studies.)
Hinde, H. P. 1954. The vertical distribution of salt marsh phanerogams in
relation to tide levels. Ecol. Monogr., 24: 209-225.
(The vertical distribution of three major seedplants from a salt
marsh on San Francisco Bay is controlled by the degree of tidal emer-
gence and submergence to which they are subjected.)
Lauff, G. H. 1967. Estuaries. Report 10, Amer. Assn. Advance. Sci., 776 pp.
(An excellent treatment of the dynamics of estuarine biology.)
Mason, H. L. 1957. A Flora of the Marshes of California. Univ. Calif. Press,
Berkeley, p. 878.
(Primary emphasis is on lowland marsh plants of California.)
Purer, E. A. 1942. Plant ecology of the coastal salt marshlands of San Diego
County, California. Ecol. Monogr., 12: 82-95.
(Nine species of salt marsh plants from 12 stations located in San
Diego Co. were studied as to their distribution, habitat, and individual
characteristics.)
332
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 4
Overlap Between Nearetic and Neotropical Faunae
of Tabanidae in Western North America
(Diptera)
Cornelius B. Philip
National Institutes of Health, Pub. Health Serv.,
U. S. Dept. H. E. W., Hamilton, Montana
Among insects, Diptera are some of the most widely dispersed and
successful colonizers and Tabanidae are good representatives of the
strong fliers. Oldroyd (1954) propounded a theory that tabanids
radiated into both southern and northern hemispheres from progenitors
which originated in South America and he cites evidence based on the
African fauna to support this novel idea. Even if so, this does not
necessarily explain why primitive elements of this family in North
America have moved less strongly into the temperate and boreal areas
than have the more specialized chrysopines and tabanines.
There has not been systematic or intensive collecting of tabanids
in the predominantly arid regions on either side of the western political
United States— Mexican border, typified by the Sonoran Desert (Shreve,
1951) or Sonoran Biotic Province (Dice, 1943). However, available
data indicate that there has been penetration and movement southward
as well as northward by these flies in modern times. Western parts of
Merriam’s Lower Sonoran Zone also coincide but the tabanid fauna
in the eastern extension of this zone is of only incidental interest in the
present discussion. The relative paucity of tabanid collections in the
expansive arid areas of southwestern U.S.A. and northwestern Mexico
probably also relates in part to stringencies of breeding of these mostly
semi-aquatic insects.
The available distributional records of the indigenous tabanid fauna
reinforce observations that the frequent southern geographic limitation
of the Nearetic fauna to the area north of the political boundary of
Mexico is arbitrary and one more of convenience than of biological
reality. Nevertheless, there is no practical, comprehensive zoogeographic
substitute for these two regional concepts.
The tabanid fauna indigenous to the area discussed below comprises
3 genera of the phylogenetically primitive subfamily Pangoniinae,
namely, Apatolestes, Esenbeckia, and Pilimas ; 2 of the more specialized
Chrysopinae — Silvius and Chrysops; and 5 of the higher Tabaninae —
Bolbodimyia, Stenotabanus, Leucotabatius, Hybomitra, and Tabanus.
It seems not unlikely that a sixth tabanine genus, Haematopota {H.
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 44: 332-335. October 1968
OCTOBER 1968] PHILIP TABANIDAE IN THE SOUTHWEST
333
americana Osten Sacken extends from Alaska to New Mexico), will be
found extending southward along mountain chains into northern
Mexico,
The number of species (only 21 plus infraspecific forms) that have
been actually recorded on both sides of the political border west from
New Mexico and the State of Chihuahua is relatively small (Philip,
1965).
These are Apatolestes aitkeni Philip, Esenbeckia delta Hine, and E. incisuralis
(Say) (Ariz., Sonora) ; Silvias (Assipala) ceras Townsend (N. Mex., and Chih.
to Chis.) ; Pilimas californica (Bigot), Chrysops coquilleti Hine, and C. noctifer
Osten Sacken (Calif., Baja Calif.), C. facialis Townsend (Ariz., N. Mex., Sonora),
C. pachycerus Williston (Calif, to Utah, Baja Calif., Sonora) and var. hungerfordi
Brennan (Ariz., N. Mex., Chih.), C. virgulatas Bellardi (Calif, to Tex., Sonora
and Chih. to Jalisco), C. wileyae Philip (Oreg. and Utah to Calif., Baja Calif.) ;
Bolbodimyia atrata (Hine) (Ariz., Sinaloa to Jalisco) ; Stenotahanus flavidus
(Hine) (Ariz., Sonora), S. guttatulus (Townsend) (N. Mex., Utah, Chih.);
Leucotabanus ambiguus Stone (Ariz., Gnat.) ; Tabanus dorsifer Walk. (Ariz.,
Tex., Chih. to Nueva Leon and Chis.), T. erythraeus (Bigot) (Ariz., Chih. to
Mor. and Vera Cruz), T. gilanus Townsend (Ariz. to Texas, Chih.), T. laticeps
Hine (Pac. Coast to Baja Calif., courtesy of Dr. L. L. Pechuman), T. morbosus
Stone (Ariz., Sonora), T. punctifer Osten Sacken (western U.S.A., Baja Calif, to
Chih.), r. subsimilis Bellardi (Ariz. to eastern U.S.A., Chih. to northeastern and
central Mex.) and ssp. nippontucki Philip (Calif, to Tex., Sonora and Chih. to
Jalisco) .
This limited total of 4 pangoniine species, 7 chrysopines, and 11
tabanines is nearly twice as great, however, as the combined totals to
the east of 2 chrysopines and 6 tabanines found on both sides of the
Texas-Mexican border, and of 1 chrysopine and 3 tabanines found both
in southern Florida and the Neotropical Antilles. These totals of over-
lapping species are hardly significant in comparison to the remaining
totals of 271 recognized Nearctic and 196 Mexican-Antillean species
(excluding infraspecific forms).
Practically no tabanid species that are not rarities are known to be
precinctive in the Sonoran and adjacent desert areas. One such, how-
ever, is Chrysops latifrons Brennan which is restricted to, but abundant
in the Death Valley area in southern Nevada and southwestern Califor-
nia. Species that are customary inhabitants of the arid environments,
such as Esenbeckia delta Hine, certain of the pachycera group of
Chrysops, Stenotahanus cribellum (Townsend), and Tabanus subsimilis
ssp. nippontucki Philip, are customarily more pallid than their con-
geners.
The Ricardoa group of the genus Esenbeckia is typically Mexican
while only 3 of 27 species have crossed into U.S.A.
334
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 4
The remarkable genus Apatolestes has had a burst of speciation of
12 species in southern California and Baja California with extensions
of 4 into Arizona and of one as far north as western Montana. Only 4
have crossed into northwestern Mexico. It is puzzling that certain
obvious relatives occur in Chile but none are known in between.
Bolbodimyia atrata (Hine) , a member of a genus elaborated in the
Neotropics, has become isolated in famed Oak Creek Canyon, Arizona,
where several females have been taken over the years. The male of this
distinctive species was described from Jalisco, Mexico (Philip, 1954)
and Dr. L. L. Pechuman has seen it from Durango and Sinaloa.
Silvius subgenus Assipala is represented by 4 species from Central
America and Mexico. One of them, S. ceras Townsend, has moved
northward into the Gila River drainage of New Mexico and it extends
south as far as Chiapas. Other species restricted to the desert areas
in southern Arizona and/or New Mexico, and adjoining northern states
of Mexico are: Apatolestes aitkeni Philip, C. facialis Townsend, and
Stenotahanus flavidus (Hine) .
Reverse penetration from the north has undoubtedly occurred in the
case of the large, aggressive Tahamis punctifer Osten Sacken which
occurs not uncommonly from southwestern Canada throughout western
U.S.A. A specimen has been taken as far south as the tip of Baja
California at San Luis del Cabo ; others in Sonora and Chihuahua. This
species has a preference for breeding in brackish water; a female was
identified by a farm laborer who killed it while biting him on the neck
in salt flats near Battle Mountain, Nevada. He was later hospitalized
with tularemia and a primary ulcer at the site of the bite.
“Deer fly fever,” a form of tularemia, has been reported in several
western states, and the usually associated vector, Chrysops discalis Will.,
is another brackish water breeder. No cases of this form of the disease
have been reported from the actual Sonoran Desert Region (Jellison,
1950) nor are there other known disease agents transmitted by tabanids
there. This is very probably because no suitable search has been made
locally for pathogens in these bloodsucking flies. Tularemia (form
unspecified) has been reported (unpublished) by American physicians
in residents south of the border below Yuma, Arizona.
The genus Hybomitra has been an especially vigorous colonizer in
temperate, boreal, and circumpolar regions of the northern hemisphere
with southern extensions in North America along the principal mountain
chains in eastern and western U.S.A. Early reports of 2 Nearctic
species in mountainous areas of central Mexico have not since been
confirmed, but subsequent description of 3 other species described only
OCTOBER 1968] PHILIP — TABANIDAE IN THE SOUTHWEST
335
from Mexico strongly suggests that such known “expansionists” among
the group as H. lasiophthalma (Macquart) will eventually be found to
have penetrated south along Mexico’s western mountain chains.
In summary, while certain tabanid species are characteristically found
in the Sonoran Desert and adjacent areas, present information is still
inadequate for data on the Tabanidae to contribute significantly to the
overall faunal picture.
Literature Cited
Dice, L. R. 1943. The biotic provinces of North America. Univ. Mich. Press,
78 pp.
Jellison, W. L. 1950. Tularemia: Geographical distribution of “deerfly fever”
and the biting fly, Chrysops discalis Williston. Public Health Rep.,
65: 1321-1329.
Oldroyd, H. 1954. The horse-flies of the Ethiopian Region. Volume III. Sub-
families Chrysopinae, Scepsidinae and Pangoniinae and a revised clas-
sification. 489 pp.
Philip, C. B. 1954. New North American Tabanidae (Diptera) . Part V. A
striking new Bolbodimyia from Mexico. Wasmann J. Biol., 12: 29-33.
1965. Family Tabanidae. In Stone, A., Sabrosky, C. W., Wirth, W. W., Foote,
R. H., and Coulson, J. R. (eds.) : A Catalog of the Diptera of America
North of Mexico. U. S. Dep. Agr. Handb. No. 276, pp. 319-342.
Shreve, F. 1951. Vegetation of the Sonoran desert. Carnegie Inst. Wash., Publ.
No. 591, 192 pp.
QPbttuarij Nnltrp
Howard Lester McKenzie, President-elect of the Society, died of
cancer on 17 October 1968. Mr. McKenzie was internationally known
for his systematic research on mealybugs. He was an Entomologist in
the Department of Entomology, University of California, Davis.
336
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 4
A Redescription of Acanthoscelides aequalis (Sharp)
(Coleoptera : Bruchidae)
Clarence D. Johnson
Northern Arizona University, Flagstaff
A recent study of the types of Acanthoscelides (Bruchus) aequalis
Sharp has revealed that this species is one of several closely related
species that are separated most readily by critical study of the male
genitalia. These species are primarily Mexican in distribution but A.
aequalis is found as far north as southern Texas. Sharp’s original
description is such that it is impossible to identify and distinguish
between this species and those that are closely allied to it. A redescrip-
tion and synonymy follows.
Acanthoscelides aequalis (Sharp)
Bruchus aequalis Sharp, 1885: 481 (Mexico: Guanajuato, Toxpam) ; Schaeffer,
1907: 292, 304; Fall, 1910: 173; Pic, 1913: 13.
Mylahris aequalis: Leng, 1920: 305.
Acanthoscelides aequalis: Blackwelder, 1946: 758; Bridwell, 1952: 50 (host
plants) ; Kingsolver, 1965: 128.
Male. — Integument Color. — Head black, labrum red-orange; basal four antennal
segments red-orange, apical seven dark brown; thorax and abdomen black; pro-
coxa, basal one-third to one-half of meso- and metafemora and sometimes hind
tarsus brown, remaining portions of legs red-orange or legs all red-orange except
for procoxa.
Vestiture. — Body with white, golden, or intermixed white and golden recumbent
pubescence; eye with medial fringe of sparse white hairs; postocular lobe with
short white setae; postocular patch of dense white hairs; pronotum and elytron
clothed with moderately dense white or golden pubescence; mesepimeron, mes-
episternum, metasternum and metepimeron clothed with moderately dense white
pubescence; metepistemum and lateral one-fifth to one-fourth of hind coxa dense
white pubescent; abdominal sterna with uniform dense white pubescence; pygidium
with dense white or intermixed white and golden pubescence.
Structure, Head. — Short and broad, densely punctulate; frons with median
glabrous elevated line extending from frontoclypeal suture to vertex; usually vague
transverse sulcus between upper limits of eyes; distance between eyes about as
wide as eye width; eye cleft to two-thirds its width by a white pubescent vertical
sulcus above antennal base; in lateral view venter of eye parallel with imaginary
extension of line parallel with ventral surface of labium; antennal segment one
filiform, two, three and four moniliform to filiform, four sometimes shorter than
adjacent segments, five to ten usually serrate, eleventh subacute apically; five and
eleven about as long as broad, six to ten about twice as broad as long (fig. 4) ;
antenna reaching to humerus or slightly beyond.
Prothorax. — Disk campanulate; punctulate with many scattered coarser punc-
The Pan-Pacific Entomologist 44: 336-339. October 1968
OCTOBER 1968] JOHNSON BRUCHID REDESCRIPTION
337
Figs. 1-5. A. aequalis. Figs. 1-3, male genitalia. Fig. 1. Ventral view median
lobe and endophallus. Fig. 2. Lateral view median lobe, endophallus and para-
meres. Fig. 3. Ventral view parameres. Fig. 4. Male antenna. Fig. 5. Hind leg.
338
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 4
tures; narrow punctulate fringe at apex; short median impressed line on median
basal lobe.
Meso- and Metathorax.- — Scutellum black, quadrate, clothed with moderately
dense to dense recumbent white or white and golden hairs; elytron slightly less
than twice as long as broad; striae deep, punctate, strial intervals punctulate;
distance between striae at base subequal; humerus punctulate, glabrous, shiny
black; mesepimeron, mesepisternum, metasternum, metepimeron and hind coxa
punctulate, metepisternum with some coarser punctures; hind femur constricted
basally and apically, expanded medially to about width of coxa (fig. 5) ; ventral
surface without carina, sometimes with three or four small acuminate teeth on
inner ventral margin; femur armed with a subapical acuminate spine one to one
and one-half times as long as width of tibial base and two acuminate spines about
one-third as long as first spine; tibia with lateral and posteromedial glabrous
longitudinal carinae; anterior carina obsolete, may be represented by a dark line;
apex with three to four spinules, spine one-sixth or less as long as first tarsomere;
without sinus at base of spine; first tarsomere with anterior glabrous longitudinal
carina, usually lacks lateral and medial carinae.
Abdomen. — First sternum slightly flattened medially, posterior margin not con-
vex, in a straight line, about as long as remaining sterna; sterna two to four
unmodified, fifth emarginate; pygidium punctate, convex in lateral view.
Genitalia. — Figs. 1, 2, 3.
Female. — Similar to male but last abdominal sternum subemarginate.
Length, Pronotum-Elytra. — 1.2 to 1.6 mm.
Host Plants. — Pseudabutilon lozani (Rose) : Mexico: Colonia, Anabuac, 14
May 1941 (Bibby & Morena).
Literature . — Malvaceae, Bridwell, 1952: 50.
Location of Type. — British Museum (Natural History).
Specimens Examined. — Ten, from the following localities: Texas: Cameron Co.:
Brownsville: VI (Wickham). Mexico: Guanajuato: Guanajuato (Salle). Sinaloa:
12 mi. W. Rosario, 30 January 1964, sweeping (P. M. Estes) ; 12 mi. N. Mazatlan,
28 August 1965 (C. D. Johnson). Veracruz: 29 mi. SE Jalapa, 900', 26 December
1963 (C. W. O’Brien) ; 27 mi. NW Veracruz, 300', 26 December 1963 (L. & C. W.
O’Brien) .
Discussion. — On the basis of external structures, A. aequalis is prob-
ably more closely related to Ahutiloneus idoneus Bridwell than to any
other named United States form. Information given in this paper and
by Kingsolver (1965) allows one to readily separate these two species.
The male genitalia of the two species are quite distinct. A. aequalis
male genitalia have a short median lobe with a gently rounded ventral
valve (fig. 1) ; a distinctive curvature of the median lobe in lateral
view (fig. 2) ; and parameres (fig. 3) which are very different from
A. idoneus. As with most Nearctic Bruchidae, the endophallic armature
with its characteristic hooks, spines, and spinules serve better to separate
species than most any character of the male genitalia. In A. aequalis
the presence of the nine to eleven small spines disposed medially in the
endophallus separates this species from any known to me.
OCTOBER 1968] JOHNSON BRUCHID REDESCRIPTION
339
Acknowledgments
For the loan of specimens I thank R. T. Thompson of the British
Museum (Natural History) ; J. M. Kingsolver of the U. S. Department
of Agriculture; L. B. and C. W. O’Brien of the University of California,
Berkeley; and P. M. Estes of the University of California, Riverside.
I wish to thank the U. S. Department of Agriculture who provided
support for this research in the form of Grant 12-14-100-9187 (33).
Literature Cited
Blackwelder, R. E. 1946. Checklist of the Coleopterous insects of Mexico,
Central America, the West Indies, and South America. Vol. 4. U. S.
Nat. Mus. Bull., 185; 551-763.
Bridwell, 1. C. 1952. A new genus of Bruchidae affecting Hibiscus in Argentina
(Bruchinae: Acanthoscelidini) . J. Wash. Acad. Sci., 42: 49-50.
Fall, H. C. 1910. Miscellaneous notes and descriptions of North American
Coleoptera. Trans. Amer. Entomol. Soc., 36: 89-197.
Kingsolver, J. M. 1965. On the genus Abutiloneus Bridwell (Coleoptera: Bruchi-
dae). Coleopt, Bull., 19: 125-128.
Leng, C. W. 1920. Catalogue of the Coleoptera of America North of Mexico.
New York, 470 pp.
Pic, M. 1913. Bruchidae. Junk, Coleopterorum Catalogus. pars 55, 74 pp.
Schaeffer, C. F. A. 1907. New Bruchidae with notes on known species and list
of species known to occur at Brownsville, Texas, and in the Huachuca
Mountains, Arizona. Mus. Brooklyn Inst. Arts and Sci., Sci. Bull., 1:
291-306.
Sharp, D. 1885. Bruchidae. Biol. Centrali-Americana, Coleoptera 5; 437-504,
Tab. 36.
SCIENTIFIC NOTES
Two new parasites of the Douglas-fir gall midge, Contarinia oregonensis
Foote (Diptera : Cecidomyiidae) A — In 1966 a study of the insects infesting
the cones and seeds of Douglas-fir, Pseudotsuga menziesii (Mirb.) Franco, was
undertaken in the Santa Cruz Mountains of California. Only Torymus sp.
(Hymenoptera : Torymidae) and Platygaster sp. nr. americana (Hymenoptera :
Platygasteridae) (Koerber, 1960, U. S. For. and Range Expt. Sta. Tech. Paper,
No. 5; Hedlin, 1961, Canad. Entomol., 93: 952-967) had been reported to parasitize
Contarinia oregonensis Foote, the most destructive pest of the Douglas-fir seed crop
(Johnson and Heikkenen, 1958, For. Sci., 4: 274-282; Koerber, 1960).
During this investigation Torymus sp., Tetrastichus strobilus Burks (Hyme-
noptera : Eulophidae) and Zachalochlora milleri Crawford (Hymenoptera : Ptero-
1 From a thesis submitted to the graduate division of San Jose State College, San Jose, California,
in partial fulfillment of the requirements of the M.A. degree in Biology, 1967.
340
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. 44, NO. 4
malidae) were found parasitizing C. oregonensis larvae in their galls. Dissection
of C. oregonensis galls revealed the presence of many hymenopterous larvae.
Four teneral adults of T. strobilus were discovered. Only one breastplate of
C. oregonensis was found, suggesting that T. strobilus is an external parasite of
this species. T. strobilus was also observed to parasitize Glypta evetriae Cushman,
an ichneumonid parasite of Barbara colfaxiana (Kearfoot). Three T. strobilus
adults emerged from the pupal skin of G. evetriae, indicating that it is an
internal larval parasite of this species. T. strobilus apparently ean act either
as a primary or secondary parasite. Three adults of Z. milleri were also found
as external parasites in the galls of C. oregonensis. In both of these two newly-
discovered parasitic species only one individual was found with each C. oregonensis
larva.
Old host records of these two parasitic species were most likely based on their
common occurrence in the same group of cones with other seed-destroying insects.
Since 1938 T. strobilus has been thought to parasitize the Douglas-fir cone moth,
B. colfaxiana (Keen, 1958, U.S.D.A. Tech. Bull., No. 1169) . Z. milleri, similarly,
has been reported to parasitize only seed moths of the genus Laspeyresia (Keen,
1958). — Gerald J. Bringuel, University of California, Berkeley.
A New Host Record for Anthrax limatulus vallicola Marston (Diptera:
Bombyliidae). — Last instar larvae of Anthrax limatulus vallicola Marston (deter-
mined by N. Marston) were collected from cells of Anthophora edwardsii Cresson
(determined by J. W. MacSwain) 22 miles east of Bakersfield, Kern Co., Califor-
nia. Two collections were made; the first on 11 February 1966, and the second on
4 March 1966. The larvae began pupating on 14 March. The pupae were plaeed
head upward in 75 mm deep holes in packed soil, which were formed by pushing
a pencil into the substrate. The pupae were then covered over with soil, and the
surface was moistened to form a crust in which the emerging pupae could remain
upright. This method was apparently not necessary because adults emerged
successfully from a few pupae which were placed on their side on the soil surface.
Twenty-one larvae were collected and 17 of these reached the adult stage. Adult
emergence in the laboratory began between 2 April and 5 April, and extended to
9 May 1966. Eight of the 17 adults emerged between 12 April and 20 April. No
bombyliid activity was noticed at the collection site on 2 April 1966, which might
indicate that emergence in the laboratory was somewhat earlier than that occurring
naturally in the field.
Information on the biology of this subspecies (as Anthrax sp., nr. fur) was
published by Linsley and MacSwain (1942, Amer. Midland Natur., 27: 402-417).
They had recorded this bombyliid from Anthophora linsleyi Timberlake at a site
a few miles away from the A. edwardsii locality. An earlier article by the same
authors (1941, Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci., 40: 126-137) may also refer to this
subspecies. They found primarily larvae of Anthrax sp., nr. fur in a high percentage
of Osmia cells, but none of these larvae were able to complete their development,
due apparently to something unfavorable in the Osmia cells. At the same locality
(3 mi. S. Pittsburg, Contra Costa Co., Calif.) 10% of the A. edwardsii cells were
parasitized by this A. sp., nr. fur. A summary of the information on Anthrax
limatulus vallicola, as well as the other species in the albofaciatus group, has been
compiled by Marston (1964, J. Kans. Entomol. Soc., 37: 89-105). — S. Paul Welles,
Jr., University of California, Berkeley.
OCTOBER 1968]
INDEX TO VOLUME 44
341
INDEX TO VOLUME 44
Acarina
Acaridae, 70
Acronyches maya, 180
rarus, 181
westcotti, 182
Akre, behavior of liisterids with army
ants, 87
Allen, new Serratella, 122
Amphorophora pacifica, 214
Andrena (Onagrandrena) camissoniae,
144
Aneflomorpha martini, 32
rufipes, 31
Aneflus (Aneflus) maryannae, 27
Aneflus (Protaneflus) sericatus, 26
Aneflus protensis pallidus, 142
Anelaphus nitidipennis, 33
Antomartinezius fritzi, 234
Arnaud, note on Ergates spiculatus
spiculatus, 81
note on discovery of Thaumalea, 83
note on occurrence of Paradejeania,
85
Atopsyche cordoba, 17
Baetodes spinae, 251
levis, 253
Bedard, sugar-pine cone beetle, 7
Bidentogon helferorum, 198
Bohart, host-parasite associations, 1
new Nyssoninae, 228
Brachygrammatella ventralis, 291
salutaris, 293
Bringuel, note on new parasites of Con-
tarinia oregonensis, 339
Buckett, new California milliped, 198
correction, 259
Burdick, note on distribution of Hydro-
metra, 81
Buxton, note on separation of Blattella,
168
Cacodmus bambusicola, 269
burmanus, 271
Caltagirone, a new Karpinskiella, 241
Cameron, note on Sirex in smog-killed
trees, 168
Cantharis (Cultellunguis) hatch!
dorotbyae, 300
Chelonethida, 137, 236
Chthoniidae, 51
Chemsak, new Elaphidionini, 26
Cheumatopsyche pitella, 18
Chthonius (Chthonius) pacificus, 55
Chthonius (Hesperocbthonius) ore-
gonicus, 52
Cimex insuetus, 264
serratus, 267
Cirripedia, 236
Clement, nesting habits of Euparagia, 34
Cole, two new Spilomyia, 211
a new Criorhina, 285
a new Mallota, 287
new Eristalis, 294
Coleoptera
Bruchidae, 279, 336
Cantharidae, 300
a y a 1^1 a p
Cerambycidae, 26, 81, 86, 140, 308, 321
Elateridae, 258
Histeridae, 87
Limnichidae, 236
Melyridae, 236
Pselaphidae, 38, 112
Scarabaeidae, 69
Scolytidae, 7, 248
Staphylinidae, 203, 236
Tenebrionidae, 218, 236
Collections Donated, 257
Collembola, 236
Collins, new Serratella, 122
Cope, habits of Vandykea tuberculata,
308
Corrections, 259
Cotopaxi macucbae, 303
Criorhina rufocaudata, 285
Cryptochia califca, 22
Cupila multifossa, 43
Denning, a new North American Tri-
choptera, 17
Diptera
Asilidae, 171, 179
Bombyliidae, 340
Cecidomyiidae, 339
Phoridae, 70
Sciomyzidae, 70
Syrphidae, 44, 119, 125, 153, 211, 285,
287, 294
Tabanidae, 332
Tachinidae, 85
Thaumaleidae, 83
Tipulidae, 324
Dolichetropis flavida, 192
Doutt, synopsis of Brachygrammatella,
289
Doyen, phylogenetic position of Edrotes,
218
Edrotes leechi, 218
Edwards, note on Costa Rican Ephemer-
idae, 82
Eighme, new Pulverro, 261
Ephemerella sequoia, 122
Ephemeroptera
Baetidae, 251
Ephemerellidae, 122
342
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. 44, NO. 4
Ephemeridae, 82
Heptageniidae, 129
Tricorythidae, 301
Epinysson arentis, 229
desertus, 231
torridus, 232
Eristalis californicus, 294
vandykei, 296
Eristalis (Lathyrophthalmus) lalitai, 119
haileyburyi, 121
Evans, Mexican intertidal insects, 236
Fellin, note on trapping male Pleocoma,
69
Fender, new Cantharis subspecies, 300
Freeman, note on separation of Blattella,
168
Frommer, book review, 72
Gagne, note on Grylloblattid locality,, 83
Gardner, new California milliped, 198
Goeracea oregona, 25
Grigarick, revision of Cupila, 38
new pselaphid genus, 112
Grissell, nesting habits of Euparagia, 34
Gustafson, salt marsh insects, 327
Hadrocistis bicolor, 187
slanskyae, 188
Hagen, a new Karpinskiella, 241
Hemiptera
Cimicidae, 47, 145, 264
Hydrometridae, 81
Saldidae, 236
Hill, new aphid from Rubus, 214
Homoptera
Aphididae, 214
Hurd, foraging of squash bee, 58
Hymenoptera
Andrenidae, 144
Apidae, 6
Apoidea, 58
Dorylinae, 87
Eumenidae, 2
Formicidae, 71, 87
Masaridae, 34
Megachilidae, 3
Pteromalidae, 241
Siricidae, 168
Sphecidae, 3, 228, 261
Tiphiidae, 184, 297
Trichogrammatidae, 289
Hynes, immature stages of Hesperoco-
nopa, 324
Ironeus submetallicus, 29
Johnson, correction, 259
Bruchus distinguendus status, 279
Bruchid redescription, 336
Jones, rocky intertidal Staphylinidae, 203
Karpinskiella paratomicobia, 243
Lane, salt marsh insects, 327
Leech, recent literature, 68, 86
note on distribution of Ergates pau-
per, 86
Lehmkuhl, Epeorus life histories, 129
Lepidoptera
Hepialidae, 83
Hesperiidae, 81
Lycaenidae, 79
Noctuidae, 258
Oecophoridae, 78
Tortricidae, 85
Leptocimex inordinatus, 277
Leptohyphes ecuador, 305
albus, 305
tacajalo, 307
Limnephilus kalama, 19
alvatus, 21
sierrata, 19
Linsley, new Elaphidionini, 26
a new Onagrandrena, 144
MacSwain, a new Onagrandrena, 144
Mallota powelli, 287
Martin, Mexican Asilidae, 179
Mayo, mayflies from Ecuador, 251
new mayflies from Ecuador, 301
Mellinus imperialis, 235
Michelbacher, foraging of squash bee, 58
Microdon fergusoni, 44
brawni, 44
Muchmore, new chthoniid pseudoscor-
pions, 51
Nayar, new species of Eristalis, 119
variations in Eristalis tenax, 125
male genitalia of Eristalinae, 153
two new Spilomyia, 211
a new Criorhina, 285
a new Mallota, 287
new Eristalis, 294
Neonysson berbsti, 229
Obituary Notices
Robert L. Usinger, 260
Howard Lester McKenzie, 335
Opler, note on myrmecophily in Icaricia
and Philotes, 79
note on Hepialus sequoiolus, 83
Orthoptera
Blattidae, 168
Grylloblattidae, 83
Paracimex chaeturus, 47
inflatus, 50
Parataracticus arenicolus, 182
OCTOBER 1968]
INDEX TO VOLUME 44
343
Parker, host-parasite associations, 1
correction, 259
Parks, Efferia, Eicherax and allies, 171
Philip, Tabanidae in the Southwest, 332
Poliaenus abietis, 140
Polydesmida
Vanhoeffeniidae, 198
Powell, note on discovery of Esperia
sulphurella, 78
note on record of Zeiraphera hespe-
riana, 85
Proceedings, Pacific Coast Entomolog-
ical Society, 76
Pseudoscorpionida (see Chelonethida) ,
236
Pulverro monticola, 263
Pygmactium steevesi, 113
Real, notes on crepuscular nature of
Celaenorrhinus, 81
Recent literature, 68, 86
Rudinsky, Dendroctonus pheromone-
mask, 248
Schuster, revision of Cupila, 38
new pselaphid genus, 112
Roncus pacificus identity, 137
collections donated, 257
Scorpionida
Vejovidae, 313
Seminoff, Eucrossus biology, 321
Smith, the Arctopsychinae of Idaho, 102
Spilomyia banksi, 211
oregonensis, 213
Stricticimex parvus, 275
Synneurus maderae, 233
Thompson, a new Australian Microdon,
44
Tilden, B. A., note on predation by Ade-
locera and Alaus, 258
Tilden, J. W., note on snapdragon host
of tobacco budworm, 258
note on predation by Adelocera and
Alaus, 258
Trichoptera
Goeridae, 22
Hydropsychidae, 102
Triorla, 175
Tyson, new California Cerambycidae, 140
Ueshima, new species of Paracimex, 47
biology of Primicimex, 145
new Cimicidae, 264
Usinger, book review, 73
collections donated, 257
Vejovis utahensis, 313
gertschi, 317
Wasbauer, new male Brachycistidinae,
184
Brachycistidine sex associations, 297
Welles, note on new host record for
Anthrax limatulus vallicola, 340
Wheeler, G. C., note on rediscovery of
Manica parasitica, 71
Wheeler, J., note on rediscovery of Man-
ica parasitica, 71
Wickman, Eucrossus biology, 321
Williams, new vejovid scorpions, 313
Zoological Nomenclature, 57, 259
Zuska, note on Tyrophagus and Megase-
lia, 70
MAILING DATES FOR VOLUME 44
No. 1 28 June 1968
No. 2 12 July 1968
No. 3 21 October 1968
No. 4 11 January 1969
I
V ^ ^
V'. \-7 '* . ‘i.'
- » . f.' ■ ■'
'-’i-'.r' -i.
. U '■-%.■■ ■
i
J-.t ; .
I,;- ■~-{ V 'M. ■.
', ■ ’ 1 ■
.: I _
"U i' • '•
"tt I I
* ' ■ j-
; . '_ 5
• “ tr.’-.'|V -I ■■" ,
• >1 '■ v : ’
', v 5 .' -',■
-ft >"(■.:• n -■, '
t'-'t ' *'■<■.
-1 'ji,' s
C'l « I J
. ;i
r 'J ■ - •
'i --- 'i.
‘ -i) -i .i«i- -' ' '■ >
T -r '.. 't . ■ ’
fS
(i ■ ■
■t 1 : I , L . rl'j^ , ''.
. ; ..■ ■■l•>. 1 . '/f
,
■ ' : . '<
i ;<
ir
••. 1 . 1
1 < t
, . \
i u ,
t ■■
. T !.< -■■'<’
I -_ 4 » p"-^, .♦ \ ■^.
. |, -.. F, '■ :;f- ■■■‘.
,1“ Jl. (^<1 •(■.■: tirf'''"
I rV I. : ;-* M-
f -■.
K
L ^
I
Published by the
Pacific Coast Entomological Society
in cooperation with
The California Academy of Scienees
VOLUME FORTY-FOUR
1968
EDITORIAL BOARD
R. W. THORP, Editor
R. 0. SCHUSTER, Assistant Editor
E. G. LINSLEY
HUGH B. LEECH
E. S. ROSS
P. D. HURD, JR.
P. H. ARNAUD, JR., Treasurer
W. H. LANGE, Advertising
PUBLICATION COMMITTEE
1968 1969 1970
Jerry A. Powell, Chairman H. V. Daly D. D. Linsdale
Paul H. Arnaud, Jr. W. E. Ferguson D. P. Furman
San Francisco, California
1968
CONTENTS FOR VOLUME 44
Akre, R. D.
The behavior of Euxenister and Pulvinister, histerid beetles asso-
ciated with Army ants 87
Allen, R. K. and D. L. Collins
A new species of EphemereUa [Serratella) from California 122
Arnaud, P. H., Jr.
Rearing of Ergates spiculatus spiculatus (LeConte) from a house
beam at Saratoga, California 81
Discovery of the genus Thaumalea in central California 83
Occurrence of Parade jeania rutilioides nigrescens in San Fran-
ciseo, California 85
Bedard, W. D.
Additions to the knowledge of the biology of Conophthorus lam-
bertianae Hopkins 7
Bohart, R. M.
New Nyssoninae from North and South America 228
Brinquel, G. J.
Two new parasites of the Douglas-fir gall midge, Contarinia
oregonensis Foote 339
Buckett, J. S.
Correction 259
Buckett, J. S. and M. R. Gardner
A new genus and species of milliped from northern California 198
Burdick, D. J.
Distributional information on Hydrometra martini Kirkaldy 81
Buxton, G. M. and T. J. Freeman
Positive separation of Blattella vaga and Blattella germanica 168
Cameron, E. A.
Sirex juvencus californicus in smog-killed trees in southern
California 168
Chemsak, J. A. and E. G. Linsley
New species of Elaphidionini from Mexico 26
Clement, S. L. and E. E. Grissell
Observations of the nesting habits of Euparagia scutellaris Cres-
son 34
11
Cope, J. S.
Notes on larval and adult habits of Vandykea tuberculata Linsley 308
Denning, D. G.
New and interesting North American Trichoptera 17
Doutt, R. L.
The genus Brachygrammatella Girault 289
Doyen, J. T.
The phylogenetic position of Edrotes and a new species of the
genus 218
Edwards, J. G.
Large Costa Rican Ephemeridae 82
Eighme, L. E.
A new species of Pulverro from California 261
Evans, W. G.
Some intertidal insects from western Mexico 236
Fellin, D. G.
Further observations on trapping male Pleocoma with female-
baited traps 69
Fender, K. M.
A new subspecies of Cantharis hatchi McKey -Fender 300
Frommer, S. L
Book Review: The Crane Flies of California 72
Gagne, W. C.
A Grylloblattid locality in Oregon 83
Grigarick, A. A. and R. 0. Schuster
A revision of the genus Cupila Casey 38
Gustafson, J. F. and R. S. Lane
An annotated bibliography of literature on salt marsh insects and
related arthropods in California 327
Hagen, K. S. and L. E. Caltagirone
A new Nearctic species of Karpinskiella 241
Hill, A. R.
A new species of aphid from Rubus parviflorus in California 214
iii
Hynes, C. D.
The immature stages of Hesperoconopa dolichophallus (Alex.) .. 324
Johnson, C. D.
Correction 259
The status of Bruchus distinguendus Horn 279
A redescription of Acanthoscelides aequalis (Sharp) 336
Jones, T. W.
The zonal distribution of three species of Staphylinidae in the
rocky intertidal zone in California 203
Leech, H. B.
Recent literature 68, 86
Distribution of the cerambycid beetle Ergates pauper Linsley 86
Lehmkuhl, D. M.
Observations on the life histories of four species of Epeorus in
western Oregon 129
Linsley, E. G. and J. W. MacSwain
A new species of Onagrandrena associated with Camissonia
campestris 144
Martin, C. H.
New Mexican Acronyches and Parataracticus 179
Mayo, V. K.
Two new species of the genus Baetodes from Ecuador 251
Some new mayflies of the subfamily Leptohyphinae 301
Michelbacher, A. E. and P. D. Hurd, Jr.
Late season foraging activities of Xenoglossa gabhii crawfordi
Cockerell 58
Muchmore, W. B.
Two new species of chthoniid pseudoscorpions from the western
United States 51
Nayar, J. L.
Two new species of Eristalis from India 119
Abdominal band-variations in Eristalis tenax (Linnaeus) 125
Male genitalia of Eristalinae from California 153
Nayar, J. L. and F. R. Cole
Two new speces of Spilomyia Meigen 211
A new species of Criorhina Meigen from California 285
IV
A new species of Mallota from North America 287
Two new species of Eristalis Latreille from western North
America 294
Obituary Notices
Robert L. Usinger 260
Howard Lester McKenzie 335
Opler, P. A.
Myrmecophily reported for Icaricia acmon and Philotes enoptes
hayensis 79
Unusual numbers of Hepialus sequoiolus Behrens in Sonoma
County 83
Parker., F. D.
Correction 259
Parker, F. D. and R. M, Bohart
Host-parasite associations in some twig-nesting Hymenoptera
from western North America. Part II 1
Parks, L.
Synopsis of robberfly genera allied to Efferia and Eicherax,
including a new genus 171
Philip, C. B.
Overlap between Nearctic and Neotropical faunae of Tabanidae
in western North America 332
Powell, J. A.
Discovery of Esperia sulphurella (F.) in California 78
A record of Zeiraphera hesperiana Mutuura & Freeman in Cali-
fornia 85
Proceedings, Pacific Coast Entomological Society 76
Real, H. G.
Notes on the crepuscular nature of the species of Celaenorrhinus
group 81
Rudinsky, J. A.
Pheromone-mask by the female Dendroctonus pseudotsugae
Hopk., an attraction regulator 248
Schuster, R. 0.
The identity of Roncus pacificus Banks 137
V
Collections Donated
257
Schuster, R. 0. and A. A. Grigarick
A new genus of pselaphid beetle from southeast United States ____ 112
Smith, S. D.
The Arctopsychinae of Idaho 102
Thompson, F. C.
A new Australian Microdon with a name change 44
Tilden, J. W.
Cultivated snapdragon a host of tobacco budworm 258
Tilden, J. W. and B. A. Tilden
Predation by Adelocera and Alaus 258
Tyson, W. H.
New California Cerambycidae — 140
Ueshima, N.
New species of Paracimex 47
Cytology and bionomics of Primicimex cavernis Barber 145
New species and records of Cimicidae with keys 264
Usinger, R. L.
Book Review: Ectoparasites of Panama 73
Collections Donated 257
Wasbauer, M. S.
New genera of male Brachycistidinae with a redescription of
Brachycistellus Baker and a key to North American genera ____ 184
Some sex associations in the Brachycistidinae 297
Welles, S. P., Jr.
A new host record for Anthrax limatulus vallicola Marston 340
Wheeler, G. C. and J. Wheeler
The rediscovery of Manica parasitica 71
Wickman, B. E. and S. G. Seminoff
Notes on the biology of Eucrossus villicornis LeConte 321
Williams, S. C.
Two new scorpions from western North America 313
Zoological Nomenclature 57, 259
vi
Zuska, J.
Tyrophagus putrescentiae and Megaselia scalaris infesting lab-
oratory cultures of sciomyzid flies
70
Vll
1
\
1
I
PATRONIZE
OUR
ADVERTISERS
Advertisers Index
Name Pa^e
Colloidal Products Corporation i
American Cyanamid Company ii
Shell Chemical Company iii
Combined Scientific Supplies iv
Trojan Laboratories iv
Hercules Powder Company v
Stauffer Chemical Company vi
Insect Pins vii
D-Vac Company vii
Insect Museum Supply viii
Publications of the Society ix
Niagara Chemical x
Members’ Announcements xi
Velsicol Chemical Corporation xii A
1
What is a spray
adjuvant ?
A substance added to a spray
formula to improve the
performance of the active
ingredient.
Your Agricultural Chemical
Distributor will be happy
to supply literature and
recommendations as to
the proper Multi- Film
Spray Adjuvant for your
specific application, or write
direct to :
Colloidal Products Corporation
100 Gate 5 Road, Sausalito, California
11
250 scientists are engaged in vital projects at this
vast agricultural research center. Their goal is to find
new chemicals and techniques that will help farmers
to produce more, higher quality crops and livestock
at lower cost. / New products, new ideas— re-
nowned names like Malathion insecticide...
Aureomycin® antibiotic... Cabvac® canine vaccine...
Aero® fertilizers. These, and many more developed
by our research workers have made Cyanamid what
it is today... one of the largest and most highly re-
spected agricultural chemical producers in the
world. / Our staff is proud to dedicate its future en-
deavors to you, the men and women who are con-
stantly looking for new “tools” to use in increasing
and improving our farm productivity. For, truly,
Cyanamid serves those who make a business of
agriculture.
YAXSTAI^ Z X>
We pledge ourselves
to your future
AMERICAN CYANAMID COMPANY
PRINCETON NEW JERSEY
a
Ill
Don’t be surprised to
see the Shell brand
on everything...
from swine wormers
Atgard® (dichlorvos) Swine Wormer
is the most advanced pig wormer
available. Its unique effectiveness
stems from slow, steady release of di-
chlorvos as ATGARD pellets pass
through a pig. Easy to use. Easy on
pigs. Controls all three major gastro-
intestinal worm problems— not just 1
or 2. Also gets the fourth-stage larvae.
to weed killers
Planavin® Herbicide for cotton and
soybeans proved an immediate success
its first year on the market. Control of
most annual grasses and many broad-
leaf weeds was outstanding, in spite
of weather. No other preemergence
herbicide adapts to so many different
application methods and management
practices. Another plus: no need for
immediate incorporation.
S hell scientists are probing every
area where pests threaten agricul-
ture. Internal and external pests of
animals. Pests that strangle and com-
pete with crops. Pests that work below
the soil surface, as well as those above.
As a result, the list of Shell branded
products grows each year. Promising
experiments turn into new and better
farm chemicals— products researched
to overcome problems, to work with
the environment, and to widen the
profit margin for farmers.
Azodrin® Insecticide • Bidrin® In-
secticide • D-D® Fumigant • Nema-
gon® Soil Fumigant • Vapona® Insecti-
cide • Ciodrin® Insecticide • Gardona®
Insecticide • Cio-Vap® Insecticide •
Planavin® Herbicide • ATGARD® Swine
Wormer • Phosdrin® Insecticide •
Task® dichlorvos dog anthelmintic •
No-Pest® Insecticide Strip.
For complete information on any of
the Shell products for agriculture
write Shell Chemical Com-
pany, Agricultural Chemi-
cals Division, 110 West 51st
St., New York, N. Y 10020.
IV
INSECTS
Economic and Non-Economic Foreign and Domestic
Collecting Data and Scientific Names
Write for catalogue listing — 25 orders, over 1600 items — Special Collections
Combined
Scientific
Supplies
Rosemead, California
91770
Tel. (213) 573-1680
A Service for the Field
Testing & Evaluation
of
Agricultural Chemicals
Under Western Conditions
Entomology
Chemistry
Floriculture
Engineering
Plant Pathology
Trojan Laboratories
Box 518
Montebello, California 90640
(213) 721-9574
HmCfJLKS
PESTICWiiS
PROTECT
HIGH YHHJES
HERCULES TOXAPHENE
(insecticide-toxicant)
Controls more than 200 harmful
insects . . . Protects cotton, lettuce,
seed alfalfa, tomatoes, lima beans
and many other western crops.
HERCULES DELNAV®
(insecticide-miticide)
Controls citrus red mites and thrips
. . . Kills grape leafhoppers.
FAST ■ EFFICIENT ■ ECONOMICAL
Write for technical information and recommendations.
HERCULES INCORPORATED
THE ALCOA BUILDING • ONE MARITIME PLAZA • GOLDEN
GATEWAY CENTER • SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94111
Worms? Not a one!
Don’t worry about them
even up to harvest...
just use THURICIDE®90TS^!
Not a chemical, Thuri-
CIDE 90TS is a microbial
insecticide which singles
out and destroys only the
leaf-chewing larvae of
certain lepidopterous in-
sects (caterpillars, loop-
ers and hornworms, in-
cluding imported cabbage
worm and cabbage loop-
ers). Thuricide 90TS is
harmless to just about
everything else, including
man!
Use Thuricide 90TS right up to harvest to control
worms on lettuce and many cole crops such as cabbage,
cauliflower and broccoli. It is also used on tomatoes,
potatoes and melons. It is used extensively on forest
trees and ornamentals for the control of gypsy moth,
cankerworm and linden looper.
Stop imported cabbage worms and loopers in your
cole crops the safe way— use Thuricide 90TS ! If your
dealer doesn’t stock Thuricide 90TS, he will get it for
you. Write for literature.
Stauffer Chemical Company, Agricultural Chemical
Division, San Francisco, Los Angeles, Fresno, Bakers-
field, California; North Portland, Oregon.
♦THURICIDE is a trademark of Bioferm Division,
International Minerals & Chemical Corp.
READTHE LABEL, HEED THE LABEL AND
GROW WITH STAUFFER CHEMICALS
Stauffer
^CHEMICALS _
W
Vll
INSECT PINS
$4. / 1000 (10 Pkgs.)
(Plus Postage)
PROMPT DELIVERY
CLAIR ARMIN
191 W PALM AVE.
LOWEST PRICES IN U.S. REEDLEY, CALIF. 93654
COMMERCIAL AND RESEARCH
ENTOMOLOGISTS
Obtain more accurate population counts
with a light-weight motor-fan unit
which sucks insects into nets
D-VAC
MOTOR-FAN VACUUM INSECT NETS
BACK-PACKS AND HAND MODELS
—also—
BENEFICIAL INSECTS
INSECTARY GROWN AND FIELD COLLECTED
Tricho gramma sp. and Green Lacewings
Write for Brochures
D-VAC CO.
P. O. Box 2095
RIVERSIDE, CALIFORNIA
Vlll
INSECT MUSEUM SUPPLY
Jewell Ave., Lake City, Minnesota— Wm. 0. Powers and
Lawrence Hoffman
LOCATION FOR:
Insect Museum Supply Schmitt-type Field Box $4.25
Insect Museum Supply Schmitt-type Field Box WITH WHITE POLY-
ETHYLENE FOAM PINNING BOTTOM $5.00
Insect Museum Supply Spreading Board $1.50
Insect Museum Supply Cornell-type glass-topped drawer $7.50
Insect Museum Supply Cornell-type glass-topped drawer WITH WHITE
POLYETHYLENE FOAM PINNING BOTTOM $8.75
Insect Museum Supply California Academy-type glass-topped drawer $7.50
Insect Museum Supply U.S.N.M.-type glass-topped drawer $8.00
Insect Museum Supply Philadelphia Academy-type glass-topped drawer $7.50
Insect Museum Supply Cabinet to hold 12 of above types of drawers $85.00
SPECIAL SIZED DRAWERS, BOXES, CABINETS CUSTOM MADE
TO YOUR LIKING. Write lor information and prices.
1021 8th Ave. So., Moorhead, Minnesota— Jack R. Powers
LOCATION FOR:
CUSTOM PRINTED PIN LABELS — printed with 4 pt. type on 100% cotton fiber
ledger paper (colored papers and PRICE CARD on request)
Elephant brand INSECT PINS — Excellent quality — Sizes 00, 0, 1,2, 3, 5 —
$3.95 per 1000
Minutien nadein — $1.00 per 500 pkg.
Custom Printed GUMMED MICROSCOPE SLIDE LABELS— $3.85 per 1000
GLASS TOPPED INSECT DISPLAYS FOR TEACHING
DRAWER LABELS, MAMMAL TAGS, ALCOHOL LABELS, Printed to your
specifications
IX
PUBLICATIONS
OF THE
PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY
PROCEEDINGS OF THE PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL
SOCIETY.
Vol. 1 (16 numbers, 179 pages) and Vol. 2 (numbers 1-9, 131
pages). 1921-1930. Price $2.50 per volume.
PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST.
Vol. 1 (1924) to present. Price $6.00 per volume of 4 numbers,
or $1.50 per single issue.
MEMOIR SERIES.
Volume 1. The Sucking Lice by G. F. Ferris. A 320-page book
which summarizes the knowledge of the Anoplura of the world.
Published October 1951. Price $6.00. (Plus 350 postage.)*
Volume 2. The Spider Mite Family T etranychidae by A. Earl
Pritchard and Edward W. Baker. This worldwide treatment deals
with the systematics, identification, and economics of the “Red
Spiders” and includes descriptions of 33 new species. 472 pages.
Published July 1955. Price $10.00. (Plus 500 postage.)*
Volume 3. Revisionary Studies in the Nearctic Decticinae by David
C. Rentz and James D. Birchim. This 173-page revision of Nearctic
shield-back katydids includes descriptions of one new genus and
13 new species and subspecies. Published July 1968. Price $4.00.
(Plus 250 postage.)*
* (Add 5% sales tax on all California orders. Members of the Society will
receive a 20% discount.)
Send orders to:
Pacific Coast Entomological Society
c/o California Academy of Sciences
Golden Gate Park
San Francisco, California 94118
X
Anyway You Put It
JViagara
Gives Maximum Protection
For best results, see your local
Niagara Field Representative
Putting Ideas to Work in Agricultural Chemistry
NIAGARA CHEMICAL DIVISION
Home Office: Middleport, New York
YAKIMA, WASHINGTON • FRESNO, RICHMOND, AND RIVERSIDE, CALIFORNIA
XI
ENTOMOLOGICAL EXCHANGES AND SALES
Small Carpenter Bees (Ceratina) of the World. — ^Wanted for purchase or
exchange for California insects. Write H. V. Daly, Division of Entomology, Univ.
California, Berkeley 94720.
SOCIETY NOTICES
Advertisement of Exchanges. — A special advertising page is now available to
members who wish to advertise entomological exchanges, sales, announcements,
etc. We can offer Society members an ad in four issues for $1.50 per line. Ads
will be arranged in order of their receipt. Contact the Advertising Manager, W. H.
Lange, Department of Entomology, University of California, Davis, California
95616.
Sale of Past Issues. — We are overstocked in early issues of the Pan-Pacific
Entomologist, and need to reduce our inventory to provide more storage space.
Therefore, we can offer Society members complete sets of volumes 1 through 16
(1924 through 1940) at the extremely reduced rate of $1.50 per volume or $24.00
for the entire first 16 volumes. These are available to Society members only,
on a first-come, first-serve basis as long as the surplus lasts. Contact the Treasurer,
P. H. Arnaud, Jr., California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San
Francisco, California 94118.
New Memoir. — The third volume of the Memoir Series published by the Pacific
Coast Entomological Society was published on 12 July 1968. It is entitled “Re-
visionary Studies in the Nearctic Decticinae” and is authored by David C. Rentz
and James D. Birchim. The authors revise the Nearctic shield-back katydids
(Orthoptera) in this 173-page memoir which is illustrated by 37 figures. Twenty-
two genera and 112 species and subspecies are discussed. One genus and 13 species
and subspecies are described as new. The price is $4.00 plus 250 postage (and
5% sales tax on all California orders). Society members will receive a 20%
discount. Contact the Treasurer, P. H. Arnaud, Jr., California Academy of Sciences,
Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, California 94118.
The Salt Marsh Habitat Committee. — At a meeting in 1966 of the Society,
a lecture on the ecology of the mud flat-salt marsh habitat was presented. Follow-
ing this meeting a number of the members expressed concern regarding the rapid
disappearance of this habitat due to commercial development. Subsequently, the
salt marsh habitat committee was appointed.
The first recommendation of the committee was that the Society encourage
studies concerning the salt marsh habitat in central California. The Society
approved this in 1968 and recommended that notes and observations of salt marsh
insects (and other terrestrial arthropods) be submitted to the editor of the Pan-
Pacific Entomologist for publication.
It is our hope that this action, an indication of scientific concern and interest,
will stimulate similar concerns by entomological societies in other geographic
locations. — Joel F. Gustafson, chairman, San Francisco State College, California.
THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST
Information for Contributors
Papers on the systematic and biological phases of entomology are favored, including
articles up to ten printed pages on insect taxonomy, morphology, behavior, life history,
and distribution. Excess pagination must be approved and may be charged to the author.
Papers are published in approximately the order that they are received. Immediate publi-
cation may be arranged after acceptance by paying publication costs. Papers of less than
a printed page may be published as space is available, in Scientific Notes.
Manuscripts for publication, proof, and all editorial matters should be addressed to the
Editor, Robbin W. Thorp, Department of Entomology, University of California, Davis,
California 95616.
Typing . — All parts of manuscripts must be typed on bond paper with double-spacing and
ample margins. Carbon copies or copies on paper larger than 8% X H inches are not
accepted. Do not use all capitals for any purpose. Underscore only where italics are
intended in the body of the text, not in headings. Number all pages consecutively and
put author’s name at the top right-hand corner of each sheet. References to footnotes
in text should be numbered consecutively. Footnotes should be typed on a separate
sheet.
First page. — The page preceding the text of the manuscript should include (1) the
complete title, (2) the order and family in parentheses, (3) the author’s name or
names, (4) the institution with city and state or the author’s home city and state if
not affiliated, (5) the shortened title (running headline) not to exceed 38 letters and
spaces when combined with the author’s last name or names, (6) the complete name
and address to which proof is to be sent.
Names and descriptions of organisms. — The first mention of a plant or animal should
include the full scientific name with the author of a zoological name not abbreviated.
Do not abbreviate generic names. Descriptions of taxa should be in telegraphic style.
References. — All citations in text, e.g., Essig (1926) or (Essig, 1958), should be listed
alphabetically under Literature Cited in the following format:
Essig, E. 0. 1926. A butterfly migration. Pan-Pac. Entomol.,
2 : 211 - 212 .
1958. Insects and mites of western North America. Rev.
ed. The Macmillan Co., New York. 1050 pp.
Abbreviations for titles of journals should follow the list of Biological Abstracts, 1966,
47(21) : 8585-8601.
Tables. — Tables are expensive and should be kept to a minimum. Each table should be
prepared as a line drawing or typed on a separate page with heading at top and foot-
notes below. Number tables with Arabic numerals. Number footnotes consecutively
for each table. Use only horizontal rules.
Illustrations. — No extra charge is made for the line drawings or halftones. Submit only
photographs on glossy paper and original drawings (no photographs of drawings).
Authors must plan their illustrations for reduction to the dimensions of the printed
page (4% X 6% inches). If possible, allowance should be made for the legend to be
placed beneath the illustration. Photographs should not be less than the width of the
printed page. Drawings should be in India Ink and at least twice as large as the
printed illustration. Excessively large illustrations are awkward to handle and may
be damaged in transit. Include a metric scale on the drawing or state magnification
of the printed illustration in the legend. Arrange figures to use space efficiently.
Lettering should reduce to no less than 1 mm. On the back of each illustration should
be stated (1) the title of the paper, (2) the author’s complete name and address, and
(3) whether he wishes the illustration and/or cut returned to him at his expense.
Cuts and illustrations not specifically requested will be destroyed.
Figure legends. — Legends should be typewritten double-spaced on separate pages headed
Explanation of Figures and placed following Literature Cited. Do not attach
legends to illustrations.
Proofs, reprints, and abstract. — Proofs and forms for the abstract and reprint order
will be sent to authors. Major changes in proof will be charged to the author. Proof
returned to the editor without the abstract will not be published.
Page charges. — All regular papers of one to ten printed pages are charged at the rate of
$13.00 per page. This is in addition to the charge for reprints and does not include the
possible charges for extra pagination or the costs for immediate publication. Private
investigators or authors without institutional or grant funds to cover this charge may
apply to the Society for a grant to cover the page charges. A mark in the appropriate
box (society grant desired) on the reprint order form will suffice as an application.
All articles are accepted for publication only on the basis of scientific merit
and without regard to the financial support of the author.
for low cost residual
larvae control
If you are interested in residual mosquito larvae con-
trol at low cost, we would like to send you information
about Heptachlor. Heptachlor granules have proved
effective and low in cost for residual control in irriga-
tion ditches, log ponds, fields that required flooding,
and other problem areas. Heptachlor has remained
effective for as long as 13 weeks, in tests. Best results
are obtained if Heptachlor is applied before flooding
occurs. For technical literature, we invite you to mail
the coupon.
Another product from
THE GROWING WORLD OF
O-VELSICDL
FOR MOSQUITO ABATEMENT USE
CHLORDANE— Chlordane is highly effective for
control of mosquito larvae and adults in residential
areas and parks. For complete information, please fill
out and mail the coupon.
(g) COPYRIGHT VELSICOL CHEMICAL CORP., 1967
,
I Velsicol Chemical Corporation I
I 341 E. Ohio Street, Chicago. Illinois 60611 |
i Gentlemen: Please send me literature and |
I technical Information on: I
j □ Heptachlor for low cost residual mos- •
I Quito larvae control. !
I □ Chlordane for mosquito abatement. |
I NAME I
j AFFILIATION |
I ADDRESS I
I CITY STATE ZIP I
I